saith after the feast day as in verse 11. and Targum Ionathan saith after the first good day of the Passeover And by the Hebrew canons They reckon from the beginning of the day thâ—r fore they reckon in the night from the night of the sixteenth of Nisan Maimony thidem chap 7. â—â—ct 22. seven sabbathes that is as the Greekâ— and Chaldee expound it seven weekes So in Luk 18. 12. I fast twâ—se in the Sabbath that is twise 〈◊〉 the weeke for the Iewes used and still doe to fast on the second and on the 〈◊〉 day of every weeke as is testified by R. Iudah in Mâ—sar chap. 4. Likewise in Matth. 28. 1. the first of the Sabbath that is the first day of the weeke And hereupon this was called the feast of Weekes because of the exâ—ct numbring Exod. 34 22. complete o. perfect intire that is wanting nothing as the word importeth laâ— 1. 4. Bat Sol. â—a châ— here saith It teatheth that they were to begin to number from the evening the moâ—â—ow after the Sabbath for else they were not complete Verse 16 the morrow after the seventh saâ—â—ath the Chaldee saith 〈◊〉 after the seventh weeke the Greek till the morrow of the last weeke of the seven fiftie dayes Hereupon the Hebrewes observe that it was commanded to number the dayes with the weekes And they held it needfull to blesse God every night which sanctified them by his commandements and commanded the numbring of the shease that is of the fiftie dayes from the waving of the sheafe Maimony in Tamidin chap. 7. sect 22 25. And of this word fiftie in Greeke Penteconta the feast is called in the new Testament Pentecoste Act. 2. 1. Cor. 16. 8. a new meat-offring of the first fruits of the wheat harvest as the former was of barley harvest therefore this was called also the day of the first fruits Numb 28. 26. Vers. 17. your habitations in the land of Canaan They bring not the two loaves but from the land and of new fruits saith Maimony in Timidin chap. 8. sect 2. for a wave-offring Hebr. bread of waving that is to be waved before the Lord. This was brought at the churches charge the manner is noted on Levit. 24. 8. two loaves or cakes which word is added both by the Greeke and Chaldee the manner of this service is said to be thus They brought three Seaâ—s that is an Ephah or Bushell of new wheaâ— and did beat and tread them after the manner of all meat-offrings and ground them to flowrâ— and waved of them two tenth-deales that is two Omers and the residue was redeemed and might be eaten by any man These two cakes or loaves of new corne a tenth deale must be taken from ech Scah and an halfe Then they tooke the two tenth deales and kneaded them one by one and baked them one by one And the making of them might not be on the feast day nor on the Sabbath if the evening of this feast of Pentecost were a Sabbath they baked them in the evening of the Sabbath and they were eaten in the third day after their baking which was the feast day And it is expressed in the Law that they should be levened and thus they did it they brought leaven from some place and put it into the measure of the tenth deale and filled that tenth-deale with flowre and so levened it with that leven They made the length of each cake seven hand-bredthes and the bredth foure handbredths and the height foure fingers Maim in Tamidin chap. 8. sect 3 10. with leven in Greeke levened so Leviticus 2. 11. and 7. 13. Vers. 18. perfect in Greeke unblemished of the first yeere Hebr. sonnes of a yeere see Exod. 12. 5. one bullocke in Num. 28. 27. there are two bullockes and one ram here is one bullocke and two rammes those were an addition in respect of the feast day these are a further addition in respect of the two loaves therfore to be offred with them as before he saith The Hebrewes explaine it thus In the fiftieth day from the numbring of the sheafe is the feast of Weekes Exod. 34. 22. or of Pentecost Act. 2. 1. and it is a Retention or solemne assemblie and this day they offer more than other dayes two bullocks and aram and seven lambs all of them burnt offrings and a goat for a sin-offring and these are the offrings spoken of in Num. 28. 26. 27. 30. and they are the addition of the day And yet they bring more for this day a meat offring of new wheat in two leaves And they offer with the loaves a bullocke and two rammes and seven lambs all burnt offrings and a goat for a sin-offring and two lambs for Peace offrings and these are the oblations spoken of in Levit. 23. So there are to bee offred this day over and beside the two daily-sacrifices three bullockes and three rammes and fourteene lambs twenty beasts in all for burnt offrings and two goats for sinne which are eaten and two lambs for peace-offrings which are eaten Maimony in Tamidin chap. 8. sect 1. These sacrifices figured Christ unto them by whose death their sinnes should be pardoned their persons sanctified and their thanksgiving unto God made acceptable by whom also the fruits of the land were blessed unto them and as the wheat is better then barley so their first-fruits which they brought in signe of homage to the Lord was more of the wheat than of the barley and with many moesacrifices drinke-offrings which were usually given with all sacrifices the measure of them is â—er in Num. 28. 5. 7. 12. 13. 14. of rest in Greeke of sweet-smell in Chaldee which shall be accepted with favour Vers. 19. shall offer Hebr. shall doe as verse 12. a Sin-offring whereby they acknowledged their unworthinesse to appeare before God or to injoy the fruits of his land otherwise then by Christ their sacrifice of Atonement of Peace-offrings or of payments wherby they payed thanks and praises unto God for his mercies which being done also with sacrifices shewed that by Christ we must offer praise to God continually Heb. 13. 15. It is observed by the Hebrewes that the Church or Congregation never offred aâ—y Peace-offrings but these Maimony treat of Offring sacrifices chap. 1. sect 4. See the notes oâ— Leviticus 4. 14. Vers. 20. wave them with the loaves The 〈◊〉 is recorded to be thus They brought the two 〈◊〉 the Peace-offrings and waved them whiles they were yet alive and afterwards killed them and sayed them and tooke the brest and the shoulder of ech of them 〈◊〉 as in Levit. 7. 30. 32. and laid them downe by the 〈◊〉 loaves and the priest put both his hands under theâ— and waved them all together in the east side the place of all wave-offrings Afterward he burned the fats of 〈◊〉 the lambs and the rest of the flesh was eaten by the Priests Likewise the two loaves the high-priest 〈◊〉 the one of them and the
out of the ground every tree desirable for sight and good for meat and the tree of life in the midst of the garden the tree of the knowledge of good and evill And a river went-out of Eden to water the garden and from thence it was parted and was to foure heads The name of the one Pison the same is it that compasseth the whole land of Havilah where there is gold And the gold of that land is good there is Bdelium and the Beryll stone And the name of the second river â—iâ—on the same is it that compasseth the whole land of Cush And the name of the third river Hiddekel the same is it that goeth to the east of Assyria and the fourth river is Euphrates And Iehovah God tooke the man and put him in the garden of Eden to till it and to keepe it And Iehovah God commanded the man saying of every tree of the garden eating thou maist eat But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evill thou maist not eat of it for in the day thou eatest of it dying thou shalt dye And Iehovah God said It is not good the man should bee himselfe alone I will make for him an helpe as before him And Iehovah God had formed out of the ground every beast of the field and every fowle of the heavens and brought them unto Adam to see what hee would call them and whatsoever Adam called each living soule that was the name thereof And Adam called names to all cattell and to the fowle of the heavens and to every beast of the field but for Adam hee found not an helpe as before him And Iehovah God caused a deepe sleep to fall upon Adam and he slept and he tooke one of his ribs and closed-up the flesh in the stead therof And Iehovah God builded the rib which he had taken from Adam to a woman and hee brought her unto Adam And Adam said This now is bone of my bones and flesh of my flesh she shall bee called Woman because she was taken out of Man Therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother and he shall cleave to his wife and they shall be one flesh And they were both of them naked Adam and his wife and they were not ashamed-of-themselves Annotations FInished or al-done perfected host or army called in Hebrew Saba which meaneth an army standing in order or battle ray The Greeke here translateth it garnishing or furniture Hereby is meant all creatures in the earth and heavens which stand as an army servants to the Lord Psal. 119. 91. and by him commanded Esay 45. 12. The Angels are of this army 1 King 22. 19. and are called the multitude of the heavenly host Luke 2. 13. 15. and they were by likelihood created with the heavens in the first day because those morning starres and sonnes of God did sing and shout when God laid and fastned the foundations of the earth Iob 38. 4. 6. 7. The stars and furniture of the visible heavens are also Gods host Esay 34. 4. Deut. 4. 19. and the starres in their courses fought against Sisera Judg. 5. 20. The Israelites comming out of Aegypt are called the Lords hosts Exodus 12. 41. Hereupon he is often named the Lord of hosts or of Sabaoth and the Apostles in Greek sometime keep the Hebrew name Lord of Sabaoth Rom. 9. 29. Iam. 5. 4. sometime they translate it Lord God Almighty Revel 4. 8. from Esa. 6. 3. Vers. 2. seventh day The Hebrew shebang from which the German word sieben and English seven are derived hath the signification of fulnesse and is a perfect and complete number after which we begin again with the first day of the weeke Therefore seven is used for many or a full number Gen. 33. 3. Lev. 4. 6. 1 Sam. 2. 5. Ier. 15. 9. Prov. 26. 25. And many mysteries are throughout the Scripture set forth by the number of seven as in the feasts and sacrifices of Israel Deut. 16. 3. 8. 9. 15. Num. 28. 19. and 29. 12. 32. especially in the booke of the Revelation See also Gen. 21. 31. The Greeke interpreters translated the sixt day for the seventh left the heathens should thinke mistaking the phrase that God wrought upon the Sabbath rested or sabbathised that is kept sabbath for of this Hebrew shebath it is called the Sabbath or Rest day God rested or ceased from making moe creatures Exod. 20. 11. Heb. 4. 3. though as touching the preserving ordering governing of the world the Father worketh hitherto and Christ worketh Ioh. 5. 17. Gods Sabbath was also his rejoycing in his workes Psal. 104. 31. and this the Chaldee paraphrast observed here saying and God delighted the seventh day in his worke which hee had made and rested This resting is spoken of God after the manner of men and implieth not any wearinesse in him for the Creator of the ends of the earth fainteth not neither is weary Esa. 40. 28. worke generally put for workes as the Apostle expounds it in Heb. 4. 4. Vers. 3. And God blessed in Exod. 20. 11. it is sayd Therefore God blessed that is because he him-selfe rested in the seventh day therefore he blessed and sanctified it unto man whereupon the Apostle reasoneth hee that is entred into his rest hee also hath ceased from his owne workes as God did from his Heb. 4. 10. and he blessed the seventh day by giving it this singular priviledge to bee a day of rest and holinesse of delight and of feasting vnto the world Exod. 20. 10. 11. Nehem. 9. 14. Esai 58. 13. Levit. 23. 2. 3. Wherefore this day is not described by evening and morning as were the other sixe which consisted of light and darknesse but this is all day or light figuring out our perpetuall joyes Esa. 60. 20. Zach. 14. 6. 7. Revel 21. 25. And so the Hebrew Doctors understand it of the world to come for in Breshith rabbah they say The blessing of the Lord it maketh rich Prov. 10. 22. this is the Sabbath day as it is written And God blessed the seventh day Gen. 2. 3. he calleth the Sabbath the Blessing of the Lord because it is receiued from the Blessing that is on high therefore hee sayth it maketh rich because it is the abundant wealth of the world c And if we expound the seventh day of the seventh thousand of yeares which is the world to come the exposition is and he blessed because in the seventh thousand all soules shall be bound in the bundell of life for there shall be there the augmentation of the Holy Ghost wherein we shall delight our selves and so our Rabbines of blessed memory have sayd in their Commentarie God blessed the seventh day the holy God blessed the world to come which beginneth in the seventh thousand of yeares Compare the last note on Gen. 1. 31. sanctified or hallowed that is separated it from common use and worke unto his owne service alone that it might be a
thousands that is the thousand generation of them that hate me or to my haters whereunto the Chald. addeth where the sons goe on to sin after their fathers For hereby they turne to be Gods enemies Mic. 2. 8. as they do love him that keepe his commandements v. 6. Verse 6. love me c. Love is first named as that from which the keeping of the commandements proceedeth Iohn 14. 15 for the end of the Commandement is Love out of a pure heart c. 1 Tim. 1. 5. and towards such as love him and keepe his commandements God keepeth covenant and mercy Daniel 9. 4. The Hebrew Doctors write Let not a man say loe I doe the Law and exercise my selfe in the wisedome thereof to the and that I may receive all the blessings that are written therein or that I may be worthy of life in the world that is to come and I will keepe mee from the transgressions which the Law warneth me of that I may bee delivered from the curses written in the Law or that I bee not cut off from the life of the world to come It is not meet to serve God after this manner For hee that serveth thus serveth of feare c. but hee that serveth of love exerciseth himselfe in the Law and walketh in the waies of wisedome not because of any thing in the world nor for feare of evill or that he may inherite good things but doth the truth because it is the truth c. And this is a very great dignitie which no wise man is worthy of and it was the dignity of Abraham our father whom the holy blessed God calleth his Lover or Friend Esay 41. 8. because he served him not but of Love And this is the dignitie which God commandeth us by the hand of Moses saying And thou shalt love the Lord thy God Deut. 6. 5. And at what time a man loveth the Lord with love convenient immediately hee will doe all the commandements out of love c. Maimony treat of Repentance c. 10. S. 1. 2. Verse 7. not take up to wit upon thy lippes or mouth as this phrase is opened in Psalme 16. 4. and 50. 16. that is not speake use or mention So to take up a proverbe Esay 14. 4. to take up a lamentation Ezek 26. 17. is to speake or utter the same The Chaldee restraineth it to one particular thou shalt not swears by the name c. and the Thargum called Ionathans thus My people the house of Israel Let not any of you sweare by the name of the Word of the LORD your God in vaine But though swearing be a principall thing here intended Esay 48. 1. yet the precept is more large forbidding all unreverent unholy use of Gods name in heart mouth oraction and commanding the fanctifying thereof as it is Holy and Reverend Matth. 6. 9. Psalme 111. 9. and to sweare by the same Deut. 6. 13. Name that whereby God hath made himselfe knowne as his titles and attributes Exod. 54. 56. 7. his Word Law Gospell Deut. 32. 3. Act. 9. 15. as the Law of Christ Esay 42. 4. inexpoundeth he his Name Matt. 12. 21. also prayer Gen. 4. 26. and Gods whole worship and all ordinances pertaining thereto Deut. c. 12. 5. Mal. 1. 〈◊〉 12. Mic. 4. 5. his sacraments Matth. â—8 â—8 19. censures 1. Cor. 5. 4. 5. Matt. 18. 20. and whatsoever belongeth to Christian religion is comprised in this Name of God That as the second commandement teacheth us wherewith to serve the Lord so this third directeth us unto the holy use of all religion in heart profession action in vaine or to vanitie which word implyeth also falsitie as after in v. 16. and so it is used to denote false religion or idolatry Ier. 18. 15. Ion. 2. 9. false doctrine error and heresie Lam. 2. 14. Ezek. 13. 6. 7. but commonly vaine and fruitles speaking or doing whereof no good commeth Ps. 127. 1. 2. Esay 1. 13. Ier. 4. 30. and 6. 29. So two things chiefly are here forbidden the mentioning or using of Gods name in word or deed when it should not be used for that there is no just cause so to doe secondly the using of it amisse wheÌ„ duty bindeth us to use it with feare and holinesse As swearing when there is no cause of an oath Matt. 6. 34. and swearing falsly Levit. 19. 12. swearing and not performing 2 Chron. 36. 13. vowing and not paying Deuternomie 23. 21. vaine praying in respect of matter or manner Iob 35. 13 Matt. 6. 7. corruption in teaching or hearing the Word of God Ezek 21. 29. 2 Cor. 2. 7. Matt. 13. 19. Ezek. 33. 31. abusing the Word to unlawfull arts superstition jesting profanenesse Deut. 18. 11. Esay 66. 5. abuse of the sacraments and holy mysteries Mal. 1. 11. 12. 1 Cor. 11. 27. 29. Ier. 7. 4. 10. abuse of ecclesiasticall censures Esay 66. 5. abuse of Lots Esth. 3. 7. Prov. 16. 33. hypocrisie in any religious worke Mat. 15. 7. 8. 9. and all unbeliefe Rom. 14. 23 Iam. 1. 6. a sinfull conversation whereby the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles Rom. 2. 24. with whatsoever else is contrary to the sanctifying of Gods name which on the other part is here commanded Lev. 22. 31. 32. The Hebr. Doctors say Whosoever transgresseth wittingly and without constraint any one of all the commandements spoken of in the Law with a contemptuous soule to provoke Gods anger loe this man polluteth the Name of God and if he transgresse in the presence of the men of Israel he polluteth the Name publikely Also whosoever separateth himselfe from transgression or doth that w ch is commanded not for any thing in the world nor for feere or dread nor for to seeke honor but for our blessed Creators sake as Ioseph the just refrained himselfe from his masters wife Gen. 39. 9. loe this man sanctifieth the Name of the Lord Maimonian Iesudei hatorah c. 5. S. 10. guiltlesse or cleare innocent that is he will not leave him unpunished so the phrase signifieth as is opened in 1 King 2. 9. but he shall be plagued in this world or in that which is to come as Tharg Ionathan paraphraseth the Lord will not hold him just or innocent in the great day of judgmeÌ„t V. 8. Remember Heb. To remember of w ch phrase see Exo. 13. 3. God speaketh thus of this commandement to note the importance of it for hereckoneth the breach of this precept as one of the greatest sins in Israel Ezek. 20. 12. 22. 8. 23. 38 c Likewise to signifie the antiquitie of it as being from the creation of the world Gen. 2. 2. 3. and for that it was to bee kept but one day in seven that when the time come it be not forgotten or neglected In repeating this law Moses saith Observe or keep the sabbath Deut. 5. 12. In Esa. 58. â—3 the Lord add 〈◊〉 two words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to call the Sabbath a Delight the
holy day of the Lord honourable all which doe show the waight of this precept Sabbath day that is the day of rest or of ceasing namely from our owne workes as God did from his Heb. 4. 10. See the nobles on Gen. â—2 3. A day is either large of twentie four houres or strict of twelve houres Iohn 1â— 9. This here is meant of the large day which in Israel began at evening as Levit. 23. 32. from evening to evening you shall rest your Sabbath sanctifie it that is separate it from common worke such as pertaine to this naturall life consecrate it to God and holy works such as concerne the spirituall life As to have holy convocations or assemblies of the Church Levit. 23. 3. in them to pray Acts 16. 13. to reade and expound the Scriptures Luk. 4. 16. 22. Acts 15. 21. to dispute of matters of religion Acts 17. 2. 3. and 18. 4. to talke and meditate on Gods Word and worke Psalme 92. to doe workes of mercie to them that are in miserie both to man and beast Matt. 12. 10. 11. 13. Luke 13. 10. 11. 17. and all other like actions tending to sanctification And as all things are sanctified by the word of God and prayer 1 Tim. 4. 5. so of the Sabbath the Hebrewes say It is commanded to sanctifie it with words both at the comming in and at the going out thereof At the comming in to blesse God which hath given his Sabbath for a remembrance of the creation of the world a beginning of holy convocations a remembrance of the comming out of Egypt and which of his love hath chosen and sanctified his Church above all peoples c. at the going out of it also to blesse God which hath separated betweene the holy and the prophane betweene light and darknesse between Israel and other peoples betweene the seventh day and the six working dayes Maimony in treat of the Sabbath ch 29. S. 1. 2. 3. Vers. 9. labour or serve which some doe understand thus Six daies thou shalt serve the Lord and doe thine owne worke also for service is a dutie to the Lord Exod. 3. 12. 23. 25. But comparing this place with Exod. 34. 21. where it is opposed unto Rest it seemeth rather to intend our owne worke or labour which God of his bounty alloweth to be followed the six daies that we may the mo 〈…〉 willingly and cheerfully serve him in the seventh thy worke the Greeke translateth thy 〈◊〉 〈…〉 by is meant things necessary as well for bodie 〈◊〉 soule and things good and lawfull permi 〈…〉 〈◊〉 of God as it is written Let him labor and worke 〈◊〉 his hands the thing that is good Ephel 4. 28. 〈◊〉 in Psâ— 91. 11. all thy waies meane such as God had appointed to walke in which words Satan therfore omitted when the alledged that Scripture 〈◊〉 Christâ—â— unlawfull wares Matt 4. 6. V. 10. But 〈◊〉 And the seventh This is perpetuall 〈◊〉 one day of seven be a Sabbath but that seventh day which Moses commanded is changed by Christ into 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the weeke called the 〈…〉 because our Lord Christ who 〈◊〉 Esay 65. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 finished his worke and rose from the dead that day Mat. 28. 1. 2. 6. and his disciples assembled in that day and after unto praier and religious works Ioh. 20. 19. 26. Act. 20. 7. 1 Cor. 16. 1. 2. And if the bringing of Israel out of Egypt was such a work as God for a memoriall thereof made that day moneth the head and beginning of the moneths of the yeere otherwise than had been before as is shewed on Exod. 12. 2. how should not out redemption from death and hell manifested in the day that Christ rose from the dead 1 Cor. 15. 14. 17. deserve much more to be remembred in the day thereof and the creation of the new world be celebrated as of the old The Heb. Doctors have a saying that the world was not created but for the Messias Thalm. in Sanhedrin c. Chelek And the bringing out of Egypt is made a reason why the Iewes should keepe their Sabbath Deut. 5. 15. our deliverance by the Messias is a more weighty reason Therfore as the other Iewish Sabbaths were figurative had their end in Christ Colos. 2. 16. 17. so the seventh day in this Sabbath was also figurative and is ceased but the Sabbath still remaineth Matt. 24. 20. in it these words are added also in the Gr. version any worke to wit of thine owne or for this naturall life and under the name of worke is comprehended buying and selling of wares or of victualls Neh. 13. 16. 17. carying of burdens Ier. 17. 22. enbalming of the dead Luk. 23. 54. 56. dressing of victuals Exod. 16. 23. going of journeyes Exod. 16. 29. Act. 1. 12. or any other thing that is of our owne waies or pleasures or speaking our owne words Esa. 58. 13. even the work of the Lords Tabernacle might not be done on the Sabbath Exod. 31. 13. 17. but it is expresly commanded to rest on that day Exod. 23. 12. Whereupon the Hebr. Doctors say though they be things which are not work yet we must rest or cease froÌ„ them namely things like unto work as climbing of a tree riding on a beast or the like Likewise judging of civill causes putting off of the shooe and taking the brothers wife spoken of in Deut. 25. 5. 9. separating of â—ithes first fruits c. valuing of things spoken of in Lev. 27. And from the Law in Esay 58. 12. they teach it is unlawfull for a man to speake with his partner on the Sabbath day what hee will sell on the morrow or what hee will buy or how hee will build his house and the like Also that it is unlawfull for a man to visit his gardens or fields on the Sabbath for to see what they need or how they grow for this is to doe his owne pleasure Esay 58. 13. neither might they punish or execute malefactors on the Sabbath though the punishment of such is a thing commanded Maimony treat of the Subbath c. 21. 23. 24. Neither was it lawful to many a wife on the Sabbath day neither 〈…〉 they on the evening of the Sabbath 〈◊〉 on the first day of the weeke left they should pollute the Sabbath by dressing of meat for the feast Maimony treat of 〈◊〉 c. 10. S. 14. How beit things belonging to Gods service though laborious to the body as killing dressing of the sacrifices c. were to be done on the Sabbath 1 Chron. 23. 31. Matt. 12. 5. and so for works of mercy to men Hos. 6. 6â— So the 〈◊〉 held it a Sabbath dayes worke to 〈◊〉 sit the sicke and say that perill of life putteth away the Sabbath therefore to a sicke person that is in danger they doe all things need full for him on the Sabbath day Maimony treat of the Sabbath chap. 24. S. 5. and chap. 2. S. 1.
things and to be eaten as Deut. 12. 15. which wee have heard expounded of the holy things disabled for sacrifice which are redeemed And all such holy things which are disabled when they are redeemed it is lawfull to kill them in the Butchers shambles and to sell them there and weigh out their flesh as other common meates except the first borne and the tithe Maim in Issure M 〈…〉 chap. 1. sect 10. 12. This redeeming of blemished holy things is to be understood with a limitation to fixed or perpetuall blemishes onely not for transitorie The old beast and the sicke and that hath foulenesse on it are excepted for though they be not fit to be effred they are not redeemed but let live and feed till some other fixed blemish come upon them and then they are redeemed So a sanctified beast on which a transitorie blemish is come as scabs or the like it is not offred neither redeemed Ibidem chapter 2. section 6. Ves. 23. superfluous or overlong and as Iarehi expoundeth it a member greater then his fellow see Levit. 21. 18. lacking or too short any member shrunke up not lacking wholly for so it was un 〈…〉 ull but lacking in the length or bignesse the Greeke translateth it curttailed mayest makes or shalt make voluntary-offring which some understand of the peace-offrings the most inferious therefore God permitteth such imperfections in this but not in the vowed sacrifice which was next unto this nor in any other How it differed from a vow is shewed on Leviticus 7. 16. The Greeke version saith Thou shalt make them slaine beasts for thy selfe the Hebrew doctors understand these not for sacrifice on the altar on which no blemished beast might bee offred at all but for the maintenance of the sanctuarie the prices of them were taken as a voluntary gift It is unlawfull to sanctifie perfect beasts to the reparation or maintenance of the sanctuarie for it is written And bull or sheepe that hath any member superfluous or lacking thou shalt make it a voluntary offring We have beene taught that this is a voluntary offring for the maintenanee of the Sanctuarie c. for they may offer no blemished thing upon the Altar For 〈◊〉 said 〈◊〉 it thou maiest make a voluntary offring for the maintenance of the house but thou maiest not 〈◊〉 perfect beasts a voluntary offring for the maintenance of the House c. Maim tom 3. in Erachin or treat of Estimate and devout things chap. 5. 1. 6. Vers. 24. bruised in any part of the body and particularly in the stones thereof of which some doe understand this and so the Greeke Thladias signifieth that which hath the stones bruised or is 〈◊〉 in your land that is any in the land of Israel opposed to the alien in the verse following not doe it that is not offer or make it a sacrifice nor suffer it to bee done by any in your land therefore the Greeke translateth it shall not be done or sacrificed Or we may reade it not make such and so the Hebrewes understand it to bee a prohibition against cutting the members of generation or gelding of man beast or bird Maimony in Issure biah chap. 16. s. 9. See the notes on Deut. 23. 1. Vers. 25. strangers sonne or sonne of an alien that is a◠gentile or paynim not of the seed or of the Church of Israel see Genesis 17. 12. and Exod. 12. 43. The Chaldee translateth it sonne of the peoples the Greeke Allogenes a stranger or of another stacke such were the Samaritans to the Iewes Luk. 17. 16. 18. And these differed from strangers proseiytes mentioned before in verse 18. the bread in Greeke the gifts in Chaldee the oblation as in Levit. 21. 6. of any of these to weer these blemished beasts before prohibited So the Hebrewes say Not the oblations of Israel onely but even the oblations of the heathens if they offer blemished things he that offreth them is to be beaten Levit. 22. 25. Maimony in Issure Mizb chap. 1. sect 6. their corruption is in them this may bee understood of the strangers themselves whose infidelitie is their corruption and as a blemish upon their sacrifice so it may be translated their corruption in them is a blemish in them The Greeke translateth their corruptions are in them a blemish in them Of the offring of heathens sacrifices the Hebrewes write thus An heathen that bringeth Peace-offrings they offer them for burnt-offrings for the heathens heart is towards heaven If he vow peace-offrings and give them to Israel upon condition to make atonement by them for Israel the Israelites eat them with the peace-offrings of Israel and so if hee give them to the Priest the Priest eateth them An Israelite which is an Apastate to idolatrie or a prophaner of the Sabbath publikely they receive of him no offring at all Though it be a burnt-offring such as they receive from an heathen they receive it not from this Apostata But if hee be an Apostate to other transgressions they receive of him all sacrifices to the end that he may turne by repentance The Burnt-offrings of the heathens they bring not with them meat or drinke-offrings but their meat and drinke offrings are of the Congregations Neither doe they impose hands on them for there is no imposing of hands but by Israelites by men not by women Maimony in Magnaseh hakorbanoth chap. 3. sect 3. 5. and Thalmud Bab. in Menachoth chap. 6. and in Cholin chap. 1. Sol. Iarchi also upon this scripture saith And from the hand of a strangers sonne that is a gentile which shall bring an oblation by the hand of the Priest to offer it unto the God of heaven ye shall not offer unto him a blemished thing For although blemished things were not forbidden the sonnes of Noe to offer except such as lacked a lim this was in use in the high places in the fields but upon the Altar that is in the Tabernacle you shall offer none such but a perfect oblation shall you receive of them Touching the sacrifices of the heathens consider that edict of King Darius who of his owne goods gave sacrifices for the Priests to offer in Ierusalem to the GOD of heaven and pray for the life of the King and of his sons Ezra 6. 8. 9. 10. See also the annotations on Lev. 17. 5. Vers. 27. under his dam Hebrew under his mother All the seven daies he is said to bee lacking time Turtle doves whose time is not come are as beasts that lacke time and yong pigeons whose time is past are all as blemished but they that offer them are not beaten although the oblation is disallowed and not acceptable Maimony in Issure Misheach ch 3. s. 8. 9. See the annotations on Exod. 22. 30. and Lev. 1. 14. The Hebrewes say the reason why it should be seven dayes under the dam was that the Sabbath might passe over it R. Menachem on Lev. 22. Vers 28. Cow The Hebrew word is the
people were bound to heare whereupon the Prophet saith Blessed is the people that know the sound Psal. 89. 15. signified the preaching of the word by Gods messengers who should lift up their voice like a trompet and shew his people their transgression Esa. 58. 1. denouncing Gods judgements tor trespassing against his law Hos. 8. 1. that they may tremble and repent with fasting and prayer that they may finde mercie with the Lord Ioel 2. 1. 15. 16. 17. that awaking out of sleepe and arising from the dead Christ might give them light Ephes 5. 14. And as trompets were most solemnly blowne every new yeeres day and every yeere of Iubilee so against Christs comming to preach the acceptable yeere of the Lord Luk. 4. 19. 21. Iohn the Baptist blew the trompet in Israel preparing the way before him preaching the baptisme of repentance for remission of sinnes Mar. 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. of whose ministery this feast of blowing of trompets seemeth to be a speciall figure See more on Num. 10. The Hebrewes had a like understanding in this mysterie for they say that the blowing of trompets at the beginning of the yeere had a misticall signification as if it had beene said Awake yee sleepers out of your sleepe and ye deepe sleepers wake up out of your deepe sleepe and make inquirie into your workes and turne by repentance and remember your Creator behold they that forget the truth through the vanities of the time and that goe astray all their yeere in vanitie and emptinesse which will not profit nor deliver looke to your soules and amend your wayes and your actions and let every one of you for sake his evill way and his eogitation which is not good Maimony in treat of Repentance chap. 3. sect 4. And to the end he might the more seriously convert unto the Lord all the house of Israel were wont as he saith to doe many almesdeedes and good workes and to exercise themselves in the commandements from the beginning of the yeere unto the day of atonement which was the tenth day of this moneth more then all the dayes of the yeere and they used all to rise in the night these ten dayes and to pray in the Synagogues with words of supplication for grace c. Ibidem sect 4. Vers. 27. a day of Atonemente or of expiation and reconciliation to God that they might have forgivenesse of all their sinnes Of this day and the rites about it the Law is more largely given before in chap. 16. Betweene this and new yeeres day before were eight whole dayes which space they had to prepare themselves afterthe sound of the trumpet unto humiliation for their sinnes and reconciliation unto God in Christ. afflict your soules humble your selves in fasting prayer c. see the notes on Levit. 16. 29. where five things are shewed to belong unto this afflicting of themselves which things are also mentioned by Targ. Ionathan in this place a fire-offring many burnt-offrings and sacrifices described in Levit. 16. and Numb 29. 7. 11. Vers. 29. every soule in the Chaldee every man so in verse 30. cut-off in the Greek and Chaldee destroyed and Targum Ionathan addeth destroyed by death meaning if they did it presumptuously But from this fasting and afflicting or themselves they exempted sicke folkes and children as is shewed on Levit. 16. 29. Vers. 30. I will even destroy that soule or wil make him perish in Greeke that soule shall perish from the people thereof The Hebrewes explaine this law thus It is commanded to rest from worke on the tenth of the seventh moneth Levit. 16. 31. and who so doth worke therein omitteth the keeping of a commandement and transgresseth against a prohibition Numb 29. 7. And if he doe it willingly of presumption he is guilty of cutting off if ignorantly hee is to bring the sin-offring appointed for the same All worke for which they are to be stoned if they doe it on the Sabbath if they doe it on this day they are to be cut-off And whatsoever is unlawfull to be done on the sabbath which is not worke is unlawfull to be done on this day and if he doe it he is to be scourged as he is to be scourged for doing it on the sabbath There is no difference betweene the sabbath and this day for these matters save this that for presumptuous doing it on the sabbath he is to be stoned and for doing it on this day he is to be cut off Maimony treat of the Rest of the tenth day chap. 1. sect 1. 2. Vers. 32. in the ninth the Greeke translateth from the ninth of the moneth from the evening untill the tenth of the moneth at evening ye shall sabbatize or rest your sabbathes From these words the Hebrewes gather that their fast began a little before the tenth day began and continued a little after it was ended See the notes on Levit. 16. 29. Vers. 34. of Roothes or of Tabernacles made of boughes of greene trees as verse 40. In the new Testament this feast is called in Greeke Skenopegia that is the pitching of tents or setting up of boothes Ioh. 7. 2. and so the Lxx. translated it in Deut. 16. 16. This feast they kept in remembrance of Gods favours to them in the wildernesse where they dwelt in boothes vers 43. and to shew their thankfulnesse unto God for the fruits which in this moneth they reaped Deut. 16. 13. 14. and to figure out the comming of Christ into the world at this time of the yeere to dwell in the Tabernacle of our flesh who was made flesh and dwelt or pitcht his tent among us Ioh. 1. 14. At this feast Solomons Temple a figure of Christs body Ioh. 2. 19. 21. was dedicated with great solemnitie and the Arke brought into it 2 Chron. 5. 2. 3. 7. This feast 〈◊〉 also are to keepe Zach. 14. 16. 19. which thing we doe by beliefe in Christ that his grace is 〈◊〉 cient for us and that in all our infirmities the power of Christ resteth upon us or protecteth us as a Tabernacle as Paul saith 2 Cor. 12. 9. Likewise knowing that when our earthly house of Tabernacle wherin we are shal be dissolved we have a building of God eternall in the heavens with which we desire to be cloathed and therefore being strangers and pilgrims on earth we have our conversation in heaven untill we put off this our tabernacle 2 Cor. 5. 1. 2. Heb. 11. 13. 14. Phil. 3. 20. 2 Pet. 1. 13. 14. seven dayes a complete number figuring 〈◊〉 whole life time in this fraile tabernacle to be holy unto the Lord as did the seven dayes of unlevened bread whereof see the notes on Exod. 12. 15. Vers. 35. convocation of holinesse an holy assembly of the people to serve God and learne his law Deut. 31. 10. 11. Nehem. 8. 18. servile worâ—â— Hebr. worke of service see verse 7. Vers. 36. a fire-offring in Greeke burnt-offringâ— There were many sacrifices offred all the
was offered the country was miraculously filled with water for Israel when they were in distresse 2 King 3. 9 10 20. And about the time of the evening oblation God answered unto Daniels prayers by sending the Angell Gabriel unto him who fore-told him when Christ should come for the salvation of his people Dan. 9. 20 21 22 c. See also the notes on Exod. 29. 39. Vers. 5. a tenth part that is an omer for that was the tenth deale of an Ephah or Bushell as is shewed in Exod. 16. 36. fine flower meaning wheaten flower as Exod. 29. 2. So Chazkuni here saith as the flower spoken of in the consecration of the Priests was of wheat so all flower spoken of in the Law is of wheat the fourth part that was somewhat lesse than a quart of oyle for an Hin contained twelve Logs and a Log held as much as six egges See the Annorations on Exod. 30. 24. and Levit. 14. 10. When God shewed unto Ezekid the spirituall Temple which Christ should build and the service therein declared after the similitude of the Legall service of Moses he saith that every Lambe should have for the Meat-offering the sixt part of an Ephah and the third part of an Hin of oyle Ezek. 46. 13 14. where the quantity is increased more than was offered under Moses to teach that as Gods grace and blessing aboundeth towards us in Christ so should our thankfulnesse againe towards him abound more than under the Law by a more cheerefull obedience unto him and more ample fruits of the spirit figured by the flower and oyle beaten oyle oyle signified grace beating of it signified afflictions whereby the grace of God is more perfected in us 2 Cor. 1. 21. and 12. 9 10. The oyle was beaten in a morter and they stratned it out with hands and pressed it not out in an oile presse to the end there might be found no dregs in it saith Chazkuni on Numb 28. Vers. 6. which was made that is which or such as was offered as in Targum Ionathan it is expounded such as was offered at the mount of Sinai Or by made understand ordained of God having reference to the ordinance in Exod. 29. 38. 42. Thus God calleth them throughout their generations unto his first institution which they were to keepe till he himselfe made a change of the Law And here observe that the Lambe the flower and the oile are all of them together called a Burnt-offering as also in Ezek. 46. 15. because the Meat-offering with the oyle was all burned on the Altar as was the lambe and so differed from the Meat-offering in Levit. 2. whereof an handfull onely was burned Vers. 7. Drinke-offering so named of powring out upon the Altar as is noted on Num. 15. 5. in the holy place the Court of the Sanctuary Hebr. in the Holinesse strong wine in Hebrew Shecar which name the Greeke retaineth calling it Sikera and so in the Evangelists writing Luk. 1. 15. It is generally used for all strong drinke which causeth mirth fulnesse and if it be taken excessively drunkennesse See the notes on Gen. 43. 34. The Chaldee here translateth it old wine and that is better than new Luke 5. 39. Thus God required the best liquour wine and the best sort of wine to be given with his sacrifice which was a figure not only of the bloud of Christ the memoriall whereof he hath still left unto his Church in wine Matth. 26. 27 28 29. but of the bloud also of his servants powred out in martyrdome upon the sacrifice and service of the faith as in the holy place Phil. 2. 17. See the Annotations on Numb 15. 12. Vers. 9. the Sabbath day Hebr. the day of Sabbath that is of Rest which the Greeke expresseth in the forme plurall the day of Sabbaths and so in the new Testament Luke 4. 16. Act. 13. 14. and 16. 13. two hee-lambes understand as the Greeke version addeth ye shall bring two he-lambs these were over and beside the daily sacrifices fore-mentioned vers 10. The Sabbath was a remembrance of the creation of the world Exod. 20. 11. of Israels comming out of Aegypt Deut. 5. 15. a signe of their sanctification by the Lord Ezâ—k 20. 12. and a figure of grace and rest which should come by faith in Christ Hebr. 4. As therefore this day was a signe of more than ordinary favours from the Lord so hee required greater testimonies of their thankfulnesse and sanctification And Ezekiel prophesying of the Churches service under the Gospell under the figure of these legall ordinances he saith And the Burnt-offering that the Prince shall offer unto the LORD in the Sabbath day shall be six lambes perfect and a ramme perfect and the Meat-offering shall be an Ephah for a ramme and the Meat-offering for the lambes shall be the gift of his hand and an Hin of oyle to an Ephah Ezek. 46. 4 5. signifying that the service of God now in spirit and truth should exceed the legall services of old Vers. 10. in his Sabbath the Chaldee expoundeth it that shall be done in the Sabbath it meaneth that on the Sabbath it should be offered and not deferred till another day or weeke as is before noted vers 2. The like is for the moneth in vers 14. Vers. 11. the beginnings of your moneths that is as the Greeke translateth it the new-moones for in Israel they began the moneth with the new mooâ— and it was proclaimed by the Synedrion or M 〈…〉 strates as Maimony sheweth in Kiddush ba 〈…〉 cap. 1. These new-moones were daies sanctified to the service of God by speciall sacrifices appointed as after followeth then did they blow with the silver trumpets in the Sanctuary Numb 10. 10. and for Burnt-offerings on the Sabbaths New-moones and solemne Feasts was Solomons Temple dedicated 2 Chron. 2. 4. Then also did they thorowout the coasts of Israel repaire unto the Prophets or other Ministers of God for to heare his Word as appeareth by 2 King 4. 23. Wherefore wilt thou goe to him to the man of God to day it is neither New-moone nor Sabbath Then also they kept religious feasts 1 Sam. 20. 5 6. neither was it lawfull to buy or sell or doe other like worldly workes Amos 8. 5. but they were to meditate of their light sanctification graces and comforts to come by Christ whereof these and other holy-dayes were a shadow Col. 2. 16 17. And in Christ we spiritually keepe this feast as the Apostle speaketh of the Passeover 1 Cor. 5. 7 8. for so it is prophesied From one New-moone to another and from one Sabbath to another shall all flesh come to worship before me saith the LORD Esay 66. 23. Not that wee are now bound to observe daies and moneths and times and yeares Gal. 4. 10. but are taught by those figurative speeches in the Prophets to worship the Father in spirit and in truth Ioh. 4. 21. 23. who will accept of our service performed
the stinging plague the murreine or pest that suddenly pricketh and destroyeth Deut. 32. 24. The Apostle in Greeke calleth it a sting or pricke 1 Cor. 15. 55. from Hos. 13. 14. as there the Lxx. turned it The Chaldee here expounds it the company of Devils at noone-day that is openly So Ier. 15. 8. Vers. 8. shalt thou behold or regard consider as the Greeke turneth it Vers. 9. Because thou Iehovah an unperfect speech as in vers 2. understand Because thou sayest thou Iehovah art c. or because thou hast put Jehovah who is my covert even the most high hast thou put for thy mansion or dwelling place Vers. 10. befall unto thee or occasionally be sent be thrust upon thee or caused to come unto thee so Prov. 12. 21. Vers. 12. upon their hands or their palmes which the Chaldee expoundeth their strength This Scripture the Devill alleaged when he tempted Christ to throw downe himselfe head-long Matt. 4. 6. Luke 4. 10 11. but some of these words are there omitted lest thou dash or that thou dash or hurt not The Angels are all ministring spirits sent forth to minister for their sakes which shall be heires of salvation Heb. 1. 14. See also Psal. 34. 8. a stone the Chaldee interprets it evill concupiscence which is like unto a stone Vers. 13. the fierce Lion or Libbard in Hebrew Shachal Of Lions there be divers kinds see Psal. 7. 3. aspe or Cockatrice Basiliske as the Greeke Here turneth it See Psal. 58. 5. under these names are meant all other things dangerous or adverse to the life of man which by faith are overcome as Mark. 16. 17 18. Heb. 11. 33 34. Vers. 14. He cleaveth to me or is fastned that is affected to me in faith hope love delight c. The Chaldee expounds it to my word God cleaveth in love to his people Deut. 7. 7. so they also unto him The Greeke here turneth it he hoped in me Else-where it is commonly used for fast-love and pleasure Gen. 34. 8. Esay 38. 17. Deut. 21. 11. seâ— him on high to wit in a safe defenced place as the word importeth therefore the Greeke saith I will protect him See the notes on Psal. 20. 2. Vers. 15. honour him give him honour or glory Else-where his people are said to honour or glorifie him Psal. 50. 15. See 1 Sam. 2. 30. Vers. 16. satisfie or give him his fill So Abraham Isâ—ak David Iob c. are said to be full or sa 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 Gen. 25. 8. and 35. 29. 1 Chron. â—3 〈◊〉 Iob 42. 17. make him to see that is to enjoy or shew him See Psal. 50. 23. PSAL. XCII The Prophet teacheth how good it is to praise God 5. for his great workes 7 for his judgements on the wicked 11 and for his goodnesse to the godly A Psalme a song for the day of Sabbath IT is good to confesse to Iehovah and to sing Psalme to thy Name O most high To shew forth thy mercy in the morning and thy faithfulnesse in the nights Vpon the ten-stringed instrument and upon the Psaltery with meditation upon the Harp For thou hast rejoyced me O Iehovah with thy worke in the acts of thy hands will I shout How great are thine acts Iehovah very deepe are thy thoughts A brutish man knoweth not and an unconstant foole understandeth not this When wicked men spring up as the grasse and all that worke iniquitie doe flourish that they shall be abolished unto perpetuitie But thou art high for ever Iehovah For loe thine enemies Iehovah for loe thine enemies shall perish they shall be scattered all that worke iniquitie And my horne shall be exalted as the Vnicornes mine old age shall be anointed with fresh oile And mine eye shall behold on mine enviers of evill doers that rise up against me mine eares shall heare The just he shall spring up as a Palme-tree as a Cedar in Lebanon shall he grow They that are planted in the house of Iehovah in the courts of our God shall they flourish Yet shall they sprout in grainesse they shall be fat and greene To shew that Iehovah is righteous my Rocke and no injurious evill is in him Annotations OF Sabbath that is of Cessation or Resting to wit from our owne workes wills waies and words Exod. 20. 10. Esay 58. 13. Heb. 4. 10. which day was the seventh from the creation wherein God rested from all his worke and blessed and sanctified it and commanded it to be kept holy unto him Gen. 2. 2 3. Exod. 20. 8. which was a token of his mercy unto and sanctification of his people Nehem. 9. 14. Exod. 31. 13 14. This day was sanctified by an holy convocation or assembly of the people Levit. 23. 3. offering of sacrifices Numb 28. 9 10. singing of Psalmes as this title sheweth with 2 Chron. 29. 26 27. reading and expounding the Scriptures Act. 13. 15. and 15. 21. praying Act. 16. 13. disputing conferring meditating of Gods word and workes Act. 17. 2. and 18. 4. and doing workes oâ— mercy to them that were in need Matth. 12. 2 7 8 11 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus An hymne a song which the first man Adam said for the Sabbath day Vers. 3. in the nights see Psal. 134. 1. Vers. 4. with meditation or meditated song or upon Higgajon with the harpe The word signifieth meditation as Psal. 9. 17. Here some thinke it to be the name of an instrument or a solemne sound the Greeke turneth it a song Vers. 5. with thy worke which is all done well and perfectly Gen. 1. 31. and 2. 2 3. Deut. 32. 4. Vers. 10. shall be scattered or shall dispart themselves The Chaldee Paraphrast saith shall be separated from the congregation of the just in the world to come Vers. 11. shall be exalted or thou wilt exalt as the Vnicornes therewith to smite mine enemies as Deut. 33. 17. The horne signifieth kingdome and strength and glory and the Chaldee here translateth it strength See Psal. 75. 5 11. Psal. 22. 22. mine old age so also the Greeke translateth it or when I am old After which seemeth to be understood shall be anointed or as before shall be exalted with oile Oftentimes words are not expressed which are understood as is observed on Psal. 69. 11. and 18. 7 29. Others for mine old age doe turne it I shall be anointed fresh or greene oile Vers. 12. mine eye shall view to wit evill or destruction as the Chaldee explaineth or the reward of my foes See Psal. 54. 9. and 91. 8. shall heare the Chaldee addeth the voice of their breakings Vers. 13. palme-tree or date-tree which groweth not in these cold parts it is a tree of tall and upright stature whereto the Scripture hath reference Song 7. 7. the branches faire and greene wherwith they made boothes at their solemne feasts Levit. 23. 40. the fruit pleasant to eat Song 7. 8. Exod. 15. 27. This tree though loaden and pressed yet endureth and prospereth therefore the
the morning was the second day And God sayd Let the waters under the heavens bee gathered-together unto one place and let the dry land appeare and it was so And God called the dry land Earth and the gathering together of the waters he called Seas and God saw that it was good And God said Let the earth bud-forth the budding-grasse the herbe seeding-seed the fruit-tree yeelding-fruit after his kinde whose seed is in it selfe upon the earth and it was so And the earth brought-forth budding-grasse the herb seeding-seed after his kinde and the tree yeelding fruit whose seed was in it selfe after his kinde and God saw that it was good And the evening was and the morning was the third day And God sayd Let there be lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to separate betweene the day and the night and let them be for signes and for seasons and for dayes and yeares And let them be for lights in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to give light upon the earth and it was so And God made the two great Lights the greater light for the rule of the day and the lesser light for the rule of the night also the starres And God set them in the outspred-firmament of the heavens to giue light upon the earth And to rule over the day and over the night and to separate betweene the light and the darkenesse and God saw that it was good And the evening was and the morning was the fourth day And GOD sayd Let the waters bring forth abundantly the moving-thing the living soule and fowle that may flye above the earth on the face of the outspred-firmament of the heavens And God created the great Whales and every living creeping soule which the waters brought forth abundantly after their kinde and every winged fowle after his kinde and God saw that it was good And God blessed them saying be fruitfull and multiply and fill the waters in the seas and let the fowle multiply in the earth And the evening was and the morning was the fift day And God said Let the earth bring forth the living soule after his kinde cattell and creeping thing and beast of the earth after his kinde and it was so And God made the beast of the earth after his kinde and the cattell after their kinde and every creeping thing of the earth after his kinde and God saw that it was good And God sayd Let us make Man in our image according to our likenesse and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the fowle of the heavens and over the cattell and over all the earth and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth And God created Man in his image in the image of God created he him male and female created he them And God blessed them and God sayd unto them Be fruitfull and multiply and fill the earth and subdue it and have dominion over the fish of the sea and over the fowle of the heavens and over every living thing that creepeth on the earth And God sayd Behold I have given to you every herb seeding seed which is upon the face of all the earth and every tree in the which is the fruit of a tree seeding seed to you it shall be for meat And to every beast of the earth and to every fowle of the heavens and to every creeping thing upon the earth which hath in it a living soule every green herb for meat and it was so And God saw every thing that hee had made and behold it was very good and the evening was and the morning was the sixt day Annotations BOoke of Moses so it is intituled in Mark 12. 26. called elsewhere the booke of the law of Moses 2. King 14. 6. Luke 2. 22. being indeed the booke of the Law of the Lord by the hand of Moses 2. Chro. 34. 14. Of this Moses his birth education authority and death see Exod. 2. and 4. c. Numb 12. Deut 34. He was forty yeares a Philosopher in King Pharaohs Court in Egypt Forty yeares a shepheard in the land of Madian and forty yeares a King and Law-giver of Israel leading them through the wildernesse of Arabia and dying an hundred and twenty yeares old hee was buried of God Act. 7. 22. 23. 29. 30. 35. 36. Deut. 3â— 4â— and 34. 5. 6. 7. His writings are approved of by the Prophets after him by the testimonie of Christ and his Apostles and by the Church of God in all ages Nehem. 8. 1 2 3. Dan. 9. 11. 13. Mal. 4. 4. Luke 16. 29. 31. and 24. 27. 44. Acts 15. 21. Rev. 15. 3. Genesis that is Generation so the Greeke version calleth this booke because it setteth forth the generations of the heavens and earth and of Adam or mankind Gen. 2. 4. and 5. 1. How beit in Hebrew the five bookes of Moses have no names but by the first words of them as this booke is called Breshith that is In the beginning Vers. 1. In the beginning namely of the Creature which God created as our Saviour expoundeth it Mark 13. 19. the whole frame whereof is called the World Mat. 24. 21. Beginning therefore is here extraordinary and supernaturall of the Creature or Creation and so of time The Chaldee paraphrase called Ierusalemy translateth it In wisedome so sundry Hebrewes apply this mystically to the wisedome of God whereby the world was created as it is written The Lord by wisdome founded the earth Prov. 3. 19. and in wisdome hast thou made them all Psal. 104. 24. R. Menachem on Gen. 1. Many Christian writers also apply it unto Christ the wisdome of God by whom he made the world 1. Cor. 1. 24. Heb. 1. 2. Prov. 8. 27. 30. God in Hebrew Aelohim which signifieth the Almighties or Almightie-powers his name is most used in this forme plurall but ioyned with a word singular hee created because God is but one Deut. 6. 4. although in power infinite in person or manner of being there are three which beare witnesse in heaven the Father and the Word and the holy Spirit and these three are one 1 Ioh. 5. 7. The Father is this Creator as is shewed in Eph. 3. 9. The Word or Sonne is the Creator Heb. 1. 8. 10. Col. 1. 16. so is the Holy spirit as is here in the second verse and in Psal. 33. 6. and 104. 30. Iob 26. 13. and 33. 4. Hereupon Solomon saith Remember thy Creators Eccles. 12. 1. and God saith Let us make man Gen. 1. 26. The Apostles apply the generall name God to the persons severally unto the Father Heb. 1. 1 2. unto the Sonne Acts 20. 28. Rom. 9. 5. and unto the Holy Ghost Acts 5. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors have left records of this mystery though at this day that nation understands it not Come and see the mysterie of the word Aelohim there are three degrees and every degree by it selfe alone that is distinct and yet notwithstanding
applieth to our regeneration thus God who said that out of darknesse light should shine he hath shined in our hearts c. 2. Cor. 4. 6. that wee which were once darknesse are now light in the Lord Ephes. 5. 8. yea God himselfe and Christ is called Light for the brightnesse of his glory and graces given unto us 1. Ioh. 1. 5. 7. Ioh. 1. 4 5. Psal. 27. 1. and 118. 27. And as God made light in the first day so Christ rose from death in the same day the first of the weeke Mark 16. 1 2. he is the true light which lighteth every man that commeth into the world Ioh. 1. 9. No man perfectly knoweth the nature of this excellent creature as Iob 38. 19. where is the way where light dwelleth c. how much lesse of the Creator who dwelleth in the light that no man can approach unto 1. Tim. 6. 16. Vers. 4. it was good that is agreeable to the will of God and so as it might draw the liking of the creatures thereto Absolutely there is none good but God Mark 10. 18. who is good of himselfe without dependance on others and without limitation But every creature so far as in the being thereof it agreeth with the will of the Creator is also good by participation of Gods goodnesse Gen. 1. 31. 1. Tim. 4. 4. And the Hebrew word is largely extended also to that which is goodly faire sweet pleasing profitable or commodious and causing joy 1. Sam. 9. 2. Gen. 24. 16. Song 1. 2. and 4. 10. Deut. 6. 11. 18. Hest. 1. 10. So that which one Evangelist calleth good Mark 9. 42. another calleth profitable Luke 17. 2. and goodnesse of heart is opposed to sorrow Esay 65. 14. And of light in speciall Solomon saith it is sweet Eccles. 11. 7. and light is used for comfort and joy Ester 8. 16. Psal. 97. 11. and 112. 4. separated betweene that is divided the light from the darknesse that alwayes naturally the one expelleth the other and in course of day and night doe succeed each other as is shewed in 2. Cor. 6. 14. Psal. 104. 20. 22. Gen. 8. 22. Ier. 33. 20. The Hebrew phrase is he separated betweene the light and betweene the darknesse So after usually V. 5. Light Day Hereupon one of these words is put for another the day shall declare it 1 Cor. 3. 13. that is the light Eph. 5. 13. So the Apostle applying this to our spiritual estate calleth us both children of the light of the day not of the night nor of darknesse 1. Thes. 5. 5. The names which God gaue in Hebrew are now in other languages changed as that which he called Iom we english Day and Lajlah wee call Night yea the reason of these names is not alwayes vnderstood so great punishment doe we sustaine by that confusion of tongues Gen. 11. Howbeit by affinity with other words it seemeth the Day was named Iom of the tumult stir and businesse in it and the Night Lajlah of the yelling or howling of wild beasts therein Experience also confirmeth this and the Scripture accordeth Psal. 104. 20. 21. 22. 23. the evening was and the morning The evening which is the beginning of the Night and the morning which is the beginning of the Day are here used for the whole time of the light and darknesse in one succeeding course which is with us the space of 24 houres which also in a more large sense is here called a Day as the time while light shineth is the Day strictly taken in which sense Christ saith there are twelve houres in the day Iohn 1. â—9 From the phrase here used a large day is called â—hnerâ—â—-boker that is an evening-morning Dan. 1. 14. and Paul in Greek calleth it Nâ—â—â— thé meron a Night-day that is a day comprehending the night also 2 Cor. 11. 25. And because darknesse was in time before the light therefore is the evening set before the morning and so among the Iewes they began their large day at evening as Lev. 23. 32. from evening to evening you shall rest your Sabbath At the same time the Athenians also began the day but the Chaldeans counted the beginning at Sun rising the Aegyptians at noone and the Romans at midnight This later our westerne nations follow counting from midnight one of the clocke in the morning and so forward first day Hebr. one day whereupon the Hebrewes often say one for first Gen. 8. 5. Num. 29. 1. Dan. 9. 1. which phrase the Apostles use also in Greek Mat. 28. 1. Ioh. 20. 1. 19 1 Cor. 16. 2. Vers. 6. Outspred firmament This name is of the Hebrew Rakiagh which signifieth a thing spred abroad and of the Greeke stereoma which signifieth a firmament or fast thing for the heavens are stretched out as a curtaine and spred out as a tent to dwell in Psal. 104. 2. Esa. 40. 22. the skies are also firme and fast as a molten looking-glasse Iob 37. 18 Prov. 8. 28. These tell Gods glory and shew his handy worke Psal. 19. 2. for in the heavens hee buildeth his stories or sphaeres Amos 9. 6. and planchereth his lofts in the waters Psal. 104. 3. and stretcheth out the North over the empty place Iob. 26. 7. and in visions of Gods glory the firmament is mentioned Ezek. 1. and 10. And as his power is shewed in making the earth so is his prudency in stretching out the heavens Ier. 10. 12. Psal. 136. 5. And under the name firmament is comprehended the aire and all that is to be seene above the earth for the fowles flye and the Sun Moone and Starres are set in the firmament of the heavens Gen. 1. 16. 17. 20. in the midst of the waters namely of the Deepe forementioned part whereof was lifted up into the ayre spred abroad into thin vapours Psal. 135. 7. bound up in thicke clouds and the cloud is not rent under them Iob 26. 8. the other part was gathered into one place the Sea Gen. 1. 9. separate or let it be separating that is let it continually separate or divide A like phrase is in Esay 59. 2. V. 7. and the waters Hebr. and betweene the waters which were above to weet in the ayre above the lowest region whereof the waters are So elsewhere they are sayd to be above the heavens Psal. 148. 4. meaning those heavens and that firmament wherein the birds flye for above that are the watry clouds As every part of the water is called water so every part of the heaven and firmament is called by the name of the whole V. 8. Heavens in Hebrew Shamajim so called as is thought of Sham There and Majim waters which are remoued or heaved up from us And so the whole hath the name of a part thereof The word Heavens is put for the aire wherein windes cloudes and fowles doe flye Dan. 7. 2. 13. Psal. 8. 9. and for the upper firmament where the Sunne Moone and Starres are set Gen. 1. 16. 17.
have enmity with mankind but also wicked men called serpents generations of vipers and children of the Devill Matth. 23. 33. 1 Iohn 3. 10. By the womans seed is meant in respect of Satan chiefly Christ who being God over all blessed for ever should come of David and Abraham and so of Eve according to the flesh for she was the mother of all living Roman 1. 3. and 9. 5. And with Christ all Christians who are Eves seed both in nature and in faith as all Christians are called Abrahams seed Gal. 3. 29. He or it that is the Seed This is first to be understood of Christ who was made of a woman Gal. 4. 4. the fruit of the wombe of the Virgin Mary Luke 1. 42. Hee through death hath destroyed him that had the power of death that is the Devill Hebrewes 2. 14. Secondly it implyeth Christians the children of Christ Heb. 2. 13 who resisting the Devill stedfastly in faith the God of peace bruiseth Satan under their feet 1 Pet. 5. 9. Rom. 16. 20. When promise is made concerning the seed the faithfull parents are also included and so on the contrary as when Moses saith I will multiply thy seed Gen. 22. 17. Paul alledgeth it thus I will multiply thee Heb. 6. 14. Againe where Moses saith All families shall be blessed in thee Gen. 12 3. Peter alledgeth it they shall be blessed in thy seed Act. 3. 25. Also this word seed is used either for a multitude as Gen. 15. 5. or for one particular person as Gen. 21. 13. and 4. 25. so here it meaneth one speciall seed Christ Gal. 3. 16. This the ancient Hebrew Doctors also acknowledged for in Thargum Ierusalemy the fulfilling of this promise is expresly referred to the last dayes the dayes of the King Messias And the mystery of originall sinne and thereby death over all and of deliverance by Christ R. Menachem on Lev. 25. noteth from the profound Cabbalists in these words So long as the spirit of uncleannesse is not taken away out of the world the soules that come downe into the world must needs die for to root out the power of uncleannesse out of the world and to consume the same And all this is because of the decree which was decreed for the uncleannesse and filthinesse which the Serpent brought upon Eve And if it be so all the soules that are created become unclean by that filthinesse must needs die before the comming of the Messias c. and at the comming of the Messias all soules shall be consummate thenceforth bruise or pierce crush the Hebrew word is of rare use onely here and in Iob 9. 17. thy head or thee on the head Hereby is meant Satans overthrow destruction in respect of his power and workes Ioh. 12. 31. 1 Ioh. 3. 8. for the head being bruised strength and life is perished So in Thargum Ierusalemy it is expounded thus The womans children shall be cured but thou ô Serpent shalt not be cured And he saith thee rather then thy seed because Christ was to vanquish that old serpent which overcame our first parents who being destroyed his seed perish with him Revel 12. 9. Ioh. 14. 30. and 12. 31. 32. his heele or his foot sole for the Hebrew and Greeke here used signifie not onely the heele but the whole foot sole and sometime the foot step or print of the foot By the heele or foot bruised is meant Christs wayes which Satan should seeke to suppresse by afflictions and death for our sinnes here foretold as appeareth by the reference which other Scriptures make to this prophesie Psal. 56. 7. and 89. 52. and 49. 6. and 22. 17. He was crucified through infirmity and put to death concerning the flesh but was quickned by the spirit liveth through the power of God 2 Cor. 13. 4. 1 Pet. 3. 18. and so his foot not his head was bruised by the Serpent Who yet brought upon him a death that was shamefull and painfull and cursed because hee was hanged on a tree Gal. 3. 13. for it is probable that partly in remembrance of this first sinne by eating of the tree of knowledge which tree was a signe of curse and death if man transgressed Gods law after accounteth such as dye on a tree to have in more speciall manner the signe of curse upon them Deut. 21. 23. But Christ swallowed up death in victory Esay 25. 8. through whom God also giveth us the victory 1 Cor. 15. 57 unto which promise the Prophet hath reference saying Why should I feare in the dayes of evill when the iniquity of my heeles shall compasse me about God will redeeme my soule from the hand of Hell Psalm 49. 6. 16. Vers. 16. multiplying I will multiply that is I wil much and assuredly multiply see this phrase opened on Gen. 2. 16. Here are annexed not curses but chastisements for Eve and Adam that their faith in the promised seed might continually bee stirred up and their sinfull nature subdued and mortified Heb. 12. 6. Psal. 119. 71. conception meaning painfull conception and this word is used for the whole space that the child is in the mothers body untill the birth and so here implyeth all the griefes and cumberances which women do endure that time The Greeke translateth it groning The reason of this chastisement is because sinne is from Adam derived by propagation to all his posterity Psalm 51. 7. Roman 5. children Heb. sonnes which implyeth daughters also therefore the Greeke translateth it children so for sonne and sonnes the Holy Ghost saith in Greek children as in Mat. 22. 24. from Deut. 25. 5. Gal. 4. 27. from Esay 54. 1. By bringing forth is also meant bringing up after the birth as Gen. 50. 23. Vnto the sorrows of childbirth the Scripture often hath reference in cases of great affliction in body or mind Psalm 48. 7. Mich. 4. 9. 10. 1 Thess. 5. 3. Ioh. 16. 21. Rev. 12. 2. Howbeit this chastisement hindreth not a womans salvation with God for neverthelesse shee shall be saved in childbearing if they women continue in faith and love and holinesse with sobriety 1 Tim. 2. 15. desire The Greeke translateth it thy turning or conversion the word implyeth a desirous affection as appeareth by Song 7. 10. And that this should be to her husband it noteth subjection as in Gen. 4. 7. Elsewhere this word is not used the Apostle seemeth to have reference unto it in 1 Thess. 2. 8. rule So Paul saith I permit not the woman to usurpe authority over the man 1 Tim. 2. 12. And Peter Wives bee in subjection to your owne husbands 1 Pet. 3. 1. And this being here a chastisement for sinne implyeth a further rule then man had over her by creation and with more griefe unto womankind Vers. 17. the ground or the earth whereby is implyed all this visible world made for man Psal. 115. 16. 2 Pet. 3. 7. So all hope of blessednesse on earth is hereby cut off for all
shall hee bee to his brethren And he sayd Blessed be Iehovah the God of Sem and Canaan shall be a servant to them God perswade Iapheth that hee may dwell in the tents of Sem and Canaan shall be a servant to them And Noe lived after the Flood three hundred yeeres and fifty yeeres And all the dayes of Noe were nine hundred yeeres and fifty yeeres and hee dyed Annotations BE fruitfull the blessing first given to Adam Gen. 1. 28. is here renewed in the same words and the Greeke hereto addeth and exercise dominion or sub due it which the Hebrew expresseth in Gen. 1. Here it is impyled in the verse following Vers. 2. shall be upon every beast or be it upon them This is that soverainty which Adam had over the creatures before his fall though not after the same manner for then the creatures were subject of their owne accord now of feare and by constraint And although many beasts rebel against men and destroy them especially for some great sinnes Lev. 26. 22. 1 King 13. 24. 2 King 2. 24. yet as the Apostle saith every nature of wild beasts and of birds and of creeping things and things in the Sea is tamed and hath beene tamed of the nature of man Iam. 3. 7. Vers. 3. moving or creeping thing that is living that is as the Greeke in the former verse translateth moving things which live whereby things that dye alone or are not lawfully killed seeme unto some to bee excepted as after in the Law such are plainly forbidden to be eaten Lev. 22. 8. Exod. 22. 31. So the law touching uncleane beasts fowles fishes c. mentioned in Lev. 11. seemeth not to be given as yet And this was the ancient Rabbines judgement as in Breshith rabba they say What is that which Psal. 145. 7. teacheth us saying The Lord looseth the bound All beasts which have beene forbidden as uncleane in this world God will clense and licence them in the world to come of the Messias Even as to the sonnes of Noe at the first they were cleane as it is written Gen. 9. 3. every moving thing that is living to you shall bee for meat as the greene herbe c. As the herbe is permitted unto all so all beasts shall be permitted unto all as the greene herbe given before for meat to man and beast Gen. 1. 29. 30. Vers. 4. with the soule or in the soule that is the life for so the soule often signifieth Iob 2. 6. Ioh. 10. 15. 17. the blood this declareth what the former meant in the soule that is the blood a reason whereof is shewed in the law Lev. 17. 11. for the soule or life of the flesh is in the blood and in vers 14. the soule of all slesh is the blood thereof So this law against eating flesh with the life or blood seemeth to be against cruelty not to eate any part while the creature is alive or the flesh not orderly mortified and clensed of the blood 1 Sam. 14. 32. 33. 34. and this the reason following doth confirm Also the Hebrew Doctors make this the seventh commandement given to the sons of Noe which all Nations were bound to keepe as there had bin sixe from Adams time Which they reckon thus The first against idolatry worship of starres images c. The second against blaspheming the name of God The third against shedding of blood The fourth against unjust carnall copulations whereof they make sixe sorts 1. with a mans own mother 2. or with his fathers wife 3. or with his neighbours wife 4. or with his sister by the mothers side 5. or with mankind 6. or with beasts Five of which they gather to bee forbidden by Gen. 2. 24. the other by Abrahams speech Gen. 20. 12. The fift precept was against rapine or robbery The sixt to have judgement or punishment for malefactors And unto Noe was added the seventh this here mentioned which they understād to forbid the eating of any mēber or of the flesh of a beast taken from it alive Whosoever in the world transgressed any of these seven commandements wilfully the Iewes held he was to be killed with the sword as sheweth Maimony in Misneh treat of Kings chap. 9. But the Heathens that would yeeld to obey these seven precepts though they received not circumcision nor observed the other ordinances given afterward to Israel they were suffered to dwell as strangers among the Israelites and to so journe in their land as is shewed after upon Exod. 12. 45. and Lev. 22. 10. Vers. 5. And surely your blood This the Greeke translateth For even your blood so making it a cause and reason of the former prohibition of your soules that is your life blood whereby your persons are kept alive Or of your soules that is of your selves meaning that whoso killeth himselfe God will require his blood at his owne hands and judge him as a murderer So the Iewes expound these words Maimony in Misn. tom 4. treat of Murder chap. 2. S. 3. require or seeke out and consequently punish as Gen. 42. 22. Hereupon God is called the requirer or seeker out of bloods Psalm 9. 13. and so the punisher For where Moses saith in Deut. 18. 19. I will require it of him Peter expoundeth it he shall be destroyed from among the people Act. 3. 23. every beast So God ordained in the law that the beast which killed a man should be put to death Exod. 21. 28. But the Iewes apply this against such men as procure their neighbours death by any wilde beast Maimony in the foresaid place of every mans brother this the Chaldee translateth of the man that shall shed his brothers blood By brother is meant any other man as the next verse sheweth for God made all man-kind of one blood Act. 17. 26. The Iew Doctors understand this of such as lend or hire another man to kill their neighbour Maimony ibidem Vers. 6. He that sheddeth c. meaning wilfully for he that killed his neighbour unawares his life was provided for by the law in Num. 35. 11. by man shall his blood be shed that is by the Magistrate whose power is here stablished for killing all wilfull murderers as the Chaldee expresseth it saying with witnesses by sentence of the Iudges shall his blood be shed This was one of the seven commandements given to the sonnes of Noe forementioned And this accordeth with the law Num. 35. 29. 30. but private men may not use the sword Mat. 26. 52 Rom. 73. 4. image of God and so the injury is not onely to man but to God him-selfe The image of God in men is defaced by sin but not wholly and mans nature having a soule spirituall vnderstanding immortall c. still remaineth wherein part of Gods image is yet to bee seene in man So the Apostle useth a like reason against the cursing of men Iam. 3. 9. And the law after commandeth that no satisfaction should bee taken for the life
heavens and let us make us a name lest we be scattered-abroad upon the face of all the earth And Iehovah came downe to see the Citie and the Tower which the sons of men builded And Iehovah sayd Behold the people is one and they have all one lip and this they begin to doe and now there will not bee cut-off from them any thing that they have imagined to doe Goe too Let us goe-downe and let us confound there their lip that they may not heare every-man his neighbours lip And Iehovah scattered-them-abroad from thence upon the face of all the earth and they left-off to build the City Therefore is the name of it called Babel because there Iehovah confounded the lip of all the earth and from thence Iehovah scattered-them-abroad upon the face of all the earth These are the generations of Sem Sem was a hundred yeeres old and hee begat Arphaxad two yeeres after the flood And Sem lived after hee begat Arphaxad five hundred yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Arphaxad lived five thirty yeres and he begat Salah And Arphaxad lived after he begat Salah foure hundred yeeres and three yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Salah lived thirty yeeres and he begat Heber And Salah lived after hee begat Heber foure hundred yeres and three yeres and begat sons and daughters And Heber lived foure and thirty yeres and he begat Phaleg And Heber lived after hee begat Phaleg foure hundred yeeres and thirty yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Phaleg lived thirty yeeres and hee begat Ragau. And Phaleg lived after he begat Ragau two hundred yeeres and nine yeeres and begat sons and daughters And Ragau lived two and thirty yeeres and he begat Saruch And Ragau lived after he begat Saruch two hundred yeeres and seven yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Saruch lived thirty yeeres and hee begat Nachor And Saruch lived after hee begat Nachor two hundred yeeres and begat sons and daughters And Nachor lived nine twenty yeeres and hee begat Tharah And Nachor lived after he begat Tharah an hundred yeeres and nineteene yeeres and begat sonnes and daughters And Tharah lived seventy yeeres and he begat Abram Nachor and Haran And these are the generations of Tharah Tharah begat Abram Nachor and Haran and Haran begat Lot And Haran died before the face of Tharah his father in the land of his nativity in Vr of the Chaldees And Abram and Nachor tooke them wives the name of Abrams wife was Sarai and the name of Nachors wife Milcah the daughter of Haran the father of Milcah and the father of Iscah And Sarai was barren shee had no child And Tharah tooke Abram his son and Lot the sonne of Haran his sonnes son and Sarai his daughter-in-law the wife of Abram his sonne and they went forth with them from Vr of the Chaldees to goe to the land of Canaan and they came unto Charran and dwelt there And the dayes of Tharah were two hundred yeeres and five yeeres and Tharah dyed in Charran Annotations THe earth that is the inhabitants of the earth all nations Such words easie to be understood are often wanting the Scripture it selfe sometime maketh them plaine as will God dwell on the earth 1 King 8. 27. that is with men on the earth 2 Chr. 6. 18. and all lands and their land Esay 37. 18. is expounded nations and their land 2 King 19. 17. all the earth sought to see Solomon 1 King 10. 24. that is all the Kings of the earth as is expressed 2 Chron. 9. 23. See Gen. 6. 11. and 27. 46. of one lip that is as Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it of one tongue or language The like is in vers 6. and 7. So lips are languages 1 Cor. 14. 21. one speech or the same words This speech was Hebrew which after the confusion remained in Hebers family as the names of men doe plainly confirme So the Ierusalemy Thargum here saith they spake in the holy tongue wherewith the world was created at the beginning And this Hebrew tongue Adam and all the Patriarchs spake and Moses and the Prophets wrote the oracles of God in it and it was used of all the world the space of seventeene hundred and fifty seven yeeres till Phaleg sonne of Heber was borne and Babel towre in building which was an hundred yeeres after the flood Gen. 10. 25. and 11. 9. After that it was in use among the Hebrews or Iewes called therefore the Iewes-language Esay 36. 11. untill they were caried captive into Babylon where the holy tongue ceased from common use among men and mixed Hebrew came in place So now of a long time none in the world speaketh naturally the language of Adam and of the old world but it is gotten with study and learning This great labour hath God laid on the sonnes of man Vers. 2. Shimar or Senaar which was also named Chaldea and as the Chaldee paraphrast translateth it Babylon the land of Nimrod see before Gen. 10. 10. Thargum Ierusalemy calleth it Pontus Vers. 3. Goe too or Come on Hebr. give a word of exhortation So vers 4. and 7. make or forme as brickes with a burning or to a burning that is thorowly or as the Greeke saith with fire Thus wanting stones they devised matter to make their cursed building slime a kind of naturall lime that was found there in pits and rivers which served for building as well or better then artificiall morter In Hebrew the words differ but little they had chemer naturall lime for chomer artificiall lime or morter So Gen. 14. 10. Compare herewith the heavenly Ierusalem whose wals are garnished with all precious stones Rev. 21. 19. 1 Pet. 2. 5 Vers. 4. the top Hebr. the head and here the word reach or the like is to be understood for so the Scripture oft speaketh with brevity as the ark under curtaines 1 Chron. 17. 1. that is remaining under curtaines 2 Sam. 7. 1. the men of war by night 2 King 25. 4. that is fled by night Ier. 52. 7. and many the like See Gen. 13. 9. and 23. 13. And by the head reaching to heaven is meant a very high towre as Deut. 1. 28. Mat. 11. 23. and Babylon afterwards used like proud speeches Esay 14. 13. 14. a name meaning a great name to bee renowmed and famous as where one Prophet saith I have made thee a name 1 Chron. 17. 8. another explaineth it a great name 2 Sam. 7. 9. See also 2 Sam. 8. 13. This word name is sometime put for God himselfe Lev. 24. 11. 16. whose name is a strong tower into which the righteous runneth and is set aloft Prov. 18. 10. and to walke in his name is to keepe his faith and true religion Mich. 4. 5. contrary to which some doe thinke this tower of Babel was builded as R. Menachem on this place citeth some that said Name here meaneth nothing but Idolatry And Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth this building to be
him and let us keepe-alive seed of our father And they made their father drinke wine in that night also and the younger arose and lay with him and he knew not when shee lay downe or when shee arose And the two daughters of Lot were with child by their father And the firstborne bare a sonne and she called his name Moab he is the father of Moab unto this day And the yonger she also bare a sonne and called his name Ben-ammi he is the father of the sonnes of Ammon unto this day Annotations THere came two or the two Angels came called before men Gen. 18. 22. and so they seemed unto Lot who also entertained Angels unawares Heb. 13. 2. Compare this action of Lot with Abrahams Gen. 18. Vers. 2. my Lords so both Greeke and Chaldee also translate it the Hebrew Adonai being written otherwise then when it signifieth the Lord God see Gen. 18. 3. Nay The Angels as men humanely refused being sent also to view the manners of the people Gen. 18. 21. they would have abode in the streets indeed had not Lots importunacy made them doe otherwise So Christ made as if he would have gone further but constrained by the disciples hee stayed with them Luke 24. 28. 29. Vers. 3. pressed upon or was instant constrained so Luke 24. 29. a banquet or a drinking as both the Hebrew and Greeke words signifie for large drinking is used in banquets hereupon it is called the banquet of wine Est. 5. 6. and 7. 7. and the King and Hamon came to drinke with Queene Ester that is to banquet Est. 7. 1. So Est. 3. 15. unleavened-cakes for hast because time suffered them not to be leavened See Exod. 12. 39. where the word cakes is expressed which here wanteth as on the contrary cakes were expressed in Gen. 18. 6. where unleavened is to be understood Vers. 4. from the utmost meaning from every quarter for the Hebrew often omitteth the repeating of the same word at the end for brevities sakes as 1 Chron. 17. 5. from tent to tent and from tabernacle where is againe to be understood unto tabernacle So here from utmost part to utmost part that is from all parts Sometime it is fully expressed as in Matth. 24. 31. from the end of heaven to the end thereof The Greeke here translateth all the people together Vers. 5. called unto Lot They were not ashamed to proclaime their owne filthinesse so God reproveth the Iewes they declare their sinnes as Sodom they hide them not Esay 3. 9. may know them that is may lye with them as Gen. 4. 2. which sense the Greeke version also giveth here Hereupon that horrible and unnaturall sin which the Scripture calleth lying with the male Lev. 18. 22. and 20. 13. is called Sodomy as being first practised in Sodom and the cities about it which God would therfore severely plague in this world and for ever as the Apostle writeth of Sodom and Gomorrah and the cities about them in like manner giving themselves to fornication and going after other flesh they are set forth for an example suffering the vengeance of eternall fire Iude vers 7. The Canaanites having fallen from God to idolatry Deut. 11. 2. 3. 30. 31. God therefore gave them up to uncleannesse to dishonour their owne bodies betweene themselves and leaving the natural use of the womā to burn in lust one toward another men w t men doing that which is unseemly as Paul observeth in Rom. 1. 23. 24. 27. An example of like filthinesse fell out after this in Israel Iudg. 19. 22. c. Vers. 6. the doore two words are here used for a doore the first Pethach which is the open-place wherat he went out this latter deleth which is the doore that shutteth up the passage Vers. 7. my brethren thus he lovingly intreateth those wicked men respecting the common brotherhood of nature Act. 17. 26. Esay 58. 7. so David called the evill and wicked his brethren 1 Sam. 30. 23. Vers. 8. not knowne to weet by lying with the male as the phrase is explained in Num. 31. 17. and so by the Ierusalemy Thargum here By this prostituting of his daughters Lot thought to avoid a greater evill but it is not lawfull to doe evill that good may come Rom. 3. 8. of my rafter or beame that is of my roofe or house made with rafters a part being put for the whole so the Greek hath under the roofe of my rafters but the Chaldee saith of my habitation Vers. 9. stand further or get thee a side as if they would consult of the matter But by a much like speech used in Esay 65. 5. it seemeth to bee spoken in disdaine and will hee judging judge or hee will judging judge but the Greeke resolveth it into a question came he also to judge judgement This phrase doubling the word whereof see Gen. 2. 17. may also imply Lots often rebuking of them at other times for he was vexed with the lascivious conversation of those wicked men and dwelling among them in seeing and hearing tormented his just soule day after day with their unlawfull deeds 2 Pet. 7. 8. Vers. 11. with blindnesses or dazeled-blindnesse both of body and mind when the sight beames are confused and nothing can be seene as it is The word is not used but in this place and at another like accident in 2 King 6. 18. the plurall number noteth the greatnesse of the plague as extreameblindnesse Vers. 12. or thy sonnes in the Hebrew and is here for or as the Greeke also translateth it see Gen. 13. 8. Vers. 13. will destroy or are destroying Hebr. corrupting see Gen. 6. 13. that is we are about to destroy so v. 14. Vers. 14. were taking that is being betrothed were ready to take in mariage or had taken as the Greeke explaineth it If wee thus understand it then Lot had some daughters which perished with the Sodomites for onely two which were virgins escaped with him vers 8. 30. This also seemeth closely to be implyed in vers 15. goe-out The Hebrew word hath in it a pricke extraordinary noted also in the Hebrew margine which increaseth the signification as urging an hasty going-out The like is in Exod. 12. 31. Vers. 15. are found that is present The Chaldee addeth which are found faithfull with thee the Greek saith which thou havest But found is often used for present 1 Chron 29. 17. 2 Chron. 5. 11. and 30. 21. and 31. 1. and 34. 32. the iniquity that is the punishment for iniquity Hereupon is that usuall phrase of bearing iniquity for suffering punishment Lev. 20. 17. 19. 20. Num. 14. 34. Even the righteous are in danger to partake of the wickeds punishment if when God calleth they depart not from among them Compare Rev. 18. 4. Vers. 16. lingred or delayed distracted himselfe with much trouble and businesse the Greek translateth they were troubled David contrary wise delayed not to keepe Gods commands Psal. 119. 60. 〈◊〉 in the
mystery of the Trinity which the Gentiles not understanding they fell to hold many gods contrary to the truth Deut. 6. 4. A like speech of God is after used in Gen. 35. 7. and in 2 Sam 7. 23. they even God went which an other Prophet relating saith singularly God hee went I Chron. 17. 21. so that though words of the plurall number be joyned yet the plurality of gods is no way intended one Scripture clearing another yea sometime the very same text explaining it selfe as Ios. 24. 19. Aelohim holies or holy ones he The Greek translateth here singularly when God brought mee out from my father house the Chaldee otherwise thus And it was when the people 's wandered that is committed idolarry after the workes of their hands the Lord applyed mee unto his feare out of my fathers house is thy kindnesse or shall be thy mercy that is thy worke of mercy so love 1 Iohn 3. 1. is put for the benefits proceeding from love and wrath Mic. 7. 9. Rom. 13. is for punishment proceeding from wrath Vers. 15. before thee exposed to thy choice See Gen. 13. 9. good in thine eyes that is as the Greek translateth where it pleaseth thee Vers. 16. a 1000 shekels or shistings The word shekels understood in the Hebrew is expressed by the Chaldee interpreter so in 2 Sam. 18. 12. and 2 King 6. 25. and the Greeke also hath a 1000 didrachmes meaning shekels for so in Gen. 23. 15 16. and in many other places the Hebrew shekels are turned in Greeke didrachmes or double drams and usually where silver is set downe and not the summe shekels are understood as appeareth by Num. 7. 13. 85. where the shekell of the sanctuary named after sheweth the same to bee meant before Also where shekels are set downe and the mettall not expressed silver is understood not gold or any other as is manifest by Exod. 30 13 15. compared with Exod. 38. 25 26. A shekel comming of Shakal he weighed from whence our English skole and skale to weigh with is derived is by interpretation a weight as being the most common in payments in which they used to weigh their money Gen. 23. 16. Ier. 32. 9. And the shekel of the sanctuary weighed twenty gerahs Exod. 30. 13. and a Gerah by the Iewes records weighed sixteen graines of barley so the holy shekell weighed 320 graines as Maimony sheweth in treat of Valuations c. ch 1. S. 4. But the common shekel weighed they say halfe so much viz. 160. graines which make two drammes and 16. graines The Chaldee calleth a shekel Silghna and Selang from whence our English shilling seemeth to be borrowed and the quantity of the common shekel differed not much from our shilling as the shekel of the sanctuary was about two shillings This Chaldee name came in use among the Iewes after their captivity in Babylon and was somewhat more in weight then the shekell of Moses which weighed 320 graines of barley but now our wise men have added thereto saith Maimony in treat of shekels ch 1. S. 2. and made the weight of it equall to the coine called Selangh in the time of the second Temple and that Selangh weighted 384. common graines of barley to thy brother that is to Abraham thy husband whom thou calledst thy brother to him rather then to her was it given lest suspition should arise that she was defiled he is to thee c. that is he is and shall be thy husband to defend thee from injury and to whom thou must professe subjection For the covering of the eies and face with a vaile was a signe of the womans subjection to the man and of his power over her Gen. 24. 65. 1 Cor. 113 6 7 10. Or thus it shall be to thee that is this gift of mine to thy brother shall bee a recompence of the injury done in taking thee from thy husband The Hebrew is ambiguous and may indifferently bee read he or it and so the Chaldee though it favoureth most this latter saying behold it is to thee a covering of honour for that I did send to take thee and have seene thee and all that are with thee The Greek more plainly thus these 1000 didrachmes shall be to thee for an honour of thy face and to all the women that are with thee and all that c. that is and all this is that thou maist be rebuked and warned to cary thy selfe otherwise and so they are the words of Abimelech Or if they be the words of Moses wee may read and all this was that shee might bee rebuked The Chaldee translateth and for all that thou hast said and be thou rebuked the Greeke thus and all things speake thou truely Vers. 18. closing closed that is fast closed See the like phrase in Gen. 2. 17. CHAP. XXI 1 Isaak is borne 4 he is circumcised 6 Sarahs joy 9 Hagar and Ismael are cast forth 15 and fall into distresse 17 The Angel comforteth her 22 Abimelechs covenant with Abraham at Beer-sheba ANd Iehovah visited Sarah as hee had said and Iehovah did unto Sarah as he had spoken And Sarah conceived and bare to Abraham a son in his old-age at the set-time which God had spoken to him And Abraham called the name of his son that was borne unto him whom Sarah bare unto him Isaak And Abraham circumcised Isaak his son being a son of eight daies as God had commanded him And Abraham was a hundred yeeres old when Isaak his son was borne unto him And Sarah said God hath maid me a laughter every one that heareth will laugh with me And she said who would have said unto Abraham that Sarah should have given sonnes sucke for I have borne a son in his old age And the childe grew and was weaned and Abraham made a great banquet in the day that Isaak was weaned And Sarah saw the son of Hagar the Aegyptian which she had borne unto Abraham laughing And shee said to Abraham Cast out this bond woman and her son for the son of this bond woman shall not be heire with my son with Isaak And the word was very evill in the eyes of Abraham because of his son And God said unto Abraham Let it not bee evill in thine eyes because of the lad and because of thy bond-woman in all that Sarah shall say unto thee heare her voice for in Isaak shall seed be called to thee And also the sonne of the bond woman I will make of him a nation because he is thy seed And Abraham rose-earely in the morning and tooke bread and a bottle of water and gave unto Hagar putting it on her shoulder and the child and sent her away and shee went and wandred in the wildernesse of Beer-sheba And the water of the bottle was spent and she cast the child under one of the shrubs And she went and sate herselfe over-against him going-far-off about a bow shoot for she sayd let me not see the death of
the child and she sate over-against him and lifted up her voice and wept And God heard the voice of the lad and an Angell of God called to Hagar out of heaven and said unto her what aileth thee Agar feare not for God hath heard the voice of the lad there where he is Arise lift up the lad and hold him in thy hand for I will make of him a great nation And God opened her eyes and she saw a well of water and she went and filled the bottell with water and gave the lad drinke And God was with the lad and he grew and dwelt in the wildernesse and was a shooter with bow And he dwelt in the wildernesse of Pharan and his mother tooke him a wife out of the land of Egypt And it was in that time that Abimelech and Phicol prince of his host said unto Abraham saying God is with thee in all that thou dost And now sweare unto me here by God If thou shalt lye unto me or to my son or to my newphew according to the kindnes that I have done vnto thee thou shalt do unto me and unto the land in the which thou hast sojourned And Abraham said I will sweare And Abraham reproved Abimelech because of a well of water which Abimelechs servants had violently-taken away And Abimelech said I know not who hath done this thing and also thou didst not tell mee and I also did not heare it but to day And Abraham tooke sheepe and oxen and gave to Abimelech and both of them stroke a covenant And Abraham set seven ewe-lambes of the flocke by themselves And Abimelech said unto Abraham what meane here these seven ewe-lambes which thou hast set by themselves And hee said for the seven ewe-lambes thou shalt take of my hand that they may be to me for a Testimonie that I have digged this Well Therefore he called that place Beer-sheba because there they sware both of them And they stroke a covenant in Beer-sheba and Abimelech rose-up and Phicol the Prince of his host and they returned into the land of the Philistines And hee planted a tree in Beer-sheba and he called there on the name of Iehovah the eternall God And Abraham sojourned in the land of the Philistines many daies Annotations Visited This word signifieth a remembrance providence care and performance of that which was spoken be it good or evill For good as here and Gen. 50. 24. Exod. 4. 31. Luk. 1. 68. and often For evill and so it meaneth punishment Exod. 20. 5. Psal. 89. 33. Num. 16. 29. The Chaldee here translateth remembred and the Hebrew implyeth that as 1. Sam. 15. 2. Vers. 2. conceived hereupon her faith is commended Heb. 11. 11. By saith Sarah her selfe received strength to conceive seed and was delivered of a child when when she was past age because shee judged him faithfull who had promised in his or to his oldage so vers 7. the set time promised the yeere before Gen. 18. 10. Hereupon Isaak is sayd to be borne of a freewoman by promise and after the spirit Gal. 4. 22 23 29. and this birth is set forth as an example of Gods mercy to and increase of his Church by the covenant of grace in Christ under the new Testament whereof Sarah was a figure Esay 51. 2 3. Gal. 4. 24. 28. Vers. 3. Isaak which signifieth Laughter or Ioy this name was foreappointed him of God Gen. 17. 19. Vers. 4. son of 8 daies or 8 daies old but understanding in the 8 day as the Greeke translateth it see the Law Gen. 17. 12. Isaak is the first that wee read of circumcised at this age Vers. 6. made me or made laughter to me that is joy as the Chaldee translateth it as if shee had said hath made me to laugh or rejoyce The word is sometime used for laughing to scorne or mocking as v. 9. Ezek. 23. 32. and so some understand it here laughter at me that is hath made me to be laughed at meaning of the profane which would laugh mocke as did Ismael verse 9. Though both may bee implyed in the word yet the first seemeth most proper and according to the prophesies Rejoyce thou barren which didst not beare Esay 54. 1. which hath reference to this birth Gal. 4. 22. 27. 28. Esay 51. 2. 3. with me or at me but the Greeke translateth it rejoyce with me the Chaldee also turneth it into joy And so the Prophet Rejoyce yee with Ierusalem and be glad with her all ye that love her Esay 66. 10. which Ierusalem was figured out by this Sarah Gal. 4. 22 26. Vers. 7. should have given sons Hebrew hath given sons so noting the certainty speaking as of a thing done By sonnes is meant any sonne or child as the Greeke explaineth it see Gen. 46. 23. The like admiration is spoken by the Church Esay 49. 21. who hath begotten me these The Chaldee paraphrast referreth this to God saying faithfull is he that said to Abraham and hath fulfilled it that Sarah should give sucke Vers. 8. weaned The Hebrew word signifieth an exchange of one thing for another and so in weaning from milke to stronger meat which as it signified in Isaak a growth in strength of nature so is it in the faithfull a signe of growth in grace and understanding 1 Cor. 3. 1 2. Heb. 5. 12 13 14. and of abstaining from worldly childish pleasures Psal. 131. 2. and Isaak being a figure of all the children of promise Gal. 4. 28. we may hereupon gather the reason why Abraham made so great a banquet at Isaaks weaning So at Samuels weaning hee was presented to the Lord with a spirituall feast or sacrifice 1 Sam. 1. 22 24. Vers. 9. laughing that is deriding or mocking for so laughing often signifieth as Gen. 19. 14. Ezek. 23. 32. Lam. 1. 7. it meaneth also abusing otherwise whereupon laughter and scorne followeth as Gen. 39. 14. 17. also idolatrous laughing or play as Exod. 32. 6. Hereupon the Ierusalemy paraphrast referreth it to this latter of laughing in Gods worship the Greeke translateth it playing with Isaak her sonne which word playing is sometime used for fighting 2 Sam. 2. 14 16. and by laughing or mocking the Scripture often noteth a contemptuous and malignant carriage Iob 30. 1. and 12. 4. Lam. 3. 14. Mat. 27. 29. But the Apostle plainly calleth it persecuting and saith as then he that was born after the flesh persecuted him that was borne after the spirit even so it is now Gal. 4. 29. And here beginneth by an Egyptians son that 400 yeeres affliction spoken of in Gen. 15. 13. Vers. 10. this bondwoman shee figured the old Testament and her sonne such as are under the works of the law Gal. 4. 24. and the mother being to be cast out it is likely shee was the cause or an abettor of her sons evill not be heire or not inherit under which inheritance is figured heavenly blessings in Christ and life everlasting Gal. 3.
she said if it be so why am I thus And shee went to inquire of Iehovah And Iehovah said unto her Two nations are in thy womb and two peoples shall be separated from thy bowels and the one people shall be stronger then the other people and the greater shall serve the lesser And her dayes were fulfilled to bring-forth and behold twins were in her wombe And the first came-out red all over like an hairy mantle and they called his name Esau. And afterward came his brother out and his hand holding by the heele of Esau and he called his name Iakob and Isaak was sixtie yeeres old when she bare them And the boyes grew and Esau was a cunning huntsman a man of the field and Iakob was a perfect man dwelling in tents And Isaak loved Esau because venison was in his mouth and Rebekah loved Iakob And Iakob sod pottage and Esau came from the field and he was faint And Esau said to Iakob Let me taste I pray thee of that red that red pottage for I am faint therefore he called his name Edom. And Iakob said Sell to me this day thy first-birthright And Esau said Loe I am going to dye and wherefore serveth this first-birthright unto me And Iakob said Sweare unto me this day and he sware unto him and he sold his first-birthright unto Iakob And Iakob gave to Esau bread and pottage of lentiles and he did eate and drinke and rose up and went-away and Esau despised the first-birthright Annotations ADded that is did againe take a wife when hee was an hundred and fourty yeeres old and had of her sixe sonnes by the extraordinary blessing of God whereas fourty yeeres before his body was even dead in respect of naturall strength and vigour as the Apostle noteth Rom. 4. 19. a wife called elsewhere a concubine 1 Chron. 1. 32. what manner of wife that was see on Gen. 22. 24. Keturah in Greeke Chettoura Vers. 2. Zimran in Greeke Zombran Iekshan in Greeke Iezan Medan whose posterity are called Medanites Gen. 37. 36. Midian in Greeke Madiam and Madian Act. 7. 29. of him came the people called Madianites that soone fell from Abrahams faith to idolatry Num. 25. Shuach in Greek Soie of him came Bildad Iobs friend called the Shuchite Iob 2. 11. Vers. 3. Sheba in Greek Saba his posterity robbed lob of his oxen and asses Iob 1. 15. Vers. 4. Ephah or Gepha in Greeke Gephar Epher or Gepher in Greek Apheir of him the country Aphrica is thought to have the name Enoch in Heb. Chanoch as Gen. 5. 18. Vers. 5. to Isaak as being his onely heyre and child of promise Gen. 21. 12. a figure of Christ and Christians heyres by promise of all things Heb. 1. 2. Iohn 3. 34. Rev. 21. 7. Gal. 3 29. and 2. 28. Vers. 6. concubines Hagar and Keturah vers 1. east country or land of the East a part of Arabia hereupon mention is made of the sonnes of the East Iob 1. 3. And Iob himselfe was in likelihood the son of one of these sons or nephewes of Abraham by Keturah Vers. 7. 175 yeeres This summe of his yeeres sheweth how Abraham had lived a pilgrim in Canaan a hundred yeeres after he came out of Charran Gen. 12. 4. That he attained not to the yeeres of his forefathers who all lived longer then hee Gen. 11. 11. c. as did also his son Isaak Gen. 35. 28. That he left alive behind him Heber that great Patriarch and Prophet of whom hee had the surname to be an Hebrew Gen. 11. 17. and 14. 13. and from whom he was the seventh generation as Enoch was from Adam Vers. 8. hoary age as was promised Gen. 15. 15. of dayes so the Greek and Chaldee explaineth it and the Hebrew it selfe elsewhere Gen. 35. 29. Such words are often to be understood as a full for a full cup Psal. 73. 10. see Gen. 4. 20. and 5. 3. and by being full of dayes is meant a willingnesse to dye without desiring longer life on earth his peoples the Greeke translateth his people the like is said of Ismael vers 17. of Isaak Gen. 35. 29. of Iaakob Gen. 49. 33. of Aaron Num. 20. 24. of Moses Deut. 32. 50. and others sometime it is said gathered to their fathers 2 King 22. 20. Iudg. 2. 10. Act. 13. 36. and by Abrahams peoples are meant his fathers Gen. 15. 15. and the phrase signifieth the immortality of soules for Abrahams body was gathered to the body of Sarah onely as the next words shew and by his fathers are meant the spirits of just men made perfect Heb. 12. 23. See after in verse 17. Vers. 10. and Sarah as is shewed in Gen. 23. 19. Afterwards Isaak and Iakob with their wives were buried there also Gen. 49. 29. 31. Vers. 11. blessed Isaak so applying and confirming to him the promises made to Abraham Gen. 12. 2. and 14. 19. and 17. 19. and so Isaak commended to Iakob the blessing of Abraham Gen. 28. 3. 4. and by this blessing the righteousnesse of faith is implyed to Abrahams seed Galat. 3. 8. 9. c. Beer-lachai-roi in Greeke the well of vision in Chaldee the well at which the Angell of life appeared this place of Isaaks seating is not without mystery see Gen. 16. 14. and 24. 62. Vers. 12. generations a rehearsall of Ismaels off-spring as Gen. 5. 1. And here the fulfilling of Gods promise is seene made in Gen. 16. 10. 12. and 17. 20. and how hee that was borne after the flesh and cast out of Abrahams house Gal. 4. 23. 30 was multiplyed before Isaak the child and heyre of the promise See the like of Esau Gen. 36. 43. Vers. 13. Nebajoth he and his brethren seated in Arabia Esay 20. 13. 14. 16. Ezek. 27. 21. where peoples and places retained the footsteps of their names they gave themselves to shepherdy as appeareth Esay 60. 7. Ier. 49. 29. And here are twelve sons reckned which were Princes of their tribes as was promised in Gen. 17. 20. answerable in number to the twelve sonnes of Iakob heads of the twelve tribes of Israel but these Ismaelites are a generation before them as Ismael himselfe was borne before Isaak For that is first which is naturall and afterward that which is spirituall 1 Corinth 15. 46. Vers. 16. castles or villages dwelling houses so named of being faire and high built in a row or order In Greeke habitations as in Act. 1. 20. from Psal. 69. Vers. 17. 137 yeeres So he lived not so long as his father Abraham or his brother Isaak or as did Iakob though he lived till a great old age And this mention of the terme of his life and gathering to his fathers as was spoken before of Abraham v. 8. and the burying of his father with his brother vers 9. may be some probability of Ismaels repentance and dying in the faith of Abraham for unlesse it be he no reprobate hath his whole life time recorded in holy Scripture Or if
home as Iudg. 5. 24. or being with the sheepfolds as an heirder for shepherds kept in tents Gen. 4. 20. Esa. 38. 12. and such was Iakobs trade and his childrens Gen. 46. 34. Besides that dwelling in tents signified his pilgrimage in the land Heb. 11. 9. Hereupon Iakobs tents are used for the state of the commonwealth of Israel Num. 24. 5. Mal. 2. 12. The Greeke here translateth dwelling in house but the Chaldee saith A minister of the house of doctrine as giving himselfe to religious study and schollership So other of the Hebrew Doctors as in Pirkei R. Eliezer ch 32. it is said After the children were growne the one walked in the way of life the other walked in the way of death Iakob our father walked in the way of life for he dwelt in tents and studied the law all his dayes but Esau the wicked walked in the way of death to kill Iakob Gen. 27. 41. Vers. 28. in his mouth or for his mouth namely his meat as the Greeke explaineth it that is because he delighted to eate of Esaus venison This love for carnall respect continued contrary to the Oracle of God but it was disappointed Genes 27. 4. 33. Vers. 29. pottage or broth Hebr. sod a seething faint with wearinesse as the word implyeth This signified Esaus vaine imployment of his time and strength whereas they that wait on the Lord spiritually faint not Esay 40. 30. 31. but the righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soule Pro. 13. 25. Vers. 30. Let me cast or let me have a draught the Greeke and Chaldee translate it tast It is a word not used but in this place red which in Hebrew is Adom whereupon his name was called Aedom The doubling of the word red and omitting the word pottage noteth Esaus hast and greedinesse increased also by the colour he called or his name was called Aedom that is Red for hee was ruddy when hee was borne vers 25. and now longing for red broth and selling his birthright for it this name was given him as a brand-marke of his greedinesse and profanenesse Vers. 31. this day or even now the Hebr. Cajom As to day is often used for hajom this day as the Greeke here interpreteth it and in vers 23. following So 1 Sam. 2. 16. and 9. 13. 27. 2 Chron. 18. 4. And the Hebrew word for As is often a very affirmation see Gen. 27. 12. firstbirthright The dignity whereof the Law sheweth to be great in that all the first-borne were peculiarly consecrated and given unto God Exod. 22. 29. were next in honour to their parents Gen. 49. 3. had a double portion of their fathers goods Deut. 21. 17. succeeded them in the government of the family or kingdome 2 Chron. 21. 3. and administration of the priesthood and service of God Num. 8. 14. 17. Therefore the first-borne is used for one that is loved and deare to his father Ex. 4. 22. and higher then his brethren Psal. 89. 28. and figured Christ Rom. 8. 29. and true Christians heyres of the kingdome of heaven Heb. 12. 23. This honour Iakob strove to have at his birth but missing then hee seeketh now and obtaineth it The Greeke translateth it plurally firstbirthrights and so doth the Apostle in Heb. 12. 16. Vers. 32. going to dye that is ready or in danger to dye which may bee meant both in respect of his present hunger which could not as he prophanely thought bee satisfied with the title of his birth-right and of his daily danger to bee killed by the wild beasts in the field where hee hunted wherefore serveth or what profiteth as if he should say nothing at all Vers. 33. Sweare to confirme the bargain Heb. 6. 16. and to make it irrevocable Psalm 110. 4. and 15. 4. So by oath he renounced his birthright before God whose name is therfore used in othes Deut. 6. 13. he sold It is recorded in the Iewes canon lawes that the first-borne who selloth the portion of his birthright even before it be parted his sale standeth in force because the firstborne hath part in the birthright before the parting thereof Maimony Treat of Inheritances ch 3. S. 6. Vers. 34. of lentiles a kind of pulse much like to vetches or small pease and but course food so vile an exchange did Esau make of his heavenly dignity that not without cause doth the holy Ghost call him a profane person who for one meales meat sold his first birthrights Heb. 12. 16. It is a tradition of the Hebrew Doctors that Lentiles were wont to be eaten of men in their sorrow and mourning and that Iakob did feed upon Lentiles in mourning and sorrow for that the kingdome and dominion and first-birthright was Esaus Whereupon they also gather that the sonnes of Esau should not fall untill the Remainder of Iakob come and give to the sonnes of Esau food of lentiles with mourning and sorrow and take from them the dominion kingdome and firstbirthright which Iakob bought of him by oath Pirkei R. Eliezer ch 35. eat and drinke This seemeth to intimate not onely a satisfying of his hunger but a carnall secure despising of his honor now sold as in 1 Cor. 15. 32. let us eat and drinke for to morrow wee shall dye went away without shewing any remorse or sorrow for his profane bargaine despised unto this the Ierusalemy Paraphrast addeth that he also despised his portion in the world to come and denyed the resurrection of the dead Thus the Iewes esteemed his fact most irreligious and profane as the Apostle also doth Heb. 12. 16. CHAP. XXVI 1. Isaak because of famine goeth to Gerar 2 God biddeth him not goe into Aegypt but dwell in the land and promiseth him the blessings of Abraham 7 Isaak denyeth his wife 9 Abimelech therefore reproveth him 12 He groweth rich 18 Hee diggeth three wels Esek Sitnah and Rechoboth 23 Abimelech maketh a covenant with him at Beersheba 34 Esaus wives ANd there was a famine in the land besides the first famine which was in the dayes of Abraham and Isaak went unto Abimelech King of the Philistims unto Gerar. And Iehovah appeared unto him and said Goe not downe into Aegypt dwell in the land which I shall say unto thee Sojourne in this land and I will bee with thee and will blesse thee for to thee and to thy seed will I give all these lands and I will stablish the oath which I sware unto Abraham thy father And I will multiply thy seed as the starres of the heavens and will give unto thy seed all these lands and in thy seed all nations of the earth shall blesse themselves Because that Abraham obeyed my voyce and kept my charge my commandements my statutes and my lawes And Isaak dwelt in Gerar. And the men of the place asked of his wife and he said she is my sister for he feared to say my wife left the men of the place should kill mee for Rebekah because shee was of a good
from off thy necke And Esau hated Iakob for the blessing with which his father had blessed him and Esau said in his heart The dayes of mourning for my father are nigh and I will kill Iakob my brother And the words of Esau her elder son were told to Rebekah and she sent and called Iakob her yonger sonne and said unto him Behold Esau thy Brother comforteth him-selfe as touching thee to kill thee And now my sonne obey my voice and arise flee thou unto Laban my Brother to Charran And tarry with him a few dayes untill the hot-wrath of thy Brother turne away Vntill the anger of thy Brother turne-away from thee and hee forget that which thou hast done to him and I will send and take thee from thence why should I bee bereaved even of you both in one day And Rebekah said unto Isaak I am yrked of my life because of the daughters of Cheth if Iakob take a wife of the daughters of Cheth like these of the daughters of the land wherefore have I life Annotations THat he could not see Hebr. from seeing which phrase the Apostle turneth in Greeke not to see Rom. 11. 10. from Psal. 69. 24. Vpon this occasion Gods workes were shewed in Isaak as Ioh. 9. 3. for in his blindnesse he gave Iakob the blessing which he would not so have done if hee had seene vers 23. elder in Heb ew greater to weet of age or by birth as the Greeke translateth Elder and lesser for yonger v. 15. see Gen. 10. 21. Vers. 2. my death the Greeke saith my end yet lived hee after this above fourty yeeres Genes 35. 28. 29. Vers. 3. Venison Hebr. hunting whereof venison hath the name as being gotten by hunting So v. 5. 19. c. Vers. 4. that I may or and I will eate so in v. 7. and 10. These two phrases are used indifferently as that ye be not judged Matth. 7. r. which another Evangelist saith and ye shall not be judged Luke 6. 37. See also Gen. 12. 12. that my soule or to the end my soule that is I my selfe as after in v. 7. it is repeated Isaak being to give the blessing in faith Heb. 11. 20. would eate savoury meat and drinke wine ver 25. to stir up and cheare his spirit that he might be the more fit instrument of the spirit of God For sorrow anger and other such passions doe distemper the mind which may bee mitigated by outward meanes as wine maketh men to forget their misery Prov. 31. 6. 7. and musicke allayeth anger wherefore Elisha the Prophet when he was moved against King Iehoram called for a musitian who when hee played the hand of the Lord came upon the Prophet 2 King 3. 14. 15. blesse thee as the Priests with authority blessed and put the name of God upon the people Gen. 14. 19. Num. 6. 23. 27. So the Patriarches derived the blessing before their death unto their children or some one of them as an inheritance by testament wherefore Paul speaketh of inheriting the blessing Heb. 12. 17. which also was of great authority and strength as being done by the Spirit of God and in faith and before the Lord as vers 7. See Gen. 28. 3. 4. and 48. 15. 16. 20. and 49. 25. 26. 28. Heb. 11. 20. 21. and 12. 17. Esau who had his name of Doing is here promised the blessing upon his deeds as the law also promiseth blessing and life to the doers thereof Rom. 10. 5. but Iakob got the blessing by faith as do all the faithfull Gal. 3. 9. Vers. 7. before Iehovah that is in his presence by his power and authority and for ever the like phrase is of cursing 1 Sam. 26. 19. And being done before his death it was with the more power case reverence and as by his last will and testament So Deut. 33. 1. Vers. 12. if so be or Peradventure my father will feele me and I shall be c. The Greeke translateth it Mé pote which word Paul useth 2 Tim. 2. 25. in like sense If so be or If peradventure God will give them repentance as a deceiver or as one that causeth to erre the Greeke translateth it a despiser the Chaldee a mocker Or we may English it a very deceiver for in the Hebrew as is often a sure affirmation Neh. 7. 2. and so the Greeke answering thereto Iohn 1. 14. a curse not feared without cause for cursed is he that maketh the blind to erre in way Deut. 27. 18. and deceitfulnesse in all Gods works maketh men lyable to the curse Ier. 48. 10. Mal. 1. 14. Vers. 13. upon me thy curse a speech of her faith to incourage him though it may be mixt with infirmity of cariage for it seemeth she relyed on the oracle of God in Gen. 25. 23. the greater shall serve the lesse which oracle Isaak might understand not of the persons of Esau and Iakob but of the nations and peoples their posterity and therefore thought it his dutie to give the blessing of the first birthright unto Esau to whom by nature it belonged and which might not bee changed for affection as the Law after provideth in Deut. 21. 15. 16. 17. But Rebekah understood it of these very persons also and therefore attempted this strange and perillous way to procure the blessing unto Iakob A like different meaning of that oracle is gathered by men at this day The Chaldee paraphraseth thus It was said unto me by prophesie that curses shall not come upon thee but blessings Vers. 15. desireable garments Hebr. garments of desire that is good sweet precious the Greeke translateth it a goodly robe or faire stole which was a long garment that great men used to weare Luke 20. 46. and 15. 22. The Priests after in the law had holy garments to minister in Exo. 28. 2. 3. 4. which the Greeke there also calleth a holy robe or stole Whether the first borne before the law had such to minister in is not certaine but probable by this example For had they beene common garments why did not Esau himselfe or his wives keepe them but being in likelihood holy robes received from their ancestors the mother of the family kept them in sweet chests from mothes and the like whereupon it is said in verse 27. Isaak smelled the smell of his garments These might well figure out those robes of innocency and righteousnesse wherewith the saints are clothed Rev. 7. 9. 14. and 19. 8. and 3. 18. The like mystery also is in the kids skins following see Gen. 3. 21. Vers. 19. firstborne This though it were not so properly and cannot in that respect bee excused yet was it true in mystery and spiritually as Iohn Baptist was Elias Matt. 11. 14. and we gentiles are the Circumcision Phil. 3. 3. Rom. 2. 28. and the children of promise are counted for the seed Rom. 9. 8. Gal. 4. 28. Vers. 20. brought it to passe or made it to meet or occurre in Greeke delivered it
in Chaldee prepared it See 24. 12. Vers. 22. and the hands or but the hands the Ierusalemy Thargum saith the feeling of the hands of a field the Greeke addeth of a full or plenteous field which with herbs flowers and fruits giveth a fragrant smell Compare Song 2. 13. and 4. 12. 13. 14. and 7. 11. 12. 13. The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this to the smell of the perfume of good spicies that should after bee offered in the mount of the house of the sanctuary Vers. 28. And God give or will give it is both a prayer and a prophesie the word And noteth the passion of the mind for so it is often used to signifie vehement affections of desire joy indignation or the like See Gen. 47. 15. Psal. 2. 6. Act. 23. 3. Mark 10. 26. 2 Cor. 2. 2. Sometime it is omitted quite as 2 Sam. 24. 3. and the Lord thy God add for which in 1 Chron. 21. 3. is written the Lord add leaving out and dew which as it is the meanes to make the field fruitfull so â—an it not be given but by God Ier. 14. 22. and the with holding of it is a curse 2 Sam. 1. 21. It spiritually signifieth the doctrine and graces of the gospell and spirit of Christ upon men Deut. 32. 2. Esay 45. 8. and 26. 10. Hos. 14. 6. 7. Psal. 133. 3. A like blessing is in Deut. 33. 13. 28. fatnesses that is sundry sorts and plenty of fat things whereby is meant the best of every thing see Gen. 4. 4. and 49. 20. Esay 30. 23. and spirituall graces Esay 25. 6. The land of Cahaan the figure of all blessednesse is called therefore the fat land Neh. 9. 25. 35. corne and new nine which as they are the stay and comfort of mans life Psal. 104. 15. so they also signifie heavenly blessings that God sendeth upon his people Psal. 65. 10. 14. Zach. 9. 17. A like blessing Moses uttered Deut. 33. 28. Vers. 29. nations the Greeke translateth it Princes the Chaldee Kingdomes The Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth these peoples nations brethren and mothers sonnes to the sons of Esau of Ismael Keturah and of Laban As servitude implyeth a spirituall curse Gen. 9. 25. so this soveraignty is a spirituall blessing Rev. 2. 26. 27. a master or a soveraigne a Lord or governour named of prevailing Herein was implyed a part of the first birth-right 1 Chron. 5. 2. Psal. 89. 28. every one c. Hebrew thy cursers cursed be be that is every one of them for a word singular joyned with a plurall noteth exactly all and every one Compare this with Gen. 12. 3. Numb 24. 9. Vers. 30. and it was or it was I say the doubling of this maketh the matter the more remarkeable touching Gods providence herein going gone that is newly gone or scarce gone out Vers. 33. trembled or was terrified as the Greeke and Chaldee translate was astonished it signifieth an exceeding feare with trembling as Exod. 19. 16. 18. Gen 42 28. who where a trembling passionate speech or who then is he he shall bee So the gifts of God which are without repentance Rom. 11. 29 are stablished to Iakob here and after more advisedly in Gen. 28. 1. 4. Vers. 35. with guile the Chaldee saith with wisdome but the word it usually taken in the evill part and so Isaak seemeth to intend it The Scripture also seemeth hereby to blame the indirect meanes which Iakob used for none should doe evill that good may come no not though through mans lye the truth of God doth more abound unto his glory Rom. 3. 7. 8. Vers. 36. Is it because or understand hath hee done this because meaning surely hee hath Therefore the Greeke translateth it Rightly was his name called Iskob and the Chaldee Fitly was called Hebrew he called meaning every one See Gen. 16. 14. for he hath or that hee hath supplanted where the Hebrew Iaakbeni supplanted me is Esaus interpretation of Iakobs name as signifying a supplanter or overthrower with the foot and so a deceiver So Ier. 9. 4. he tooke thus Esau layeth the fault on his brother for taking that which himselfe prophanely sold Ge. 25. 33. He. 12. 16. my blessing but that followed the first birth-right which being sold the blessing was lost also as the Apostle inferreth upon it that afterward when Esau would have inherited the blessing he was reiected Heb. 12. 16. 17. Vers. 37. appointed or put that is made as the Greeke translateth it sustained the Greeke translateth strengthned See Psal. 104. 15. Vers. 38. and wept yet found hee no place of repentance though he sought it with teares Heb. 12. 17. For because when God calleth men doe refuse when they call upon him hee will not answer Prov. 1. 24. 28. Vers. 39. fatnesses that is fat and fertile places which were upon mount Seir. Gen. 36. 6. 8. and this was unto Esau a gift of God Ios. 24. 4. Therefore this also is a blessing which Isaak by faith uttered concerning things that were to come unto Esau as before unto Iakob Heb. 11. 20. How be it the chiefe spirituall and hereditary blessing was before given to Iakob onely and Esau willing to inherit it was rejected Heb. 12. 17. and the oracles here following confirme the same Vers. 40. And by or But by thy sword that is with warres and troubles shalt thou defend thy state and country and not injoy peace as Iakob Deut. 33. 27. 28. The sword is opposed unto peace Mat. 10. 34. and living by the sword meaneth the continuance of that trouble some state as life is opposed to momentany troubles Psal. 30. 6. Contrariwise in Christs Kingdome the swords are beaten into plow-shares Esay 2. 4. thou serve namely in thy posteritie for Esau in his person served not Iakob but his children in Davids daies 2 Sa. 8. 14. So before that was spoken as to Abraham which was properly accomplished to and in his seed Gen. 12. 3. and 22. 18. and 15. 7. 18. shalt get the dominion or shalt get strength and that shall bee when Iakob shall for his sinnes lose the dominion as came to passe in the dayes of Iehoram son of Iehosaphat who did evill in the eyes of the Lord 2 King 8. 16. 18. 20. So both the Chaldee paraphrases say when his sonnes shall transgresse the words of the law thou shalt remove his yoke the yoke of their servitude from off thy necke Otherwise as the Hebrew word sometime signifieth to mourne or be cast downe with sorrow Psal. 55. 3. it may bee interpreted when thou shalt mourne to weet for that hard servitude his yoke the yoke of servitude as the Ierusalemy Thargum explayneth it So yoke also signifieth in Levit. 26. 13. Esay 9. 4. and 10. 17. Ier. 27. 8. 11. And Esau broke the yoke when Edom rebelled from under the hand of Iudah and made a King over themselves 2 King 8. 20. 22. Vers. 41. hated with an inward spitefull hatred as the word signifieth which sheweth his
former teares to proceed not from true repentance And in hating his brother for the blessing hee shewed himselfe to bee of that wicked one as was Kain 1 Ioh. 3. 12. 15. This hatred continued also in his posterity against Iakob Obad. v. 10. 11. c. for my father the Hebrew phrase as also the Greeke is of my father but the meaning is for my fathers death as the like speeches otherwhere manifest Ezek. 24. 17. Ier. 6. 26. and at burials they used to mourne seven daies Gen. 50. 10. The Greeke translateth Let the daies of my fathers mourning be nigh that I may kill Iakob my brother so making it a wish for his fathers speedy death and the Hebrew also will bear that translation yea his words are such as may imply not a stay till his fathers death but that hee would with the first opportunity kill Iakob and so his father would soone die with sorrow Thus meaning he would be a double parricide And Rebekah with the first sent Iakob away to prevent danger Vers. 42. comforteth himselfe in respect of his losse of the blessing with this purpose and hope to kill thee So the comfort of the wicked is grounded on evill The Greeke translateth he threatneth thee and the Chaldee he layeth wayt for thee Vers. 43. flee thou or flee for thy selfe and for thy safety Here the blessing brought speedy persecution and exile upon Iakob which his mother counselled him in faith to undergoe rather then for his life to make accord with Esau and to forgoe his first birthright now obtained Vers. 44 a few daies these fell out to bee twenty yeeres as the sequele of the history sheweth Gen. 31. 38. and Rebekah saw him no more as the Hebrew Doctors gather by the time of her death which they thinke was before Iakob came againe See the notes on Gen. 35. 8. Vers. 45. why should I be the Greeke turneth it lest I be bereaved and she speaketh of the losse of them both for that Esau for his murder was also to be killed by the law in Gen. 9. 6. or if man had not punished him God might have cursed and cast him out as he did Kain Gen. 4. 11. 16. of Cheth the Greeke saith daughters of the sonnes of Cheth the Chethites whom Esau had maried Gen. 26. 34. 35. This griefe she tooke for an occasion also to get Isaaks consent unto Iakobs departure of the land that is of the inhabitants of the land whether Chethites or any other of the Canaanites see Gen. 11. 1. wherefore have I that is what good will my life doe me meaning none at all CHAP. XXVIII 1 Isaak blesseth Iakob and sendeth him to Padan Aram for a wife 9 Esau seeing it marieth Machalath the daughter of Ismael 10 Iakob by the way hath a dreame and vision of a ladder 13 God appearing promiseth to blesse him and bring him home againe 16 Iakob awaking and moved with reverence of the place annointeth a stone set up for a pillar and nameth the place Bethel 20 and maketh a vow to honour God there when he shall returne in peace ANd Isaak called Iakob and blessed him and commanded him and said unto him Thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan Arise goe to Padan Aram to the house of Bethuel thy mothers father and take to thee a wife from thence of the daughters of Laban thy mothers brother And God Almighty blesse thee and make thee fruitfull and multiply thee and be thou an assembly of peoples And he give to thee the blessing of Abraham to thee and to thy seed with thee that thou maist inherite the land of thy sojournings which God gave unto Abraham And Isaak sent-away Iakob and he went to Padan Aram unto Laban son of Bethuel the Syrian the brother of Rebekah mother of Iakob and Esau. And Esau saw that Isaak had blessed Iakob and sent him to Padan Aram to take unto him a wife from thence when he blessed him and commanded him saying thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan And Iakob had obeyed his father and his mother and was gone to Padan Aram. And Esau saw that the daughters of Canaan were evill in the eyes of Isaak his father Then went Esau unto Ismael and tooke Machalath daughter of Ismael son of Abraham the sister of Nebajoth unto his wives to him to wife 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And Iakob went-forth from Beersheba and went to Charran And he lighted upon a place and taried there all night because the sunne was gone-downe and he tooke of the stones of the place and put for his pillowes and lay-downe in that place And he dreamed and behold a ladder set-up on the earth and the head of it reaching to the heavens and behold the Angels of God ascending and descending on it And behold Iehovah was standing above it and said I Iehovah the God of Abraham thy father and the God of Isaak the land that which thou lyest upon to thee will I give it and to thy seed And thy seed shall be as the dust of the earth and thou shalt spread-abroad to the sea and to the East and to the North and to the south and blessed shall be in thee all families of the earth and in thy seed And behold I will be with thee and will keepe thee in all the way that thou shalt goe and will returne thee againe unto this land for I will not leave thee untill that I have done that which I have spoken unto thee And Iakob awaked out of his sleepe and he said Surely Iehovah is in this place and I knew it not And he feared and said how fearefull is this place this is no other but the house of God and this is the gate of heavens And Iakob rose-up-early in the morning and took the stone that he had put for his pillowes and set it for a pillar and he powred oile upon the head thereof And hee called the name of that place Bethel but Luz was the name of the citie at the first And Iakob vowed a vow saying If God will be with mee and will keepe mee in this way which I am going and will give me bread to eat and rayment to put on And I returne in peace unto my fathers house and Iehovah shall be to me a God And this stone which I have set for a pillar shall be the house of God and of all that thou shalt give to me I will tithing givethe-tenth unto thee Annotations BLessed him God hereby confirmed Iakobs faith against doubts and feares both of things past and to come while his father now wittingly and willingly blesseth him and comforteth him against future troubles that might befall him in his pilgrimage The Hebrew Doctors say Better is the end of a thing then the beginning thereof Eccles. 7 8. the first blessings where with Isaak blessed Iaakob were of the dew of heaven and corne of the earth Gen. 27. 28. the after
Tell mee I pray thee thy name and hee said wherefore is it that thou askest for my name And hee blessed him there And Iakob called the name of the place Peniel for I have seene God face to face and my soule is delivered And the Sunne arose unto him as hee passed over Penuel and hee halted upon his thigh Therefore the sonnes of Israel eate not of the sinew that shranke which is upon the hollow of the thigh unto this day because hee touched the hollow of Iakobs thigh in the sinew that shranke Annotations ANgels by interpretation Messengers and so the word is used in the 3. vers but these were heauenly spirits of whom see the notes on Gen. 16. 7. By this vision God confirmed Iakobs faith in him who commanded his Angels to keepe his people in all their waies Psal. 91. 11. host or campe armie as in warres for Angels are heavenly souldiers Luk. 2. 13. horses and charrets of fire 2 King 9. 17. fighting for Gods people against their enemies Dan. 10. 20. Of them there are thousand thousands and tenne thousand times ten thousand Dan. 7 10. and they are all sent forth to minister for them who shal be heyrs of salvation Heb. 1. 14. and they pitch a campe about them that feare God Psal. 34. 8. The heathens retained the knowledge hereof though corruptly for the Greeke Poet saith there be thrise ten thousands of the immortall Angels of God here upon the earth keepers of mortall men and observers of their workes both just and unjust they are clad with the ayre and goe abroad all over the earth Hesiod Oper. Dies l. 1. Machanaim that is two hosts or campes either because the Angels appeared in two companies for Iakob to goe betweene them or because there was one campe of Angels and one of Iakobs family About this place there was a citie afterwards called Machanaim inhabited by the Priests of God Ios. 21. 38. This also hath a spirituall application to the Church of God in Song 6. 13. Vers. 3. AND IAKOB Here beginneth the eight section or lecture of the law called of the first word Vajishlak that is And he sent But it it not distinguished with great letters as usually they are See Gen. 6. 9. messengers the same word which before was translated Angels verse 1. Seir a mountainy land possessed before by the Chorims Gen. 14. 6. but Esau with his children destroyed them and dwelt in their stead Deut. 2. 22. Thither was Esau gone from the face of his brother Iakob See Gen. 36. 6. 7. field that is as the Greeke translateth it country of Edom that is Esau. See Gen. 14. 7. 25. 30. Vers. 4. my Lord by this title Iakob honoured and submitted to him as to his elder brother Gen. 4. 7. 1 Pet. 3. 6. For Iakobs superiority foregiven in Gen. 27. 29. the time was not yet come that it should be fulfilled So David caried himselfe to Saulâ— 1 Sam. 24. 7. 9. c. Vers. 5. Oxen Hebr. Oxe and Asse c. singular for plurall see Gen. 3. 2. to finde that is that I may finde as Gen. 6. 19. The Greeke translateth that thy servant may finde grace before thee Vers. 6. and 400. men armed for warre as seemeth by vers 8. Here the ancient quarrell 20. years before Gen. 27. 41. was remembred and Iakobs danger and trouble renewed In Pirkei R. Eliezer c. 37. it is said Iakobs case was As if a man did flee from a Lion and a Beare met him Amos 5. 19. The Lion was Laban that pursued after Iakob to teare his soule the Beare was Esau which stood by the way as a Beare robbed of her whelpes and came to slay the mother with the children And the Lion hath shamefastnesse but the Beare hath no shamefastnesse Vers. 7. companies or camps the word used before in verse 2. Vers. 8. smite that is slay or kill it as Gen. 14. 17. So after vers 11. shall escape Hebr. shall bee to escaping or shall have evasion the Greeke saith shall be saved Vers. 9. will doe thee good or will deale well with thee thus Iakob understood the promise I will bee with thee Gen. 31. 3. So after in vers 12. Vers. 10. lesse to weet in worth that is am unworthy all or any of the mercies So the Chaldee translateth Lesse are my deserts then all the mercies and all the benefits which thou hast done to thy servant with my staffe that is having nothing else the Chaldee expounds it my selfe alone Vers. 11. mother with the sonnes in Greeke and the mother with the children or upon them It meaneth great cruelty in sparing none as Hos. 10. 14. For smite the Chaldee translateth kill me Vers. 12. doing good c. that is I will surely doe thee good put that is make thy seed see this promise Gen. 28. 14. Vers. 13. came into his hand that is such as he had and could send for the present And it was a rich gift of five hundred and fiftie beasts of sundry sorts for store A mans gift maketh roome for him and bringeth him before great men Prov. 18. 16. Vers. 15. yong-ones or colts in Hebrew sonnes see Gen. 18. 7. Verse 16. every herd or drove Hebr. herdherd see the like phrase in Gen. 14. 10. and herd Hebr. and betweene herd This was done that by distant spaces the heat of Esaus rage might bee abated verse 20. Vers. 20. is behinde or as the Chaldee explains it commeth after us appease his face or cover and pacifie his face that is his anger as the Chaldee interpreteth it for anger as favour appeareth in the face See the like in Lev. 20. 6. Psal. 21. 10. And appeasing is the word so often used in the law for covering or taking-away offences and so pacifying the anger by gifts and making atonement Exod 19. 36. Levit. 1. 4. and 4. 20. 26. and 5. 6. 10. 13. c. the present for a gift in secret pacifieth anger Prov. 21. 14. my face that is favour me and grant my request see Gen. 19. 21. Vers. 22. handmaids or bondwomen the Chaldee translateth them concubines See Gen. 35. 22. the foord or the passage so the Greeke saith the passage of Iaboch A river mentioned also in Deut. 2. 37. and 3. 16. Vers. 24. wrastled or combated by taking hold one of another A peculiar word not used but in this historie It figureth the spirituall wrastling strife and conflict of the children of God Phil. 1. 27. Ephes. 6. 12. Rom. 15. 30. Heb. 10. 32. a man called after and by the Prophet Hosee God and an Angell verse 28. 30. Hos. 12. 3. 4. It was therefore Christ appearing in the forme of a man as before to Abraham Gen. 18. 2. 22. the Angel that redeemed Iakob from al evil Gen. 48. 16. God wrastleth with men by tentations and wee with him by prayers and teares as Iakob now also did for he wept and made supplications unto him Hos. 12. 4. Rom. 15.
19. He suffered trouble as an evill doer even unto bonds but the word of God is not bound 2 Tim. 2. 9. And in his sufferings he was a figure of Christ who was taken from prison and from judgement Esa. 53. 8. and in his humiliation his judgement was taken away Act. 8. 33. Vers. 21. gave him grace so the Greeke explaineth the Hebrew phrase gave his grace that is made him to bee gracious and favoured For if when men doe well they suffer for it and take it patiently this is acceptable with God 1. Pet. 2. 20. chief-keeper Hebrew Prince or master the Greek translateth it Chiefe gaolor Vers. 22. the doer that is by his word and appointment it was done So the Chaldee paraphrase in the Massorites Bible explaineth it adding by his word Thus Pilate is sayd to give the body of Christ unto Ioseph Marke 15. 45. when he commanded it to be given Matt. 27. 58. See also Exod. 7. 17. Verse 23. looked not c or saw not any thing the Greeke translateth knew not any thing by him The Chaldee saith saw not any fault understanding the Hebrew Meumah as Meum in Dan. 1. 4. for a fault or blemish And thus though many archers had shot at Ioseph his bow abode in strength and the armes of his hands were made firme by the hands of the Mighty God of Iakob Gen. 49. 23. 24. CHAP. XL. 1 The Butler and Baker of Pharaoh in prison 4 Ioseph hath charge of them 5 He interpreteth their dreames 20 which come to passe according to his interpretation the Butler being restored to his place and the Baker hanged 23 Yet the Butler forgetteth Ioseph ANd it was after these things that the Butler of the King of Egypt and the Baker sinned against their lord the King of Egypt And Pharaoh was wroth against two of his Eunuches against the chiefe of of the butlers and against the chiefe of the bakers And he commited them into ward in the house of the Provost Marshall into the tower house the place where Ioseph was bound And the Provost Marshall charged Ioseph with them and he ministred to them and they were some dayes in ward And they dreamed a dreame both of them each-man his dream in one night each-man according to the interpretation of his dreame the butler and the baker which belonged to the King of Egypt which were bound in the tower house And Ioseph came in unto them in the morning and saw them and behold they were sad And he asked Pharaohs Eunuches which were with him in the ward of his lords house saying wherefore are your faces evill to day And they sayd unto him wee have dreamed a dreame and there is no interpreter of it and Ioseph sayd unto them doe not interpretations belong to God tell me them I pray you And the chiefe of the butlers told his dreame to Ioseph and sayd unto him in my dreame behold a vine was before mee And in the vine were three branches and it was as though it budded the blossome therof shot-up the clusters thereof brought forth-ripe grapes And Pharaohs cup was in my hand and I tooke the grapes and pressed them into Pharaohs cup and I gave the cup into Pharaohs hand And Ioseph sayd unto him This is the interpretation of it the three branches they are three dayes Yet within three dayes shall Pharaoh lift-up thine head and restore thee into thy place and thou shalt give Pharaohs cup into his hand after the former manner when thou wast his butler But remember mee with thee when it shall bee well with thee and doe mercy with mee I pray thee and make mention of me unto Pharaoh and bring me forth out of this house For I was stollen by stealth out of the land of the Hebrewes and here also I have not done any thing that they should put mee into the dungeon And the chiefe of the bakers saw that he had given a good interpretation and he said unto Ioseph I also saw in my dream and behold three white baskets were on my head And in the uppermost basket there was of all Pharaohs meat of bakers worke and the fowles did eat them out of the basket upon my head And Ioseph answered said This is the interpretation thereof the three baskets they are three daies Yet within three dayes shall Pharaoh lift up thy head from off thee and shall hang thee on a tree and the fowles shall eate thy flesh from off thee And it was in the third day which was Pharaohs birth day that he made a banquet unto all his servants and hee lifted-up the head of the chiefe of the butlers and the head of the chiefe of the Bakers among his servants And he restored the chiefe of the butlers unto his butlership and hee gave the cup into Pharaohs hand And the cheife of the bakers hee hanged as Ioseph had interpreted to them Yet did not the chiefe of the butlers remember Ioseph but forgat him Annotations BUtler or cupbearer who used to give the cup into the kings hand v. 13. So Nehe. 1. 11. Verse 2. Eunuches or officers in Chaldee Princes see Gen. 37. 36. chiefe or Prince The Greek translateth Archioinochoos the Chiefe wine powrer and Archisiâ—opoiâ—s the Chiefe bread-maker The Chaldee Rabshakei Vers. 3. Provost Marshall see Gen. 37. 36. tower prison Gen. 39. 20. Verse 4. some dayes or a yeare for so the word dayes often signifieth see Gen. 24. 55. and 4. 3. Verse 5. according to the interpretation that is no vaine dreame but significant and shewing things to come according to the interpretation that Ioseph gave of them Of dreaming see the notes on Gen. 20. 3. Vers. 6. sad the Greeke translateth troubled and so the Hebrew importeth an angerly discontent and fretfull trouble of mind Prov. 19. 3. with a sad and lowring countenance Dan. 1. 10. So dreames and visions sent of God use much to affect men Gen. 41. 8. Dan. 2. 1. 3. Matt. 27. 19. Vers. 7. evill that is sad as the Greeke translateth skuthropa which word the Evangelists use in like sense Luk. 24. 17. Matt. 6. 16. so good is often used for merry or cheerfull Esth. 1. 10. Esa. 65. 14. Vers. 8. no interpreter they being prisoners could not goe to the Soothsayers and wise men of Egypt as that people was wont to doe Gen. 41. 8. When Gods Oracles are not opened and understood it is a cause of heavinesse Rev. 5. 4. tell me Ioseph was in bonds as an evill doer but the word of God is not bound and so Paul 2 Tim. 2. 9. Here Iosephs faith shewed it selfe before hee himselfe was a dreamer Gen. 37. 5. 9. now hee becommeth an interpreter and maketh a way for the accomplishment of those promises and calleth these idolaters from their superstitions to the true God as Deut. 18. 10. 11. 12. Esay 8. 19. And taxeth the vanity of such in our times as write bookes of the art of interpreting dreames Ver. 9. behold
Hebrew and behold but the word and sometime is redundant in that tongue as is observed on Gen. 36. 24. Vers. 10. as though or when it budded shot-up Hebrew ascended Vers. 12. they are that is they signifie three dayes So in Gen. 41. 26. Vers. 13. within three dayes which is explained vers 20. to be in the third day see a like phrase in Gen. 7. 4. and of the mysticall number three See Gen. 22. 4. lift up this phrase sometime signifieth to promote unto honour as Ier. 52. 31. sometime head is used for summe and it meaneth to take the summe or to reckon as Exod. 30. 12. which may also be intended here The Greeke translateth shal remember thy principality the Chaldee shal remember thee place or base seat meaning his office of butlership as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it and is confirmed by verse 21. Vers. 14. this house this prison so the Greeke saith this hold Ioseph though patient in adversitie yet useth all good means to procure his liberty Vers. 15. stollen by stealth or indeed stollen Hebrew stealing stollen The Hebrews the land of Canaan wherein the children of Abraham dwelt who was called an Hebrue Gen. 14. 13. Thus Ioseph calleth it by faith in Gods promises In Zach. 2. 12. it is called the holy land dungeon or pit in Chaldee the house of prisoners Thus Ioseph pleadeth his innocency as Daniel also did Dan. 6. 22. and Paul Act. 24. 12. 13. 20. and 25. 10. 11. Vers. 16. saw this word the Greeke addeth I saw a dreame white or with holes for the Hebrew word signifieth both and may meane baskets made of white rods with holes as net-worke But the Greeke and Thargum Ierusalemy doe understand it of white bread or meats in them Vers. 19. lift-up or as the Greeke translateth it take away thine head in a contrary meaning to the former vers 13. but it may be understood of reckoning as before and putting this man out of the number of his officers a tree the Chaldee translateth it a Gallow tree or gybbet crosse such as that whereon Christ was crucified called sometime onely a tree as Act. 5. 30. and 10. 39. 1 Pet. 2. 24. After by the law such as dyed on tree had the curse of God upon them Deut. 21. 23 Vers. 20. a banquet Hebrew a drinking This custome to keepe banquets on birth dayes appeareth to be most ancient and it continued till Christs time on earth Mat. 14. 6. and so till this day lifted up the Chaldee translateth he remembred the head c. Vers. 22. hanged As Ioseph was in prison with these two malefactors and according to his word the one was restored to his former honour the other put to death so Christ was in the middest of two malefactors who one of them was restored to eternall life the other left to dye in his sinnes Luk. 23. 33. 39. 43 Vers. 23. forgat him which was both great unthankfulnesse and unto Ioseph a further exercise of faith and patience from the hand of God two yeares longer untill the time his word came Ps. 105. 19. So the scripture elsewhere taxeth forgetfulnesse of benefits and of the affliction of Ioseph Eccles 9. 15. 16. Amos 6. 6. CHAP. XLI 1 Pharaohs two dreames of seven kine and seven eares of corne 8 The wise men of Egypt could not interpret them 9 The Butler remembreth Ioseph and mentioneth him to Pharaoh 14 Who sendeth for Ioseph out of prison and propoundeth to him his dreames 25 Ioseph interpreteth them 29 Seven yeares of plenty are fore told and seven yeares of famine 33 Pharaoh is counselled to provide against the dearth 39 Ioseph is advanced to bee over Pharaohs house and over al the land of Egypt 45 He marieth Asenath 49 gathereth up much corne 50 begetteth two sons Manasses and Ephraim 54 The famine beginneth in Egypt and all lands 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd it was at the end of two yeeres of dayes that Pharaoh dreamed and behold he was standing by the river And behold there came-up out of the river seven kine faire in sight and fat in flesh and they fed in a medow And behold seven other kine came-up after them out of the river ill in sight and leane in flesh and they stood by the other kine upon the brinke of the river And the kine that were ill in sight and leane in flesh did eat-up the seven kine that were faire in sight and fat and Pharaoh awoke And he slept and dreamed the second-time and behold seven eares of-corn came-up in one stalke fat and good And behold seven eares of corn thinn blasted with the east-wind sprang-up after them And the thinn eares swallowed-up the seven fat and full eares and Pharaoh awoke and behold it was a dreame And it was in the morning that his spirit was striken-amazed and he sent and called all the magicians of Egypt and all the wise men thereof and Pharaoh told them his dreame and there was no interpreter of them to Pharaoh And the chiefe of the butlers spake to Pharaoh saying I doe remember this day my sinnes Pharaoh was wroth with his servants and committed me into ward in the house of the Provost Marshall both mee the chiefe of the bakers And wee dreamed a dreame in one night I and he we dreamed each man according to the interpretatiō of his dreame And there was there with us a yong man an Hebrew servant to the Provost Marshall and we told him and hee interpreted to us our dreams to each man according to his dreame did he interpret And it was as he interpreted to us so it was me he restored unto my place and him he hanged And Pharaoh sent and called Ioseph and they brought him hastily out of the dungeon and he shaved himselfe changed his garments and came-in unto Pharaoh And Pharaoh said unto Ioseph I have dreamed a dreame and there is no interpreter of it and I doe heare say of thee thou wilt heare a dreame to interpret it And Ioseph answered Pharaoh saying It is not in mee God will answer the peace of Pharaoh And Pharaoh spake unto Ioseph In my dreame behold I was standing upon the brinke of the riuer And behold there came-up out of the river seven kine fat in flesh and faire in forme and they fed in a medow And behold seven other kine came-up after them poore and very ill in forme and lean in flesh I have not seene their like in all the land of Egypt for evilnesse And the leane and evill kine did eate up the first seven fat kine And they came into the inward-parts of them and it was not knowne that they were come into their inward-parts and their sight was evill as at the beginning and I awoke And I saw in my dreame and behold seven eares of-corne came-up in one stalke full good And behold seven eares of corne withered thinn blasted with an east-wind sprung up after them And the thinn ears
words said unto them whence come ye And they said from the land of Canaan to buy food And Ioseph knew his brethren but they knew not him And Ioseph remembred the dreams which hee had dreamed of them and hee said unto them ye are spies to see the nakednes of the land you are come And they said unto him Nay my lord but thy servants are come to buy food We all of us are sons of one man we are true men thy servants are not spies And he said unto them Nay but yee are come to see the nakednesse of the land And they said We thy servants were twelve brethren the sons of one man in the land of Canaan and behold the yongest is with our father this day and one is not And Ioseph said unto them That is it that I spake unto you saying ye are spies By this ye shall be proved as Pharaoh liveth if ye go-forth from hence except when your yongest brother come hither Send one of you and let him â—etch your brother and you be ye in bonds that your words may be proved whether truth be in you and if not as Pharaoh liveth surely ye are spies And he put them all together into ward three dayes And Ioseph said unto them in the third day This do and live I feare God If yee be true men let one of your brethren be bound in the house of your ward and goe you bring ye corne for the famine of your houses And bring your yongest brother unto mee and your words shall be verified and ye shall not dye and they did so And they said each-man unto his brother Verily we are guilty concerning our brother in that we saw the distresse of his soule when he besought us-forgrace we heard him not therfore this distresse is come upon us And Reuben answered them saying did not I say vnto you saying do not sin against the child and ye heard not his blood also behold it is required And they knew not that Ioseph heard for an interpreter was betweene them And he turned about from them and wept and hee returned unto them and spake unto them tooke from them Sime on and bound him before their eies And Ioseph commanded that they should fill their vessels with corne and to restore every mans money into his sack to give them provision for the way and thus did he unto them And they tooke up their corne upon their asses and went from thence And one opened his sacke to give provender to his asse in the Inne and he saw his money and behold it was in his bags mouth And he said unto his brethren my money is restored and also behold it is in my bag and their heart went-forth and they treÌ„bled ech-man to his brother saying what is this that God hath done unto us And they came unto Iakob their father unto the land of Canaan and told him all that befell them saying The man the lord of the land spake with us hard words took us as spies of the land And we said unto him we are true men we are not spies We were 12. brethren sons of our father one is not the yongest is this day with our father in the land of Canaan And the man the lord of the land said unto us By this shall I know that ye are true men leave one of your brethreÌ„ w th me and take for the famine of your houses go And bring your yongest brother unto me and I shall know that yee are not spies but that yee are true men I wil give you your brother and yee shall trafficke in the land And it was they emptying their sacks that behold every mans bundle of money was in his sacke and they saw the bundles of their money they and their father and they feared And Iakob their father sayd unto them Me have ye bereaved-of children 〈◊〉 Ioseph is not and Simeon is not and Benjamin ye will take away all these things are against me And Reuben sayd unto his father saying Slay my two sonnes if I bring him not unto thee give him into my hand I will bring him againe unto thee And he sayd my son shall not goe down with you for his brother is dead and he is left himselfe alone and mischiefe shall befall him by the way in the which ye goe and ye shall bring-downe my gray-hayres with sorrow unto hell Annotations COrne-to-sell or sale of corne so the Hebrew Sheber which is breaking is here translated in Greeke the selling of wheat the Chaldee also so expresseth it See Gen. 41 56. Iakob saw that is understood this by the report of others he heard it vers 2. So the people saw the voyces Exod. 18. 20. one on another or on your selves as negligent or as men helplesse none knowing what to doe The Greeke translateth why are ye slothfull By the famine that came over all Egypt and Canaan there was great affliction that our fathers found no sustenance Act. 7. 11. In Abrams dayes Canaan was vexed with famine Gen. 12. 10. againe in Isaaks time Gen. 26. 1. and now in Iakobs So God exercised the faith and patience of the Saints in the common calamities of the world The like was in Act. 11. 28. Vers. 4. lest mischiefe understand I must take heed lest c. see Gen. 3. 22. For mischiefe the Chaldee putteth death the word implyeth it and lesser evill also as appeareth by Exod. 21. 22. 23. 24. The Greeke calleth it sicknesse Vers. 6. the ruler he that had authority and power in his hand as the originall word signifieth Eccles. 8. 8. 4. and David confirmeth Psal. 105. 22. Of the Hebrew Shallet and Shilton is made in Arabike the name Sultan a title whereby the chiefe rulers of Egypt and Babylon are still called bowed downe so fulfilling the Oracle in Gen. 37. 7. 8. Vers. 7. made himselfe strange in Greeke he was allenated from them The Chaldee expounds it hee bethought him what hee should speake with them with them or unto them for the scripture useth these phrases indifferently as speake not with us in the Iewes language 2 Kings 18. 26. or speake not unto us Esay 36. 11. and spake with him 2 Chron. 10. 10. or spake unto him 1 King 12. 10. and in Greeke as he spake with them Mark 6. 50. or he spake unto them Mat. 14. 27. Vers. 9. spies The Hebrew hath the signification of footing or going from place to place The Apostle in Greeke translateth it spies Heb. 11. 31. nakedues that is the naked weake or ruined places as the Chaldee explaineth it The Greeke translateth it footsteps Ioseph dealeth with his brethren in sinne as God doth with his children who often estrangeth himselfe from them dealeth roughly and counteth them unto him as his enemies Iob. 19. 11. and 13. 24. Vers. 11. true or upright honest men The Greeke saith peaceable Vers. 13. is not that is he is dead as the
and I will or as the Greeke that I may blesse viz. in the name and authority of God see Gen. 27. 4. Vers. 10. heavy that is dimme in Greeke heauy sighted the same word is used for eares that are heavy or â—eaf Esa. 6. 10. 59. 1. Compare Gen. 27. 1. Vers. 11. thought or judged The Greeke expounds it Loe I am not deprived of thy face and loe God hath shewed me thy seed also Vers. 12. betweene Hebr. from with his knees the Greeke translateth from his knees the Chaldee frâ—â— before him he bowed in reverence and thankefulnesse for the former adoption and further blessing to be received The Greeke faith they bowed implying his children also Vers. 14. prudently guided so also the Chaldee saith he wisely guided the Greeke translateth changing hands This signe of imposing hands on the head is after used in blessings and designations to holy functions Num. 8. 10. and 27. 18. 20. Deut. 34. 9. Act. 6. 6. 1 Tim. 4. 14. And as the right hand is naturally more strong and honourable then the left to which the scripture hath reference in speech also of God Exod. 15. 6. Psal. 118. 16. and 110. 1. so Iakob whose blessing was stronger then his parents Gen. 49. 26 giveth the strongest and most honourable blessing to Ephraim by this signe of the right hand put upon him Vers. 15. Ioseph to weet in his children as the words following manifest therefore the Greeke translateth he blessed them So on the contrary Cham was cursed in his yongest sonne Canaan Gen. 9. 25. And in 1 Chron. 4. 31. whiles David raigned that is Davids sonnes did walke did please by faith in their conversation and administration so the Greeke translateth pleased the Chaldee served See the notes on Gen. 5. 22. and 17. 1. fed me or hath beene my pastor so David celebrateth God by this grace Psal. 23. 1. and 80. 2. since I was that is as the Greeke explaineth it from my youth Vers. 16. Angell Christ the Angel of the covenant Mal. 3. 1. the Angel in whom Gods name is Exod. 23. 20. 21. called here Iakobs Redeemer or Deliverer which is the title of God Psal. 19. 15. Esa. 43. 14. and 47. 4. The Rabbines acknowledge this Angel to be God saying hee mentioneth also Gods-majestie Shechinah when hee saith the Angell that redeemed me R. Menachem on Gen. 48. See also Gen. 31. 11. called that is named on them let them bee called by my name as my adopted children vers 5. So Gods name is said to be called on us Deut. 28. 10. 2. Chron. 7. 14. Ier. 14. 9. that is we are called the sonnes of God 1 Iohn 3. 1. and the husbands name is called upon the wife Esa. 4. 1. and the Lords name upon the citie Ierusalem Dan. 9. 19. and upon the Temple 1 King 8. 43. Ier. 7. 10. 11. on them or in them But the Hebrew in is often used for upon as Neh. 2. 12. Num. 13. 23. and bammeh in 2 Chron. 7. 21. is the same that gnal meh in 1 King 9 8. increase like fish which multiply abundantly therefore the Greeke translateth it multiply but the Chaldee addeth expresly like the fishes of the sea implied in one Hebrew word According to this blessing there were of Ioseph by these his two sonnes 85. thousand and 200. men of warre in Moses time a greater number then was of any other sonne of Iakob Numb 26. 28. 34. 37. And the like blessing was confirmed upon them by Moses Deut. 33. 17. and Iosua acknowledged them to be a great people Ios. 17. 17. Vers. 17. evill in his eyes that is it displeased him as Gen. 28. 8. that the yonger should be preferred above the firstborne which notwithstanding was often done by the counsell of God as Seâ—â— had the honour above Iaphet Gen. 5. 32. and 9. 26. Abraham above Haran Gen. 11. 27. Isaak above Ismael Gen. 17. 18. 21. and Iakob himselfe above Esau his elder Gen. 25. 23. Also in Iakobs house Iudah and Ioseph had preeminence above Ruben Simeon Levi Gen. 49. 1 Chron. 5. 1. 2. And even from the beginning Kain the firstborne of Adam was reprobate Gen. 4. to teach that mans dignitie is not by workes or nature but by Gods grace and election Rom. 9. 7. 8. 11. 15. And this action of blessing Iosephs sonnes Iakob performed by faith Heb. 11. 21. Vers. 19. shall become Hebr. shall be to a people meaning a father to a multitude shall be great in Greeke shall be exalted greater Therefore when the Israelites were first numbred in the wildernesse Ephraim was reckoned before and had 8300. men more then Manasses Numb 1. 32. 33. 35. Also in camping about the Tabernacle of the Lord Ephraim had the standerd and was set before Manasses Numb 2. 18. 20. Howbeit in the second mustering 38. yeeres after it was otherwise for the number Num. 26. 28. c. Yet after that againe Ephraim had his preeminence Deut. 33. 17. Of him came Iosua the conquerour of Canaan Num. 13. 9. 17. and Ieroboam King of Israel whereupon Ephraim is used for the name of that kingdome Esa. 7. 2. 9. 17. and 11. 13. and 28. 1. Ier. 7. 15. Ezek. 37. 16 Hos. 5. 12. 13. and 9. 3. 11. a plentie or fulnesse that is as the Greeke translateth a multitude so called for filling up a number or place So a plenty of sheepherds Esa. 31. 4. that is a multitude and this phrase Paul useth in Rom. 11. 25. the plenty of the Gentiles that is the full multitude and number of them The Chaldee here translateth his sonnes shall bee rulers among the peoples Though Ephraim had thus the preeminence and a chiefe blessing above the sons of Israel yet it pleased God to afflict him before all his brethren in that evill befell his house and some of his sons were slaine by the men of Gath the Philistines for whom Ephraim mourned many daies 1 Chron. 7. 20. 23. Vers. 20. In thee or By thee that is taking thee for an example as the words following shew So Rachel and Leah are propounded for examples in blessing Ruth 4. 11. Zedekias and Ahab in cursing Ier. 29. 22. Israel that is my posterity the Israelites see Gen. 19. 37. and 34. 7. V. 21. God will be the Chaldee expounds it the Word of the Lord will be your help the land of Canaan where Abraham Isaak Iakob dwelt the figure of their heavenly inheritance Gen. 12. 5. and 26. 3. and 37. 1. whereof Iakob putteth them in minde and prophesieth their returne thither Vers. 22. doe give bequeathing as by will and testament that portion of the land to thee that is to thy posterity above thy brethren for the first born was to have a double portion Deut. 21. 17. now the first birth-right became Iosephs 1 Chron. 5. 2. in the figurative description of Christs Church Ioseph hath two portions Ezek. 47. 13. portion the Hebrew Sechem signifieth properly a shoulder Gen.
9. 23. it was also the name of a citie and the prince thereof where Iakob bought a piece of ground Gen. 33. 18. 19. Here it is used but with reference to the name of the place for a portion of ground and so the Chaldee plainly expounds it one chiefe portion And that place of Sechem was the inheritance of Iosephs sons the Ephraimites Ios. 16. 1. c. and 20. 7. Ioh. 4. 5. and thither were Iosephs bones caried out of Egypt and buried Ios. 24. 1. 25. 32. have taken that is shall take but spoken prophetically and in faith as unto us a childe is borne Esa. 9. 6. which was a prophesie of Christ. Thus Iakob disposeth of things to come as already possessed wherupon his faith in this action is commended Heb. 11. 21. the Amorite that is as the Greeke translateth Amorites which one name is used generally for all the heathens that possessed the land Ios. 24. 8. Amos 2. 9. my sword that is the sword of my children the Ephraimites which helped to conquer the land and were a mighty people in Iosuahs time see Ios. 17. 14. 18. So my armeholes Ezek. 13. 18. that is the armeholes of my people also my wombe Iob 3. 10. that is my mothers wombe The Chaldee understood this sword and bow figuratively translating by my prayer and by my supplication CHAP. XLIX 1. Iakob calleth his sonnes to blesse them 3 The blessing of Ruben 5 of Simeon and Levi 8 of Iudas 13 of Zabulon 14 of Issachar 16 of Dan 19 of Gad 20 of Aser 21 of Naphtali 22 of Ioseph 27 of Benjamin 29 Iakob chargeth them about his buriall in Canaan 33 He dieth ANd Iakob called unto his sonnes and said Gather your selves together that I may shew you that which shall befall you in the latter daies Assemble your selves together and heare ye sonnes of Iakob and hearken unto Israel your father Ruben thou art my first-borne my might and the beginning of my valour the excellencie of hye-dignitie and the excellencie of strength Vnstable as waters excell not thou because thou wentest-up to thy fathers beds then thou defiledst my couch hee went-up unto Simeon and Levi brethren instruments of violent-wrong in their sojourning habitations My soule come not thou into their secret my glory be not thou united unto their assembly for in their anger they killed a man in their selfe-will they houghed the oxe Cursed be their anger for it was strong and their exceeding-wrath for it was hard I will divide them in Iakob and scatter them abroad in Israel Iudah thou thy brethren shall confesse thee thy hand shall be in the necke of thy enemies the sons of thy father shall bow-down themselves unto thee Iudah a renting-lions whelpe from the prey my sonne thou art gone-up he stouped-downe he couched as a renting-lion and as a couragious-lion who shall rouse him up The Scepter shall not depart from Iudah and the law-giver from betweene his feet untill Shiloh come and unto him shall the obedience of peoples be Binding his asse-colt unto the vine and the foale of his asse unto the choyce-vine hee washeth his raiment in wine and his covering in the blood of grapes His eyes shall be red with wine his teeth white with milke Zabulon hee shall dwell at the haven of the seas and he shall be for an haven of ships and his side shall be unto Sidon Issachar is a strong-boned asse couching betweene two-bounds And hee saw rest that it was good and the land that it was pleasant and bowed his shoulder to beare and was a servant unto tribute Dan he shall judge his people as one of the tribes of Israel Dan shall be a serpent by the way an adder by the path that biteth the horse heels his rider falleth backward For thy salvation Iearnestly expect Iehovah Gad a troupe shall with-troup-overcome him and hee shall with-troup-overcome at the last Concerning Aser his bread shall be fat and he shall give dainties of a king Naphtali is a hinde let-loose that giveth goodly sayings Ioseph sonne of a fruitfull vine sonne of a fruitfull vine by a well the daughters each runneth over the wall And the archers grieved-him-bitterly and shot and hated him But his bow abode in strength and the arms of his hands were made-firme by the hands of the Mighty-one of Iakob from thence the Feeder the Stone of Israel By the God of thy father who shall helpe thee and the Almighty who shall blesse thee with blessings of heaven from above blessings of the deep that lieth under blessings of the brests and of the wombe The blessings of thy father doe prevaile above the blessings of my progenitors unto the utmost-bound of the eternall hills they shall bee on the head of Ioseph and on the crown-of-the-head of the separated among his brethren Benjamin he shall ravin as a wolfe in the morning he shall eat the prey at evening he shall divide the spoile All these are the twelve tribes of Israel and this is it that their â—ather spake unto them and blessed them every-man even according to his blessing he blessed them And he commanded them and 〈◊〉 unto them I am to be gathered unto my people bury me with my fathers in the cave that is in the field of Ephron the Chethite In the cave that is in the field of Macpelah which is before Mamre in the land of Canaan which Abraham bought with the field of Ephron the Chethite for a possession of a burying-place There they buried Abraham and Sarah his wife there they buried Isaak and Rebekah his wife and there I buried Leah In the purchase of the field and of the cave that is therein from the sonnes of Cheth And Iakob made-an-end of commanding his sonnes and gathered-up his feet into the bed and he yeelded-up the ghost and was gathered unto his peoples Annotations THe latter daies that is the daies following or time hereafter Hebr the posterity of dayes which phrase is often used for time to come as Num. 24. 14. Deut. 4. 30. and 31. 29. Dan. 2. 28. and 10. 14. Prov. 31. 25. So that which is said in Act. 2. 16. it shall be in the last daies is in Ioel 3. 1. it shall be hereafter The Chaldee translateth it the end of daies the Greeke the last dayes often it meaneth the daies after Christs comming Esa. 2. 2. Heb. 1. 1. Vers. 2. hearken the Chaldee saith receive instruction Vers. 3. might or able-strength this word Coach signifieth that lively vigour and native moisture whereby men are strong and lusty Psal. 22. 16. Ios. 14. 11. as the next word valour Hebr. On. meaneth the straining of the body forcibly to effect a thing desired of my valour or of my manhood of my painefull strength the first effect of the strength of my body All the first borne are thus called Deut. 21. 17. Psal. 78. 51. the Greeke translateth it the beginning of my children that is my first
Iakob were to bee tied unto him and his Church compared unto the vine Ioh. 15. 1. Esa. 5. 7. where they should bee filled with the gospell of his love and gifts of his spirit better then wine Song 1. 3. Ephes. 5. 18. And so the Ierusalemy Thargum applyeth this to Christ saying How faire is the King Christ that shall spring up of the house of Iudah He shall gird his loynes and shall goe forth to warre against his enemies c. Likewise in Breshith Rabba speaking of this place it is said he sheweth us that when the Christ shall come to save Israel he shall make ready his asse and ride upon him and come unto Israel with povertie the foale Hebrew the son of his asse that is his yong asse see the notes on Gen. 18. 7. washeth his rayment an other figurative promise of wine to bee plentifull as water that he may wash his clothes in it â—â—or of a glorious victory that Iudah and Christ should get over his enemies as in Esa. 63. 1. 2. 3. his conquest is set forth by such a parable And in Revel 19. 13. hee is clothed with a garment dipt in blood and in Revel 14. 20. his judgment on the enemies is the treading of a wine-presse And so the Ierusalemy Thargum doth explaine it saying Hee shall kill kings and Princes making the rivers red with blood of their slaine and the bills white with the fat of their mighty men his garments shall be embrewed in blood and he like to one pressing clusters of grapes blood that is juice of grapes which for the red colour is called blood so Deut. 32. 14. Vers. 12. red with wine another signe of plenty of fruits for the drinking of much wine maketh red eyes Proverb 23. 29. 30. hereby also the plenty of spirituall blessings in Christ is signified Prov. 9. 1. 1. 2. Esay 25. 6. and 55. 1. So Thargum Ierusalemy applyeth it saying How beautifull are the eyes of the King Christ to looke upon more then fined wine that he beholdeth not with them unchast copulations or murthers of innocents His teeth are exercised in the law that he eateth not with them iniquities and robberies His mountaines shall bee red with vineyards and winepresses his hills shall be white with store of wheat and stocks of sheepe Other of the Iew Doctors reckon Iudah for the seventh patriarch thus 1 Abraham 2 Isaak 3 Iakob 4 Reuben 5 Symeon 6 Levi 7. Iudah and they compare him with the seventh that is the Sabbath day At Iudahs birth it is sayd of his mother shee stayed from bearing Gen. 29. 35. at the Sabbath day it is said of God herested and was refreshed Exod. 31. 17. Of Iudah it is said Iudah thou thy brethren shall consesse thee Gen. 49. 8. and this time I will confesse the Lord Gen. 29. 35. and of the Sabbath it is good to confesse unto the Lord. Psal. 92. 2. Of Iudah it is said from the prey my son thou art gone up Gen. 49. 9. the prey signifieth his food as if hee should say thou art gone up from doing even the worke for the life as of the Sabbath it is said in it thou shalt not doe any worke Exod. 20. 10. Of Iudah it is said he stouped downe he couched as a Lyon c. Gen. 49. 9. and of the Sabbath abide ye every man in his place Exod. 16. 29. Of Iudah it is said binding his asse colt unto the vine Gen. 49. 11. as if he should say binding him from his worke of the Sabbath it is sayd that thine oxe and thine asse may rest Exod. 23. 12. Of Iudah it is said he washeth his raiment in wine Gen. 49. 11. which signifieth the sanctifying of the day which is with wine signifying the property of judgement and therefore the Scepter was given him as the Scepter shall not depart from Iudah c. And as Iudah was the fourth of the tribes of Israel so the Sabbath is the fourth of the commandements Exod. 20. R. Menachem on Gen. 49. Vers. 13. Zabulon he though hee was yonger then Issaehar Gen. 30. 18. 20. yet Iakob gives him the blessing before him so also doth Moses Deut. 33. 18. and his lot befell him in his land before Issachars Ios. 19. 10. 17. seat his borders were both to the maine sea westward and to the sea of Galilee Eastward see his portion Ios. 19. 10. c. Esay 9. 1. The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth it hee shall subdue provinces with ships and shall eate the good things of the sea c. Moses giveth him a blessing to rejoyce in his going out or trading Deut. 33. 18. Vers. 14. strong boned Hebrew asse of bone that is bony hard strong two bounds or set limits borders so the Chaldee paraphrast also expoundeth it and Thargum Ierusalemy more plainly thus Issachar shall be a strong tribe and his border shall be in the midst betweene two borders So also the Greeke translateth amidds the inheritances Others expound it betweene two burdens such as are layd on asses backes Vers. 15. rest this may bee a note of their slouthfulnesse in respect whereof others are blamed for sitting still betweene the two bounds or burdens Iudg. 5. 16. Howbeit Moses biddeth them rejoyce in their tents Deut. 33. 18. And the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it hee seeth the house of the sanctuary that it proclaimeth rest therefore it is good c. gathering this sense as I suppose from Moses words they shall call the people unto the Lords mountaine c. Deut. 33. 19. Thus it is their praise for loving to be quiet and being contented with their portion Compare with this the time when Thola of Issachar judged Israel in whose time Israel had rest Iudg. 10. Vers. 16. judge an allusion to Dans name Dan Iadin the Iudger shall judge see Gen. 30. 6. This prophesie was fulfilled in Samson one of his posteritie who judged Israel Iudg. 15. 20. So the Chaldee paraphrast explaineth it Of the house of Dan shall a man be chosen and rise up in whose daies his people shall bee delivered c. But the Ierusalemy Thargum nameth him saying this is Samson sonne of Manoah the tribes This name Tribe is borrowed from the Latine word Tribus used for a stocke or kinred that discend from one father For Romulus the founder of Rome divided the multitude of his subjects into three parts which hee named thereof Tribes as sheweth Pompon Laetus de Rom. Magistrat But in the Hebrew a tribe is here called Shebet that is a staffe rod or scepter as is before touched verse 10. and elsewhere Matteh which is also a rod or staffe either because they grew as rods and branches out of one root Israel as is particularly mentioned of Ioseph verse 22. or because their names were written upon twelve rods Numb 17. 2. c. And this judging as one of the tribes is so spoken because each stocke or tribe had one chiefe head and Prince ruler of the same Numb
he hath done evill to his people and delivering thou hast not delivered thy people Annotations SEnd away let goe out of thy servitude see the notes on Exod. 4. 23. keepe a feast The first signification of the Hebrew word chagag is to dance 1 Sam 30. 16. or to turne round Psal. 107. 27. and secondly it is applied to keeping a feast religiously which was with eating drinking dancing and mirth Iudg. 21. 19. 21. Deut. 16. 15. figuring out our spirituall joyes for redemption by Christ 1 Cor. 5. 8. Nah. 1. 15. This should Israel have celebrated to the Lord but they performed it to an idoll the worke of their owne hands Exod. 32. 6. 19. Act. 7. 41. Among the heathens they observed also such rites sacrificing to their Gods with dances c. Sophocles in Electra Plutarch in Theseo Vers. 2. Who is Iehovah The Chaldee paraphraseth The name of the Lord is not revealed unto mee that I should obey his word c. Such an answer God foretold that he would give Exod. 3. 19. I know not againe the Chaldee turneth it the name of the Lord is not revealed unto me Vers. 3. hath met See Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth hath called us journey or way see Exod. 3. 18. fall upon or meet us as verse 20. and Gen. 32. 1. but when there is added the sword or the like it signifieth falling upon as Iudg. 8. 20. 21. pestilence or mortalitie The Greeke and Chaldee translate it here and oftentimes death So the Holy Ghost putteth death for the pestilence in Rev. 6. 8. from Ezek. 14. 21. The Hebrewes who had orders for fasting and prayer in time of pestilence seeme also not to restraine it to that contagious sicknesse which wee commonly call the pest or plague but count all extraordinary and continued mortalitie the pestilence if it be among five hundred strong men that three die in three daies one after another and so in all number above that Their words are What is the Pestilence Deber A citie wherein are five hundred footmen that is strong and lusty men as Exod. 12. 37. if there goe out of it that is be buried three dead men in three daies one after another â—oe this is Deber the pestilence If they goe out in one day or in foure daies it is not the pestilence If there be in it a thousand and there goe out of it sixe dead men in three daies one after another this is the pestilence if they goe out in one day or in foure it is not the pestilence And so in others according to this computation But no women or children or old men that have left off working are at all reckoned for men in this case Maimony in Misâ—eh in Tagnanioth or treat of fasting chapter 2. S. 5. sword this signifieth warres Mich. 4. 3. and as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it slaughter the Apostle joyneth both in one mentioning the slaughter of the sword Hebrewes 11. 37. it was one of Gods foure sore judgements wherewith hee used to chastise his people for their sins Ezek. 14. 17. 21. And not the Egyptians onely but Israel might also feare these plagues for their Idolatry in Egypt Ezek. 20. 7. 8. Which therefore they sought to turne away by humiliation and sacrifice to GOD in the wildernesse And it is a rule among the Iewes to fast and pray in the time of warre yea though it be as they say the sword of peace as when heathens make war with heathens and they passe by the place of Israel although there bee no warre betwixt them and Israel yet this is a distresse and they humble themselves for it for it is said and the sword shall not passe through your land Leviticus 26. 6. It is a generall rule that the sight of warre is a distresse Maimony in Tagnanioth chap. 2. S. 4. Vers. 4. cease as free and at liberty the Greeke translateth doe yee turne away the people The Ministers of God are charged by Pharaoh as authors of sedition among his subjects So were Christ and his Apostles Luke 23. 2. 5. Acts 24. 5. your burdens The Chaldee saith your service the Greeke every one of you to his workes Vers. 5. of the land meaning the Israelites in the land therefore the Greeke explaineth it thus behold now this people is multiplied on the land Verse 6 taskemasters of the people or exactors among the people but both Greeke and Chaldee translate it of and so Moses speaketh in verse 10. officers the Greeke translateth them Scribes so in vers 10. 14. and usually Verse 7 any more give Hebrew adde to give Here the word of GOD caused afflictions to increase And in Israel wee may see a figure of our calling for all these things hapned unto them for types 1 Corinth 10. 11. they first had the word or promise which caused them to beleeve Exodus 4. 30. 31. then followeth affliction greater then ever before which almost discourageth them Exodus 5. 21. 23. after that came their deliverance with great glory for which they sang the praises of GOD Exodus 13. and 14. and 15. So by the word preached the Church of Christ was gathered Acts 2. 41. c. Then followed great persecution Acts 8. 1. and 9. 〈◊〉 and 12. 1. c. Against which they were confirmed in grace by expectation of glory in the Kingdome of God Acts 14. 2â— And this is the continuall course of the Gospell 1 Thes. 1. 6. 10. and 2. 14. and 3. 2. 3. 4. 2 Thessal 1. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1 Peter 1. 3. 9. and 4. 12. 13. c. heretofore Hebr. yesterday and the third day before see Gen. 31. 2. so after vers 8. 14. c. Vers. 8. idle or lazie slicke so vers 17. and sacrifice or let us sacrifice which manner of speech noteth their importunity but the Greeke supplieth the word and. So after vers 17. Vers. 9. labour or doe that is be doing or busie themselves and so the Chaldee saith let them busie themselves therein and not busie themselves in idle words So in Matthew 20. 12. these last have done that is have laboured but one houre Likewise in Exod. 31. 4. 5. where doing is used for working The Greeke here translateth it care vaine lying words Hebr. words of lying which the Greeke translateth vaine words Vanity and falshood are used one for another as is noted on Exod. 20. 7. Vers. 13. taske Hebr. word or thing which in this case was their appointed taske So verse 19. Vers. 14. of the sonnes of Israel that is which were Israelites and the Greeke explaineth it thus the scribes of the linage of the sonnes of Israel The taske-masters therefore were Egyptians the officers were Israelites appointed to oversee and hold the people to worke as the 15. and 16. verses also manifest these were oppressed and beaten so the bondage was great and universall saying that is and said unto by Pharaohs taske masters An Hebrew phrase whereof see the annotations on
Ithamar see 1 Chron. 24. Vers. 25. Phinehas of him see Numb 25. 7. c. Ver. 26. their armies or their hosts that is not confusedly but their ordered troups being increased to many thousands and called the hosts of the Lord Exod. 12. 37. 41. and 7 4. These were after ordered according to their tribes Numb 10. 14. 15. c. Of the word host or army see Gen. 2. 1. Vers. 27. to bring that is that they might bring as verse 13. Vers. 30. of uncircumcised Greek of a small voice Chaldee of an heavy speech see before verse 12. and Exod. 4. 10. CHAP. VII 1 Moses is made Pharohs God and Aaron his Prophet 3. Pharaohs heart should bee heardned against their words and signes 6 Moses and Aaron doe a they are bidden 7 Their age 10. Aarons rod is turned to a Serpent 11 The Sorcerers doe the like 13 Pharaohs heart is hardned 14 Moses is sent againe unto him with word and signe 19 The waters of Egypt are turned into blood 21 The fishes dye 22 The Magicians doe the like miracle whereupon Pharaoh is hardned still AND Iehovah said unto Moses See I have made thee a God to Pharaoh and Aaron thy brother shall bee thy Prophet Thou shalt speake all that I command thee and Aaron thy brother shall speake unto Pharaoh that he send the sonnes of Israel out of his land And I will harden Pharaohs heart and will multiply my signes and my wonders in the land of Egypt And Pharaoh shall not hearken unto you and I will lay my hand upon Egypt and wil bring forth mine armies my people the sonnes of Israel out of the land of Egypt by great judgements And the Egyptians shall know that I am Iehovah when I stretch forth my hand upon Egypt and I will bring out the sonnes of Israel from among them And Moses and Aaron did as Iehovah commanded them so did they And Moses was fourscore yeeres old and Aaron fourescore and three yeeres old when they spake unto Pharaoh And Iehovah sayd unto Moses and unto Aaron saying When Pharaoh shall speake unto you saying Give a wonder for you then thou shalt say unto Aaron take thy rod and cast it before Pharaoh it shall be turned to a dragon And Moses and Aaron went in unto Pharaoh and they did so as Iehovah had commanded and Aaron cast his rod before Pharaoh and before his servants and it was turned to a dragon And Pharaoh also called the wise men and the sorcerers and they also the magicians of Egypt did with their inchantments so And they cast down every man his rod and they were turned to dragons and Aarons rod swallowed up their rods And Pharaohs heart waxed strong and hee hearkened not unto them as Iehovah had spoken And Iehovah said unto Moses Pharaohs heart is heavy he refuseth to send away the people Go unto Pharaoh in the morning loe he goeth out unto the waters and thou shalt stand to meet him by the rivers brinke and the rodde which was turned to a serpent shalt thou take in thy hand And thou shalt say unto him Iehovah the God of the Hebrews hath sent me unto thee saying Send away my people that they may serve mee in the wildernesse and behold thou hast not heard hitherto Thus saith Iehovah in this thou shalt know that I am Iehovah behold I smite with the rod which is in my hand upon the waters which are in the river they shall bee turned into blood And the fish which is in the river shall dye and the river shall stinke and the Egyptians shall bee wearied to drinke the waters of the river And Iehovah said unto Moses Say unto Aaron take thy rod and stretch out thy hand upon the waters of Egypt upon their streames upon their rivers and upon their ponds and upon every gathering together of their waters and they shall be bloud and there shall be blood in all the land of Egypt both in vessels of wood and in vessels of stone And Moses and Aaron did as Iehovah commanded and he lift up the rodde and smote the waters which were in the river in the eyes of Pharaoh and in the eyes of his servants and all the waters which were in the river were turned to blood And the fish which was in the river dyed and the river stanke and the Egyptians could not drinke the waters of the river and there was blood in all the land of Egypt And the magicians of Egypt did so by their inchantments and the heart of Pharaoh waxed strong and hee hearkned not vnto them as Iehovah had said And Pharaoh turned and went into his house and hee set not his heart to this neither And all the Egyptians digged round about the river for waters to drinke for they could not drinke of the waters of the river And seven daies were fulfilled after that Iehovah had smitten the river Annotations MAde or given thee for a God that is one to whom the word of God shall come and by whom it shall be made knowne unto Aaron and so to Pharaoh This reason Christ rendreth of the like speech Ioh. 10. 35. The Chaldee for God translateth a master see Exod. 4. 16. Prophet to speake for thee as the next verse manifesteth the Chaldee saith thy interpreter before God called him his mouth Exod. 4. 16. A Prophet hath the name of speaking or interpreting Gods word see the notes on Gen. 20. 7. Thus God confirmes Moses against his feares Exod 6. 12. 30. Ver. 2. speake the Greeke addeth to him meaning Aaron as Exod. 4. 15. Vers. 3. harden as before he said he would make strong Exod. 4. 21. wonders or perswadingmiracles for to draw men to beleeve and obey as Deut. 13. 1. 2. Ioh. 4. 48. Rom. 15. 18. 19. By such God beareth witnesse to his word preached Heb 2. 4. and they portend either good 2 Chron. 32. 24. or evill Deut. 6. 22. and 28. 46. yet can they not perswade any without the speciall grace of God Deut. 29. 2. 3. 4. Vers. 4. lay Hebrew give my hand which the Chaldee expoundeth lay my powerfull plague so verse 5. armies or hosts see Exod. 6. 26. The Greeke translateth with my power Ver. 7. old Hebrew some of 80 yeere of which phrase see Gen. 5. 32. By this it appeareth Moses had beene 40. yeeres in the land of Madian as Stephen avoucheth Act 7. 30. See Exod. 2. 23. Ver. 9. a wonder or perswading miracle that I may know ye are sent of God see verse 3. The Greeke addeth a signe or a wonder thy rod because Aaron now used it before it was Moses rod and Gods Exod. 4. 2. 20. a dragon that is a great serpent and therefore in ver 15. it is called a serpent as also before in Exod. 4. 3. So the Devill is called the dragon the old serpent Rev. 20. 2. And Pharaoh himselfe with his Egyptians are called dragons Ezek. 29. 3. Psal. 74. 13. But this wonder was a
33. Ios. 23. 13. 1 Sam. 18. 21. which here the Egyptians impute unto Moses whereas a snare is in the transgression of an evill man Prov. 29. 6. knowest thou the Greek interpreteth it or wouldest thou know Vers. 9. we have Hebr. to us is whereby is meant we have as is noted on Genes 12. 16. The word is is supplied here in the Greeke version feast of Iehovah so called because it was commanded by him Exod. 5. 1. and was to bee kept unto him as the Chaldee expounds it a feast before the Lord and as elsewhere it is said a feast unto Iehovah Exod. 32. 5. Vers. 10. so with you c. It is an imprecation or curse because he purposed not to let them goe but as God forced him to send them away so turned he his curse into a blessing to them Exod. 12. 30. 31. and 13. 21. 22. The Chaldee paraphraseth the Word of the Lord so be your help Here Satan who had before sought the death of Israels Infants Exod 1. seeketh to retaine them at lest in bondage and when he cannot hinder the redemption of the whole Church yet to hinder it in part So in Revel 12. 13. 17. when the Dragon could not hurt the woman he maketh warre with the remnant of her seede evill this word is used both for sinne and for the punishment of the same as Ierem. 18. 8. if they turne from their evill I will repent of the evill that I thought to doe unto them Both may be here implied by Pharaoh but the latter chiefly threatning more affliction if they left not off their intended course The Chaldee expoundeth it thus see how the evill which you thinke to doe sitteth before your faces he drove that is Pharaoh drove or caused them to be driven out of his presence Or he drove is put for they were driven see the notes on Gen. 16. 14. Vers. 13. over the land of Egypt the Greeke expoundeth it towards heaven the east winde which is a strong and violent winde with it God drove hacke the sea Exodus 13. 21. and by it his judgements are often signified Gen. 41. 7. Psalme 48. 8. Esay 27. 8. Ezek. 19. 12. Ier. 18. 17. Lâ—â—ustâ— or Grashoppers and with them caterpillers also as David sheweth in Psal. 105. 34. 35. and 78. 46. They are of Gods heavy judgements upon sinners Deut. 28. 38. 1 King 8. 37. and unto this eight plague of Egypt the army of Antichrist is resembled that tormented men Rev. 9. 3. 5. 7. c. Vers. 14. heavy both grievous for the hurt they did and for the multitude of them as the Greeke explaineth it many such Yet great judgements upon Israel are mentioned by Locusts Iocl 1. 2. 3. 4. and by humane writers it is said that in India there are some of three foot long Plinie booke 11. chapter 29. Vers. 15. the eye the face as verse 5. darkned that is hid and defaced and as the Greeke translâ—teth corrupted Vers. 17. death that is deadly plague so 2 King 4 40. death is in the pot Vers. 19. sea winde that is west winde as the Chaldee explaines it the Greeke saith from the sea For the maine sea lay westward see Genes 12. 8. fastened or pitched them in the Greeke and Chaldee translate cast them but the word meaneth that they were so throwne in as there to remaine and rise no more as when a Tent or other thing is pitched and fast nailed After this manner God often destroyeth Locusts in other places being taken up by heapes with the winde they fall into seas or lakes saith Plinie b 11. c. 29. red sea or weedy sea called in Hebrew the sea Suph which word signifieth sedge or sea-weedes that grew therein and whereof it seemeth it had the name see Exod. 2. 3. Ion. 2. 5. The Holy Ghost in Greeke calleth it Eruthran the Red sea Act. 7. 36. Heb. 11. 29. either of the red sand of that sea or red mountaines by it or of one Erythras a king as Strabo writeth in his 16. booke But the Latines called it Rubrum mâ—râ— that is the Redsea Plinie Hist b. 13. c. 25. Pomp. Mela. b. 3. chap. 7. and by that name it is usually knowne in these parts of the world In this sea Pharaoh himselfe with his armie were afterward drowned Exod. 14. Vers. 20. made strong that is hardned as the Greeke translateth see Exod. 4. 21. V. 21. there shal be or as the Gr. translateth let there be darknesse Of this plague also God warneth not Pharaoh before hand see Ex. 8. 16. that one may feele or â—nd â—e that is Pharaoh or every one shall feele meaning as the Gr. translateth it palpable darkenessâ— such as may hee felt with the hand for the thicknesse of the â—yre The Hebrew word signifieth soâ—etime to fâ—ele Iudg. 16. 26. sometime on the contrary to take away or remove Exod. 13. 22. in which latter sense the Chaldee paraphrase here expoundeth it after the darkenesse of the night is re 〈…〉 d meaning that the day should be turned to 〈…〉 Vers. 22. obscure darkenesse Hebr. darkenesse of 〈◊〉 that is most obscure blacke and thicke The Gr 〈…〉 sseth it by three words darkenesse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 darkenesse This ninth plague David celebrateth in Psal. 105. 28. and unto it the fift plague of the spirituall Egypt is compared Rev. 16. 10. where the kingdome of the Beast is full of darkenesse and men gnaw their tongues for paine A righteous judgement of God upon those that oppressed his people the light of the world Matth. 5. 14. and rebelled against the light as Iob 24. 13. Vers. 23. saw not neither by sunne or stars from above neither by fire beneath had they any light So the light of the wicked shall be put out and the sparke of his fire shall not shine the light shall bee darke in his tabernacle Iob 18. 5. 6. from his place or from under him the Greek translateth from his bed Thus in them the saying was fulfilled the wicked shall bee silent in darkenesse 1 Sam. 2. 9. was light so they had beene freed from former plagues see Exodus 9. 26. and God promiseth like mercie to his Church by the Gospell saying Arise thou bee inlightned for thy light is come c. darkenesse shall cover the earth and grosse darkenesse the peoples but Iehovah shall arise upon thee c. Esay 60. 1. 2. Vers. 25. doe sacrifice or offer The word sacrifice here understood is elsewhere expressed as in 1 King 12. 27. and when the word doe or make is joyned with sacrifices as in this place it signifieth to offer as Levit. 9. 7. 22. and 16. 9. Exodus 29. 36. 39. 41. 42. Vers. 26. not an hoofe not any thing saith the Chaldee Thus Iakob went before out of Mesopotamia into Canaan with all his cattell and substance Gen. 31. 18. And Moses constancie to keep the commandement of God unto the smallest things in every particular is an example of the
his death Galath 3. 13. Ierem. 4 4. Lament 1. 13. and 2. 4. This charge to rost it with fire the Iew Doctors observed precisely holding it unlawfull to bake it any manner of way also to heat a furnace and taking away all the fire to hang the Lambe therein and so â—ost it or the like they say was unlawfull Maimony Korban Pesach chapter 8. S. 9. 10. the purtâ—nance or the inward meaning that the Lambe must bee roasted all and whole not cut into peeces To signifie our full Communion with Christ whole and undivided 1 Cor. 1. 13. 30. Gal. 2. 20. Vers. 10. till the morning they were to eat up all if they could at that meale To teach care for the present injoying of Christ by faith and of his whole covenant without delay For by the morning the change of our estate is often signified Psalme 30. 6. Esay 17. 14. 2 Kings 19. 35. for our sleepe is an image of death And the Iewes have recorded that though it was lawfull to eat all the night long till the day dawning yet might none of the company eat againe after hee had slept though it were in the beginning of the night Maimony Korban Pesach chapter 8. S. 14. So Manna might not be left till the morning Exodus 16. 19. nor some other sacrifices Lev. 22. 30. burne that so it might be consumed and such was the law for other sacrifices which by being reserved over-long were made abhominable to bee eaten and must therefore be burned Lev. 7. 15. 18. 19. 6. 7. So flesh of the sacrifices that touched any uncleane thing might not be eaten but burnt Levit. 7. 19. Hereby also God might teach Israel that when the morning the time of grace in Christ is come there should be no longer reservation of those legall shadowes which should haue their accomplishment and end at our Lords death and bee condemned as unlawfull as if they were burned by the fire of GODS Word and Spirit Colossians 2. 16. 17. Gal. 4. 9. 10. 11. Hebr. 13. 9. 10. And so the Prophets fore-told that the daies should come when it should no more be said The Lord liveth which brought up the sonnes of Israel out of the land of Egypt Ier. 16. 14. neither should they say any more The Aâ—ke of the covenant of the Lord for it shall come no more to winde neither shal they remeÌ„ber it c. Ier. 3. 16. Vers. 11. girded this signifieth a readinesse to take a journey or any other work in hand 2 King 4. 29. and 9 1. Ier. 1. 17. Luk. 12. 35. 36. and figured the girding of the loynes of the minde with strength justice veritie c. Prov. 31. 17. Esay 11. 5. Eph. 6. 14. Wherefore the Apostle saith Gird up the loynes of your minde be sober and hope perfectly for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Iesus Christ 1 Pet. 1. 13. shooes on another signe first of readinesse to goe forth Esay 5. 27. Acts 12. 8. secondly of deliverance out of bondage as the contrary to goe â—arefoot was a signe of captivity Esay 20. 4. and thirdly of joyfulnesse for their deliverance from affliction as contrariwise in sorrow men went barefoot 2 Sam. 15. 30. It was also a figure of the Gospell of peace wherewith our feet should be ready and firme Ephesians 6. 15. Of which the Holy Ghost saith How beautifull are thy feet with shooes O Princes daughter Song 7. 1. staffe to sustaine their infirmities and this in their hand was also for expedition to the journey Zach. 8. 4. Mark 6. 8. Compare herewith Iakobs speech with my staffe I passed over this Iordan Genesis 32. 10. in haste because they were now in danger and for it to goe out of Egypt in haste Deut. 16. 3. and so in haste and as with violence to apprehend and apply Christ unto them by faith Matth. 11. 12. The originall word signifieth an hastening away through feare or amazement as in Deut. 20. 3. and so may signifie the sudden feares wrought in the conscience by the Gospell of Christ at the first preaching thereof as in Act. 2. 37. though after it giveth comfort and peace This manner of eating was peculiar unto the first pasche in Egypt neither were the generations following bound to these rites when they were come to their rest in Canaan as is before noted on verse 6. Neither did Christ and his Disciples thus eat it for they stood not girded with staves in their hands but sate or rather lay downe leaning one on anothers breast as was then the Iewes manner in signe of their rest and security otherwise than they had in Egypt as their Doctors teach in the Thalmud treat of the Passeover See Marke 14. 18. Iohn 13. 12. 25. Also Esaias prophesied yee shall not goe out in haste nor depart by fleeing away c. Esay 52. 12. Passeover called in Hebrew Pesach and after in the Ierusalemitane language Pascha which name the Evangelists keepe also in the Greeke Matth. 26. 2. c. and in other tongues it is now called Pasche wee in old English called it Fâ—reld at this day we name it the Passeover according to the interpretation of the Hebrew word which signifieth to fare passe o◠〈◊〉 over as God did over the houses of the Isra 〈…〉 verse 13. 27. And as the festivall time so the Lambe then killed is called the Passeover Luke 2. 41. and 22. 7. and the Lambe of GOD Christ is so named also 1 Corinthians 5. 7. because for his sake God passeth over us and destroyeth us not with the world Iohn 3. 16. 18. Seven famous Passeovers are recorded in Scripture to have beene kept The first this which Israel kept in Egypt The second that which they kept in the wildernesse Numbers 9. The third which Iesus kept with Israel when hee had newly brought them into Canaan Iosh. 5. 10. The fourth in the reformation of Israel by King Ezekias 2 Chron. 30. The fifth under King Iosias 2 Chronicles 35. The sixt by Israel returned out of the captivity of Babylon Ezr. 6. 19. The seventh that which Iesus our Saviour desired so earnestly and did eat with his disciples before he suffered Luke 22. â—5 c. At which time that legall Passeover had an end and our Lords Supper came in the place The memoriall of Christ our Passeover sacrificed for us Vers. 12. the gods the Chaldee translateth the idols the same is againe mentioned in Num. 33. 4. And after a like thing is prophesied the Lord shall come into Egypt and the idols of Egypt shall bee moved at his presence Esay 19. 1. and againe he shall breake the images of the house of the sunne c. and the houses of the gods of the Egyptians shall be burnt with fire Ieremie 43. 13. So Laban lost his idols when Israel fled from Syria Genes 31. 19. 30. the idols and images of Babylon perished when it was destroyed Ierem. 50. 2. and
hand of Iehovah in the land of Egypt when we sate by the flesh pots when we did eat bread to the full for yee have brought us forth into this wildernesse to kill this whole assemblie with hunger And Iehovah said unto Moses Behold I will raine unto you bread from the heavens and the people shall goe out and gather a daies portion in his day that I may prove them whether they will walke in my Law or not And it shall be in the sixt day then they shall prepare that which they bring in and it shall be twice so much as they gather day by day And Moses and Aaron said unto all the sons of Israel In the evening then yee shall know that Iehovah hath brought you out from the land of Egypt And in the morning then ye shall see the glory of Iehovah for that he heareth your murmurings against Iehovah And what are we that yee murmure against us And Moses said This shall be when Iehovah shall give unto you in the evening flesh to eat and bread in the morning to the full for that Iehovah heareth your murmurings which ye murmure against him and what are wee your murmurings are not against us but against Iehovah And Moses said unâ—o Aaron Say unto all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel Come neere before Iehovah for he hath heard your murmurings And it was as Aaron spake unto all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel and they looked toward the wildernesse that behold the glory of Iehovah appeared in the cloud And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying I have heard the murmurings of the sonnes of Israel Speake unto them saying Between the two evenings ye shall eat flesh and in the morning yee shall bee filled with bread and ye shall know that I am Iehovah your God And it was in the evening that the Quailes came up covered the campe and in the morning there was a dew that lay â—ound about the campe And the dew that â—ay went up and behold upon the face of the wildernesse was a small round thing small as the â—oare frost on the earth And the sonnes of Israel saw it and said each man unto his brother It is Manna for they knew not what it was and Moses said unto them This is the bread which Iehovah hath given unto you to eat This is the word which Iehovah hath commanded gather ye of it every man according to his eating an Omer for an head according to the number of your soules yee shall take every man for them which are in his tent And the sonnes of Israel did so and they gathered both he that did gather more and he that did gather lesse And they did mete it with an Omer and he that had gathered much had nothing over and he that had gathered little had no lacke they gathered every man according to his eating And Moses said unto them let no man leave of it till the morning And they hearkened not unto Moses but some men left of it untill the morning and it bred wormes and stanke and Moses was wroth with them And they gathered it morning by morning every man according to his eating and when the Sunne waxed hot it melted And it was in the sixt day they gathered twice so much bread two Omers for one man and all the rulers of the congregation came and told Moses And he said unto them This is that which Iehovah hath spoken To morrow is the sabbatisme the Sabbath of holinesse to Iehovah bake that which yee will bake and seeth that which yee will seeth and all that remaineth over lay up for you for a reservation untill the morning And they laid it up untill the morning as Moses commanded and it did not stinke neither was there a worme therein And Moses said Eat that to day for it is the Sabbath to day unto Iehovah to day ye shall not finde it in the field Sixe daies ye shall gather it but in the seventh day the Sabbath in it there shall bee none And it was in the seventh day some of the people went out to gather and they found none And Iehovah said unto Moses How long refuse yee to keepe my commandements and my lawes See because Iehovah hath given you the Sabbath therfore he giveth you in the sixt day the bread of two dayes abide ye every man in his place let no man goe out of his place in the seventh day And the people rested in the seventh day And the house of Israel called the name thereof Manna and it was like coriander seed white and the taste of it was like wafers with honey And Moses said This is the word which Iehovah commandeth Fill an Omer of it for a reservation for your generations that they may see the bread which I have given you to eat in the wildernesse when I brought you forth from the land of Egypt And Moses said unto Aaron Take thou one golden pot and put there an Omer full of Manna and lay it up before Iehovah for a reservation for your generations As Iehovah commanded unto Moses so Aaron laid it up before the Testimonie for a reservation And the sonnes of Israel did eat Manna forty yeeres untill they came to a land inhabited they did eat Manna untill they came unto the border of the land of Canaan Now an Omer is the tenth part of an Ephah Annotations OF Sin after they had beene againe by the red sea which journey here omitted Moses expresseth in Num. 33. 10. 11. It had the name of Sin a strong citie of Egypt neere which this wildernesse lay Ezek. 30. 15. 16. The wildernesse whereinto God brought his people was a place of great wants and afflictions as is noted on Exod. 3. 18. therein God tried their faith and patience and suffred their manners forty yeeres Act. 13. 18. It figured the peoples of the world through whom God leadeth his Church as it is said I will bring you into the wildernesse of the peoples and there will I plead with you face to face as I pleaded with your fathers in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt Ezek. 20. 35. 36. Sinai the mount called also Horeb where the Law was given see Exod. 3. 1. and 19. 1. 18. after or from their departing so an whole moneth they lived of their provision brought out of Egypt which being spent they murmure Here the Hebrew letseth of departure is put for mitseth from or after their departure so in Exod. 19. 1. Num. 33. 38. Ezr. 3. 8. The Scripture sometime sheweth this as laleketh 1 King 12. 24. is explained milleketh from going 2 Chron. 11. 4. Vers. 3. O we wish Hebr. who will give which is a wish oh that some would give or that God would grant namely to have ones request as is explained in Iob 6. 8. by the hand the Chaldee saith by the word the Greeke explaineth it smitten of the Lord. This was in them a desperate unthankfulnesse with
able to content every mans 〈◊〉 and a 〈◊〉 to every taste Wisd. 16. 20. Others at the 〈◊〉 Greeke interpreters Philo. 〈◊〉 2. 〈…〉 of the Law 〈◊〉 Solomon c. and others 〈◊〉 it What is this because as Moses saith they know not what it was The Manna whereof Galen and other Physitians write and which at this day is used for medicine not for meat differeth in many things from this Manna which God gave unto Israel every day the space of 40 yeeres till they came into the land of Canaan Ios. 5. 12. God by it both fed their bodies and soules teaching them hereby that man liveth not by bread onely but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord Deut. 8. 3. and it was a spirituall meat 1 Cor. 1. 30. and a figure of Christ the true Bread whom the Father hath given us from heaven Ioh. 6. 31. 32. 48. 49. 51. and of the spirituall comforts which Christ filleth his people with Reve. 2. 17. And so the Iewes though now ignorant of this grace have heretofore acknowledged it to bee a figure of the food of just men in the world to come R. Isaak on Gen. 1. and R Menachem on Exodus 16. See more in Num. 11. 7. 8. Psal. 78. 23. 25. Vers. 16. an Omer or Gomer as the Greeke calleth it Gomer the tenth part of an Epha or bushell see verse 36. an head or skull poll that is for a person the head being put for the whole man So in Exod. 38. 26. Vers. 17. both he that did gather more or some did gather more and some lesse but the former exposition the Greeke followeth here and in the 18. verse which the Apostle also approveth 2 Corinthians 8. 15. Vers. 18. nothing over to wit besides an Omer full for a man according to the number of persons in his familie and so there was an equality both for poore and rich and hereupon the Apostle gathereth a reason to perswade unto liberality and communication of Gods blessings one with another 2 Cor. 8. 14. 15. It figured also the equall portion which all sorts of beleevers have in Christ our heavenly Manna Gal. 3. 28. 29. 2 Pet. 1. 1. Vers. 20. it bred Hebr. wormed wormes that is bred abundantly or crawled full of wormes This miraculous judgment God sheweth for their unbeleefe curiositie and disobedience and taught them to be contented with things present without covetous caring for the morrow as Heb. 13. 5. Matthew 6. 31. 34. Compare also the law of the Passover whereof nothing might be left till the morning Exod. 12. 10. Iesus said unto the Iewes Moses gave you not the bread from heaven but my Father giveth you the true Bread from heaven Ioh. 6. 32. so Manna was but a shadow and figure which when the truth is come by Christ is as all other shadowes become vaine and unprofitable to the corruption and hurt of those that retaine them Col. 2. 16. 17. Gal. 4. 9. 10. 11. Heb. 13. 10. Vers. 21. and when or for when the Sunne waxed hot and so heated the Manna it melted therefore they were to gather it in the morning whereby God taught them diligence to provide for the food of their bodies and soules whiles they had time and meanes Compare Pro. 10. 4. 5. and 6. 6. 8. Ioh 12. 35. Gal. 6. 10. The like here followeth for no Manna to bee found on the Sabbath day verse 25. 26. Verse 23. sabbatisme that is rest or cessation but 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 at h is retained by the 〈…〉 in 〈◊〉 Sabb 〈…〉 Matth. 12. 5. 8. so the Hebrew Shaâ—batâ—â—â— here used is by the Apostle Sabbatismos 〈◊〉 sabbatisme in Heb. 4. 9. by interpretation a Rest whereof see Gen. 2. 2. Hereby it appeareth that the keeping of the Sabbath was before the Law given at mount Sinai Ex. 20. of 〈◊〉 that is an holy Sabbath both these joyned together signifie an exact and carefull rest So Exod. 35. 2. Levit. 23. 3. for a reservation that is to be reserved or kept so in vers 32. 33. 34. Verse 〈◊〉 that to day as they that laboured in the sixt day had what to eat on the Sabbath so they that in this life whiles God giveth time to worke doe labour in Christ shall have in the life to come the fruition of their labours with eternall rest in heaven Ioh. 6. 27. 29. 58. Gal. 6. 7. â—0 Vers. 26. there shall be none This life and world is the time and place of working the world to come is for reward when it will be too late to seeke for Manna if we have gathered none before Matth. 25. 8 9. 10. And thus the Hebrewes of old understood this figure saying As in the sixe daies a man must prepare for the Sabbath both in respect of food and of worke so if a man prepare not aright his workes in this world he shall have nothing to eat in the world to come Againe they say The Sabbath in it there shall be none Exod. 16. this signifieth the world which shall bee all Sabbath for there shall bee there no doing of the Law but receiving of reward as our Doctors of blessed memory have explained it Who so laboureth in the evening of the Sabbath he shall eat in the Sabbath R. Elias in Sepher reshith chochmah treat of Holinesse cap. 2. foliâ— 194 b. V. 29. Out of his place The Sabbath was sanctified with an holy convocation or assembling of the people in Synagogues Lev. 23. 3. Act. 15. 21. This place therefore whereto God restraineth them was not their private tents but the camp of Israel out of which they might not goe on the Sabbath From hence the Hebrewes gathered a generall prohibition of going out of towne on such dayes and held it unlawfull to travell beyond the suburbs of any citie which suburbs they set to be two thousand cubits from the Law in Num. 35. 5. and a like space was betweene the Arke of God and the people at their passage over Iordan Ios. 3. 4. The Chaldee paraphrase on Ruth 1. 16. in the Masorites Bible saith Naomi said unto Ruth we are commanded to keep the Sabbaths good daies that is feasts not to goe above two thousand cubits The like measure is set in the 〈◊〉 Thalmud in Eurobin c. 4. And R. D. Kimchi â—n his annotatioÌ„s on Eze. 48. 7. saith two thousand cubits are a mile meaning an Italian or English mile Hereupon in the Apostles dayes the speech was common of a Sabbath dayes journey and so farre Mount Oliver was from Ierusalem Acts 1. 12. where the Syriak explaineth it almost seven furlongs In the Hebrewes canons it is said Who so goeth out of the limits of a citie on the Sabbath day is to be beaten for it is said Let no man goe out of his place in the seventh day Ex. 16. 29. this place is the limits of the time c. By the doctrine of the Scribes no man may goe out of
man-servant c. that they may rest as well as thou Deuteronomie 5. 14. Here the Hebrewes say The man and woman servant whom wee bid to keepe Sabbath are servants that are circumcised and baptised c. and have received the commandements which servants are bound unto But servants not circumcised nor baptised but onely have received the seven Commandements given to the sonnes of Noe they are as sojourning strangers and may doe worke for themselves openly on the Sabbath as an Israelite may on a working day Maimony treat of the Sabbath chap. 20. S. 14. But this permission seemeth unto mee to bee against Gods Law which from the creation was given to all the world Genesis 2. 2. 3. yet the Iewes restraine it to themselves from Exodus 31. 17. see the annotations there cattell or beast which in Deuteronomie 5. 14. is amplified thus thine oxe or thine asse or any beast of thine thy stranger in Greeke the proselyte thy gates the Chaldee expounds it thy cities So that which in 2 Samuel 10. 8. is called the entring in of the gate is in 1 Chron. 19 9. the entring in of the citie Vers. 11. therefore Hereby it appeareth that the Sabbath was instituted from the beginning of the world and so was given to all nations and not to Israel onely Though upon their bringing out of Egypt they were put in mind to keepe it and in Deuteronomie 5. 15. that their deliverance is made a reason to them of this commandement Vers. 12 Honour This is called the first commandement with promise Ephesians 6. 2. that is the first of the second table which directeth us in all duties toward man and this precept is to maintaine the order which God hath set amongst men of superioritie and subjection The Hebrew word for Honour or Glorie hath the name of weightinesse and so Paul speaketh of the weight of glorie 2 Cor. 4. 17. and it implieth a dignity and excellency in parents and governours which God would have to be maintained whereupon magistrates are called Glories or Dignities 2 Peter 2. 10. Honour is to be performed with the bodie in reverend gesture 1 King 2. 19. Leviticus 19. 32. in reverend speeches 1 Peter 3. 6. Exodus 32. 22. Numbers 12. 11. in action as obedience to their instructions and commandements in the Lord Prov. 6. 20. Ephes. 6. 1. in recompencing their love and care and releeving them with our substance in their age and need Marke 7. 10. 11. 12. 13. 1 Tim. 5. 4. to cover their infirmities Gen. 9. 21. 22. and in heart to reverence feare and love them Leviticus 19. 3. Rom. 13. 5. 9. and by all other like meanes to shew respect and honor unto them In an Hebrew Commentarie upon Moses called Chazkuni it is said Werâ—â—de Honour the LORD with thy substance Prov. 3. 9. and Honourly father and thy mother Exodus 20 The LORD is to be honoured if thou have it thy father and mother whether then hast it or no for if thou hast nothing thou art bound to beg for them Againe as God commandeth Honour so he for biddeth all dishonour contempt and disobedience in heart word gesture or action Leviticus 20. 9. Prov. 30. 17. Deut. 21. 18. 21. Eccles. 10. 20. And as he requireth children to honour their parents so the parents are bound to educate and governe them with gravity and lenitie in the instruction and information of the Lord Ephes. 6. 4. father and thy mother in Leviticus 19. 3. the mother is named before the father Vnder these names all superiors governors are implyed first the father that begat and mother that bare Prov. 23. 22. and 31. 2. then parents by law and affinitie Ruth 3. 1. 5. parents that adopt children Esth. 2. 7. 20. Kings and all Magistrates Esay 22. 21. 2 King 5. 13. Prophets and Church governours as Elias and Eliseus were fathers 2 Kings 2. 12. and 6. 21. and 13. 14. Deborah a mother in Israel Iudg. 5. 7. and 17. 10. Ancients in yeares patrons instructors protectors and all such like 1 Tim. 5. 1. 2. Iob 29. 16. Gen. 45. 8. and 4. 20. 21. may be prolonged in Deut. 5. 16. Moses addeth and that it may be well with thee It may be Englished that they thy parents by their prayers may prolong thy dayes but such phrases are often used impersonally as is noted on Gen. 2. 20. and 16. 14. and so the Apostle according to the common Greeke version saith that it may bee well with thee and that thou maiest be long lived or live a long time in the land Ephes. 6. 2. 3. Also the Chaldee said to bee Ionathans translateth that your daies may be multiplyed the land of Canaan which was to bee given unto Israel and was a figure of an heavenly countrey as is noted on Gen. 12. 1. 5. Thus pietie hath the promise both of this life and of that which is to come Maimony in Misneh treat of Repentance chap. 8. S. 1. saith That which is written in the Law Deut. 22. 7. that it may be well with thoe and thou maiest prolong thy dayes we have beene taught to understand thus that it may be well with thee in the world where all is well and thou maist prolong thy daies in the world which is all long and that is the world to come Vers. 13. Thou shalt not kill or Thou shalt not murder for the Hebrew Ratsach properly signifieth Murder that is killing of mankinde unjustly and so differeth from another word Harag which is to kill a person which sometime is justly Deut. 13. 9. We may also English it Kill not and so the rest Commit not adultery Steale not c. for both these waies doth the holy Ghost translate these precepts into Greeke Matt. 19. 18. Mark 10. 19. This sixt Commandement is for preserving mans life the seventh is for the just propagation of mankinde the eight concerneth his goods the ninth his good name the tenth teacheth every man to be contented with his owne estate The Chaldee translateth this Thou shalt not kill a soule that is any person and it for biddeth all murder of soule or of body Ezek. 13. 19. and 3. 18. Gen. 9. 6. of ones selfe or of another Act. 16. 27. 28. Prov. 〈◊〉 11. 16. and this not onely in act but in reproachfull words Matt. 5. 21. 22. malicious gesture Matt. 27. 39. Gen. 46. inward unadvised anger malice 〈…〉 hatred M 〈…〉 ew 5. 22. for whosoever hateth his brother is 〈…〉 1 Iohn 3. 15. Co 〈…〉 rari wise it commandeth to preserve the life of all men except such as God for their sinnes commandâ—th to bee killed Genesis 9. 6. 〈◊〉 Samuel 15. 2. 3. 〈…〉 Verse 14. not commit 〈◊〉 or not adulterate the originall is one word and forbiddeth all manner of wâ—oredome fornication uncleannesse Ephesians 5. 3. and unnaturall filthinesse Leviticus 18. 22. 23. not onely the outward act but all lascivious words gestures and attire Ephesians 4. 29. 1 Peter 2 14.
in his beast and shall feed in anothers field of the best of his owne field and the best of his vineyard shall he pay When fire shall goe forth and finde thornes and a stacke of corne or the standing corne or a field bee consumed he that kindled the fire shall paying pay When a man shall give unto his neighbour money or stuffe to keep and it be stollen out of the mans house if the theefe be found he shall pay double If the theefe bee not found then the master of the house shall be brought unto the gods if he have not put forth his hand unto his neighbours goods For every matter of trespasse for oxe for asse for sheepe for raiment for every losse which he shall say that this is he the matter of them both shall come unto the gods whom the gods shall condemne he shall pay double unto his neighbour When a man shall give unto his neighbour asse or oxe or sheepe or any beast to keepe and it die or be broken or driven away none seeing it An oath of Iehovah shall be betweene them both if he have not put forth his hand unto his neighbours goods and the owner of it shall accept it and he shall not pay And if it be stollen by stealth from him hee shall pay unto the owner thereof If it bee torne in pieces let him bring it for witnesse that which is torne he shall not pay And when a man shall borrow ought of his neighbour and it be broken or die the owner thereof being not with it paying he shall pay If the owner thereof be with it hee shall not pay if it be an hired thing it came for his hire And when a man shall entice a maid that is not betrothed and lie with her endowing he shall endow her to himselfe to wife If her father refusing shall refuse to give her unto him hee shall weigh the money according to the dowrie of virgins Thou shalt not suffer a witch to live Whosoever lieth with a beast hee shall bee put to die the death Hee that sacrificeth to the gods shall be utterly destroied except unto Iehovah even to him onely And a stranger thou shalt not vexe neither shalt thou oppresse him for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt Ye shall not afflict any widow or fatherlesse childe If afflicting thou shalt afflict him surely if crying he shall cry unto me hearing I will heare his cry And my anger shall wax hot and I will kill you with the sword and your wives shall be widowes and your sons fatherlesse If thou lend money to my people to the poore man with thee thou shalt not be to him as an exacting cred 〈…〉 ye shall not lay upon him biting usurie If for a pledge thou take to pledge thy neighbours raiment thou shalt returne it unto him before the Sunne goeth down For that is his covering that only that is his raiment for his skin wherein shall he sleepe And it shall be when he crieth unto me then I will heare for I am gracious Thou shalt not revile the gods the ruler of thy people thou shalt not curse Thy full-ripe fruit and thy liquor thou shalt not delay the first-borne of thy sons shalt thou give unto me So shalt thou doe with thine oxe and with thy sheep seven daies it shall be with his mother in the eighth day thou shalt give it unto me And ye shall be unto mee men of holinesse and ye shall not eat flesh torn in the field ye shall cast it to the dogge Annotations A Sheepe or a lambe a young sheepe or young goat for the Hebrew word comprehendeth both Exod. 12. 3. Deut. 14. 4. five oxen or five of the herd for an oxe and foure of the flocke for a sheepe the Hebrew differeth in word but the Greeke version keepeth the same words here that were before This Law was if the oxe were killed or sold but if it were found in his hand alive hee paid but two for one v. 4. neither was it for any other theft than of the oxe and sheepe for all other the theefe paid but the double as the Hebrew canons plainely expresse Maimony treat of Theft chap. 1. Sect. 6. But these bâ—cause of the profit use and service which the owners might have of them and in particular for sacrifices to God which might not be with any other beasts were to be paid five and fourefold And as the theft was bolder and the losse greater of an oxe than of a sheepe so the punishment was more Vers. 2. in the digging through that is digging or breaking through an house as Matthew 24. 43. or in the hole digged and so entring by the breach By this the Hebrewes understand all other indirect waies by which the theefe may enter but this is specified because it is the way of most theeves to enter by digging through in the night Maimony treat of Theft chap. 9. sect 8. no bloods for him that is none shall be put to death for killing that theefe Or it may bee read thus no bloods shall be to him meaning to the killer of the theefe he shall not have murder imputed to him so the phrase is used in Numbers 35. 27. The Hebrew Doctors explaine it thus If the master of the house or any other man kill him they are guiltlesse yea it is free for any to kill him either on the working day or on the Sabbath day with any death that they can put him to c. And wherefore doth the Law permit this Because it is the manner of such that if the masier of the house should withstand and hinder them they will kill him And it is found that hee which comes into his neighbours house to steale is as hee that pursueth his neighbour to kill him Such a one therefore may be killed be he great or small man or woman Maimony treat of Theft chap. 9. Sect. 7. 9. Vers. 3. risen upon him if it be cleere day when the theefe breaketh in who so killeth him his blood shall bee shed therefore For the Sun the Chaldee paraphrast translateth the eye of witnesses But Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 10. giveth this sense If the matter be cleere to the master of the house that this theefe will not kill him and that he commeth not but to steale goods it is unlawfull to kill him and if he kill him he is a man slayer as it is written IF THE SVN BE RISEN VPON HIM if the thing be cleere as the Sunne unto thee that he is at peace with thee thou shalt not kill him he the theefe shall surely pay therefore kill him not But the Greeke version referreth it to the slayer that he shall pay that is be put to death for him he shall be sold for a servant by the Magistrate see Exodus 21. 2. c. And in the Iewish canons it is explained thus If hee have nothing neither moveable goods nor
not cause to bite that is to lend upon biting usurie by tradition we have beene taught that this is an admonition to the borrower c. Likewise it is unlawfull to have ought to doe betweene the borrower and the lender upon usurie and whosoever is either suretie or scribe or witnesse betweene them he transgresseth against this prohibition Yee shall not lay upon him biting usurie Ex. 22. 25. this is an admonition to the witnesses also and to the surety to the scribe He that lends upon usury transgresseth against six prohibitions Thou shalt not be to him as an exacting creditor Ex. 22. 25. Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usurie Leviticus 25. 37. Thou shalt not give him thy victuals for increase Leviticus 25. 37. Thou shalt not take usurie of him or increase Leviticus 25. 36. Yee shall not lay usurie upon him Exodus 22. 25. and Thou shalt not put a stumbling blocke before the blinde Levit. 19. 14. And the borrower transgresseth against two Thou shalt not cause to lend upon biting usurie Deut. 23. 19. and Thou shalt not lay a stumbling blocke before the blinde Levit. 19. 14. The suretie witnesses and such like transgresse against this Yee shall not lay usurie upon him Whosoever borroweth or lendeth upon usurie are like unto them that deny the name of the God of Israel and deny the comming out of Egypt as it is written Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usurie c. I am the Lord your God which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt c. Levit. 25. 37. 38. It is unlawfull to take usurie before or after As one intending to borrow of a man sends him a gift to the end that he may lend unto him this is usurie afore hand Or he hath borrowed of a man and paid him againe and sends him a gift for his money which he had of him for nought this is after usurie Whose borroweth of his neighbour and was not wont in former time to salute him first it is unlawfull for him to salute him first I need not say to praise him for it is written Vsurie of any Word or Thing Deut. 23. 19. though they be but words they are unlawfull Likewise it is unlawfull for the borrower to learne his lender to reade c. all the while his money is in his hand if he were not wont to doe it before as it is said Vsurie of any thing It is unlawfull to let out money to hire as they doe other things c. Hee that lendeth to his neighbour and conditioneth with him to dwell in his courtyard for nought untill hee pay him what hee hath borrowed or that hireth a thing of him for lesse then it is worth till he pay him c. this is usurie He that lends unto his neighbour may not retaine his servant to doe worke for him although the servant sit still and hath nothing to doe The Iudges are to see the usurie which the lender hath received to be restored backe unto the borrower A bill for usurie the principall may bee required by it but not the interest c. Vers. 26. neighbours raiment if hee be a Poore man as the next verse manifesteth and as is expressed in Deuter. 24. 12. 13. Neither may a pledge thus be taken of poore or rich but by authority of the Magistrate as the Hebrew Doctors teach Maimony in treat of Lender and Borrower chap. 3. Sect. 4. See more for this point in the annotations upon Deuteronomie 24. raiment which he either weareth by day or lieth in by night and so by proportion all other things whereof hee hath present use as tooles instruments to worke with and such like But things necessarie for to feed the life as the mill-stone which grindeth corne or any the like may not be taken to pawne Deuteronomie 24. 6. before the Sunne or untill the Sunne goeth in that is setteth or goeth downe meaning by day In Deuteronomie 24. 13. it is said when the Sunne goeth downe Hereupon the Hebrew canons say When one takes a pledge of his neighbour if he be a poore man and his pledge be a thing that hee hath need of it is commanded that hee restore the pledge at the time when he needeth it hee is to restore him his bedding at night that hee may sleepe on it and his working tooles by day that he may doe his worke with them If he doe not restore the instrument of the day by day and the instrument of the night at night he transgresseth against this prohibition Thou shalt not sleepe with his pledge Deut. 24. 12. this is meant of his night covering And of things which hee doth his worke with by day or cloatheth himselfe with he saith Before the Sunne goeth downe thou shalt returne it him teaching to restore it all the day Maimony in the foresaid place chap. 3. Sect. 5. The Hebrew word ad untill is in Greeke translated before and a like signification it had in Gen 48. 5. Vers. 27. his skinne the Greeke translateth it his shame when he crieth or that hee will cry unto me and I will heare The Greeke translateth if therefore he cry Vers. 28. revile curse banne or blaspheme which word the holy Ghost useth in this case 2 Pet. 2. 10. that is speake evill and dishonourably See Gen. 12. 3. gods that is as the Chaldee translateth Iudges as Exod. 21. 6. the ruler of Heb. ruler in but it meaneth of thy people as it is translated in Acts 23. 5. where it is applied to the high priest but generally it is any prince or ruler Numbers 7. 2. 3. 10. The Iew Doctors explaine it thus Whosoeuer revileth a Iudge among the Iudges of Israel transgresseth this Law Thou shalt not revile the gods And so if he revile the Ruler either the chiefe of the great Synedrion or the King hee transgresseth this Law Thou shalt not curse the ruler of thy people Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 26. Sect. 1. And Solomon saith Revile or Curse not the King no not in thy thought Eccles. 10. 20. curse that is speake evill as is explained Acts 23. 5. Vers. 29. Thy full-ripe fruit to wit the first-fruits thereof as is explained Exod. 23. 19. so the Chaldee translateth Thy first fruits and the Greeke The first fruits of thy floore The Hebrew signifieth fulnesse or collection meaning fruits when they are full or ripe and gathered So in Numbers 18. 27. and Deuteronomie 22. 9. Of this the Hebrew canons say They bring no first fruits but of seven things viz. of wheat and of barley and of grapes and of figges and of pomgranats and of olives and of dates And if one bring other besides these seven kindes they are not sanctified They bring no first fruits of liquors save of olives and of grapes if a man bring other liquors they are not received of him There is no measure of first-fruits set by the Law but by the Doctors a man must
flesh that became polluted was burned Lev. 7. 18. 19. This taught them care to apply the grace of Christ without delay see the notes on Exodus 12. 10. holy or a holy thing Hebrew holinesse as vers 33. Vers. 36. make to wiâ— ready for sacrifice that is kill sprinkle the blood offer c. See Gen. 18. 7. Exod. 10. 25. So vers 38. and often after atonemento or expiations propitiations reconciliations meaning for Aaron and his sonnes and the altar The originall word implyeth both pacification of Gods wrath and his mercifull covering of transgressions whereupon atonement followeth See Gen. 32. 20. The Iewes had one speciall day in the yeare to cleanse them from all their sinnes that 〈…〉 by this name the day of atonement or of expâ—â—â—tion Levit 16. 30. All such things were figureâ— of Christ Heb. 〈…〉 3. 1 Ioh. 2 2. purifie to wit 〈…〉 as the Hebrew word signifieth to 〈…〉 which as it is properly applyed to the p 〈…〉 fying of men from sinne Numb 8. 21. and 10. 22. 〈◊〉 5 〈…〉 so here and elsewhere to the purifying of the 〈◊〉 Ezek. 43. 26. of mens 〈◊〉 Lev. 14. 49. 〈◊〉 and all things about them Num. 31. â—0 of Go 〈…〉 use or Sanct 〈…〉 ie Ezek. 45. 18. which was by 〈…〉 of the sins vnclean 〈…〉 the Sons of 〈◊〉 amongst whom Gods 〈…〉 and holy thing 〈◊〉 as is expressed in Lev. 16. 16. God 〈◊〉 teaching that no service of the Church is acceptable unlesse the sins that cleave to our best workes bee purged away by repentance and faith in the blood of Christ Heb 9. 21. 22. 23. 13. 14. and 10. 19. 22. V. 37. holy Heb. holinesse of holinesses that is most holy not only sanctified it selfe but sanctifying the gifts that were offred to God upon it and so it was greater then the sacrifices as our Lord teacheth in Mat. 23. 19. was herein a figure of Christ the holy of holies Daniel 9. 24. Heb. 13. 10. 15. he sanctifyed himselfe for his Church and though he knew no sin yet was he made sin for us Ioh. 17. 19. 2 Cor. 5. 21. holy or sanctified as the Greeke Chaldee translate it Vers. 38. make ready or doe that is offer unto God see v. 36. of the first yeere Heb. sons of the yeere see the notes on Ex. 12. 5. day by day or for a day that is every day So in Numb 28. 3. Ver. 39. betweene the two evenings that is in the afternoone about three of the clocke See the notes on Ex. 12. 6. This daily service signifyed the continuall sanctification of the Church through faith in Christ the Lambe of God by whose mediation wee and our actions are accepted of God Act. 26. 6. 7. Rom. 12. 1. 1 Pet. 1. 2. 19. 22. and 2. 5. Of this the Hebrew Doctors say The continuall sacrifice of the morning made atonement for the iniquities that were done in the night and the evening sacrifice made atonement for the iniquities that were by day R. Menachem fol. 115. Ver. 40. tenth-deale â—o wit of an Ephah or bushel Num. 28. 5. which measure was called also an Omer Exod. 16. 36. an Hin a measure which conteyâ—ed twelve Logs saith Maimony in treat of Sacrifices Chap. 2. Sect. 7. See Exod. 30. 24. A Log whereof see Lev. 14. 10. is about our halfe pinte so the fourth part of an Hin that is 3 logs about a pinte and a halfe of oile and so of wine This flowre and oile was called the Minchah or Meat-offring Numb 28. 5. whereas the meat-offring brought alone by particular persons had besides oile incense also and salt and but a handfull of it was burnt Lev. 2. of this meat and drinke offring here joyned with the burnt sacrifices the Heb. say 〈◊〉 were not bound to bring incense upon it but salt onely and it was burnt all of it upon the altar And the 〈◊〉 was offred upon the altar not put upon the fire but the Priest lifting his hand on high poured it upon the â—â—â—tome of the Altar c. Maimony ibidem Chap. 2. Sect. 1. See more in Lev. 2. Vers 42. continuall burnt offring or burnt offring of continuation as the Greeke translateth it or of perpetualnesse which without intermission was daily to bee offred twice And although other things have this word sometime adjoyned as the continuall bread Num. 4. 7. the continuall incâ—â—sâ— Exod. 30. 8. the continuall meat offring Num. 4. 16. yet commonly the daily burnt offring is 〈◊〉 hereby and this sometime when the sacrifice is not expressed as 〈◊〉 Dan. 8. 11. 12. 13. and 11. 31. and 12. 11. will meet or will congregate at times appointed upon the Mercy-seat Exodus 30. 6. The Greeke translateth Will bee knowne 〈◊〉 thee the Chaldee will appoint my word unto you 〈…〉 reason and 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 why 〈◊〉 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 or of meeti 〈…〉 because there God and his people met together he to informe them by his Word they to worship him and to receive his oracles See Exod. 〈◊〉 34. Levit. 1. 1. and 9. 23. 24. Num. 1 1. and 〈◊〉 and â—2 4. 5. and 14. 10. and 16. 19. 4â— 44. Vers. 43. he shall or it shall meaning Israel the Church and every member of the same my g 〈…〉 my glorious presence which often there appeared as is before shewed and as did after in Solomons Temple 1 King 8. 10. 11. Esay 6. 1. 3. 5. and in Christs Church under the Gospell Rev. 21. 11. 23. Esay 60. 1. 2. And this was that which truly sanctified the Tabernacle and Church and all things in them not blood or oyle or any other outward thing which did sanctifie but as touching the purifying of the flesh Hebrew 9. 13. 22. 23. and 10. 1. 10. Vers. 45. will dwell this was the signification of the Tabernacle that God dwelled with men Exod 25. 8. Psalm 78. 60. and so now with us in Christ Rev. 21. 3. Zach. 2. 10. And of this Hebrew Shaâ—an that is dwell the Hebrewes usually call Gods Majesty in his Church Shecinah that is Habitation and so the gifts of the holy Ghost unto his people And in this place the Chaldee translateth I will settle my habitation or divine presence amongst the Sonnes of Israel and under these figurative speeches eternall life in the presence of God was promised unto them Levit. 26. 11. 12. Ioh. 14. 2. 3. and 17. 24. Psal. 16. 11. CHAP. XXX 〈◊〉 God commandeth to make the Altar of incense 6 which should bee set before the veile by the Arke 〈◊〉 on which the Priest should burne incense every morning 1. 10 and once in the yeere make atonement upon the 〈◊〉 of it 1â— When Israel should be numbred every 〈◊〉 must give halfe a shekell of money for the ransome of his soule that hee dyed not 17 Acommandement to make the brazen Laver with the foot thereof and to pâ—â—water therein for the Priests to wash their hands and feet daily 22. How to
him And Aaron said unto them Breake-off the eare-rings of gold which are in the eares of your wives of your sonnes and of your daughters and bring them unto me And all the people brake-off the eare-rings of gold which were in their eares and brought them unto Aaron And he received them at their hand and fashioned it with a graving-toole and he made it a molten calfe and they said These be thy gods O Israel which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt And Aaron saw it and he built an Altar before it and Aaron proclaimed and said To morrow is a feast to Iehovah And they rose-up-early on the morrow and offred Burnt offrings and brought-neere Peace-offrings and the people sate-downe to eat and to drinke and rose-up to play And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Goe get thee downe for the people which thou broughtest-up out of the land of Egypt have corrupted themselves They have turned-aside quickly out of the way which I commanded them they have made them a molten calfe and they have bowed themselves-downe thereto and have sacrificed thereunto and said These be thy gods O Israel which have brought thee up out of the land of Egypt And Iehovah said unto Moses I have seene this people and behold it is a stiffe-necked people And now let me alone and my anger shall waxe hot against them and I will consume them and I will make of thee a great nation And Moses earnestly-besought the face of Iehovah his God and said Wherefore O Iehovah shall thy anger waxe hot against thy people which thou hast brought-forth out of the land of Egypt with great power and with a mighty hand Wherefore should the Egyptians speake and say For evill did hee bring them out and kill them in the mountaines and to consume them from upon the face of the earth Turne from the hotnesse of thine anger and repent of the evill against thy people Remember Abraham Isaack and Israel thy servants unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe and spakest unto them I will multiply your seed as the starres of the heavens and all this land which I have spoken of will I give unto your seed and they shall inherit it for ever And Iehovah repented concerning the evill which hee had spoken to doe unto his people And Moses turned and went downe from the mountain the two Tables of the testimony were in his hand the tables were written on both their sides on the one side on the other were they written And the tables they were the worke of God the writing that was the writing of God graven upon the Tables And Ioshua heard the voice of the people as they shouted and hee said unto Moses there is a voyce of warre in the campe And he said It is not the voice of them that shout for masterie neither is it the voice of them that cry for discomfiture the voice of singing doe I heare And it was when he came nigh unto the campe then he saw the calfe and the dances and Moses anger waxed hot and he cast the Tables out of his hands brake them beneath the mount And hee tooke the calfe which they had made and burnt it in the fire and ground it till it was small and strewed it upon the face of the water and made the sonnes of Israel drinke of it And Moses said unto Aaron what did this people unto thee that thou hast brought upon them so great a sinne And Aaron said Let not the anger of my Lord waxe hot thou knowest the people that they are set on evill And they said unto me Make gods for us which may goe before us because this Moses the man which brought us up out of the land of Egypt wee know not what is become of him And I said unto them Who soever hath any gold breake ye it off and they gave it me and I cast it into the fire and there came-out this calfe And Moses saw the people that they were naked for Aaron had made them naked unto their shame amongst those that rose up against them And Moses stood in the gate of the campe and said Who is for Iehovah let him come unto me and all the Sons of Levi gathered themselves unto him And hee said unto them Thus saith Iehovah the God of Israel Put ye every man his sword upon his thigh Passe ye and returne ye from gate to gate in the campe and kill ye every man his brother and every man his fellow-friend and every man his neighbour And the Sons of Levi did according to the word of Moses and there fell of the people in that day about three thousand men And Moses said Fill ye your hand to day unto Iehovah even every man in his Son and in his brother that that he may give upon you this day a blessing And it was on the morrow that Moses said unto the people you have sinned a great sin and now I will goe-up unto Iehovah peradventure I shall make-atonement for your sin And Moses returned unto Iehovah and said Oh this people hath sinned a great sin and they have made them gods of gold And now if thou wilt forgive their sin and if not wipe me I pray thee out of thy Booke which thou hast written And Iehovah said unto Moses Whosoever sinneth against me I will wipe him out of my Booke And now goe leade the people unto the place that I have spoken to thee behold my Angell shall goe before thee and in the day when I visit then will I visit their sin upon them And Iehovah plagued the people for that they made the calfe which Aaron made Annotations DElayed The first signification of the Hebrew word is to be ashamed Gen. 2. 25. and because long tarrying and looking for ones comming causeth shame as in Iudg. 3. 25. they tarried till they were ashamed therefore the word is also used for tarying or delaying of the time Iudg. 5. 28. and is so here translated by the Chaldee and the Greek and in Rev. 10. 6. time is used for delay the people that is some of them as the like word in v. 6. is opened by Paul in 1 Cor. 10. 7. Gods that is an image or representation of God as after in v. 4. and the words here following manifest This narration sheweth how the Israelites who promised to doe all that the Lord commanded Exod. 19. 8. did behave themselves in keeping of the morall Law and of that great Commandement which God had both spoken to them himselfe from heaven and repeated againe by Moses Exod. 20. 4. 23. that so the impossibility of the Law in that it was weake through the flesh might be seene in this people even at the first before any obedience was performed Rom. 8. 3. Nehem. 9. 13. 16. become of him or done to him They looked for Moses to bring them a forme of worship and some visible signe of Gods presence among them as afterwards
the Apostle followeth Rom. 9. 15. bee mercifull or have compassion commiseration As this teacheth that Gods grace mercy and compassion is the cause of our happines so in that he doth this to whom he will it sheweth Gods freedome in communicating his grace where he pleaseth without wrong to any So that which Moses asked for all the people v. 16. God restraineth to his owne will according to his election of grace excluding all others and mans owne will and works Wherefore Paul citing this text concludeth So then it is not in him that willeth nor in him that runneth but in God that sheweth mercy Rom. 9. 15. 16. The ancient Hebrews saw this grace of God though now they be ignorant of it For R. Menachem on this place writeth how God shewed Moses at that time his treasures and he said O Lord of the world whose is that great treasure Hee answered who so hath good workes to him will I give his wages and who so hath none I will doe and give unto him freely as it is written I will be gracious to whom I will be gracious This exposition accordeth with Pauls in Rom. 4. 4. 5. and 3. 24. Ver. 20. my face that is see and know my glorie as it is perfectly by reason of sinne Rom. 3. 23. and of the weaknesse of the flesh which alwaies feareth death when God appeareth as Deut. 5. 24. 25. Iudg. 13. 22. Esay 6. 5. Dan. 10. 8. Rev. 1. 17. But after this mortall hath put on immortality we shall see God as he is even face to face 1 Ioh. 3. 2. 1 Cor. 13. 12. So the Hebrews hence doe observe whiles men live they are not counted-worthy when they die they shall be counted worthy to see the face of God R. Elias in Reshith chocâ—â—aâ— fol. 41. 4. And R. Menachem here saith after his death he should attaine unto it for it is treasured up for the just against the time to come Vers. 22. clift or hole cave which is a place of hiding for feare as in Esay 2. 21. Song 2. 14. The Rocke on which Gods people are set is spiritually God himselfe in Christ and faith in him Psal. 18. 3. 32. Matth. 16. 18. cover this sometime signifieth safe protection Psal. 91. 4. sometime a covering with feare and affliction Iob 3. 23. Lam. 3. 43. Here it is meant in the first sense my hand or my palme the hollow of my hand which also is sometime the instrument of helpe Psal. 91. 4. 12. and 119. 173. sometime of affliction Iob 13. 21. and 33. 7. It may also meane my cloud for as a cloud arose in the sight of Elias servant like a mans hand 1 King 18. 44. so Elihu calleth the clouds Cappajim that is hands Iob 36. 32. The Chaldee here translateth it my Word which is the title of Christ Ioh. 1. 1. So in the verse following the Chaldee saith And I will take away the word of my glory Vers. 23. backe parts or after parts the things behinde me This may be understood of an imperfect image of the glory of God such as man is able to behold in this life where wee see through a glasse darkely opposed to the state which is to come when we shall see face to face or eye to eye as 1 Cor. 13. â—2 Esay 52. 8. And it is spoken of God after the manner of men for properly he being a Spirit infinite and incomprehensible hath neither face nor back-parts nor any such thing as is noted on Gen. 6. 6. Some referre this to the vision which Moses saw of Christ transfigured upon the mount Matth. 17. 2. 3. where also a cloud over-shadowed the disciples v. 4. If we apply it unto Christ his back-parts may be understood of his afflictions and sufferings which in this life his people doe see and are partakers of as in the life to come they shall behold his face and partake of his glory Matth. 10. 38. Phil. 3. 10. 13. 14. 1 Ioh. 3. 2. Psal. 17. 15. The Hebrewes say God made knowne unto Moses that which no man knew before him nor shall know after him that he apprehended in his knowledge the truth of the Essence of God distinctly from the essence of other things as a man whose backeparts are seene and his whole body and rayment is attained unto in ones knowledge from other bodies of men Maimony in Iesudei hatorah chap. 1. Sect. 10. It is a tradition of the Iewes that God now appeared like Sheliach tsibbur the Messenger or Minister of the congregation clad with a robe R. Menachem on Exod. 33. and so Maimony in Iesudei hacorah chap. 1. Sect. 9. saith Moses saw him on the Sea like a mighty warriour and on Sinai cladlike a Minister of the congregation be seene the Greeke addeth seene of thee but it is more generall of no man as in verse 20. And by seeing is not meant onely with the outward eye but with the heart or understanding according to that phrase in Eccles. 1. 16. mine heart hath seene because the mind of man cannot apprehend God who is incoÌ„prehensible Iob 11. 7. 1 Tim. 6. 16. R. Menachem here saith Observe how he saith not My face thou shalt not see but SHALL NOT BE SEENE as if he should say there is no power in any creature to comprehend it CHAP. XXXIV 1 God willeth Moses to hew two tables of stone on which he would write againe the words of the covenant 4 Moses having done so went up into the mount 5 The Lord descendeth in a cloud and proclaimeth his Name 8 Moses worshippeth and intâ—â—ateth God to goe with them 10 God maketh a covenant with them warning them 12 of the Idolatry of the Canaanites 16 and mariages with them 18 He reneweth the commandement of the feast of unleavened bread and of sanctifying their first-borne 21 Of the Sabbath 22 Of other feasts and rites about sacrificing 28 Moses after forty dayes in the mount commeth downe with the Tables 29 His face shineth and he covereth it with a veile ANd Iehovah said unto Moses Hew thee two Tables of stone like the first and I will write upon the Tables the words which were on the first Tables which thou brakest And bee thou ready in the morning and come up in the morning unto mount Sinai and present thy selfe unto me there upon the top of the mount And let no man come up with thee neither let any man bee seene throughout all the mount neither let the flockes nor herds feed before that mount And he hewed two tables of stone like the first and Moses rose up early in the morning and went up unto mount Sinai as Iehovah had commanded him and tooke in his hand the two tables of stone And Iehovah descended in the cloud and he stood with him there and he proclaimed the name of Iehovah And Iehovah passed by before him and he proclaimed Iehovah Iehovah God pittifull and gracious long suffering and much in mercy and truth Keeping mercy
for thousands forgiving iniquity and trespass and sinne and that will not clearing cleare the guilty visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sonnes and upon the sonnes sonnes unto the third and unto the fourth generation And Moses made-hast and bended downe-the head toward the earth and bowed himselfe And he said If ô now I have found grace in thine eyes ô Lord let the Lord now goe amongst us for it is a stiffe necked people and pardon thou our iniquity and our sinne and take us for thine inheritance And he said Behold I strike a covenant before all thy people I will doe marvels which have not beene created in all the earth or in any of the Nations and all the people amongst which thou art shall see the work of Iehovah for it is a fearfull thing which I doe with thee Observe thou that which I command thee this day Behold I drive out from before thee the Amorite and the Canaanite and the Chethite and the Pherizzite and the Evite and the Iebusite Take heed to thy selfe lest thou strike a covenant with the inhabitant of the land into which thou entrest lest hee bee for a snare in the midst of thee But ye shall destroy their altars and breake their pillars and cut-downe their groves For thou shalt not bow-downe thy selfe to another God for Iehovah whose Name is Iealous hee is a Iealous God Lest thou strike a covenant with the inhabitant of the Land and they goe a whoring after their gods and sacrifice unto their gods and he call thee a 〈…〉 eat of his sacrifice And thou take 〈◊〉 Daughters unto thy Sons and his daughter goe a whoring after then gods and 〈◊〉 thy sonnes goe-a-whoring after then g 〈…〉 Thou shalt not make unto thee any m 〈…〉 gods The feast of unleavened cakes sh 〈…〉 thou keepe seven dayes 〈…〉 on shalt eaten levened cakes as I commanded thee at th◠appointed time of the moneth of Abib fo◠in the moneth of Abib thou camest out from Egypt All that openeth the wombe is mine and all thy cattell that is male that which openeth the wombe of oxe and of sheepe And that which openeth the wombe of an asse thou shalt redeeme with a lambe and if thou wilt not redeeme it then thou shalt breake the necke of it Every firstborne of thy Sonnes thou shalt redeeme and they shall not appeare before me empty Sixe dayes thou shalt labour and in the seventh day thou shalt cease in eating-time and in harvest thou shalt cease And thou shalt observe to thee the feast of weekes of the first fruits of Wheat harvest and the feast of ingathering at the revolution of the yeer Three times in the yeere every male of thee shall appeare before the face of the Lord Iehovah the God of Israel For I will cast out the nations from before thee and will inlarge thy border and no man shall desire thy land when thou goest up to appeare before the face of Iehovah thy God three times in the yeere Thou shalt not slay the blood of my sacrifice with levened bread neither shall the sacrifice of the feast of the Passeover remaine unto the morning The first of the first fruits of thy Land thou shalt bring into the house of Iehovah thy God Thou shalt not seeth a kid in his mothers milke And Iehovah said unto Moses Write for thee these words for after the Tenor of these words I have stricken a covenant with thee and with Israel And hee was there with Iehovah Forty dayes and forty nights hee did eate no bread nor drinke water and he wrote upon the Tables the words of the covenant the tenne words And it was when Moses came downe from mount Sinai and the two Tables of Testimony in Moses hand when he came downe from the mount that Moses knew not that the skinne of his face shone when he spake with him And Aaron and all the Sonnes of Israel saw Moses and behold the skinne of his face shone and they feared to come nigh unto him And Moses called unto them and Aaron and all the Rulers of the Congregation returned unto him and Moses spake unto them And afterward all the Sonnes of Israel came nigh and hee commanded them all that Iehovah had spoken with him on mount Sinai And Moses made an-end of speaking with them and he put a veile upon his face And when Moses went in before Iehovah to speake with him he tooke off the veile untill hee came out and spake unto the Sonnes of Israel that which he was commanded And the sons of Israel saw the face of Moses that the skin of Moses face shone and Moses did put the veile againe upon his face untill he went in to speake with him Annotations HEw thee or Hew unto thy selfe whereas the former tables were the worke of God himselfe Exod. 32. 16. See the notes on Exod. 31. 18. Here followeth the renewing of the covenant between God and his people rehearsed againe in Deut. 10. 1. c. and I The Greeke here addeth and come thou up unto me into the mount and I c. So Moses himselfe repeateth it in Deut. 10. 1. Vers. 2. present thy selfe or stand for me there that is wait till I come downe as vers 5. and then as the Chaldee translateth stand before me there And this being to be done in the morning it was a signe of mercy Psal. 90. 14. and 30. 6. and 5. 4. Vers. 3. before the Greeke translateth neere the mount see Exod. 19. 12. 13. with the annotations Vers. 5. descended by a manifestation of his glorious presence The Chaldee saith was revealed See Exod. 19. 18. 〈◊〉 be proclaimed that is the Lord did proclaime as hee promised Exod. 33. 19. Or it may be understood of Moses and translated he called on the name of Iehovah for so the Hebrew phrase sometimes signifieth as Gen. 12. 8. Verse 6. passed by that is as the Chaldee translateth caused his Majesty Shecinah to passe by Whereupon the Hebrewes comparing this with Exod. 33. 19. 22. say The Shecinah or divine-Majesty called I passed by R. Menachem on Exod. 34. So they held this Shecinah to be one with the Father See after on vers 9. he proclaimed that is God proclaimed Exod. 33. 19. But Thargum Ierusalemy referreth it to Moses saying And the glory of the Majesty of the Lord passed before him and Moses prayed and said c. Howbeit Moses him-selfe saith the Lord spake these words Numb 14. 17. 18. And so other of the Hebrewes understand it as before that Shecinah the Divine-presence proclaimed these properties R. Menachem Iehovah Iehovah c. Here all Gods goodnesse passed before Moses and was proclaimed according to the promise Exod. 33. 19. the three first titles signifying God in his Essence or Being distinguished in three persons 1 Iohn 5. 7. God in Hebrew Ael which signifieth Mighty see Gen. 14. 18. pittifull or compassionate of tender mercy These next seven attributes shew Gods
people saith the Greeke version offred-it-for-sin The Greeke translateth purified it so the word sometime meaneth but it figured also a purifying of others from sinne thereby as Levit. 6. 26. and so the Chaldee here expoundeth and he made atonement by the blood thereof as the first spoken of in vers 8. and so he burnt it without the campe as the other was in verse 11. for which he was reproved by Moses Levit. 10. 16. 17. Vers. 16. the manner or the ordinance Hebr. the judgement the Greeke saith as was meet It respecteth the Law in Levit. 1. Vers. 17. filled that is tooke his handfull out of it see Levit. 2. 2. of the morne that is which was daily to be offred every morning as God commanded Exod. 29. 38. 39. 40. This therefore was extraordinary that as the daily meat-offring was to testifie their thankfulnesse for Gods ordinary and daily mercies so this for his speciall grace now manifested Chazkuni explaineth it thus It teacheth that there were two Meat-offrings one with the Burnt-offring and one by it selfe Sol. Iarchi saith All this he did after the daily Burnt-offring Vers. 18. sprinkled according to the law in Levit 3. 2. The Greeke translateth he poured it Vers. 19. fat Hebr. fats so in vers 20. rumpe or tayle to weet of the ram see Levit. 3. 9. that which covereth in Greeke the fat which covereth the inwards and so the text explaineth it in Levit. 3. 9. Vers. 20. they put the fat Hebr. the fatts Sol. Iarchi saith After the waving the Priest that waved gave them to another Priest to burne them Vers. 21. waved as was commanded Lev. 7. 30. c. By these sacrifices the sanctification of the people was signified by the Sin-offring and Burnt-offring they had remission and justification from their sinnes and reconciliation unto God by the Meat-offring their renovation by the spirit and by the Peace-offrings their thankefulnesse unto God whom they honour with the fruits of his owne graces all these obtained by faith in Christ and in his death for he of God is made unto us wisedome and righteousnesse and sanctification and redemption 1 Cor. 1. 30. Vers. 22. lift-up his hand or his hands as the Hebrew vowel and reading in the margine both shew so the Greeke translateth hands See Exod. 32. 19. R. Menachem giveth this reason why it is written Hand to signifie the right hand because that was listed up higher then the left The lifting up of the hand was a gesture used in speaking or signifying of any weighty thing Esa. 49. 22. and particularly in swearing Gen. 14. 22. praying Psal. 28. 2. and blessing eyther of God Psal. 134. 2. or of men as in this place So Paul speaking of prayer useth the phrase of lifting up holy hands 1 Tim. 2. 8. and David let the lifting up of my hands be as the evening sacrifice Psal. 141. 2. blessed them This appertained to the Priests office to blesse the people in the name of the Lord for ever Deuter. 10. 8. 1 Chron. 23. 13. and was accomplished by our high Priest Christ Iesus when having finished his ministery on earth hee lift up his hands and blessed his disciples Luk. 24. 50. The forme of Aarons blessing is prescribed in Num. 6. 23. 27. see the annotations there And this being done in the Lords name by his Priests a figure of Christ whom God hath sent to blesse us Act. 3. 26. without all contradiction the lesse is blessed of the greater Heb. 7. 7. came downe from the banke or hilly place of the altar which was higher then the other ground see Exod. 20. 26. So in Thargum Ionathan it is explained he came downe from the Altar with joy after that he had finished the making of the Sin-offring c. On the contrary Christ when hee had blessed went up into heaven Luke 24. 51. from making or doing that is offring as vers 7. After that he had done as before is shewed Vers. 23. went into the Tent the Priest went in according to the law in Exod. 30. 7. 8. to burne incense on the golden altar Moses went in with him in likelihood to direct him how to doe the service so Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it But hee addeth withall an other exposition thus When Aaron saw that they had offred all the oblations and done all the workes and the Majestie of God came not downe to Israel he was grieved and said I know that the holy blessed God is angry with me and for my sake the Majestie of God commeth not downe to Israel c. Immediately Moses went in with him and prayed for mercie and the divine Majestie came downe unto Israel After this manner Thargum Ionathan also expoundeth it they blessed This was a second blessing by Moses and Aaron when the people were dismissed Vnto which and the like at other times especially on Atonement day Levit. 16. David prophesying of Christs dayes seemeth to have reference in Psal. 118. 26. Wee blesse you out of the house of Iehovah glory the visible signe of Gods glory and favour out of his holy place either by the fire mentioned in the next verse or by a clowd as was in Exod. 16. 10. and 40. 34. or by them both It was a token of his gracious acceptance of them and of their service as after in 1 King 8. 10. 11. 12. Vers. 24. from before Iehovah the Greeke translateth from the Lord. And it was either from heaven as after in Solomons dayes Fire came downe from heaven and confirmed the Burnt-offring and sacrifices 2 Chron. 7. 1. or out of the Tabernacle By this miracle God confirmed the people touching the doctrine and ordinances given by Moses and the priesthood now committed to Aaron and his sonnes as appeareth by the prayer of Elias when the like miracle was shewed from heaven Let it be knowne this day day that thou art God in Israel and that I am thy servant and that I have done all these things at thy word 1 King 18. 36. consumed or ate up by which signe the church was assured that their sacrifices were accepted See Psal. 20. 4. The like was at the dedicating of Solomons Temple 2 Chro. 7. 1. 2. 3. and at Elias sacrifice 1 King 18. 38. 39. This Fire which now came from God was nourished on the Altar as the Hebrewes say unto Solomons time Chazkuni here writeth thus The fire which came-out from the Lord in the daies of Moses went not up from the brazen Altar untill he came into the eternall House that is into Solomons temple so called because of that promise in 2 Chron. 7. 16. that Gods name should be there for ever And that Fire which came downe in the dayes of Solomon went not up from the Altar of Burnt-offring untill it went up in the dayes of Manasseh Of the departing of that fire in Manaâ—ses dayes wee finde no mention in the Scriptures But after Solomons Temple was destroyed and the second builded the
or 〈◊〉 morphew in Hebrew bâ—hak a word not used but 〈◊〉 this one place it hath the signification of cle 〈…〉 nesse or whitenesse and is not a leprosie but a 〈◊〉 goer of it and neere thereunto The Greek callâ—â— it Alphâ—s which is a kinde of white-spot 〈◊〉 the skin for as Corn. Celsus in l. 5. 〈…〉 〈◊〉 though it bring no danger with it yet it is filthie and commeth of an evill habit of the body he is cleane to weet from leprosie for though it spotted the skin yet it fretted not the flesh God sheweth him-selfe hereby mercifull to the infirmities of his people not esteeming every spot or deformitie in them as a malignant sin So in the case following verse 40. 41. Vers. 40. hath the haire fallen-off or is pilled bald to weet behinde from the crowne towards the necke which baldnesse the Hebrew calleth Karachath and it is distinguished from the forehead-baldnesse called gabbachath verse 41. 42. which is from the crowne of the head towards the face And so the Hebrew doctors doe explaine them as two sorts Maimony treat of Leprie chap. 5. sect 8. 10. The Greeke also translateth them by two divers words Phâ—lacroma the baldnesse-behinde and anaphalantoma the baldnesse-before Verse 42. the bald head or baldnesse-behinde Heb. karachath bald-forehead or fore-baldnesse Heb gabbachath somewhat reddish the Greek translateth or somewhat reddish see the notes on verse 19. Verse 43. swelling by naming this one he comprehendeth also the other as the bright-spot the bile and the burning spoken of before in verse 2. 18. 24. all which might be upon the bald head as well as upon the other skin of the bodie and discerned as the former saving by the haire leprosie in the skin or the leprosie of the skin of the flesh From these words the Hebrew doctors gather the signes of this kinde of leprosie according to those forementioned saying The bald-head and the bald forehead defile by two signes by quicke flesh and by spreading And they are shut up for them two weekes for it is said of them As the sight of leprosie in the skin of the flesh And because in them there is no haire the white haire is no signe of uncleannesse in them They make one uncleane by two signes and in two weekes thus If there be a bright-spot in the bald head or bald-forehead and there be quicke flesh therein he is pronounced uncleane if there be no quicke flesh he shutteth him up and seeth him at the seven dayes end if there be growne any quicke flesh on it or if it be spred he is pronounced uncleane if not he shutteth him up seven daies more If then it be spred or have quicke flesh growne on it he is pronounced uncleane if not he is set free If after he is freed it spread or quicke flesh grow up he is pronounced uncleane The bald head or bald-forehead or the beard whose haire is fallen off if there be upon them a bile or a burning they make a man uncleane as doe the bile and the burning upon the skâ—in of the flesh for the head or beard whose haire is fallen off is as the skin of the flesh for every thing save that they make not uncleane by the white haire c. Maimony treat of Lepr c. 5 s. 9. 11. Of these two signes the quicke flesh and the spreading see the notes on v. 8. 10. Verse 44. utterly uncleane Hebr. making-unclean he shall make him uncleane or as the Gr. saith shall pollute him with pollution This signified that if unto infirmitie be added malignitie or presumption it maketh the sinner a spirituall leper in the sight of God Vers. 45. the plague is to weet so pronounced by the Priest as vers 4. rent in signe of sorrow see Gen. 37. 29. Levit. 10. 6. Chazkuni expoundeth it He shall mourne for his deedes for because of his evil deedes the plague is come upon him bare or free to weet from cutting that is it shal be unshorn for to let the haire grow was an other signe of sorrow see the notes on Gen. 41. 24. and Levit. 10. 6. O. free from cap or bonnet that is as the Greeke translateth uncovered so the word also signifieth Numb 5. 18. yet not bare altogether but covered with a cloth after the manner of the mourners 2 Sam. 15. 30. The Hebrew canons say It is com manded that the leper pronounced uncleane doc cover his head all the dayes that he is excluded and put a covering on his upper lip as a mourner and rend his clothes and make it knowne to those that passe by him that he is uncleane Levit. 13. 45. Although it be the high priest that is a leper he makes his head free and rends his clothes for an affirmative precept puts away a prohibitive A leprous woman makes not her head free neither rendeth her clothes nor covereth her upper lip but she sitteth without the city and makes it knowne to others that she is uncleane Maimony treat of Lepr chap. 10. sect 6. 8. put a covering or cover wrap over the Chaldee addeth cover as a mourner for as the covering of the head so of the mouth or lip was a signe of sorrow and shame as is said The Sâ—ers shall be ashamed c. they shall all cover the upper-lip for there is no answere of God Miâ—h 3. 7. 〈◊〉 in Ezek. 24. 17. when he had said make no mâ—â—â—ning c. he addeth binde the tire of thy head upon thee and put on thy shooes upon thy feete aâ—d cover not the upper-lip Hereby also was implied as the Hebrewes say that he might not salute aâ—y mâ—n all the dayes of his uncleannesse as being a mourner Ma 〈…〉 ny treat of Lepr chap. 10. sect 6. the up 〈◊〉 lip or the beard of the upper lip as Sol. Iarch 〈…〉 preteth it the haire of the lippes the Greeke 〈…〉 teth it his mouth unclean unclean 〈…〉 I am or here is one uncleane so confessing and 〈…〉 claiming his miserie and giving othâ—rs warning lest they be defiled by touching him Therefore Onkelos the Chaldee paraphrast translateth 〈◊〉 â—e not ye made uncleane be not ye made uncleane and Ionathan Avoid avoid from the unclean This is opened in Lam. 4. 15. They cried unto them Depart 〈◊〉 am uncleane depart depart touch not Likewise in Esa. 52. 11. Depart depart goe out from thence uncleane it is touch it not The Hebrew doctors say The Leper is the chiefe of all things that are most uncleane he defileth men and vessels by touching him and earthâ—n vessels by the ayre and defileth men by carying of him and defileth his bed and his seat c. Maimony in Lepr chap. 10. sect 11. These rites figured our mortification confession of sinnes and suffering of miseries for the same â—am 4 8. 9. 10. For we are all as an uncleane person Esa. 64. 6. and David acknowledged himselfe to bee a Leprous sinner in Psalme 51. where he maketh
Ezek. 36. 25. 27. and shall be cleane if then he washed not hee could not be cleane as by the Hebrew canons The man or woman that hath an issue and the mensiruous and the woman in childbed they are uncleane for ever and doe defile men and vessells and seat and saddle untill they be baptised Although they tary many yeeres and have no appearance of their uncleannesse yet if they be not baptised they are still in their uncleannesse Maimony in Metamei mishcab c. 5. s. 1. So finnes that men have committed though they doe them not every day yet the guilt of them remaineth as uncleannesse upon them till by repentance and faith they wash themselves in the blood of Christ 2 Cor. 12. 21. 1 Ioh. 1. 9. 10. Ver. 14. yong pigeons Hebrew sonnes of the dove one for a Sin offring and the other for a Burnt-offring vers 15. The like sacrifice the woman also was to offer vers 29. But the woman in childbed brought for her offring a Lambe for a burnt-offring or a dove if she were poore and a dove for a sin-offring Lev. 12. 6. 8. The Leper brought for his offeing three beasts one he Lambe for a trespasse offeing one ewe Lambe for a sin-offring and one â—ee Lambe for a burnt offring and for poverties sake the two later were doves Levit. 14. 10. c. All these and onely these sorts of unclean persons brought offrings after their washing others were cleane by washing and sprinkling For as the pollutions were greater so were the expiation to teach that our repentance humiliation and returning to the Lord with thankes after wee have sinned and are forgiven should bee in a sort proportionable to our iniquitie shall come so restifying his faith and thankfulnesse with exspectation of full clensing by Christ from all sinne Vers. 15. for his issue or from his issue that is from the uncleannesse which he was in by reason of his issue For as the issue was a disease with which God sometime plagued sinners 2 Sam. 3. 29. and for which they were to bee put out of the host of Israel Numb 5. 2. and signified the contagious sins which comming from within the man doe defile him Mark 7. 20. 23. so this Priest and these sacrifices signified Christ as in the beginning of this booke is shewed by whom we have atonement made by his blood for all sinne 1 Ioh. 7. and from whom vertue proceedeth to heale us by his spirit as it healed the woman that had a bodily issue of blood twelve yeere when no Physicians could cure her Marke 5. 25. 30. For he hath taken our infirmities and borne our sicknesses Matthew 8. 17. Vers. 16. a man Chazkuni observeth here that this word man excepteth a little childe and hee is not exempted from being counted a childe untill he be nine yeeres old and a day seed of copulation or the effusion of seed the Hebrew and Greeke properly signifieth the lying or bed of seed that is by changing the order of words the seed of the bed or of copulation and it is not meant here of the issue forespoken of nor when he lyeth with a woman whereof see vers 18. but of the seed of the healthfull who by imagination dreame or by any accident in the night in his sleepe may bee uncleane Deut. 23. 10. Lev. 22. 4. all his flesh that is as the Greek translateth all his bodie See the notes on vers 5. untill the evening notwithstanding his washing he continueth uncleane till his Sun be fet and a new day begin See the notes on Lev. 11. 24. 32. The Hebrewes say The seed of copulation is a principall uncleane thing defiling men and vessels or other things by touching and earthen vessels by the aier but it defileth not by bearing neither doth be which is defiled there with defile garments when hee hath touched it Maimony in Aboth Hatumoth ch 5. sect 1. After in Deut. 23. 10. 11. all such were commanded out of the campe when Israel went out to warre whereinto they might not come againe till they were washed and their Sun was downe V. 17. skin any thing made of skin see Lev. 11. 32. By these lawes God teacheth us to hate even the garments spotted by the flesh Iude v. 23. Vers. 18. they also shall bath or and they shall wash to weet both of them By this wee may see the reason why the people which were to bee sanctified at the giving of the Law were to abstaine from their wives Exod. 19. 15. and why the Priest put this caution to David if the yong men have kept themselves at least from women 1 Samuel 21. 4. For this law seemeth to imply a pollution even in ordinary carnall copulation which in it selfe was lawfull as being the ordinance of God Gen. 2. 24. But by reason of Sinne nature is so corrupted that there is no act of generation whereto some legall pollution cleaved not as there was also no procreation of children but brought much more uncleannesse with it Levit. 12. both of them figuring that originall and hereditarie sinne whereby wee all have sinned in one man and wherein our mothers doe conceive us Rom 5. 19. Psal. 51. 7. The Hebrew doctors say The man and the woman that doe the act of generation both of them are uncleane by the sentence of the law And the woman is not uncleane by reason of touching the seed of copulation for that is not the touching which the law speaketh of but hoc that doth the act is as he that seeth an accident of uncleannesse Deut. 23. 10. c. Among the heathens there remained monuments of this religion as appeareth by that saying of the Poet discedat ab aris Cui tulit histerna gaudia nocte Uenus Al. Tibull l. 2. Eleg. 1. And another saith Ille petit veniam quoties non abstinet uxor Concubitus sacris observandisque dicbus Iuvenal Satyr 6. Some refeâ—re this to the former case as being spoken of the man that had an accident of uncleannes in the night and before he was cleansed should company with his wife Vers. 19. in her flesh the Greeke saith in her body flesh is here meant as in vers 2. and blood is meant of her monethly customes It may also bee read thus when blood shall be her issue in her flesh Hereupon the Hebrewes say that no other thing maketh her uncleane but blood onely as not that which made the man uncleane ver 2. or any such like and that all blood maketh her uncleane though it be not come forth to the exteriour parts because it is said in her flesh Also that the blood of virgins is cleane and is neither the blood of separation nor the blood of issue because it is not from the fountaine whereof see Levit. 20. 18. Maim in Issurei biah c. 5. sect 6. 18. in her separation or in her removall to weet for the uncleannes of her menstrues during which time shee was not onely separated
is noted on Exod. 21. 6. tenth day This service being done upon this day every yeere shewed the inabilitie both of this Priesthood and of these sacrifices to make atonement in deed for the people as it is written For the Law having a shadow of good things to come and not the very image of the things can never with those sacrifices which they offred yeere by yeere continually make the commers thereunto perfect For then would they not have ceased to be offred because that the worshippers once purged should have had no more conscience of sinnes But in those there is a remembrance againe of sinnes every yeere For it is not possible that the blood of buls and of goats should take away sinnes Wherefore when Christ commeth into the world hee saith Sacrifice and offring thou wouldest not but a body hast thou prepared me Heb. 10. 1. 5. The commandement of fasting sanctifying this tenthday is againe repeated in Levit. 23. 27. 32. the sacrifices which it should have more then other dayes are expressed in Numb 29. 7. 11. And the Iubilee which was every fiftieth yeere began and was soiemnly proclaimed with trumpet upon this tenth day Lev. 25. 8. 9. a shadow of that acceptable yeere of the Lord the yeere of freedome which Christ hath proclaimed by the trumpet of his Gospell Luke 4. 18. 19. 21. 2 Cor. 6. 2. afflict your soules the Greek translateth humble your soules by the soule the body also is comprehended even the whole person as is noted on Levit. 2. 1. Gen. 12. 5. Affliction or humiliation is inwardly by godly sorrow for sinne which worketh repentance carefulnesse indignation feare vehement-desire zeale and revenge 2 Cor. 7. 10. 11. and a judging of our selves 1 Cor. 11. 31. and loathing our selves for the evils which we have committed Ezek. 6. 9. Outwardly by fasting and abstinence from all fleshly delights By the Hebrew canons they were to abstain this day from five things from meat and drink from washing themselves from anointing from putting on the shooes and all fine apparell and from carnall copulation Maimony in treat of the Rest of the tenth day c. 1. s. 4. 5. The Scriptures confirm these as David afflicted his soule with fasting Psal. 35. 13. Daniel by it and by not anointing Dan. 10. 3. 12. Israel by putting off their ornaments Ex. 33. 4. 6. David by going barefoot 2 Sam. 15. 30. wearing sackcloth Psal. 35. 13. and not washing nor anointing 2 Sam. 12. 20. 21. Vrias by not lying with his wife 2 Sam. 11. 11. But the chiefest of these was fasting and the day is called the Fast in Act. 27. 9. and the time by the law is from evening to evening beginning the ninth day of the moneth at even Levit. 23. 32. by which words the Hebrewes gather that they were to begin to fast and to afflict themselves in the evening of the ninth day next before to the tenth and so in the end of it to tary in their affliction a little of the night after the tenth day and therefore that it was necessary to adde somewhat of the working day unto the holy day both before and after But they exempted from this fast such as were sicke and all children under nine yeeres of age Maimony in treat of the Rest of the tenth day chap. 1. sect 6. and chap. 2. sect 8. 10. Moreover under this name of afflicting themselves and fasting the Lord required the putting away of all sinne and amendment of life as to loose the bands of wickednesse to undoe the heavy burdens and to let the oppressed goe free and to breake every yoke to deale bread to the hungry to cover the naked and the like Esa. 58. 6. 7. And so it figured our mortification with Christ that as in the sacrifices killed his humiliation unto the death was fore-shadowed Phil. 2. 8. so by the humiliation of the Church our suffrings with him were signified our baptising into his death and buriall and our walking in newnesse of life our old man being crucified with him that the body of sinne might bee destroyed Rom. 6. 3. 4. 6. 1 Pet 2. 21. Vnlesse we doe this we may fast but the Lord seeth it not and afflict our soule but he taketh no knowledge neither can wee make our voice to be heard on high Esa. 58. 3. 4. any worke for this was a solemne sabbath verse 31. and by ceasing from worke figured that they which would have expiation and atonement by Christs day must cease from their owne workes to doe the worke of God beleeving in him whom hee hath sent Heb. 4. 10. Ioh. 6. 29. stranger in Greeke Proselyte by the homeborne are meant Israelites borne in that land the stranger was of the heathens joyned to the faith and Church of Israel such were bound to all Israels ordinances See Exod. 12. 19. 48. 49. Vers. 30. he shall that is God by the Priest as verse 32. shall make etonement or expiation to cleanse or purifie you Herein was figured the power and efficacie of Christs Priesthood and sacrifice that he expiateth and maketh atonement for our sinnes with God 1 Ioh. 2. 1. 2. and cleanseth us by his blood and spirit from all sinne 1 Iohn 1. 7. Romans 8. 9. 10. 11. Vers. 31. sabbathisme or rest this word the Apostle keepeth in Heb. 4. 9. and being joyned to the word sabbath it noteth an exact and carefull rest therfore God threatneth to destroy them that did any worke this day Levit. 23. 30. See also the notes on Exod. 16. 23. Vers. 32. whom he that is whom God shall anoint or which shall be anointed as the Greek translateth whom they shall anoint Such words are often used without designing any person as is noted on Genes 16. 14. By this anointed the high Priest is meant Levit. 21. 10. shall fill that is shall consecrate see Exod. 29. 9. The Greeke translateth shall perfect or consecrate his hands Herein he also figured the Sonne of God who is our high Priest perfected or consecrated for evermore Hebr. 7. 28. garments of holinesse the foure forementioned verse 4. called in Greeke a holy stole or robe which word is used in Rev. 6. 11. and 7. 9. 13. 14. where the Saints that came out of their tribulation are arayed in white stoles or robes which they have washed and made white in the blood of the Lamb Christ. The mysterie of these garments is there touched and by it we may learne why the high Priest in the worke of Expiation might have none but white garments this day Vers. 33. the Sanctuarie of holinesse that is as the Greeke translateth the holy of the holy meaning the most holy place into which hee went first with incense and blood verse 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. the Tent the Holy place or first Tabernacle which he secondly expiated verse 16. c. all the people in Greeke all the congregation Because the expiation of the whole Church dependeth thus on the high
dayes of this feast the chiefest wherof were burnt offringâ— their manner and order is described at large in Num. 29. 13. 38. the eight day which was the 22. of Tisri or September a solemne-assemblie or generall-assemblie called in Hebrew Gnâ—â—sereâ—â— or Atsereth which hath the signification of restraining or retaining because this day the people were restrained from worke and retained together in a publike assemblie The Chaldee translateth it ye shall be assembled together and so the word is in other cases used for an assemblie Ier. 9. 2. The Greeke here and often turneth it Exodion as being the day of the Outgoing or end of the feast and it is called the last and great day of the feast Ioh. 7. 37. The-last day of the Passeover is called also by 〈◊〉 name Deut. 16. 8. And the Hebrew doctors apply the name absolutely to the feast of Pentecost often in their writings whereupon Iosephus 〈◊〉 in b. 3. chap. 10. at Pentecost which the Hebrews call ASARTA and that signifieth Pentecost In 〈◊〉 5. 21. it is translated in Greeke Paneguris which word Paul useth in Heb. 12. 23. for a general assemblie Vers. 37. a sacrifice this may meane the Sin-offring which daily was to be offred with the Burnt-offrings by the law Num. 28. 15. 22. and 29. 5. 11. c. also the Peace-offrings and so the Chaldee here explaineth it which the people offred at the feasts 2 Chron. 30. 22. the thing Heb. 〈◊〉 word of a day in his day whereby is meant ev 〈…〉 thing in his due time This phrase is also used 〈◊〉 God his administration to his people for their 〈◊〉 in due time daily 1 King 8. 59. A like speech is 〈◊〉 the yeere the thing of a yeere in the yeere that is a yeerely rate 1 King 10. 25. Vers. 38. your gifts hereby may bee meant the firstborne cattell and first fruits which they gaâ—â— unto the Lords Priests Numb 18. or such 〈◊〉 burnt-offrings and peace-offrings as the 〈◊〉 would give at the feasts as Deuter. 16. 10. 17. 1 Chron. 35. 7. 8. vowes that is vowed sacrifices which also they brought at the solemne feasts Deut. 12. 6. 7. 11. 12. Vers. 39. the revenue or income that is the corne and wine and oile c. Hereupon this is called the Feast of ingathering Exod. 23. 16. a sabbatisme that is arest from your labours Vers. 40. the first day to weet of the feast which was the fifteenth day of the moneth verse 39. So there were foure dayes betweene the Feast or Atonement day and this Feast of Boothes as there had beene eight daies betweene the feast of Trompets and that Feast the fruit this may be understood of branches with the fruit upon them as in Ezek. 19. 12. where for fruit the Greek translateth branches howbeit the Hebrewes take it properly for the fruit of the tree of goodly trees Hebr. of the tree of goodlinesse or of honour which the Chaldee and Targum Ierusalemy translateth of the Pome-citron tree So the Hebrew doctors say The fruit of the goodly tree spoken of in the law is the Pome-citron Maimony in Shophar and Succah chap. 7. sect 2. This tree beareth apples at all times some falling-off some ripe some springing up continually as Plinie saith Nat. hist. lib. 12. cap. 3. Some take this fruit of goodly-trees to be the branches of Olives Oile-trees and Mirtles mentioned in Nehem. 8. 15. wherewith they made the boothes but the Hebrew doctors understand this here to bee the fruit and branches borne in mens hands at the feast as after is to bee shewed boughes in Hebr. Cappoth so named of being bowed or crooked these boughes of Palme-trees the Chaldee and the Ierusalemy Targum calleth Lulabin as growing out of the heart of the tree and the Hebrewes describe them to be the shoots or stiffe branches of the palme or date tree when they are budded before the leaves be spred abroad whiles it is yet like a râ—d or scepter and that it is called Lulab Maimony in Shophar c. chap. 7. sect 1. It is knowne by humane writers that the branches of this tree were wont to bee caried in mens right hand for signes of victorie Pausanias in Arcadicis In like signification the children of God are said to have palmes in their hands Revel 7. 9. and the palme-tree is geene and flourishing Psalme 92. 13. of a tall and upright stature whereto the Church of Christ is likened in Song 7. 7. 8. These Palme branches or Lulabin the Iewes used to beare in their hands at this feast branches of thicke trees Hebr. the branch of the thicke tree these the Chaldee paraphrast interpreteth Hadasin that is Myrtles and in Nehem. 8. 15. Myrtle branches are expressed at that feast of Boothes which the Iewes then kept but branches of thicke trees are mentioned also besides so that it seemeth to bee more generall but the Hebrewes restraine it here The branch of the thicke tree spoken of in the Law is the Myrtle branch whose leaves cover the wood therof as when there are three leaves or moe upon one place of the stalke but if there be two leaves together and 〈…〉 leafe above them it is not thicke but is called Hadas Maimony in Shophar c. c. 7. s. 2. Now to reconcile this with Neh. 8. 15. R. Sol. Iarchi in his annotations there saith Hadas the Myrtle in Neh. 8. is Hadas shoteh which is not meet for the Lulab the branch to be caried in the hand but for boothes and the thicke tree that is the Hadas or Myrtle fit for the Lulab But this they say to maintaine their traditions and pompe at this feast after mentioned The Myrtle is like the Olive tree but hath lesser leaves it is mentioned among other goodly trees which figured the prosperity of the Church in Esa. 41. 19. and opposed unto Briars Esa. 55. 13. So in Zacharies vision Zacharie 1. 8. willowes of the brooke or of the bourne that grow in vallies and by rivers sides Therefore the growth of godly men is likened to willowes by water-courses Esa. 44. 4. Of carying these branches the Hebrew Doctors sometime call this feast The feast of willowes The Boothes that they dwelt in these seven dayes might be made either of these or of the boughes of any other trees or of any thing that grew out of the ground but these foure they got specially to cary in their hands so they understood this law after this manner These foure kindes say they are one commandement and are called the commandement of the Palme-branch Lulab And they may not have fewer or moe then these And if they cannot finde any one of them they may not bring for it of another kinde like thereunto They binde the Palme-branch and Myrtle and willow branch and make of them three one bundle And when a man takes them up to goe forth with them hee blesseth God first for the taking-up of the Palme branch This bundle hee carieth in his
sounds or voices meaneth to proclaime publish or declare 〈◊〉 the Greeke here translateth it so after and in â—zr 1. 1. They caused the trompet to passe throughout all the borders of Israel saith Maim in Iobel ch 10. sect 10. the trompet or the corâ—â—t see â—ev 23 24. The trompet of the Iubilee and of the beginning of the yeer is one in every respect Maim in Iobel ch 10. sect 11. and Talmud in Rosh hasshanath chap. 3. of loud-sound or of alarme as is Englished in Numb 10. 5. See the notes on Lev. 23. 14. It is commanded to blow with the trompet in the tenth day of Tisri that is Sebtember in the yeere of Iubile and this commandement is given to the Synedrion first as it is written And thou shalt cause to sound c. and every particular person is bound to blow as it is written yee shall cause the trompet to sound c. Maimony ibidem ch 13. sect 10. This blowing with trompets figured the preaching of the Gospel Luk. 4. 18. 19. as is shewed also on Levit. 23. day of Atonements or of expiation which was the Fasting day when the whole Church every yeere afflicted their soules and the high priest made atonement for them in the most holy place Lev. 16. ch 23. 27. And though the yeere began tenne dayes before the first of the moneth yet as our spirituall bondage was not done away but by the atonemeÌ„t made through the death of Christ Heb. 2. 14. 15. so neither was the type hereof performed in Israel till the day of Atonement The Hebrewes say From the beginning of the yeere untill the day of Atonement the servants were not released unto their owne houses nor from being in servitude to their masters Neither were the fields returned to their owners but the servants did eate and drinke and rejoyce weare crownes or garlands upon their heads When the day of Atonement came the Magistrates the Synedrion blew the trompet the servants were released to their owne houses and the lands returned to their owners Maimony in Iobel ch 10. sect 14. Vers. 10. the yeere of fiftie yeeres an Hebrew Phrase meaning the yeere even the fiftieth yeere so that they misse which count every nine and fortieth yeere to be the Iubile that was the seventh seven the ordinarie Sabbath and yeere of Rest and the yeere following was the Iubile even the fiftieth so two holy yeeres came came together Thus the Hebrew canons declare it The yeere of Iubile commeth not in the count of the yeeres of the seven but the nine and fourtieth yeere is the Release and the fiftieth yeere the Iubile and the one and fifteth yeere beginneth the sixe yeeres of the Seven following and so in every Iubile Maimony in Iobel ch 10. sect 7. And againe The nine and fortieth yeere it selfe is the yeere of Release and after it is the Iubile in the fiftieth yeer R. Menachem on Lev. 25. proclaime libertie for Hebrew servants from their Masters Ier. 34. 8. 9. Such as went not out at the seventh yeere of their servitude but were bored through the eare to serve for ever went out at the Iubile for then their ever was at an end as is noted on Exod. 21. 2. 6. as after followeth in this chap. v. 39. 40. 41. Wherefore the other legal ordinances which are commanded to be kept for ever had also their end at the Iubile of the Gospel as the Apostle sheweth Heb. 9. 9. 10. 11. Colos. 2. 14. 16. 17. And the Iewes which urge the obseruation of them may be answered from their owne writers It is a knowne thing that this word legnolam For ever is sometime spoken of a time determined as Hee shall serve him for ever Exod. 21. 6. that is to say unto the ever of the Iubilee And sometime it is spoken of length of dayes without knowledge of their limit but yet they have a limit and an end as Let King David live for ever 1 King 1. 31. And sometimes it is spoken of a time which hath none end as The Lord shall reigne for ever and aye Psal. 10. 16. saith R. Menachem on Lev. 25. This yeere of liberty figured the yeere of grace by Christ who dying in the last Iubile that ever the land had did deliver them who through feare of death were all their life time subject to bondage Heb. 2. 14. 15. such as were the servants of sinne whom the Sonne making free they are free in deed Iohn 4. 34. 36. Of this time of grace Christ prophecying calleth it the yere of his redeemed Esay 63. 4. and the acceptable yeere of the LORD Esay 61. 2. And the Apostle exhorting us that we receive not the grace of God in vaine saith Behold now is the accepted time behold now is the day of salvation 2 Cor. 6. 1. 2. a Iubile in Hebrew Iobel which the Chaldee calleth Iobela the Greeke here interpreteth it a yeere of remission of signification In Ezek. 46. 17. it is called the yeere of libertie The Hebrewes some of them thinke it hath the name from the Arabike of a rammes horne whereof the Cornets sounded this yeere were made so the trompets of Iobelim in Ios. 6. 4. are in Chaldee expounded trompets of rams horne But the Hebrew word signifieth neither ram nor horn but hath the name of carying or leading-aloÌ„g Iob 10. 19. and 21. 32. Psal. 60. 11. whereupon Iuball is a streame or water course that runneth along and carieth things with it Ier. 17. 8. Esay 44. 4. And thus R. Menachem on Lev. 25. and the Zohar derive the name Iobel from Iubal Streame or water-course according to that phrase in Ier. 17. 8. It seemeth also to have the name of the long-sound of the trompet as in Exod. 19. 13. Iobel is the sound of the trompet and because this yeere was joyfull to servants and poore people of the joyfull shout which they made and sound of trompets the Latines have borrowed the word Iubile which is to make a joyfull shout And in mysterie the Iubile is so named as carying men to Christ by whose redemption all the faithfull have cause to shout and rejoyce When hee sounded the Trompet of his Gospel as God hath sent him to preach the Gospell to the poore to preach deliver a 〈…〉 to the captives and recovering of sight to the blinde to set at libertie them that are bruised to preach the acceptable yeere of the Lord. then he said This day is this scripture fulfilled in your eares and all bare him witnesse and wondred at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth Luk. 4. 18. 22. his possession his tenement meaning lands and houses which had beene sold and now must be returned to the first owners a figure of our restoring by Christ into Paradise the possession whereof Adam lost by sinne Gen. 3. Luk. 23. 43. So there were three things especiall unto this yeere the sounding of trompets the freedome of servants and the restoring of
Churches stature is made upright and tall like the P 〈…〉 e tree Song 7. 7. which grace when Israel rejected God bowed downe their backe alway Romans 11. 10. Vers. 14. not hearken to me that is as the Greeke saith not obey me and the Chaldee not receive my word So in verse 18. Here followeth many moe threatnings whereby God prophesied of their falling from him and his judgements upon them till they should be restored by grace verse 44. 45. So in Deut. 28. Vers. 15. despise or contemptuously reject as Israel did 2 King 17. 15. Ier. 6. 19. Ezek. 5. 6. and 20. 13. 24. lothe or abhorre as after in verse 43. he 〈…〉 th they would doe for which he repayed them according as the Prophet saith hath thy soule loathed Sion why hast thou smitten us and there is no healing for us Ier. 14. 19. all my Com. with this also they are charged in Ier. â—2 23. whatsoever thou commandedst them to dee they have not done breake or make frustrate as Gen. 17. 14. and this God foretelleth Moses that Israel would doe Deuâ— 31. 16. 20. and complaineth to Ieremie that they had done it Ier. 11. 10. and other Prophets charge them with the like Esa. 24. 5. Ezek. 16. 59. To bre 〈…〉 the covenant is expounded by the Apostle not continuing in it Heb. 8. 9. from Ier. 31. 32. as on the contrary to confirme it is to continue in doing 〈◊〉 things commanded Deut. 27. 26. with Gal. 3. 10. Vers. 16. appoint or constitute give charge 〈◊〉 that which should have authoritie over them shewing the power of Gods judgements Comp 〈…〉 Psal. 109. 6. suddaine-terrour speedy-plag 〈…〉 which shall consume in hast the perform 〈…〉 whereof is shewed in Psal 78. 33. hee consum 〈…〉 their dayes with suddaine-terrour So in Ierem. 15 8. Zeph. 1. 18. consumption or shaking-ague 〈…〉 Greeke scabbednesse so in Deut. 28. 22. and 〈◊〉 where the word is not used the burning-agu 〈…〉 or fever the Greeke here translateth it the 〈…〉 dise but better in Deut. 28. 22. the fever 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which hath the name orinally of burning This 〈◊〉 ease Christ cured on such as were ready to 〈◊〉 therewith Luk. 4. 38. 39. Ioh. 4. 47. 52. 〈◊〉 consume or make fayle in Chaldee that darken 〈◊〉 eyes this is referred to all the former disease 〈◊〉 the Greeke interpreteth it by a word that signifieth consuming with unnaturall heat Or thiâ— consuming of the eyes David complaineth in the person of Christ Psal. 69. 4. pine-away make languish with sorrow care paine and hunger as in Ier. 31. 25. filling is opposed to the pining soule the Greeke translateth make your soule to melt away The word is applied also to the languishing of the eyes Psal. 88. 10. but here and in Deut. 28. 65. to 〈◊〉 pining or languishing-sorrow of the soule meaning of the wholeman or life as the Chaldee 〈◊〉 translateth it the breathing-out of the soule 〈…〉 mies shall eate it The like is threatned in Deut. 28. 33. 51. and by other Prophets as Loe I will 〈◊〉 a nation on you from farre c. and they shall 〈◊〉 thine harvest and thy bread which thy sonnes and 〈◊〉 daughters should eat they shall eate up thy flockes 〈◊〉 thine herds they shall eate up thy vines and thy fig 〈…〉 Ier. 5. 17. The contrary is promised in Christ 〈◊〉 shall not plant and another eate c. they shall 〈…〉 bour in vaine Esa. 65. 22. 23. And the Lord 〈◊〉 sworne Surely I will no more give thy corne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 meat for thine enemies Esa. 62. 8. Vers. 17. set my face Heb. give my face which the Chaldee translateth mine anger so face is used for anger Levit. 20. 5. 6. Psal. 21. 10. 〈◊〉 that is as the Chaldee expoundeth broken in 〈◊〉 ye shall fall before your enemies Contrary to the blessing in vers 7. 8. and Deut. 28. 7. This judgâ—ment was executed Iudg. 2. 14. 1 Sam. 4. 2. and 〈◊〉 rule over you in Greeke persecute you This was verified Psal. 106. 41. They that hated them 〈◊〉 over them and in Nehem. 9. 28. After they had 〈◊〉 they returned to doe evill before thee therefore th 〈…〉 test them in the hand of their enemies so that they 〈◊〉 the dominion over them But when God sheweth mercy to Israel hee promiseth they shall rule 〈◊〉 their oppressours Esa. 14. 2. none pursueth This sheweth great fearefulnesse of heart through guiltinesse of conscience for sinne fearing where no feare is Psal. 53. 6. So in Pro. 28. 1. The wicked flee when no man pursueth Hereof there is a lively description in Iob 15. 20. 21. c. and the contrary in Psalme 27. 1. 2. c. Vers. 18. not hearken or not obey in Chaldee not receive my word as vers 14. Here God to shew his long-sufferance and the more to affect his people chastiseth by degrees according to the measure of their sinnes and prophesieth of their stubbornenesse who would not amend with light punishments whereof he after complaineth thus In vaine have I smitten your children they received no correction Ieremie 2. 30. seven times a certaine number for an uncertaine meaning many times seven is a complete number as is noted on Gen. 33. 3. Levit. 4. 6. Vers. 19. the excellencie or the pompe pride haughâ—inesse of your strength called elsewhere the excellencie or pomp of the strong-ones Ezek. 7. 24. This is in particular applied to their Sanctuarie and religion in Ezek. 24 21. Behold I will profane my Sanctuarie the excellencie of your strength the desire of your eyes and the pitie of your soule Though it implieth generally all other things wherein strength and excellencie doe consist see Ezek. 30. 6 18. and 33. 28. will make Hebr. will give your heavens that is as the Chaldee translateth the heavens that are over you and so Moses expoundeth it in Deut. 28. 23. as yron the Chaldee explaineth it hard as yron that they shall not give-downe raine and the earth that is under you strong as brasse that it shall yeeld no fruit So in Deut. 28. 23. save that there Moses likeneth the heavens to brasse and the earth to yron This is contrary to the blessing promised in verse 4. And the complement hereof is shewed in Ier. 14. 1. 2. c. where a dearth is mentioned for which Iudah mourned her gates languished the cry of Ierusalem ascended their Nobles sent their little ones for water but they found none they returned with the vessels empty the ground was chapt for there was no raine in the earth the Hind calved in the field and forsooke it the wilde asses snuffed up the wind their eyes fayled because there was no grasse Vers. 20. her increase the increase or fruit exâ—pected or which otherwise it should naturally yeeld so in Genes 4. 12. And this is an effect of the former restraining of raine as Hag. 1. 10. Deuter. 11. 17. The word increase is in Greeke translated spo 〈…〉 seed sowne and
is to be a Nazirite thirty daies If he say I will be a Nazirite thirty daies and an houre he is to be a Nazirite thirty one daies for there are no houres determined He that saith I will be a Nazirite two Naziriteships or 〈◊〉 he is to be a Nazirite according to the number which he hath mentioned every Naziriteship of them shall be 30 dayes And at the end of every 30 dayes hee is to shave his haire and bring his offrings and begin to count for his second Naziriteship though hee have spoken of 100 thousand Naziriteships though it be unpossible he should live so long he is to count one after another untill he dye or untill hee have accomplished the number of his Naziriteships He that saith I will be a Nazirite for ever or all dayes of my life he is a Nazirite for ever If he say I wil be a Nazirite 1000 yeeres he is a Nazirite for the time determined although it is unpossible for a man to live 1000 yeares And what differeth a Nazirite for ever from a Nazirite for a determined time A Nazirite for a determined time may not shave his haire till the end of the dayes of his separation Num. 6. 5. But a Nazirite for ever if his haire be too heavy for him may lighten it with a rasor at every twelve-months end and bring three beasts for his oblation when he shaveth himselfe as it is written of Absalom 2 Sam. 14. 26. at every yeares end he polled c. And Absalom was a Nazirite for ever as we have been taught by tradition Samson was not a full Nazirite for he vowed not to be a Nazirite but the Angell separated him from uncleannesse And what was required of him He might not drinke wine nor shave his head but he might be polluted by the dead this also wee have by tradition Therefore he that saith I will be a Nazirite like Samson he is to be a Nazirite from polling his head and from wine for ever but may be defiled by the dead Maimony in Neziruth ch 3. And Thalmud Bab. in Nazer ch 1. He that saith I will be a Nazirite one day before my death it is unlawfull for him to drinke wine or to defile himselfe or to shave his head for ever Maim ibidem chap. 4. sect 10. the locks or the haire as after is explained by another word of like signification The haire is an ornament and a covering by nature and as by washing of garments the cleansing from impuritie was shadowed Exod. 19. 10. so by keeping them white and cleane the continuance of sanctification is signified Revel 3. 4. 7. 14. 15. 19. 8. Such was the keeping of the head from the rasort for when the Nazirite v. 9. or the Leper Levit. 14. 8. 9. was cleansed from impuritie their haire was shaven off so the keeping it from shaving signified that they had kept themselves from uncleannesse Therefore when the Lord would figure out the rejection of Israel as being vnclean before him hee did it by this signe of cutting off the 〈◊〉 with a rasor Esai 7. 20. Ezek. 5 1. 10. The growing of the haire signified also the growing of the graces of Gods Spirit in them as in Samson who with the losse of his haire lost also the power of God and as his haire grew againe so his strength in God renued Iudg. 13. 25. 14. 19. 16. 17. 19 20. 22. 28. This strength came not by the growth of the haire for long haire rather weakneth the body than strengthneth it naturally but by the Lord who sanctifieth to his people outward signes whereunto himselfe onely addeth grace as he sanctified the waters of Iordan to wash away Naamans leprosie which of themselves had no such esticacie 2 King 5. 10. 14. Moreover as the womans long haire is noted as a signe of her husbands power over her and her subjection unto him 1 Cor. 11. 5. 10. so the Nazirites haire might be the like signe of their subjection to the Lord under whose power they had by this vow inspectall manner committed themselves for further sanctification in his sight Vers. 6. at a dead soule that is a dead person whereby he should be defiled the soule is often used for the whole man liuing or dead see Lev. 19. 28. 21. 1. and so Ionathan in his Thargum here explaineth it at the sonne of man that is dead Thus the soule is put for the bodie for at death the soule departeth Gen. 35. 18. and by the Hebrew Canons the dead dâ—fileth not untill his soule be departed Maimony in Tumoth meth ch 1. sect 15. Of pollution by the dead see Numb 19. 11. c. This refraining from the dead in whom the image as it were of Gods curse for sinne was to be seene for the wages of sinne is death Rom. 6. 23. figured our abstaining from sinfull and dead works and such as live in them which are dead while they are alive 1 Tim. 5. 6. that we may keepe our selves unspotted of the world I am 1. 27. Vers. 7. not make himselfe uncleane or as the Greeke translateth not be defiled for them namely in touching mourning for or burying them For this as for the former the Nazirite if hee did it presumptuously was to be beaten by the Magistrate Maim in Nazir ch 5. sect 15. c. This also taught them to moderate their affections and sorrow for their earthly parents that they might be holy unto their father which is in heauen Here the Hebrews have their traditionall exceptions saying It is lawfull for a Nazirite to leave the pollution by the dead which is commanded as if walking by the way he light upon a dead body and there is none there to bury him then is he to desile himselfe for him and to bury him If two Nazirites light upon a dead the one a Nazirite for 30 dayes the other for an hundred he that is a Nazirite for 30 dayes shall make himselfe uncleane and the other not The like they say for shaving his head that it is lawfull for him if it be a shaving commanded as if a Nazirite prove a Loper and be healed of his leprosie within the dayes of his Naziriteship he is to shave off all his haire for the shaving of him is commanded in Levit. 14. 8. And wheresoever thou findest a commandment to doe a thing and a prohibition from doing it if a man can keepe them both he doth well and if not the commandment is to be done and the prohibition is to be let passe Maimony in Neziruth chapt 7. sect 11. 12. 14. 15. and Thalmud in Nazir chap. 7. the Naziriteship or the separation Hebr. Nezer in Greeke the vow in Chaldee the crowne of his God as the word Nezer here used is else-whereâ—â— crowne Levit. 21. 12. This is the reason why hee must mortifie his affections and rather follow his vow in honouring the Lord than to follow naturall dutie in honouring his dead
Phaddasour see Numb 1. 10. Verse 72. In the eleventh day so the Greeke translateth it which in the Hebrew and Chaldee phrase is In the day of eleven dayes So in ver 78. In the day of twelve dayes which the Greeke expoundeth In the twelfth day Pagiel in Greeke Phageel the sonne of Eâ—ran Verse 84. dedication of the Altar The Chaldee called sonathans expoundeth it the dedication of the anointing of the â—ltar Here God summeth up the offrings of the Princes the number of vessels and the weight of them and the number of all their sacrifices to shew how acceptable this their service was unto him which he so largely set downe in the particulars and in the generall And as the Altar now dedicated was a type of Christ so the oblations of the Princes of the twelve tribes shewed the faith hope and love of Israel towards God in Christ of whom the Apostle giveth this testimonie Now I stand and am judged for the hope of the promise made of God unto our fathers unto which promise our twelve tribes instantly serving God day and night hope to come Acts 26. 6 7. And they are an example unto all Princes of the earth how they should honour the Lord with their persons and substance and willingly offer to the maintenance of his continuall publike service as is promised unto Ierusalem They shall bring gold and incense and they shall shew forth the praises of the Lord. All the flockes of Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee the rams of Nebaioth shall minister unto thee they shall come up with acceptance upon 〈◊〉 Altar and I will glorifie the house of my glory And the sonnes of strangers shall build up thy wals and their kings shall minister unto thee Esai 60. 6 7 10. And the Nations of them which are saved shall walke in the light of it and the kings of the earth doe bring their glory and honour unto it Rev. 21. 24. See examples of the like liberality in Neh. 7. 70 71 72. Ez 2. 68 69. 1 Chr. 29. 6 7 8. Verse 85. Every Hebr. one 2400. shekels The reason of this exactnesse of their weight severally and joyntly was for the honour of the Lords Sanctuary and vessels of the same all which were holy for which cause also at the returne of the Iewes out of Babylon the vessels of the house of God were delivered by weight and received againe at Ierusalem by weight for they were holy and therefore warily to be kepâ— and they were taken by number and by weight of every one and all the weight was written at that time Ezr. 8. 25 27 28 29 30 33 34. Verse 86. an hundred and twentie so there was iust the twentieth part of the weight of all the silver vessels in these twelve golden cups And Ionathan in his Thargum maketh these 120 shekels answerable to the 120 yeeres of Moses life Verse 87. their meat-offering the Greeke version addeth their meat-offerings and their drinke-offerings which though they were not mentioned before yet were to be understood by the sacrifices that were offered For by the Law every burnt offering was to have with it a meat-offering of flower mingled with oyle and wine for a drinke-offering the appointed measure of them is to be seene in Num. 15. 3 12. Verse 88. sixtie so all the beasts which the 12 Princes offered at this dedication were two hundred fifty and two of which two hundred and foure were Peace offerings whereof themselves with the Priests did eat and so kept a feast with joy before the Lord for his mercy towards his people See Lev. 7. 15. 29 34. Verse 89. to speaker with him that is with God of him speaking or of one speaking which the Greeke translateth of the Lord speaking And Thargum Ionathan expoundeth it of the Spirit speaking Herein Moses excelled all other Prophets in that the Lord spake so familiarly with him See the notes on Num. 12. 8. the covering mercie seat thus the promise was fulfilled I will meet with thee there and I will speake with thee from above the covering mercie seat Exod. 25. 22. And hereupon the most holy Place of the Sanctuary where the Arke and the Mercie-seat was is called Debir the Oracle or speaking place 1 Kings 6. 23. And the Covering mercie seat or Propitiatorie being a figure of Christ Rom. 3. 25. as it is noted on Exod. 25. 17. it was a Testimonie of Gods grace to his Church in Christ his Sonne by whom hee alwayes spake unto our fathers but more clearely unto us in these last dayes Heb. 1. 2. And whereas it is said in Lev. 1. 1. the Lord spake unto Moses out of the Tabernacle this place sheweth how it is to be understood as Sol. Iarchi here saith Two Scriptures contradict one another the third commeth and decideth the case betweene them One Scripture saith The Lord spake unto him out of the Tabernacle which was without the veile and another Scripture saith I will speake unto thee from above the Mercy-seat This commeth and decideth it betweene them Moses went into the Tent and there he heard tho voyce that came from above the Mercy-seat The voyce came out from heaven to between the Cherubims froÌ„ thence it came out into the Tent of the congregaâ—on From hence also some of the Hebrews gather as Chazkuni here noteth that the beginning of the booke of Leviticus was when the dedication here spoken of was finished and he spake unto him the Hebrews observe how this HEE SPAKE VNTO HIM is doubled to shew that the voyce came from heaven to the mercie-seat and from thence spake with him for all the speech with Moses was from heaven in the day time and was heard from betweene the two Cherubims according to that in Deut. 4. 36. Out of heaven he made thee to heare his voyce c. and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire R. Menachem on Num. 7. CHAP. VIII 1 How the Lampes were to be lighted and what was the workemanship of the Candlesticke 5 A commandement to cleanse the Levites with sprinkling shaving and washing of cloathes 8 To offer two bullockes for a Burnt-offering and a Sin-offering to make atonement for them 10 The Israelites were to impose hands on them 11 And Aaron to wave them 14 The Levites are separated to serve in the Tabernacle in stead of all the first-borne of Israel 20 The commandement is performed concerning the Levites and they enter upon their service 23 The age and time when they were to begin and when to leave off their service 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto Aaron and say unto him when thou makest the lampes to ascend up the seven lamps shall give light over against the face of the Candlesticke And Aaron did so he made the lampes thereof to ascend up over against the face of the Candlesticke as Iehovah commanded Moses And this worke of the Candlesticke was
off in his body from this life yet he goeth not downe to Gehenna or Hell but hath his portion in the garden of Eden or kingdome of Heaven but there is some man guilty of cutting off whose iniquities are so many that he is cut off from the lite of the garden of Eden of whom it is written that soule shall he cut off from my presence Levit. 22. 3. and I will even destroy that soule Levit. 23 30 and these wicked ones are not cut off in their body but wax old in this world as it is said There is a wicked man that prolongeth his life in his wickednesse Eccles 7. 15. from his peoples in Greeke from his people by peoples meaning the tribes of Israel called the peoples of Israel in Act. 4. 27. So Moses elsewhere explaineth it saying hee shall be cut off from Israel Exod. 12. 15. Num. 19. 13. and from the congregatiâ—n Num. 19. 20. and from the congregation of Israel Exod. 12. 19. and from among his people Lev. 17. 4. 10. and 20. 3. 6. and 23. 30. beare his sinne that is the punishment due for his sin so in Lev. 22. 9. Num. 18. 32. Verse 14. sojourne with you this the Greeke explaineth if a proselyte come unto yâ—u in your laâ—d Of strangers to be admitted to the Passeover see in the annotations on Exod. 12. 48 49. Vers. 15. was reared up or that he Moses reared up the Tabernacle which was the first day of the first moneth in the second yeere after they were come out of Egypt Exod. 40. 1. 17. the cloud a signe of Gods favour and presence possessing and protecting the Tabernacle and dwelling amongst hâ—s people in Christ see Exod. 33. 10 11. and 40. 34. and the annotations there Also Num. 14. 14. Ezâ—k 10. 3 4. even the Tent of the Testimonie or 〈◊〉 the Tent which the Greeke translateth and the house of the Testimonie meaning the most holy place in which was the Arke with the Tables of the Testimonie or Law in it over which place the cloud speciaily was to cover the same The Hebrew word which usually signifieth to or fâ—r is by the Greeke translated and as here so in Lev. 16. 21. and Exo. 17. 10. sometime it serveth but to signifie the thing covered as in Esai 11. 9. and so in this place Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it thus the Tabernacle which was made to be a Tent for the Tables of the Testimonie as the appearance or the very appearance of fire in Exod. 40. 38. it is said and fire was on it by night The same cloud was darknesse by day and fire by night as in Exod. 14. 20. 24. both signified Gods presence and defence of his Tabernacle as it is said The LORD will create upon every dwelling place of mount Sion and upon her assemblies a cloud and smoake by day and the shining of a flaming fire by night for upon all the glory shall be a defence Esai 4. 5. And in Psal. 105. 39. He spred a cloud for a covering and fire to give light in thâ— night So Christ by the Scriptures of the holy Prophets and Apostles which are a cloud of witnesses Heb. 12. 1. and by his Spirit is a shadow in the day time from the heat and for a place of refuge Esai 4. 6. as it is written Thou Lord hast beene a refuge from the storme a shadow from the heat Esai 5. 4. and the Propheticall word is a light that shineth in a darke place 2 Pet. 1. 19. See the annotations on Exod. 13. 21. Vers. 16. cloud covered it to wit by day as is expressed in Exod. 40. â—8 and to be understood here therefore the Greeke version also addeth by day and so doth the Chaldee called Ionathans The continuance of this signe notwithstanding the peoples unworthinesse is remembred by Nehemiah thus Yet thou in thy manifold mercies forsookâ—st them not in the wildernesse the pillar of the cloud departed not from them by day to lead them in the way neither the pillar of fire by night to shew them light and the way wherein they should 〈◊〉 Nâ—hem 9. 19. Vers. 17. was taken up from off the Teâ—t or from upon or over the Tent which the Greeke translateth went up from the Tent. journeyed or removed set forward encamped or pitched rested Thus God in Christ was the cause and beginning of all rest and motion and the director of his Church in the way that they should goe Therefore Moses sanctified both their journeyings and their restings by prayer unto God Num. 10. 35 36. According to this ancient signe Christ is said to come with clouds Dan. 7. 13. Rev. 1. 7. and appeareth cloathed with a cloud and his feet as pillars of fire Rev. 10. 1. for the salvation of his people and destruction of their enemies The same grace is set forth by the similitude of a sheepâ—erd leading his flocke in and out whom they follow Psâ—l 8â— 1. 2. Ioh. 10 9. Vnder whose conduct they feed in the 〈◊〉 and their pastures are in all high 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 not nor 〈◊〉 neither doth the he 〈…〉 〈◊〉 s 〈…〉 them for he that hath mercy on 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them c. Esai 40. 9 10. Rev. 7. 16. Wherefore the Church desireth to be told where he sâ—â—dâ—th his flocke and where he maketh them to rest at noone Song 1. 7. And that which the Church saith of Christ His lâ—ft hand 〈◊〉 under minâ— head and his right hand doth embracâ— me â—ong 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Chaldee paraphrast on that place applieth to this cloud and the effects thereof Verse 18. At the mouth that is as the Greeke translateth it By the commandement or as the Chaldee saith At the word of the Lord for this signe from heaven the removing and resting of the cloud was to them as the mouth or word of God For God speaketh by his signes which are therefore called the words of his signes Psal. 105. 27. And it signified that whatsoever we doe in word or deed we should doe all in the name of the Lord Iesus Coloss. 3. 17. Vers. 19. taried long or prolonged the time here the spaces of time shorter or longer betweene the journyings of the people are also shewed to be by the Lords cloud that so not onely the works but the times and seasons might appeare to be in Gods hand power Act. 1. 7. kept the charge or the watch Hebr. observed the observation of which phrase see Levit. 8. 35. The Chaldee here translateth the charge or observation of the word of the LORD They kept watch and ward night and day to see when the cloud should arise or they kept the charge in the meane while of serving the Lord whiles the Sanctuarie was erected So after in v. 23. Vers. 20. a few daies Hebr. daies of number that is daies easily numbred meaning a few see this phrase in Gen. 34. 30. Vers. 22. a yeere of daies that is a whole yeere see the notes on Lev. 25. 29.
Priests in their apparell with trumpets c. and praised the Lord whose mercy endureth for ever towards Israel Ezr. 3. 10 11. and likewise at the dedication of the wall of Ierusalem Nehem. 12. 27. 35. solemne feasts the ordinary feasts appointed of God whereof see Levit. 23. beginnings called in Greeke New Moones which were in Israel at the beginning of every moneth and were among the Solemnities Num. 28. 11. c. at which times trumpets and cornets were blowne as appeareth also by Psalm 81. 4. with the Trumpets Afterward God by David and the Prophets ordained other instruments whereon the Levites played called the instruments of musicke of the LORD 2 ChroÌ„ 7. 6. and they were Psalteries Harps Cymbals 1 Chron. 16. 5 6. Flutes or Pipes and Timbrels Psal. 149. 3. David also and the Prophets made Psalmes and Songs which some of the Levites sung whiles other played on the instruments 1 Chron. 25. and 16. 7 8. c. And the Hebrewes recording the manner of service in the Temple say There might not be fewer than twelve Levites standing upon the stage every day to sing thâ— song over the sacrifice alwaies And they sung the song with meuth without instrument There might not be fewer Psalteries than two nor moe than six not fewer Pipes than two nor moe than twelve not fewer Trumpets than two nor moe than an hundred and twenty not fewer Harpes than nine but as many moe alwaies as they would and but one Cymbal onely Maimony tom 3. in Cle hammikdash chap. 3. sect 3 4. over your Burnt-offrings a practise of this is shewed in Ezekialis time for he set the Levites in the house of the Lord with Cymbals with Psalteries and with Harps according to the commandement of David and of Gad the Kings Seer and of Nathan the Prophet for the commandement was by the hand of the Lord by the hand of his Prophets and the Levites stood with the instruments of David and the Priests with the Trumpets And Ezekiah commanded to offer the Burnt-offering upon the Altar and when the Burnt-offring began the Song of the Lord began with the Trumpets and with the instruments ordained by David King of Israel And all the Congregation worshipped and the singers sang and the trumpeters sounded all this continued untill the Burnt-offring was finished 2 Chron. 29. 25. 28. So when Solomon sacrificed at the dedication of the Temple the Levites that were singers and others with Cymbals Psalteries and Harps were arrayed in white linnen and stood at the East end of the Altar and with them 120. Priests sounding with trumpets And the trumpeters and singers were as one to make one sound to be heard in praising and thanking the Lord and they lift up their voice with the trumpets and cymbals and instruments of musicke and praised the Lord For he is good for his mercy endureth for ever 2 Chron. 5. 12 13. of your Peace-offrings The Hebrewes say they used to sing the Song over all the Burnt-offrings of the Congregation which were due to be offred and over the Peace-offrings of the solemne assembly at the time when the wine the drink-offering was powred out But the voluntary Burnt-offrings which the Congregation offred c. they sang not the song over them Maimony in Cle hammikdash ch 3. sect 3. So they understood this Law not for private mens sacrifices but for the publike Churches they did not blow save onely at the Congregations offring which was appointed them saith Chazkuni on Numb 10. This use of the trumpets signified the spirituall graces and joy that Gods people should shew forth in his service directed thereto by his Ministers Psal. 98. 6. and 150. 3. and 81. 3 4. Ezr. 3. 10. 2 Chron. 5. 12 13. Coloss. 3. 16. Ephes. 5. 18 19. Blessed are the people that know the shouting-sound or alarme of the trumpet Psal. 89. 16. Vers. 11. second yeere after Israel was come out of Egypt Num. 9. 1. second moneth which we now call Aprill the Hebrewes called it Ijar twentieth day the second Passeover being ended Num. 9. 11. when by Mount Sinai where the Law was given them they had abidden twelve moneths lacking ten daies as appeareth by comparing Exod. 19. 1 2. the cloud was taken up by the Lord which was a signe that now the people should remove Numb 9. 17. But they had withall word from the Lord who spake unto them saying Yee have dwelt long enough in this mountaine turne you and take your journey and goe to the mount of the Amorites c. Behold I have given the land before you goe in and posse 〈…〉 which Iehovah sware unto your fathers Deuâ— 1. 6 7 8. So both by word and signe God called them from Sinai the place of bondage by reason of the Law there given Gal. 4. 24 25. unto the land 〈…〉 promise which figured the state of grace and freedome by Iesus Christ see the notes on Gen. 〈◊〉 5. Verse 12. by their journeyes from Sinai to Taberah and Kibroth-hattaavah Num. 11. 3. 34. and 33. 16. from Kibroth-hattaavah to H 〈…〉 〈◊〉 from Hazeroth into the wildernesse of 〈◊〉 Num. 11. 35. and 12. 16. Pharan or 〈◊〉 the name of a wildernesse and mountaine in it mentioned againe in Deut. 1. 1. and 33. 2. In this wildernesse Ismael dwelt Gen. 21. 22. Verse 13. at the mouth that is the word as the Chaldee saith or by the voice as the Greeke translateth see Num. 9. 18. 23. the hand that 〈◊〉 the ministerie of Moses who ordered the blowing of the trumpets and sanctified the journey by prayer v. 35. Thus they had foure things at this first removall to confirme their faith in their 〈◊〉 vell through that terrible wildernesse the Wordâ— God commanding them and the lifting up of his cloud for a signe visible the word of Mosses in praâ—er and the sound of the trumpets for a signe 〈◊〉 ble And thus they were furnished with all goâ—d meanes to conduct them into their promised inheritance wherefore amongst other mercies or God to Israel the memoriall of this was after celebrateâ— that he led his people in the wildernesse for his 〈◊〉 endureth for ever Psal. 136. 16. Deut. 8. 15. 〈◊〉 63. 14. Ier. 2. 6. Verse 14. according to or with their armies that is with the armie of Issachar and armie or Zabulon both which were under the standard 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 dah Num. 2. 2 3. 9. So the Lion of Iudah as standard-bearer and figure of Christ goeth before them all to fight in the forefront of the 〈◊〉 against the Canaanites see Gen. 49. 8. Iudg. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Verse 17. was taken downe after that the Priest had with veiles and clothes covered the Ark 〈…〉 other holy things in the Tabernacle as is prescribed in Numb 4. 5. c. The taking downe of the Tabernacle and removall thereof and setting it up in another place signified among other th 〈…〉 the instabilitie of that legall figurative worship which Christ at his comming
was when they were complainers evill in the eares of Iehovah and Iehovah heard and his anger was kindled and a fire of Iehovah burnt among them and consumed them in the utmost part of the campe And the people cryed out unto Moses and Moses prayed unto Iehovah and the fire sunke downe And he called the name of that place Taberah because the fire of Iehovah burnt among them And the mixt multitude that was among them lusted with lust and the sonnes of Israel also returned and wept and said Who shall give us flesh to eat We remember the fish which we did eat in Egypt for nought the cucumbers and the melons and the leekes and the onions and the garlicke But now our soule is dryed away there is nothing at all onely out eyes are unto the Manna And the Manna was as Coriander seed the colour of it as the colour of Bdelium The people went about and gathered it and ground it in milles or beat it in a morter and baked it in pannes and made cakes of it and the taste of it was as the taste of the best moisture of oyle And when the dew fell downe upon the campe in the night the Manna fell downe upon it And Moses heard the people weeping throughout their families every man in the doore of his tent and the anger of Iehovah was kindled greatly and in the eyes of Moses it was evill And Moses said unto Iehovah Wherefore hast thou done evill to thy servant and wherefore have I not found grace in thine eyes that thou layest the burden of all these people upon me Have I conceived all this people have I begotten them that thou shouldest say unto me Beare them in thy bosome as a nursing father beareth the sucking child unto the land which thou swarest unto their fathers Whence should I have flesh to give unto all this people for they weepe vnto me saying Give us flesh that wee may eate I am not able my selfe alone to beare all this people for it is too heavie for me And if thou doe thus unto me kill me I pray thee kill me if I have found grace in thine eyes and let mee not see mine evill And Iehovah said unto Moses Gather unto me seventie men of the Elders of Israel whom thou knowest that they are the Elders of the people and the officers of them and take them unto the Tent of the Congregation that they may stand there with thee And I will come downe and will speake with thee there and I will take of the spirit which is upon thee and will put it upon them and they shall beare with thee the burden of the people and thou shalt not beare it thy selfe alone And say thou unto the people sanctifie your selves against to morrow and ye shall eat flesh for you have wept in the eares of Iehovah saying Who shall give us flesh to eat for it was well with us in Egypt therefore Iehovah will give you flesh and ye shall eat Ye shall not eat one day nor two dayes nor five dayes nor ten dayes nor twentie dayes Vntill a moneth of dayes untill it come out at your nostrils and it bee unto you loathsome because that you have despised Iehovah who is among you and have wept before him saying Wherefore now came we forth out of Egypt And Moses said The people amongst whom I am are six hundred thousand footmen and thou hast said I will give them flesh and they shall eat it a moneth of dayes Shall the flocks and the herds be slaine for them to suffice them or shall all the fishes of the Sea be gathered together for them to suffice them And Iehovah said unto Moses Is Iehovahs hand waxed short thou shalt see now whether my word shall come to passe unto thee or not And Moses went out and spake unto the people the words of Iehovah and he gathered the seventie men of the Elders of the people and made them stand round about the Tent. And Iehovah came downe in a cloud and spake unto him and tooke of the Spirit that was upon him and gave it unto the seventie men the Elders and it was when the Spirit rested upon them they prophesied did not adde And there remained two of the men in the campe the name of the one was Eldad and the name of the second Medad and the Spirit rested upon them and they were of them that were written but went not out unto the Tent and they prophesied in the campe And there ran a young man and told Moses and said Eldad and Medad doe prophesie in the campe And Ioshua the sonne of Nun the minister of Moses one of his choise young men answered and said My lord Moses forbid thou them And Moses said unto him Enviest thou for me but O who shall give that all the people of Iehovah were prophets that Iehovah would give his spirit upon them And Moses gathered him-selfe into the campe he and the Elders of Israel And there went forth a winde from Iehovah and brought Quailes from the sea and let them fall by the campe as it were a dayes journey on this side and as it were a dayes journey on that side round about the campe and as it were two cubits above the face of the earth And the people stood up all that day and all the night and all the next day and they gathered the Quailes he â—hat gathered least gathered ten homers and spreading they spred them for themselves round about the campe The flesh was yet betweene their teeth it was not yet cut off when the anger of Iehovah was kindled against the people and Iehovah smote the people with a very great plague And hee called the name of that place Kibroth hattaavah because there they buried the people that lusted From Kibroth hattaavah the people journeyed unto Hazeroth and they were in Hazeroth Annotations ANd the people Hitherto in this booke Gods grace to his people hath beene manifested in the ordering directing and governing of them in the Wildernesse towards their promised inheritance now followeth their unthankfulnesse and unworthy carriage among so great blessings by their many murmurings and rebellions whereby both the disobedient nature of man and the impossibilitie of the Law to bring men unto God is declared when they were complainers or as complainers that is even complainers very murmurers grudging and shewing themselves discontented with their estaâ—e and as is likely for their so long travell in that Wildernesse three dayes journey before they came to a resting place 〈…〉 10. 33. and thus Sol. larchi here expou 〈…〉 So whereas they should have rejoyced in the 〈◊〉 now among them they shewed themselves 〈◊〉 mourners sorrowfull and as the Greeke 〈…〉 teth murmuring Of such murmurers and complainers the Apostle also speaketh Iude verse 〈◊〉 evill this seemeth to have reference to the first the people was evill that is wicked and so 〈◊〉 pleasing the Lord the Greeke referreth
of life Iohn 6. 48 51. Heb. 2. 9 10. 1 â—et 3. 18. But though the Manna was thus hard as wheat to be ground yet it used to melt as it lay on the earth with the heat of the Sunne that they gathered it onely in the morning Exod. 16. 21. baked or boyled coqued the word is sometime used for baking as in 2 Sam. 13. 8. though usually it signifieth to 〈◊〉 the best moisture oyle fresh oyle w ch hath no ranke favour The Hebrew Leshad is the best oâ—ly moisture in mans body Psal. 32. 4. so here it is the best sweet moisture of oyle which is the uppermost part It had also the taste of wafers with honey Ex. 16. 31. And here the Greeke translateth it wafers of oyle and the Chaldee paste or cakes with oyle So it was both pleasnt and wholsome food and the taste of oyle and honey figured the sweetnesse of grace which we by faith perceive in Christ the true Manna Psal. 119. 103. Song 5. 16. 〈◊〉 Pet. 2. 3. Verse 9. â—ell downe upon it and upon the Manna fell dew againe which when it was drawne up by the Sunne then the Manna appeared Exod. 16. 13 14. so the Manna lay as it were hidden between two dewes But after was manifested and given them of God freely every day a wheat which they sowed not nor laboured for but had for the taking up a meat which they knew not neither had their fathers knowne it whereby they were taught that man liveth not by bread onely but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord Deut. 8. 3. Verse 10. throughout or by their families so the sinne was generally spred among the people in the doore that is openly and sinned not in secret onely but as it were proclaimed their iniquitie and stirred up themselves and one another to follow their lusts Verse 11. done evill to thy servant that is afflicted me for evill when it commeth from God meaneth trouble and affliction wherewith he chastiseth his servants and exerciseth their faith and patience as Ier. 18. 8. Esai 45. 7. Amos 3. 6. that thou layest Heb. for to lay or to put so it hath reference to the former part of the speech See the notes on Gen. 6. 19. the burden the weighty care and charge so in Deut. 1. 12. The Greeke here translateth it anger but after in vers 17 violence or assault This sheweth the great charge that lieth upon governours so Paul mentioneth the caere of all the Churches which came upon him daily 2 Cor. 11. 28. Verse 12. Have I conceived so also the Greeke translateth it but the Chaldee saith Am I the father of all this people are they my sonnes begotten them Hebr. begotten it or brought forth it speaking of the people as of one man begotten as by a father or brought forth as by a mother So the Apostle applieth both similies to himselfe saying to the Corinthians Ye have not many fathers for in Christ Iesus I have begotten you through the Gospell 1 Cor. 4. 15. and to the Galathians My children of whom I travell in birth againe untill Christ be formed in you Gal. 4. 19. In this complaint of Moses the weaknesse of the Law is signified w ch begetteth no children to God Rom. 7. 4. 5 c. and 8. 3. but by the word of Truth the Gospell and by beleefe in Christ we are borne of God I am 1. 18. 1 Pet. 1. 23 25. 1 Ioh. 5. 1. in thy bosome that is lovingly tenderly carefully which Moses the Lawgiver could not doe as is done by Christ of whom it is said He shall feed his flocke like a shepheard he shall gather his lambes with his arme and be are them in his bosome he shall gently lead those that are with young Esai 40. 11. a nursing father This sheweth the love mildnesse gentlenesse w ch should be in governours and so it is said unto the Church Kings shall be thy nursing fathers c. Esai 49. 23. And the Apostle saith Wee were gentle among you even as a nurse cherisheth her children we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you as a father doth his children 1 Thes. 2. 7. 11. Accordingly the Hebrewes have this rule for all governours of the Church It is unlawfull for a man to governe with statelinesse over the congregation and with haughtinesse of spirit but with meeknesse and feare And every pastour that bringeth more terrour upon the congregation than is for the name of God he shall be punished and shall not see himselfe to have a learned wise son as it is said in Iob 37. 24. Men do therfore feare him he respecteth not any that are wise of heart And so it is not lawfull for him to governe them with contemptuous carriage although they be the common people of the land neither may he tread upon the heads of the holy people although they be unlearned base they are the sons of Abraham Isaacke and Iacob and the armies of the Lord that brought them out of the land of Egypt by great might and by strong hand but he must be are the toyle of the Congregation and their burden as Moses our Master of whom it is said AS A NVRSING FATHER BE ARETH THE SVCKING CHILD c. Maimony in Misn. tom 4. in Sanhedrin ch 25. sect 1 2. That w ch Moses speaketh of a Nursing father the Chaldee that goeth in the name of Ionathan and Targum Ierusalemy calleth Pedagoga which word Paul useth when he saith the Law was our Pâ—dagogue or Schoolemaster unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. whose graces were figured by that land whither Moses now was to lead them as is shewed in the annotations on Gen. 12. 5. Verse 13. flesh to give By these complaints Moses sheweth his insufficiencie to governe this people and to supply their wants neither indeed could he bring them into the promised land but died ere they came thither Deut. 34. whereby the impossibility of the Law was signified that it could not bring men unto God or satisfie or restraine the lusts that reigne in our members though the Law it selfe is holy Rom. 7. 5 12. But what the Law could not doe in that it was weake through the flesh God hath done sending his owne Sonne Rom. 8. 3. who giveth us not flesh to satisfie our carnall lusts but his owne flesh to be the food of our soules which he hath given for the life of the world and which who so eateth hath eternall life Ioh. 6. 51. 54. Verse 15. if thou doe thus to leave the whole burden upon me still Here the word thou spoken to God is of the foeminine gender contrary to common rule of speech At for Attah which some thinke doth intimate Moses trouble of mind as if he could not perfectly utter his wordâ— and the like is in Deut. 5. 27. where the people terrified with the Majestie of God when he gave his Law said unto Moses Speake thou At unto
Sol Iarchi expoundeth it Prepare yourselvâ—s for vengeance and so he saith in ser. 12. 3. Sanctifie that is prepare them for the day of slaughter The 20 verse sheweth that this may be implied wept in the eares in ver 20. wept before the Lord and so the Chaldee turneth it here Iâ— meaneth that the Lord had seene and heard their complaint for weeping is often joyned with lifting up the voyce or crying out as Ger. 27. 39. Iudg. 2. 4. and 21. 2. 1 Sam. 11. 4. and 24. 16. and 30. 4. Verse 20. Vntill a moneth of dayes to wit yee shall eat as the Greeke expresseth Meaning a whole moneth as a yeare of dayes is an whole yeare 2 Sam. 14 28. So in Gen. 29. 14. loathsome Hebr. to loathsomnesse or alienation which the Greek translateth to choler the Chaldee to offence that is offensive have despised or contemptuously refased set at nought which the Greeke translateth disobeyed the Lord the Chaldee rejected the Word of the LORD who is the Chaldee saith whose Majestie or Divine presence remaineth among you Verse 22. to suffice them so the Greeke and Chaldee expound the Hebrew Maâ—sa which usually signifieth to finde but here is used for obtaining that which is sufficient so in Ios. 17. 16. Iudg. 21. 14. Here Mose sheweth that the thing promised was unpossible in mans judgement both in respect of the multitude of men and length of time and therefore he mentioneth beasts and fishes which also are flesh 1 Cor 15. 39 but speaketh not of fowles as thinking least of all that they should be filled with them yet God sufficed them with such verse 31. So Philip said unto Christ Two hundred 〈…〉 worth of bread is not sufficient for this multitude that every one may have a little Ioh. 6. 7 9. Verse 23. hand waxed short that is power abated the Greeke expoundeth it Shall not the Lords hand be sufficient the Chaldee thus Shall the word of the Lord be hindered Hand is often used for power as being the instrument wherewith power is shewed Deut. 32. 36. Ios. 4. 24. and 8. 20. shortnesse signifieth lessening and is applied sometime to the Lords Spirit as in Mic. 2. 7. is the spirit of Iehovah shortned Sometime to his hand as here and in Esai 59. 1. Behold Iehovahs hand is not shortned that it cannot save and in Esai 50. 2. Is my hand shortned at all that it cannot redeeme or have I no power to deliver where the latter sentence explaineth the former Verse 25. they prophesied this was a gift and effect of Gods Spirit upon them and is elsewhere so explained as upon the handmaids in those dayes I will powre out my spirit Ioel 2. 29. that is I will power out of my spirit and they shall prophesie Act. 2. 18. So in Act. 19. 2. 6. And when Saul was anointed to be King the Spirit of God came upon him and hee prophesied 1 Sam. 10. 6 10. Prophesying was not onely a foretelling of things to come but sometime a declaring of the word of God unto the people see Exod. 7. 1. Gen. 20. 7. And thus Paul saith He that prophesieth speaketh unto men to edification and exhortation and comfort 1 Cor. 14. 3. Sometime it was a singing of praises unto God as they that prophesied with Harps with Psalteries and with Cymbals to confesse and to praise the LORD 1 Chron. 25. 1 3. did not adde that is prophesied no more but that day as God spake the ten commandements and added not that is spake no moe or after such a manner to the people Deut. 52. 2. Thus the Greeke here translateth and they added no more and Sol. Iarchi saith they did not adde i. they prophesied not save that day onely so it is expounded is Siphre Howbeit the Chaldee translateth it ceased not in a contrary signification which sometime is in the Hebrew words But seeing the Chaldee so expoundeth that also in Deut. 5. 22. that the Lord ceased not which seemeth to meane a continuance till all those ten words were finished we may likewise understand him here to meane a continuance for that day as Saul in Naioth prophesied all that day and all that night 1 Sam. 19. 24. and not a continuance alwayes for this seemeth to be a temporary gift and miracle for confirmation of their Office as in 1 Sam. 10. 6 11. Verse 26. Medad in Greeke Modad the spirit in Chaldee the spirit of prophesie that were written by Moses in a booke or in papers as the Hebrews thinke and so were appointed among the rest to come to the Tabernacle verse 16. 24. but went not out for what cause the Scripture sheweth not but by comparing this their fact with others it is probable that as Saul when hee should have beene made King withdrew and hid himselfe among the stuffe 1 Sam. 10. 22. so these two unwilling to take the charge upon them withdrew their shoulders and came not to the Tabernacle yet the Lord by his Spirit found them out for whither shall men goe from his Spirit or whither shall they flee from his presence Psal. 139. 7. The Hebrewes have here their uncertaine conjectures Sol. Iarchi saith They were all written expresly by their names and should have beene taken by Lots For the count was made for the twelve tribes out of every tribe six except two tribes of which were but five Moses tooke seventy two papers or 〈◊〉 and on seventy of them he wrote AN ELDER and on two A PART and he chose six out of every tribe so there were seventy and two Then he saâ—â— unto them take up your papers out of the basket Who so tooke up with his hand a paper on which was written AN ELDER he was sanctified to that office but he in whose hand came up A PART unto him he said The Lord will not have thee Verse 28. of his choise young men in Greeke his chosen one the Chaldee saith of his young men The originall word signifieth also youth whereupon some translate it the minister of Moses froÌ„ his youth but this seemeth not fit for Moses shepheards life in Midian from which he came but a little before this argueth the contrary forbid thou them This he spake of envious zeale for his master Moses sake as the verse following sheweth that he would not have the use of the gift of prophesie common or because they obeyed not Moses to come out as he commanded So the disciples forbade one that cast our devils in Christs name because he followed not with them Luk 9. 49 50. Marke 9. 38. Targum Ionathan explaineth it M. Lord Moses request mercy from before the Lord and forbid them the spirit of Prophesie Verse 29. Enviest thou or Hast thou enâ—isus zeale or jealousie for my sake which is a prohibition Have it not as Thinke ye that I am come to give peace on earth Luke 12. 51. that is Thinke it not Mat. 10. 34. but O who shall give or and O
returned from searching the land at the end of fortie dayes And they went and came to Moses and to Aaron and to all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel unto the Wildernesse of Pharan to Kadesh and brought backe word unto them and unto all the congregation and shewed them the fruit of the land And they told him and said We came unto the land whither thou sentest us and surely it floweth with milke and honey and this is the fruit of it Neverthelesse the people is strong that dwelleth in the land and the cities sensed very great and moreover we saw the children of Anak there Amalek dwelleth in the land of the South and the Chethite and the Iebusite and the Amorite dwelleth in the mountaine and the Canaanite dwelleth by the sea and by the coast of Iordan And Caleb stilled the people before Moses and said Going up let us goe up and possesse it for we are well able to overcome it But the men that went up with him said We be not able to goe up against the people for they are stronger than wee And they brought up an evill report of the land which they had searched unto the sonnes of Israel saying The land thorow which we have gone to search it is a land that eateth up the Inhabitants thereof and all the people that we saw within it are men of statures And there we saw the Giants the sonnes of Anak which come of the Giants and we were in our owne eyes as grashoppers and so we were in their eyes Annotations Here beginneth the 37 section of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Law see Gen. 6. 9. IEhovah spake By Moses relation after it appeareth that when God had led his people from mount Horeb to Cadesh Barnea thorow the great and fearfull Wildernesse and they were come to the mountaine of the Amorites then Moses said See the LORD thy God hath given the land before thee Goe up possesse it And all the people came neere unto Moses and said We will send men before us and they shall search out the land for us and bring us word againe by what way we shall go up c. That word liked Moses well and he tooke of them twelve men and sent them to spie out the land Deut. 1. 19 24. So where here it is said Iehovah spake c. it is not meant that this motion came first from the Lord but the people first spake of it to Moses he consulted with the Lord about it and the Lord approved or at least permitted the thing which they desired Verse 2. Send thou or Send for thee which Sol. Iarchi expoundeth to this sense I commâ—â—â— thee not if thou pleasest send for as much as Israel came and said wee will send men c. Deut. 1. 22. that they may search or and let them search or espie by searching round about and the word implieth the action of the heart and minde not of the eyes onely Eccles. 1. 13. and 7. 25. Thus God let them goe search or espie the land which hee him-selfe before had espied for them Ezek. 20. 6. and went before them in the way to search them out a place to pitch their tents in in fire by night and in a cloud by day Deut. 1. 33. of Canaan that is as the Greeke translateth of the Chanaanites named as the chiefe for it was the land of seven mightie nations Deut. 7. 1. I give or am giving so he speaketh as of a thing present for more assurance one man one man an Hebrew phrase meaning of every tribe one man excepting the tribe of Levi for of them none was sent because they were to have no inheritance in the land Deut. 18. 1. a ruler or a prince not of the baser sort because the businesse was weighty whereupon their rebellion following was of the more note Verse 3. at the mouth or according to the mouth that is the word of the LORD as the Chaldee translateth and the Greeke by the voice of the Lord and this Sol. Iarchi expoundeth by his permission So in the commentarie called Phesikta f. 47. it is said The election of the Spies was according to the mouth of the LORD not that God commanded them to send them If thou sayest why did he not forbid them to send To accomplish their desire and to render them their recompense and to give unto Ioshua and Caleb a goodreward heads that is as the Greeke saith Chiefe-rulers and Chazkuni expoundeth them Captaines over thousands as in Exod. 18. 25. Verse 4. Shammua in Greeke Samiel sonne of Zacchour Verse 5. Shaphat in Greeke Saphat sonne of Souri Verse 6. Caleb in Greeke Chaleb son of Iephonne See 1 Chron. 4. 15. His name signifieth Hartie and he brought Moses word againe as it was in his heart Ios. 14. 7. Verse 7. Iigal in Greeke Igad Verse 8. Hoshea in Greeke Auses son of Naue Verse 9. Palti or as in Greeke Phalti Verse 10. Gaddiel in Greeke Goudiel sonne of Soudi Verse 11. of Ioseph He was father of Ephraim in vers 8. as well as of Manasseh here and sometime Ioseph is named for Ephraim Ezek. 37. 16. 19. Revel 7. 8. Here he is named as father of Manasseh who was his first-borne Ios. 17. 1. although the Hebrewes give another reason namely because both of them uttered an ill report Ioseph of his brethren Gen. 37. 2. and the Prince of Manasseh of the land which Hoshea of Ephraim did not Chazkuni on Num. 13. Verse 13. Sethur in Greeke Sadour Verse 14. Nahbi or Nachbi in Greeke Naabi sonne of Sabi Verse 15. Geuel in Greeke Goudiel Verse 16. These are the names Chazkuni here obserueth He sent no spie of the tribe of Levi because he had no portion in the land Nun called also Non 1 Chron. 7. 27. in Greeke Naue Ioshua or Iehoshua called sometime Ieshua Neh. 8. 17. in Greeke Iesus and so the New testament writeth him Act. 7. 45. Heb. 4. 8. that signifieth 〈◊〉 Saviour Mat. 1. 21. And this name Moses gave him by the spirit of God either as foreseeing that be should be his successor and save the people from their enemies the Canaanites or as Sol. Iarchi here noteth praying for him that the Lord would save him from the counsell of the wicked spies But Chazkuni readeth it Moses had called Hoshea the sonne of Nun Ioshua not that he now first called him Ioshua but before when he was made his 〈…〉 ister and found grace in his eyes Wee finde him called Ioshua before they came to mount Si 〈…〉 i Exod 17. 9. and after this when Moses is ready to die hee is called Hoshea in Deut. 32. 44. where Chazkuni saith thus At the first when hee was taken to bee Moses minister Moses called him Ioshua for so is the manner of Kings to change the name of their ministers Gen. 41. 45. Dan. 1. 7. But now when hee is made King himselfe his first name is restored neverthelesse
such a garment as was bound to have the Fringe that he might keepe this commandement and in the time of prayer he is to be warned hereof more especially It is a great shame for wise men that they should pray and not be arraied herewith A man must for ever be warned of this commandement of the Fringe for the Scripture maketh it of great weight and all the commandements every one depend upon it Maim in Zizith ch 3. sect 11 12. But they abused this as other divine ordinaÌ„ces to superstitioÌ„ hypocrisie were reproved by our Saviour for making their Phylacteries broad inlarging the borders or Fringes of their garments Mat. 23. 5. And this their vanitie neglecting the spirituall end appeareth in their writings for unto the thrums or threeds of the garment w ch were three inches they fastned threeds doubled in the midst whose length they say might not be lesse than foure inches but more than so they might be though a cubit or two cu 〈…〉 Maim in Zizith ch 1. s. 6. And for the vertue hereof they say Who so diligently keepeth this Law of Fringes is made worthy and shall see the face of the Majestic of God Baal hatturini on Num. 15. and when a man is cloathed with the Fringe and g 〈…〉 out therewith to the doore of his habitation hee is safe and God rejoyceth and the destroying Angell departeth from thence and the man shall be delivered from all hurt and from all destruction c. R. Menachem on Num. 15. Thus easie it is for men to abuse holy things and to pervert the right use and end of them by their owne inventions See the annotations on Exod. 13. 9. And although they 〈◊〉 so great religion in these Fringes yet as they have lost the spirit and life of this commandement so God hath deprived them of the outward riâ—e that they have not at this day by their owne confession the blew or heaven-coloured ribband The blew Teceleth is not found in our hands at this day because we know not to make the die or colouâ— of it for every blew in wooll is not called Teceleth But the Teceleth or Blew spoken of in the Law it is knowne that it is unpossible to make it at this day and therefore we make the white oâ—ely saith Rambam or Maimony in his exposition on Talmud Bab. in Menachoth ch 4. and that ye seeke not or and ye shall not seeke or search as Num. 14. 36. which word Solomon applieth to his heart searching out things by wisdome Eccles. 1. 13. and 7. 25. The Greeke here translateth it turne aside the Chaldee erre or goe astray your heart in Chaldee the imagination of your heart Here God calleth men from their owne wisdome and inventions to his Law onely for every imagination of the thoughts of mans heart is onely evill every day Gen. 6. 5. And he that trusteth in his owne heart is a foole Prov. 28. 26. your eyes in Chaldee the sight of your eyes So the holy Ghost saith Walke in the wayes of thine heart and in the sight of thine eyes but know thou that for all these things God will bring thee into judgement Eccles. 11. 9. And the Apostle mentioneth the lust of the eyes as that which is not of the Father but of the world 1 Iohn 2. 16. The Hebrewes say The heart and the eyes are the spies of the body and brokers to bring it into transgression the eye feeth and the heart lusteth and the bodie acteth the transgression Sol. Iarchi on Num. 15. The Lord condemning the heart which is the most noble of all the inward parts and the eyes which are the most excellent of all the outward teacheth that the whole man is corrupted thorowout and to be reformed by the Law and Spirit of God For except a man be borne of water and of the Spirit he cannot enter into the kingdome of God Iohn 3. 5. you goe a whoring in Chaldee you orre or goe astray To goe a whoring after other gods is an usuall phrase for idolatrie Exod. 34. 15. Deut. 31. 16. 1 Chrâ— 5. 25. Iudg. 2. 17. the same is implied here as God saith I am broken with their whorish heart which hath departed from me and with their eyes which goe a whoring after their idols Ezek. 6. 9. but it meaneth also all other sinnes which mens uncleane hearts and impure eyes carry them unto with consent and delight see Lev. 20. 5 6. Psal. 106. 39. Iam. 4. 4. The Hebrewes say If any man be drawne after the thoughts of his heart he will be found a waster of the world because of the slendernesse or shortnesse of his understanding As sometimes he will search after idolatrie and sometimes will thinke peculiarly of the Creator whether there be any or none What is above and what beneath what was before and what shall be after And sometimes of prophesie whether it be truth or no and sometimes of the Law whether it be from heaven or no. And hee knoweth â—â—t what to judge of them till he know the truth concerning his Creator but will be found a revolter unto heresies Concerning this thing is that warning in the Law where it is said And ye shall not seeke after your heart and after your eyes after which ye goe a whoring Num. 15. 39. as if he should say there shall not any one of you be drawne after his owne slender understanding or knowledge as to imagine that his cogitation can attaine to the truth so have our wise men said AFTER YOVR HEART this meaneth heresies and AFTER YOVR EYES this is whoredome And this is an occasion for a man to deprive himselfe of the world or life that is to come Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 2. sect 3. CHAP. XVI 1 Korah Dathan Abiram and On with 250 Princes rise up against Moses and Aaron about the Priesthood and government of the Church 5 Moses referreth the triall of the cause unto God and reproveth Korahs ambition 12 He sendeth for Dathan and Abiram who reproach him and will not come up 15 He prayeth against them 16 and gathereth Korah and his company with their censers before the Tabernacle 20 The Lord threatneth to consume the rebels and commandeth the people to separate from them 31 The earth swalloweth up Dathan Abiram and all Korahs men and a fire from the Lord devoureth the 250 that burned incense 36 The censers are reserved to cover the altar for a signe unto Israel 41 All the congregation murmure against Moses and Aaron as they that bad killed the Lords people 44 The Lord killeth 14700 of them with a plague 46 Aaron by incense stayeth the plague 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Korah the sonne of Izhar the son of Kohath the sonne of Levi he tooke men and Dathan and Abiram the sonnes of Eliab and On the sonne of Peleth sonnes of Reuben And they rose up before Moses and men of the sonnes of Israel two hundred and fiftie
a garment it was to be washed Levit. 6. 27. so here he that gathered up ashes was to wash his cloathes for it could not be but some of the ashes would light upon them See the notes on vers 7. the stranger that sojourneth in Greeke the proselytes that are adioyned Vers. 11. of any soule of man that is of any dead man or any corpse of man the soule is here used for the dead bodie as is noted on Levit. 19. 26. and Numb 6. 6. and this is an explanation of the former dead that it is meant of man onely for hee that touched a dead beast was not uncleane seven daies but one day only Lev. 11. 24 27 39. neither was he to be sprinkled with these ashes Sol. Iarchi here saith it is spoken to except the soule of a beast for the uncleannesse thereby needeth no sprinkling uncleane seven dayes during which time of his uncleannesse he might not come into the Sanctuary nor touch any holy thing Levit. 7. 19 21. nor be in the Lords Campe Numb 6. 2. unto which the citie Ierusalem was answerable in the ages following called therefore the Holy Citie Nehem. 11. 1 18. Matth. 4. 5. And hereby was figured such as were dead in trespasses and sinnes Ephes. 2. 1. and such as have their consciences defiled by dead workes Heb. 9. 13 14. which may not enter during their uncleannesse into the city of God Râ—vel 2â— 27. Of this legall pollution the Hebrewes have these sayings A dead person defileth by touching by bearing and by the Tent with seven daies uncleannesse The uncleannesse by touching and by the Tent are expressed in the Law Num. 19. 11 14. Vncleannesse by bearing is by tradition gathered by consequence For if a dead beast which maketh one uncleane but till evening and defileth not by the Teâ—t doth defile by bearing as is written in Levit. 11. 25. how much more doth a dead man And as a dead beast which by touching defileth till evening defileth 〈…〉 evening by bearing so a dead man which by touching deâ—ileth seven daies defileth also seveÌ„ daies by bearing Vncleannesse by touching spoken of in every place whether of a dead man or other uncleane things is when a man with his flesh toucheth the uncleane thing it 〈◊〉 whether it be with his hand or with his foot or with any other part of his flesh c. Vncleannesse by bearing spoken of in any place either of a dead man or of other uncleane things is when a man beareth the uncleane thing although hee touch it not although a store be betwixt him and it Forasmuch as he beareth it he is uncleane whether he beare it on his head â—r 〈◊〉 his hand or with any other part of his body 〈◊〉 though the uncleane thing hang by a threed or by 〈◊〉 haire if he hand the threed on his hand and lâ—â—t up 〈◊〉 uncleane thing by it loe he beareth it and is uncleaâ—â— Nothing is defiled by bearing save man onely 〈◊〉 vessels As if a man hold in his hand ten vessels one above another a dead carkasse or any the like thing be in the uppermost vessell the man is unclean by bearing the carkasse and the vessels upon his hand are all cleane save the uppermost vessell which the uncleane thing toucheth and so in all like cases c. There is no kind of living thing which is defiled whiles it is alive or that doth defile whiles it is alive save man only and he that is of Israel c. A dead man defileth not till his soule be departed from him as it is written The soule of a man that is dead Num. 19. 13. A dead untimely birth c. defileth by touching by bearing and by tent as a great man which is dead as it is written He that toucheth the dead of any soule of maÌ„ NuÌ„ 19. 11. Likewise so much as an olive of a dead mans flesh either moist or dry as a potsherd defileth as doth a whole dead man A lim cut off from a living man is as an whole dead man defileth by touching by bearing and by tent though it be but a little lim of a child of a day old c. A lim separated from a dead man defileth also by touching by bearing by tent as doth the dead man c. Maim tom 3. in Tumath meth ch 1. 2. These other the like legall pollutions teach Gods people how carefull they should be that they defile not themselves with sin or communion with dead and sinfull works as the Apostle saith Touch not the uncleane thing 2 Cor. 6. 17. Be not partaker of other mens sins keepe thy selfe pure 1 Tim. 5. 22. Vers. 12. He shall purifie himselfe by sprinkling the foresaid water as the Chaldee expoundeth it He shall sprinkle the Greek He shall be purified The originall word signifieth to purifie from sin which sheweth that this outward uncleannes figured the pollution of the soule by sin and the purification here commanded signified repentance from dead works and faith towards God w ch purifieth the heart Heb. 6. 1. Act. 15. 9. with it with the water fore-spoken of v. 9. and the ashes as Targum lonathan here expresseth the manner whereof followeth he shall be cleane that is as the Greeke translateth and he shall be cleane and in the seventh Chazkuni here observeth Lest any should thinke if he forget and be not sprinkled in the third day he may be sprinkled twise on the seventh day and it will serve the turne as if he were sprinkled on the third day and on the seventh therefore the Scripture saith If hee purifie not himselfe in the third day and in the seventh c. for it is necessary that there be three dayes betweene sprinkling and sprinkling Vers. 13. the soule that is the corps as before is shewed that is dead in Greeke if he be dead From these words the Hebrewes gather that the diad defileth not till his soule be departed Maim in Tumath meth c. 1. s. 15. For death is the departing of the soule from the body Gen. 35. 18. Psa. 146. 4. he defileth the Tabernacle if hee come in that estate into the court of the Tabernacle yea though he have washed himselfe yet if he have not bin sprinkled the third day and the seventh day he defileth it as Iâ—â—chi here noteth and Moses after sheweth that soule shall be cut off in Chaldee that man shall be destroyed This is meanâ— if he come in presumptuously but if he doe it ignorantly he is to bring a sacrifice Lev. 5. 3. 6. So the Hebrewes explaine this Law Maim in Biath hamikdash ch 3. sect 12. See the notes on Num. 6. the water of separation in Greek and Chaldee the water of sprinkling This signified that when any have sinned he cannot be cleansed from it before God by any of his owne workes nor satisfie by his owne sufferings but only by having his conscience sprinkled with the bloud of Christ
valleyes I will make the wildernesse a poole of water and the dry land springs of water c. That they may see and know and consider and understand together that the hand of Iehovah hath done this and the Holy one of Israel hath created it Esay 41. 17 18 20. And againe A fountaine shall come forth of the house of the LORD and shall water the valley of Shittim â—oel 3. 18. Vers. 17. Then sang Israel Singing here was in them a signe of miâ—th and joy as in Iam. 5. 13. and of beleefe in God and thankfulnesse as in Psal. 106. 12. and signified the spirituall joy which the faithfull have in Christ concerning which it is prophesied With joy shall yee draw water out of the wells of salvation And in that day shall yee say Praise Iehovah call upon his name declare his doings among the people c. Esay 12. 3 4. Spring up or Ascend O Well Answer ye to it that is sing or shout ye to it or sing ye of it The word Answer here meaneth to sing one after another as when they sung at the red sea Mary answered them that is sung after the men Exod. 15. 21. and in 1 Sam. 18. 7. the women answered one another as they plaied on instruments and sung the victory So in Psal. 147. 7. Answer yee that is Sing yee to Iehovah with confession And the order of the words may be thus Answer or Song ye unto it Spring up O Well A like phrase is in Esay 27. 2. A vineyard of red wine answer ye unto her or Answer that is Sing ye unto her A vineyard of red wine For the Scripture it selfe often changeth the order of words and sentences as I will put my lawes into their minde and write them on their heart Hebr. 8. 10. or put them into their heart and write them on their mind Hebr. 10. 16. So in Esay 〈…〉 1. compared with Rom. 10. 20. and Deut. 5. 16. with Eph. 6. 2. Mat. 21. 〈◊〉 39 with Mar. 12. 8. many the like See the notes on Gen. 5. 6. By this song they celebrate the miracle and memory of the Well which God gave them and if they sung it at the first when they assembled to diggeit it shewed also their faith in the promise of God who had said he would give them water and so they speake unto the Well as Moses was bidden speake to the Rocke Numb 20. 8. that it should ascend or spring up according to the word of the Lord. This Targum Ionathan explaineth it Ascend ô Well ascend ô Well did they sing unto it and it ascended Or if they sang it after it is a memoriall and celebration of Gods goodnesse and faithfulnesse as he had spoken unto them Ascend ô Well that is Come up into our heart or memory answer or sing ye of it that it may never be forgotten And ascending or comming up is often used in this sense as in Ier. 3. 16. neither shall it ascend or come up on the heart neither shall they remember it and in Ier. 51. 50. Remember the Lord a far off let Ierusalem ascend upon your heart that is come into your mind Vers. 18. The Well the Princes digged it or O Well which the Princes digged which the Nobles of the people delved where digged and delved are two words of the same meaning as in the Hebrew Caphar and Carah The Princes and Nobles of Israel digging this Well and the memory thereof thus celebrated by the song of Israel setteth forth the glory of this gracious gift of God unto his people and figured the labours and industry of the governours of the Church to bring forth the waters of the Spirit by the preaching of the word and opening of the Scriptures 2 Chron. 17. 7 8 9. Gal. 3. 2. 1 Tim. 5. 17 18. Hebr. 13. 7 17. 1 Pet. 1. 10 11 12. So in ages following this Well was renowmed being called Beer Elim that is the Well of the Mightie ones Esay 15. 8. with the Law-giver or by the Law-giver that is together with him and by his direction as in vers 16. understanding by the Law-giver Moses as in Deut. 33. 21. or God himselfe as in Esa. 33. 22. the LORD is our Law-giver And the Law-giver in Israel was a figure of Christ Gen. 49. 10. Iam. 4. 12. The Chaldee taketh one here to be used for many and translateth it the Scribes as Ezra the Priest is called a Scribe of the words of the commandements of the Lord and of his statutes to Israel Ezr. 7. 11. with their staves a staffe or rod in the hand of governors was a signe of their power and authority from God wherefore the Scripture useth these words for such signification Numb 17. 2 3 c. Psal. 23. 4. and 110. 2. Ier. 48. 17. 1 Cor. 4. 21. So the Greeke translateth this here when they ruled over them The Hebrewes have feigned many things of this Well of the springing and running of it from place to place and of the mysteries of it concerning Israel but our Saviour is the best Expositor who hath taught us to apply the brasen Serpent fore-spoken of to himselfe and his dying for the people Iob. 3. 14. and this Well of water which was the next token of grace to Israel in the wildernesse to the waters of the Spirit which is a Well springing up to eternall life in such as beleeve in him Iohn 4. 10. 14. and 7. 37 38 39. Also the Hebrewes themselves doe thus far testifie in Midrash Koheleth on Eccles. 1. 9. As the first Redeemer Moses brought downe Manna Exod. 16. so the last Redeemer Christ shall doe Psal. 72. 16. And as the first Redeemer caused a Wâ—â— to spring up so the last Redeemer shall cause waters to spring up as it is said And a fountaine shall come forth of the house of the LORD and shall water the valley of Shittim Ioel 3. 18. to Mattanah which is by interpretation a Gift and is likely to be the name of a place as the Greeke version also confirmeth though neither it nor those that here sollow are rehearsed by these names in Numb 33. where all their journeyes are told neither is it here expressed by Moses that they journeyed to these places but such words may well be understood Chazkuni on this Scripture saith this is added to that before in vers 13. They camped on the other side of Arnon which is in the wildernesse c. and from that other side which is in the wildernesse which in Numb 33. 46. is Almon Diblathaim they came to Mattanah called in Numb 33. 47. the Mounts of Abarim before Nebo the name of a place on the North side of the river Arnon in the beginning of the land of Sihon and it is called Mattanah a Gift because there began the gift of the land unto Israel Deut. 2. 24. 31. But afterward hee sheweth another interpretation that from the wildernesse a place of drought
another as Ierub Baal who was Gedeon Iudg. 8. 35. and 9. 1. is called Ierub-Besheth 2 Sam. 11. 21. Esh-Baal 1 Chro. 8. 33. is called Ish-Bosheth 2 Sam. 2. 10. and Merib Baal 1 Chron. 8. 34. is Mephi-Bosheth 2 Sam. 9. 10. Hereupon it is said Ye set up Altars to that Shame even Altars to burne incense unto Baal Ier. â—1 13. Peor hath the signification of opening the m 〈…〉 th and was the name of this Idoll as some thinke of filthinesse and fornication committed together 〈◊〉 idolatry as this history sheweth and to be that which in other language was called Priapus But as Nebo the god of Babylon hath his name of Prophesying so Peor might likewise be so called of opening the mouth in speech and prophesie as the Scripture mentioneth the prophets of Baal 1 King 18. 22. and of the Prophets that prophesied by Baal Ier. 2. 8. and 23. 13. the anger of Iehovah They provoked him to indignation by their actions and the plague brake in upon them Psal. 106. 29. Thus Balaam by his counsell brought them into sin and so under wrath and curse through their owne default which he could not obtaine of God otherwise against them by any meanes Vers. 4. the heads that is as the Greeke translateth the captaines of the people such as were chiefe in the transgression hang them up the Greeke translateth it Make them a publike example the Chaldee Iudge kill him that is worthy to be killed but Targum Ionathan expoundeth it crucifie them The Law after saith he that is hanged is the curse of God that is accursed of God Deut. 21. 23. so the sinners brought the curse upon themselves before Iehovah or for or unto Iehovah to his honour in doing vengeance on his enemies Both these phrases are used as one in 2 Sam. 21. we will hang them up unto Iehovah v. 6. and they hanged them before â—ehovah vers 9. that the fierce anger or as the Greeke translateth and the fierce anger or heat of the anger of the Lord shall be turned away Signifying that the rooting out of sinners turneth away Gods anger from a people for to doe justice and judgement is more acceptable to the Lord than sacrifice Prov. 21. 3. Vers. 5. his men the men under his government as they were distributed in Exod. 18. 25. Although the Midianites were the beginners of this mischiefe yet God first punisheth and purgeth his Church and after he giveth order to destroy the Midianites vers 17. Num. 31. 2. for judgement must begin at the house of God 1 Pet. 4. 17. Ezek 9. 6. Compare herewith the judgement inflicted for the golden Calfe Exod. 32. 27 c Vers. 6. brought neere this word signifieth a bringing to commit fornication as in Gen. 20. 4. Abimelech had not come neare unto her See the Notes on Levit. 18. 6. they were weeping these circumstances shew the sinne to be done with an high hand in contempt of Moses of the congregation of God himselfe and his iudgements for which the people now wept and so of all religion and with a purpose to stirre up the people unto open rebellion Vers. 8. into the tent The originall word used here for a tent is not the ordinary name but such as signifieth a cave or hollow place and is thought to meane such a tent as was made for fornication and so it more sheweth the height of his impierie that erected such a place of wickednesse her belly in Chaldee her bowels in Greeke her wo 〈…〉 e or matrice the plague was stayed or was restrained this plague which the Chaldee calleth death seemeth to be a pestilence which God sent among the people as the like speech elsewhere sheweth Numb 16. 50. 1 Chron. 21. 22. as also in that David saith the plague brake in upon them Psal. 106. 29. Howbeit the word is sometime used for slaughter by the sword as in 1 Sam. 4. 17. Vers. 9. 24 thousand all the men that had followed Baal-Peor the Lord destroyed them from among his people Deut. 4. 3. The Apostle speaking hereof saith Neither let us commit fornication 〈◊〉 some of them committed and fell in one day three and twenty thousand 1 Cor. 10. 8. It seemeth that one thousand were slaine by the Iudges vers 5. and â—3 thousand by the hand of God of which latter number the Apostle speaketh or one thousand of the chiefe were hanged and the rest slaine by the sword 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here the Hebrewes begin the 41 Section or Lecture of the Law which they call Phinehas Vers. 11. hath turned away in Greeke hath caused my wrath to cease The fact of Phinehas who was but a Priests sonne no ordinary Magistrate and who proceeded not with the malefactors judicially but carried with zeale of God thrust them thorow suddenly might seeme blame-worthy in the eyes of men and might procure him much ill will considering the persons whom he killed the man being a Prince in Israel and the woman a Princes daughter of Midian therefore God here justifieth and rewardeth his work done by the motion of his Spirit hee was zealous with my zeale or he was jealous with my jealousie for Gods cause not his owne The Apostle hath a like speech I am jealous over you with jealousie of God that is with godly jealousie Zeale or jealousie both which are signified by one word in the Hebrew meaneth both a fervent indignation against the sinners and a fervent love unto the Lord shewed in his former act as Targum Ionathan addeth for explanation and hee killed the guilty among them in my zeale or in my jealousie it is the word before used and applied here to God as in Exod. 20. 5. and often Vers. 12. I give in Chaldee I decree of peace understand my covenant the covenant of peace so God saith of Levi my covenant was with him the covenant of life and peace and I gave them unto him for the feare where with he feared me c. Mal. 2. 5. So in this place Targum Ionathan paraphraseth Behold I decree unto him my covenant of peace I wil make him the messenger of my covenant and he shall live for ever to preach the Gospell of redemption in the end of dayes By which words Phinehas in his covenant was a figure of Christ who is called the messenger of the covenant Mal. 3. 1. and hath an everlasting priesthood after the power of an endlesse life Heb. 7. 16 17. and hath both wrought and preached redemption in these latter dayes Heb. 1. 1 2 3. Vers. 13. of an everlasting priesthood meaning untill Christs comming to whom the Priesthood of Aaron was to give place Heb. 7. 11. c. Phinehas himselfe lived to a great old age as appeareth by Iudg. 20. 28. his sonnes successively were high Priests till the captivitie of Babylon 1 Chron. 6. 4. 15. and at the returne out of captivitie Ezra the great Priest and Scribe was of his line Ezra 7. 1.
fell to be on the Sabbath then besides all the former oblations they offered also the two lambes which were added for the Sabbath Numb 28. 9 10. The Order of offering is said to be thus After the daily morning sacrifice was offered the addition of the Sabbath was first and after that the addition of the new-moone and after it the addition of this good day or seast Maimony in Tamidin chap. 9. sect 2. Vers. 6. their manner Hebr. their judgement that is the law and ordinance prescribed of God So in vers 18. 21. 24. c. Vnder this word manner or judgement the Hebrews understand the order also hâ—â—e set downe for whereas sometimes the Sin-offering was offered first before the Burnt-offering Leo. 5. 7 8 10. in the oblations of the feast they say it was not so but they offered according to the order that is written as it is said According to their maner As first the Bullocks and after them the Rams and after them the Lambs and after them the Goat-buckes although the Goat-buckes were Sin-offerings and all those before them were Burnt-offerings Maimony in Tamidin chap. 9. sect 7. Vers. 7. the tenth day which was the day of Atonements Lev. 23. 27. called the Fast Act. 27. 9. The manner of Atonement and the service on that day is described at large in Levit. 16. afflict your soules with fasting and abstinence see the Annotations on Lev. 16. 29. Vers. 11. beside the Sin-offering of Atonements that Goat-bucke whose bloud was carried into the Holy place the body burned without the camp Lev. 16. 9. 29. besides it this sacrifice here coÌ„manded was to be offered and besides the daily Burnt-offering On Atonement day they offer an addition according to the addition of the beginning of the yeare which was the first day of the seventh month fore-mentioned in vers 1 2. a bullock a ram and this ram is called the peoples ram and seven lambes all of them for Burnt-offerings and a goat-buck for a Sin-offering that was eaten at evening Moreover the congregation offered a goat-bucke for a Sin-offering which was burnt the fellow wherof was sent away for a Scape-goat Lev. 16. 9 10. Maim in Tamidin c. 10. s. 1 2. This Atonement was a lively figure of our reconciliation unto God by the death of Christ as is shewed on Levit. 16. the afflicting of their soules figured repentance and humiliation for sins with our fellowship in the afflictions of Christ Rom. 6. 3 4 6. 1 Pet. 2. 21. The sacrifices added here signified the faith that Gods people should have in Christ sacrificed and thankfulnesse unto God therefore 1 Ioh. 2. 1 2. Hebr. 10. 10. 19. 22. c. Rom. 12. 1 2. Vers. 12. the fifteenth day when the feast of Booths or of Tabernacles did begin which lasted seveÌ„ daies Lev. 23. 34 35 36 c. the signification of which feast is shewed in the Annotations on that place Vers. 13. thirteene bullockes Whereas at the other feasts forementioned they offered but two bullocks one ram and seven lambs in a day at this they were to offer thirteene bullocks two rams and fourteene lambs both because the solemnity was greater and at this time they had gathered in their corne and wine and had seene the blessing of God in all their increase and in all the workes of their hands Deut. 16. 13 15. therefore the Lord required moe sacrifices in signe of thankfulnesse But Ezekiel prophesying of the daies of Christ under whom we keepe this feast in spirit and truth Zach. 14. 16. 19. appointeth like sacrifices as were to be offered at the Passeover as that the Prince should prepare seven bullocks and seven rammes daily for a Burnt-offering c. Ezek. 45. 23 25. Vers. 17. twelve bullocks in every of the seven daies of this feast one bullocke is abated as on the second day twelve on the third day eleven vers 20. on the fourth day ten vers 23. and so forward till on the seventh day they were to offer seven bullocks vers 32. all which in seven dayes amounted to seventie bullockes but the rammes and lambes were every day alike By this diminishing of one bullocke every day the Holy Ghost might teach their duty to grow in grace and increase in sanctification that their sinnes decreasing the number of their sacrifices whereby Atonement was made for their sinnes should also decrease daily Or it might signifie a diminishing and wearing away of the legal offerings to lead them unto the spirituall and reasonable service by presenting their owne bodies a living sacrifice holy acceptable unto God Rom. 12. 1. Vers. 18. and for the lambes the Hebrewes say that the Meat and Drink-offerings of these severall sacrifices were never to be mixed together but the Meat and Drinke-offerings of the bullockes were by themselves and the Meat and Drink-offerings of the rams by themselves and of the lambes by themselves whether they were the oblations of the congregation or the oblations of a particular person Maimony in Tamidin chap. 10. sect 15. Vers. 35. In the eighth day Chazkuni here observeth that it is not said as was of the former daies And in the eighth day to teach that it was a good day or feast by it selfe a solemne assembly or generall assembly See the notes on Lev. 23. 36. Vers. 36. one bullocke though this was the last and the great day of the feast Ioh. 7. 37. yet were the sacrifices fewer than on any other day as if God would call them from the multitude of outward oblations to his spiritual worship as is noted on vers 17. And our Saviour on that day called the people from their many carnall observations some whereof are noted on Levit. 23. 40. unto himselfe to drinke the waters of his Spirit Ioh. 7. 38 39. Vers. 39. beside your vowes c. of the difference betweene Vowes and Voluntary offerings see the Annotations on Lev. 7. 16. The sacrifices fore-mentioned the congregation of Israel was bound to offer every thing in his day but all men as they had either vowed or voluntarily would brought their sacrifices at the feasts especially Peace-offerings which the owners did eat before the Lord that according to the blessing of God upon them they their children and their servants the Levites the stranger the fatherlesse and the widow with them might eat and drinke and rejoyce before the Lord Deut. 16. 10 11. 14 15. The truth and complement of all which solemnities are now fulfilled unto us by Christ who by once offering of him-selfe hath reconciled us unto God and wrought our eternall redemption and hath given us of his Spirit whereby we know that he abideth in us and hath placed in us the kingdome of God which consisteth in righteousnesse and peace and joy in the holy Ghost That by him we should offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually that is the fruit of our lips confessing to his Name and should not forget to doe good
this time when the sonne is a sonne of thirteene yeares and one day and the daughter is a daughter of twelve yeares and one day although they say we know not to whose name we have vowed their words are established and their vowes are vowes c. And this is the time of vowes spoken of in every place for as much as they are come to the yeares of great or aged persons their vowes are stablished Maimon tom 3. Treat of Vowes chap. 11. sect 1 3 4. Vers. 4. hold his peace at her or keepe silence at it though hee doe not by words appâ—â—v yet by silence hee seemeth to consent therefore her vow standeth firme shall stand that is shall be stable firme and sure as the field which Abraham bought was said to stand when by sale it was made sure Gen. 23. 17. 20. So ones counsell or word is said to stand when it abideth firme Prov. 19. 21. Esay 14. 24. and 40. 8. Ier. 44. 29. Vers. 5. disallow her or disallow nulliâ—â—e it to wit her vow so after the day that he heareth whether it be in the day that she vowed or many daies after that her father heareth of it If she vow and wait many daies and afterward her father or her husband heare of it then hee may breake it in the day that he heâ—reth c. as it is said In the day that he heareth and not in the day that shee voweth onely Maimony in Vowes chap. 12. sect 16. will mercifully forgive her in Greeke will purge or cleanse her her sin in vowing when she was not in her owne power but in her fathers shall be forgiven but she may not performe her vow which by her fathers authoritie is disanulled So for her husband in like fort vers 12. Vers. 6. if having she have a hâ—sband Hebr. if being she be to a man that is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at all maried or the utterance of her lips or pronunciation that which she hath pronounced or distinctly uttered to wit by oath as appeaseth by the word Or which distinguisheth it from her vowes and by that which followeth which she hath bound upon her soule that is by oath as in vers 2. and 10. So the pronouncing with the lips is joyned with swearing in Lev. 5. 4 and Chazkuni here saith the pronunciation is not meant but of an oath Vers. 8. he disallow her or disallow it that is signifie his disallowance of her vow or oath The Hebrewes say A man maketh void or establisheth the words of his wife or of his daughter in any language although she know it not for it is not of necessity that the woman should heare the making void or the establishmeÌ„t c. He that maketh void the words of his daughter or of his wife it is necessary that he utter it with his lips and if he make it void in his heart only hee doth not make it void Maim in Vowes chap. 13. sect 1. 7. Vers. 9. put away to wit from her husband as is expressed in Levit. 21. 7. that is divorced shall stand she is to performe her vow and this as the Hebrewes thinke though she be afterward maried As A woman which hath no husband and which is not under her fathers power if she say Loe such flesh be unlawfull to me after thirty daies and she be married within thirty dayes although at the time when the vow beginneth shee be under the power of a husband he cannot make it void because at the time of the vow making she was not under his power And of this it is said in Num. 30. 9. But the vow of a widow and of her that is put away c. Maim in Vowes chap. 13. sect 16. Vers. 10. in her husbands house after that shee is married and in her husbands power But what if shee were betrothed onely and remained yet in her fathers house Of this case the Hebrewes say A maid that is betrothed none can make ther vow void but her father and her husband joyntly together And if the one of them alone doe make it void it is not made void If her espoused husband die she returneth into the power of her father and whatsoever she voweth her father may make void as before her espousals If her father die after that she is betrothed and she make a vow after his death her husband cannot make it void for an husband maketh not the vowes of his wife void untill shee be come into the wedding chamber or married Maim in Vowes chap. 11. sect 9 10. Vers. 11. shall stand shee is to keepe her vow though after her husbands death A young woman whom her father hath given in mariage if she become a widow or be divorced after mariage loe she is as an Orphan whiles her father liveth and her father cannot make her vowes of none effect although she be yet but a young woman Maim ibidem sect 25. Vers. 12. hath utterly made them void or hath any waies made them void Hebr. making void hath made them void so in vers 15. Vers. 13. oath of bond that is binding oath or bond confirmed with an oath to afflict the soule by abstenance fasting c. See the notes on Levit. 16. 29. This seemeth to be added for amplification rather than limitation or restraint howbeit the Hebrewes from hence gather that although the father may disanull all his daughters vowes of what sort soever yet the husband hath not power to disanull the vowes of his wife vnlesse they be of this sort to wit vowes or bonds to afflict the soule c. Sol. Iarchi on Numb 30. and Maimony in Vowes chap. 12. sect 1. may establish it or may make it stand shall confirme it Some understand these words to be a commandement and translate thus Let her husband establish it or let her husband make it void to wit out of hand and let him not deferre it till afterward Vers. 14. altogether hold his peace Hebr. holding his peace shall hold his peace or keepe silence from day to day and doe not disanull it the same day that he heareth it Vers. 15. shall utterly make them void or shall any waies make them of none effect see this phrase in vers 12. shall beare her iniquitie that is shall beare the punishment of her iniquitie God will require her sinne at his hand From hence wee learne saith Sol. Iarchi that he which is a cause of scandall or offence unto his neighbour shall cone in his stead unto all punishments CHAP. XXXI 1 The Israelites are commanded to take vengeance on the Midianites 5 Twelve thousand of the tribes of Israel with Phinehas the Priest are sent to warre 7 They slay all the males and the five kings of Midian and Balaam the sonne of Beor 9 They take the women and children captives and the spoile of their goods and cartell and burne their cities 13 Moses is wroth with the Officers for saving the women alive 19 How the souldiers with
his owne matters is yet observed to have beene often angry for the Lords cause as is noted on Num. 12. 3. And he was wroth with the officers because upon them lay the charge to direct and governe the people in the wayes of God Compare Acts 20. 28. 〈◊〉 Pet. 5. 2 3. Rev. 2. 1 5. c. the battell of the warre the battell-ray or host of the warre the first word signifieth warfare as it is orderly set in array the second meaneth the warre fight or combat with the enemie Vers. 16. the word of Balaam the doctrine of Balaam as Rev. 2. 14. or as the Chaldee expoundeth it the counsell of Balaam having reference to that counsell intimated Num. 24. 14. a cause to commit or an occasion to commit Heb. to give atrespasse by fornication and idolatrie Num. 25. 1 2 3. The Greeke translateth to revolt and to despise the word of the Lord. the matter Heb. the word in Greeke because of Phogor see Num. 25. 3. 18. Vers. 17. knowne man by lying with a male the latter explaineth the former which sometime is used alone in the same meaning as in Gen. 4. 1. Luke 1. 34. After it is said knowne the lying with a male the like phrases are in Iudg. 21. 11 12. Vers. 19. seven dayes for so long did the pollution by the dead continue Num. 19. 11. any soule that is any person purifie with the water of separation vers 23. the law whereof was given in Num. 19. your captivitie that is your captives or prisoners as in vers 12. The Iewes hold that the heathens are not polluted by the dead or with other like legall uncleannesse as is noted on Num. 19. 14. But in this case when heathens are captived by Israelites and so become their lawfull possession they are uncleane and to be purified by proportion from the law in Gen. 17. 12 13. Wherupon Iarchi here saith Your selves and your captivity not that heathens doe receive uncleannesse and need to be sprinkled but as you the children of the covenant so your captives also which come into the covenant and are uncleane have need to be sprinkled and in the seventh day according to the law in Num. 19. 19. the signification whereof is shewed there Vers. 20. every garment or every cloth the word implieth not onely garments for mans body but cloathes for other use as in Num. 4. 6 7 8. instrument or vessell of skin whatsoever is made of the skin of any beast so after every instrument or vessell of wood worke of goats haire that is thing made of goats haire the word haire may here be understood as in Exod. 25. 4. some adde of goats skins it may also meane any other part as Sol. Iarchi here saith it implieth any instrument of the hornes and of the hoofes and of the bones Vers. 21. which went that is which had gone Hebr. which came wherefore it may also bee Englished which came from the battell so the Greeke here translateth it and so the Hebrew word which usually signifieth to is by the holy Ghost in Greeke translated from or out of as in Rom. 11. 26. from Esay 59. 20. See the like noted on Gen. 36. 6. the ordinance or the statute of the law which the Greeke calleth Dicaioma that is the just ordinance or righteous statute of the law The same word Paul useth in Rom. 2. 26. if the uncircumcision that is the uncircumcised Gentile keepe the ordinances or righteous statutes of the Law and in Rom. 8. 4. that the ordinance the righteous statute of the Law might be fulfilled in us So in Hebr. 9. 1. ordinances of divine service Here Eleazar the Priest declareth to the people the Law which God had commanded Moses as it was generally the dutie of Priests and Levites to teach Iakob Gods judgements and Israel his Law Deut. 33. 8. 10. Hag. 2. 11 12. Mal. 2. 7. Moreover the heiffer with whose ashes the purifying water was prepared was expresly given to Eleazar Num. 19. 3. c. Vers. 23. that goeth thorow the fire that is will or may abide the fire and not be consumed therewith Or that commeth in the fire and it shall be or that it may be cleane water of separation in Greeke water of purification the water mentioned in Num. 19. 9. which was to bee sprinkled upon the vessels with hyssop Num. 19. 18. after they had passed thorow the fire goeth not thorow the fire that will not abide the fire or commeth not in the fire This latter some of the Hebrew Expositors as Iarchi and Targum Ionathan doe follow and understand by things that come in the fire such vessels and instruments as are used at the fire kettles spits and the like and by things that come not in the fire they understand cups platters and such like But the former seemeth best thorow the water to bee washed therewith and not sprinkled onely with that water of separation Num. 19. By this passing thorow fire and water the vessels had a legall purification from their ceremoniall uncleannesse to signifie that the creatures are sanctified unto our use by the word of God and prayer 1 Tim. 4. 4 5. And sometime by vessels the Scripture signifieth men and by their passing thorow fire and water their cleansing from corruption by afflictions and through the grace and spirit of Christ as I will gather you into the middest of Ierusalem as they gather silver and brasse and iron and lead and tinne into the middest of the furnace to blow the fire upon it to melt it so will I gather you in mine anger c. Ezek. 22. 19 â—2 And in a great house there are not onely vessels of gold and silver but also of wood and of earth and some to honour and some to dishonour If a man therefore purge himselfe from these he shall be a vessell unto honour sanctified and meet for the masters use c. 2 Tim. 2. 20 21. Againe Thou hast tried us as silver is txied c. wee went thorow fire and thorow water Psal. 66. 10 12. See also Zach. 13. 9. Mal. 3. 3. Vers. 26. the summe Hebr. the head that is the summe or count as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it see Num. 1. 2. So after in vers 49. Vers. 27. into two parts or into halfes Hebr. divide or halfe the bootie The warre and victory being the Lords hee divideth the prey at his pleasure halfe to the 12 thousand souldiers and halfe to the congregation who went not out to warre So David made it an ordinance in Israel As his part is that goeth downe to the battell so shall his part be that tarrieth by the stuffe they shall part alike 1. Sam. 30. 24 25. And to the warriers of the two tribes and the halfe that fought against the Canaanites Iosua said Divide the spoile of your enemies with your brethren Ios. 22. 8. Vers. 28. And levie or And heave up which the Greeke and Chaldee translate And separate a
of the Canaanite and Lebanon unto the great River the river Euphrates Behold I have given the land before you goe in and possesse the land which Iehovah sware unto your fathers to Abraham to Isaac and to Iakob to give unto them and to their seed after them And I spake unto you at that time saying I am not able my selfe alone to beare you Iehovah your God hath multiplied you and behold you are this day as the Starres of the heavens for multitude Iehovah God of your fathers adde unto you a thousand times so many as you are and blesse you as hee hath spoken unto you How shall I beare my selfe alone your cumbrance and your burden and your strife Give yee for you wise men and understanding and knowne among your tribes and I will appoint them for to be your heads And yee answered me and said The word which thou hast spoken is good to doe And I tooke the heads of your tribes wise men and knowne and gave them to be heads over you rulers of thousands and rulers of hundreds and rulers of fifties and rulers of tens and officers among your tribes And I commanded your Iudges at that time saying Heare between your brethren and judge justice betweene a man and his brother and his stranger Yee shall not respect persons in judgement you shall heare alike the small and the great you shall not be afraid of the face of man for the judgment that is Gods and the cause which shall bee too hard for you bring it unto mee and I will heare it And I commanded you at that time all the things which yee should doe And we journeyed from Horeb and went thorow all that great and fearfull wildernesse which you have seene by the way of the mountaine of the Amorites as Iehovah our God commanded us and wee came unto Kadesh Barnea And I said unto you Yee are come unto the mountaine of the Amorites which Iehovah our God giveth unto us Behold Iehovah thy God hath given the land before thee goe up possesse it as Iehovah the God of thy Fathers hath spoken unto thee feare not neither be discouraged And ye came near unto me all of you and said We will send men before us and they shall search out for us the land and shall bring us word againe by what way wee shall goe up and into what Cities we shall come And the word was good in mine eies and I tooke of you twelve men one man of a tribe And they turned went up into the mountaine and came unto the valley of Eshcol and they searched it out And they tooke in their hand of the fruit of the land and brought it downe unto us and brought us word againe and said It is a good land which Iehovah our God giveth us But ye would not goe up but rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah your God And murmured in your Tents and said In the hatred of Iehovah towards us he hath brought us forth out of the land of Egypt to give us into the hand of the Amorite to destroy us Whither goe we up Our brethren have caused our heart to melt saying The people is greater and taller than wee the Cities are great and walled up to heaven and moreover wee have seene the sonnes of the Anakims there And I said unto you Bee not terrified neither be afraid of them Iehovah your God that goeth before you he will fight for you according to all that hee did for you in Egypt before your eyes And in the wildernesse which thou hast seene how that Iehovah thy God bare thee as a man doth bear his sonne in all the way that ye went untill yee came unto this place Yet in this thing you did not beleeve in Iehovah your God Who went before you in the way to search you out a place to pitch your tents in in fire by night to shew you by what way ye should goe and in a cloud by day And Iehovah heard the voice of your words and was wroth and sware saying If there shall a man see of these men of this evill generation the good land which I sware to give unto your fathers Except Caleb the sonne of Iephunneh hee shall see it and to him will I give the land that he hath trodden upon and to his sonnes because he hath fully followed Iehovah Also Iehovah was angrie with mee for your sakes saying Thou also shalt not goe in thither Ioshua the son of Nun which standeth before thee hee shall goe in thither strengthen thou him for hee shall cause Israel to inherit it And your little ones which you said should bee for a prey and your sons which know not this day good and evill they shall goe in thither and unto them will I give it and they shall possesse it But as for you turne ye and take your journey into the wildernesse by the way of the red sea And yee answered and said unto mee wee have sinned against Iehovah wee will goe up and fight according to all that Iehovah our God hath commanded us and ye girded on every man his weapons of war and pressed forward to go up into the mountaine And Iehovah said unto me Say unto them Goe not up neither fight for I am not among you that yee be not smitten before your enemies And I spake unto you and you heard not but rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah and you were presumptuous and went up into the mountain And the Amorite that dwelleth in that mountain came out against you and they pursued you as Bees doe and destroyed you in Seir even unto Hormah And yee returned and wept before Iehovah but Iehovah heard not your voyce neither gave eare unto you And yee abode in Kadesh many daies according to the daies that ye abode there Annotations DEuteronomie A Greeke word by interpretation The repetition or second declaration of the Law This name is borrowed from Deut. 17. 18. where Mishneh hatorah the Copie of the Law is in Greeke translated Deuteronomion which title is given to the whole booke as that which containeth a repetition and explanation of the Lawes before given as v. 5. The Ebrews call this booke by the first words thereof ELLEH HADBARIM THESE be THE WORDS And here beginneth the 44 Section or Lecture of the Law see the notes on Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 1. On this side or on the out side that is beyond Iordan as the Greeke translateth The word signifieth both sides and by circumstance of place is to be understood To those out of the land of Canaan it was on this side to the Israelites in Canaan it was beyond or the out side of Iordan where Moses spake these things For Moses might not enter into the land Here Thargum Ierusalemy whom Onkelos the Chaldee Paraphrast also followeth explaineth it thus These bee the words which Moses spake unto all Israel hee rebuked them for that they had sinned on this side Iordan
c. Hereupon the Rabbins call this booke Sepher Thocbechoth that is the booke of Rebukes Iordan Hebr. Iarden a River springing out of mount Lebanon in the north end of Canaan running along the Countrey Of it and the mysterie thereof see Num. 34. 12. Ioshua 3. the plaine to wit of Moabs land as vers 5. see Num. 22. 1. There Moses spake these things and died Deut. 34. 5. The Chaldee saith Moses rebuked them because they had provoked God in the plaine the red sea so both Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it adding the word sea others keepe the Hebrew name Suph which signifieth flags such as grow by the sea and rivers sides Exod. 2. 3. and so expound it not of the Sea Suph called the Red Sea but of a flaggie place by the sides of Iordan inwards the wildernesse of Arabia So in Num. 21. 14. Pharan or Paran a wildernesse south-ward from the place where Moses now was thorow which Israel had passed Num. 13. 1. in it was a mountaine so named Deut. 33. 2. The Chaldee here addeth in Pharan where they mur 〈…〉 against the Manna Tophel this is thought to be atowne called afterwards Pella which was northward from where Moses now spake Laban in Greek Lobon of others Lybias a Citie lying from them northwest Hazeroth by interpretation Court-yards and so the Greeke expounds it a place lying eastward Of Hazeroth we read also in Numb 11. 35. and 13. 1. Vnto it the Chaldee here referreth it saying In Hazereth where they provoked God for flesh Diza 〈…〉 a region wherein was the Citie Mezahab as some suppose Zahab signifies gold and so the Greeke here translateth by the Gold-mines The Chaldee referres it to the golden Calfe which they made All these are limits of the place where Moses gave this Deuteronomie which was without the holy Land and river Iordan wherein 〈…〉 tisme was administred Matth. 3. environed with places which in name and situation signified 〈◊〉 and teach us the use of this Law which is in afflict the soule by shewing it sin and to pre 〈…〉 for Christ who by faith bringeth us to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the heavenly Canaan Hebr. 4. 1 2 3. c. Verse 2. Eleven daies journey so the Chaldee expounds it adding also the word journey Some of the Hebrews thinke that in eleven daies all things in this Booke of Deuteronomie were by Moses rehearsed Neither could it bee any long time seeing Moses began the first day of the eleventh 〈◊〉 ver 3. and having ended all things in this booke died and was mourned for thirty daies Deut. 34. 8. Then Iosua sendeth spies to view the land Ios. 2. leadeth the people thorow Iordan Ios. 3. circumciseth them and after keepeth the Passeover the foureteenth day of the first moneth Ios. 5. Horeb called also Sinai the mount where the law was given see Exod. 3. 1. mount Seir the mountainy countrey of Seir wherein the Edomites dwelt Gen. 36. 8 9. Kadesh barnea the southerne border of the land of Canaan Num. 34. 4. Though the way was so short yet Israel for their sinnes wandred forty yeares in the wildernesse as God had threatned Num. 14. 33 34. in which time all the fathers died Verse 3. Fortieth yeare of Israels comming out of Egypt In the first moneth of this yeare Marie Moses sister died Num. 20. 1. in the first day of the fifth moneth thereof Aaron his brother died Num. 33. 38. and now at the end of the yeare Moses himselfe dieth when he had repeated the Law and renewed the Covenant between God and his people Israel Vers. 4. Sihon the storie hereof see in Num. 21. and after in Deut. 2. 26. c. The slaughter of Sihon and Og was an encouragement to Israel for their after warres and an argument to move them unto thankfull obedience to the Law now repeated in Astaroth in Edrei hee dwelt in Astaroth and was smitten in Edrei where the battell was fought Num. 21. 33. or as the Greeke translateth it he dwelt in Astaroth and in Edrei for they were both Cities in Ogs land Ios. 13. 31. and Og is said to have reigned in Astaroth and Edrei Ios. 13. 12. In Gen. 14. 5. it is called Asteroth Karnaim Verse 5. began or willingly tooke upon him for the word implieth willingnes and contentednes see Gen. 18. 27. So all Ministers should feed their flocks willingly and of a ready minde 1 Pet. 5. 2. And Moses began to declare that is he declared as Iesus began to say unto his Disciples Luk. 12. 1. that is he said unto them Mat. 16. 6. and his disciples began to plucke the eares of corne Mat. 12. 1. that is they plucked Luk. 6. 1. to declare or to make plaine clearely manifest to the understanding of the people as in Habak 2. 2. a thing is said to be made plaine in writing that hee may run that readeth it Verse 6. dwelt or sitten that is continued much They came to that mount in the third moneth after their departure out of Egypt Exod. 19. 1 2. and removed frō the mount the 20 of the second moneth in the second yere Num. 10. 11 12. so they remained there almost a whole yeer where they received the Law or Old Testament and had made a Tabernacle for God to dwell among them from thence God calleth them by word and signe the cloud removing Num. 10. 11. 13. 33. to journey towards Canaan the land promised to Abraham the figure of their heavenly inheritance by faith in Christ. The law is not for men to continue under but for a time till they be fitted and brought unto Christ see Gal. 3. 16 17 18. and 4. 1. 5. Heb. 3. 18 19. and 4. 6. 11. Verse 7. Amorite put for Amorites as the Greeke translateth whose neighbours were the Canaanites Pherezites and other Nations promised to be their possession Exod. 23. 23 28 31. side or sea Port which was their westerne border Num. 34. 6. Lebanon which was a mount on the north part of the Land Euphrates in Hebrew Phrath which was their easterne bound in the utmost extent without Iordan And so far Salomon reigned 1 King 4. 21. Of this Euphrates see the notes on Gen. 2. 14. Vers. 8. I have given or I give which implieth both Israels right unto that land Levit. 25. 23. Iudg. 11. 23 24. and their assured victorie over the inhabitants Exod. 23. 27 31. Both these proceeding from the gracious gift of God as eternall life shadowed by this land is also the gift of God through Iesus Christ our Lord Rom. 6. 23. Seed that is children or posterity see the notes on Gen. 13. 15. Vers. 9. I said Moses was occasioned unto this motion not onely by the conscience of his owne inability here mentioned but by the counsell of Iethro and commandement of the Lord Exod. 18. 14 18 19 21 23. Thus the people were furnished with all helpes for their orderly and peaceable travels Vers. 10. As the Starres so the
Ammon on the other so to enter into Canaan thorow Sihon the Amorites land Thus Gods word was their director unto all places and in all actions in which respect these histories of holy Scripture excell all humane histories in the world Verse 4. afraid as was prophesied of them and others in Exod. 15. 15. c. yet Edom was a mightie people setled in their mountaine and fortified See also Num. 22. 3. great or vehement heed meaning that they offred Edom no wrong neither suffred themselves to bee overcome by them Walke wisely towards them that are without Col. 4. 5. Verse 5. Meddle not or contend not with them to wit in battell as is explained in vers 9. and so the Greeke here saith Make not warre with them As all warres should be made by wise counsels Pro. 24. 6. so chiefly by the mouth of God who teacheth mans hands to war Psal. 144. 1. who hath willed us If it be possible as much as lyeth in you bee at peace with all men Rom. 12. 18. In speciall it was commanded Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite for hee is thy brother Deut. 23. 7. to the treading c. that is not a foot bredth the Greeke translateth it not the step or bredth of a foot which phrase Luke useth in Act. 7. 5. concerning Abraham in Canaan Though the Edomites were wicked yet God continued their state for a time during which no man might lawfully disturbe them By this God teacheth also the difference betweene Esaus portion and Iakobs see Rom. 9. 11. 12. c. Col. 1. 12. See the notes on Gen. 36. 43. a possession or an inheritance to Esau that is as the Greeke translateth to the sonnes of Esau. The most high divided to the Nations their inheritance Deut. 32. 8. and Esau had their portion and state long before Israel Gen. 36. 8. 31. 43. Ios. 24. 4. with such wordly baits Gods people should not be allured Vers. 6. buy Hebr. breake which both Greeke and Chaldee translate buy see Gen. 41. 56. in the Annotations In the strangers land nothing was to be had freely but with money figuring the estate of those under the Law in Canaan they had all things freely signifying the free grace in Christ Deut. 11. 9 10 c. Esa. 55. 1. Rev. 21. 6. money Hebr. silver buy Hebr. dig which the Chaldee translateth buy the Greeke receive by measure It may be meant of buying wells digged out of Edoms ground for so they were wont see Gen. 26. 18. c. Num. 21. 18. or after the Arabick manner which useth this word for buying Vers. 7. he knoweth this is meant of carefull regarding their estate wants c. wherfore the Chaldee paraphraseth Hee hath sufficiently given thee things necessarie when thou walkest Iehovah in Chaldee the word of the LORD Vers. 8. wee passed by though the Edomites shewed great unkindnesse that would not suffer Israel to passe thorow their countrey quietly Num. 20. 14. 18. c. yet upon warning and charge given from God his people turned away from fight and contented themselves in their tentations with the promises of God See Num. 20. 21. Iudg. 11. 17. Afterward this favour of Israel and the ill reward of Edom Moab and Ammon is remembred in the prayer of King Iehosaphat 2 Chron. 20. 10 11 12. Ezion-gaber these were port towns by the brink of the Red sea in the land of Edom 1 King 9. 26. Vers. 9. Moab that is the Moabites as the next words manifest So the Greeke deale not enemiously with the Moabites They were the posterity of Lot Gen. 19. 37. which dealt unkindly with Israel as Edom had done Iudg. 11. 17. and were for their neglect of duty not to enter into the congregation of the Lord Deut. 23. 3 4. They were also become Idolaters Num. 25. 1 2. and 21. 29. yet God suffered not Israel to hurt them for the reasons before alleaged meddle or contend as before in vers 5. Ar a chiefe mountaine and citie thereon Num. 21. 15. 28. put here for the whole countrey The Greeke for Ar here hath Aroer whereof see vers 36. so in v. 18 29. Verse 10. Emims in Greeke Ommeins by interpretation terrible ones and so the Chaldee translateth see Gen. 14. 5. Anakims in the Chaldee Giants see Num. 13. 29. Vers. 11. Giants in Hebrew Rephaim which the Greeke keepeth as a proper name Raphaein of one Rapha who was a Giant whereupon it is a name for all Giants see the notes on Ger. 14. 5. so after in Deut. 3. 11. Vers. 12. Horims or Chorites in Greek Chorraeans see Gen. 14. 6. and 36. 20. possessed or disinherited and so succeeded in their inheritance the Greeke translateth destroyed them as Israel did to wit afterward in the daies of Iosua thus it is spoken by way of prophesie or it may have reference to that part of Israels inheritance which they had now conquered on the out side of Iordan By this and the like in vers 22 23. God would teach Israel not to insult upon their outward conquests such as he had given to other nations before them but to seeke for an heavenly countrey This he remembred to them by the Prophet Amos 9. 7. Are ye not as the sonnes of Ethiopians unto me O sons of Israel c. Verse 13. brooke or bourne a valley and river running therein So the Greeke saith the valley Zareth Of it see Num. 21. 12. Verse 14. from Kadesh barnea to wit from the time that they came to Kadesh barnea where they abode in the wildernesse of Kadesh many daies Deut. 1. 46. and after till they passed over Zared sware or had sworne see Numb 14. 21 22 23. Verse 15. the hand the Chaldee expounds it A plague from before the Lord. This is after mentioned how God consumed their daies in vanitie and their yeares in hastie terrour Psal. 78. 33. and upon occasion of this mortality Moses made the 90. Psalme to destroy with trouble and tumult for the word elsewhere signifieth to trouble Exod. 14. 24. so in Deut. 7. 23. Verse 19. sonnes of Ammon the Ammenites the posteritie of Ben-ammi the sonne of Lot Gen. 19. 38. so in vers 37. Verse 20. Giants or Rephaims as vers 11. Zamzummims that is presumptuous wicked ones in Greeke Zommein These are thought to bee those that were of old called Zuzims Gen. 14. 5. The Chaldee calleth them Chushbanin Verse 22. Horims or Horites Hebr. the Chorite in Greeke the Chorraean see Gen. 14. 6. Verse 23. Avims or Avites in Greeke Evites these were the ancient inhabitants of the Philistians countrey Ios. 13. 3. Caphthorims the Philistians see Gen. 10. 14. Though Israel fought the battels of the Lord and had their limits and territories in speciall manner appointed by his Word Num. 34. yet other nations also had by his secret providence their times appointed and the bounds of their habitation Act. 17. 26. Hee increaseth the nations and destroyeth them Hee enlargeth the nations and
commanded me for to doe so within the land whither ye are going to possesse it And ye shall keepe and doe them for this is your wisdome and your understanding in the eies of the peoples which shall heare all these statutes and say Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people For what nation is there so great which hath God nigh unto the same as Iehovah our God is in all that wee call upon him for And what nation is there so great which hath just statutes and judgments as all this law which I set before you this day Onely take heed to thy selfe and keepe thy soule diligently lest thou forget the things which thine eies have seen and lest they depart from thine heart all the daies of thy life but thou shalt make them knowne to thy sonnes and to thy sons sons The day that thou stoodst before Iehovah thy God in Horeb when Iehovah said unto me Gather together the people unto mee and I will make them heare my words that they may learne to feare mee all the daies that they live upon the earth and that they may teach their sonnes And ye came neare and stood under the mountaine and the mountaine bâ—â—ed with fire unto the heart of the heavens with darknesse cloud and thicke darknesse And Iehovah spake unto you out of the middest of the fire you heard a voice of words but saw no similitude save a voyce And hee declared unto you his covenant which hee commanded you to doe the ten Words and hee wrote them upon two tables of stone And Iehovah commanded mee at that time to teach you statutes and judgments that yee may doe them in the land whither ye are going over to possesse it And take yee heed diligently unto your soules for yee saw not any similitude in the day that Iehovah spake unto you in Horeb out of the middest of the fire Lest ye corrupt your selves and make unto you a graven thing the similitude of any figure the likenesse of male or female The likenesse of any beast that is on the earth the likenesse of any winged fowle that flieth in the heavens The likenesse of any thing that creepeth on the ground the likenesse of any fish that 〈◊〉 in the waters beneath the earth And lest thou lift up thine eies to the heavens and seest the Sunne and the Moone and the Startes all the Host of the heavens and beest driven away and bowest downe thy selfe unto them servest them them which I 〈…〉 thy God hath imparted to all peoples under all the heavens But Iehovah hath taken you and brought you forth out of the furnace of it on out of Egypt to bee unto him a people of inheritance as this day And Iehovah was angry with me for your sakes and sware that I should not goe over Iordan and that I should not goe in into the good land which Iehovah thy God giveth thâ—â— for an inheritance For I must die in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I must not goe over Iordan but ye shall goe over and possesse that good land Take heed unto your selves lest yee forget the covenant of Iehovah your God which hee stroke with you and make to you a 〈◊〉 thing the likenesse of any thing which Iehovah thy God hath charged thee For Iehovah thy God hee is a consuming 〈◊〉 〈…〉 alous God When thou shalt beget children and childrens children and ye shall have waxen old in thâ— land and shall corrupt your selves and make a graven thing the likenesse of any thing and shall doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah thy God to provoke him to anger I call the heavens the earth to witnesse against you this day that perishing ye shall perish soone from off the land whereunto you passe over Iordan to possesse it yee shall not prolong your â—â—ies upon it but shall utterly be destroyed And Iehovah will scatter you among the peoples and yee shall be left few men in number among the heathens whither Iehovah shall lead you And there ye shall serve Gods the worke of mens hands wood and stone which neither see nor heare nor eat nor smell But if from thence ye shall seeke Iehovah thy God then thou shalt find him if thou shalt seeke him with all thy heart and with all thy soule When tribulation shall be on thee and all these things shall finde thee in the latter daies and thou shalt turne to Iehovah thy God and heaâ—ken unto his voice For Iehovah thy God is a mercifull God he will not leave thee neither destroy thee neither will he forget the covenant of thy fathers which hee sware unto them For aske now of the daies â—orepast which were before thee since the day that God created man upon the earth and aske from the utmost part of the heavens and unto the other utmost part of the heavens whether there hath beene any such thing as this great thing is or hath beene heard like it Hath a people heard the voyce of God speaking out of the midst of the fire as thou hast heard and lived Or hath God assayed to come to take him a nation from the middest of a nation by tentations by signes and by wonders and by war and by a strong hand and by a stretched-out arme and by great terrours according to all that Iehovah your God did for you in Egypt before your eyes Thou hast beene made see to know that Iehovah he is God there is none else besides him Out of the heavens hee made thee to heare his voyce to instruct thee and upon the earth he made thee to see his great fire and thou heardest his words out of the middest of the fire And because hee loved thy fathers therefore hee chose his seed after him and he brought thee out in his sight with his great power out of Egypt To drive out nations greater and mightier than thou from before thee to bring thee in to give thee their land for an inheritance as it is this day And thou shalt know this day and cause it to returne into thy heart that Iehovah hee is God in the heavens above and on the earth beneath there is none else And thou shalt keepe his statutes his commandements which I command thee this day that it may be well with thee and with thy sonnes after thee and that thou maiest prolong thy daies upon the land which Iehovah thy God giveth thee all daies Then Moses separated three Cities on this side Iordan towards the Sunne rising For the man-flayer to flee thither which should kill his neighbour unwittingly and he hated him not in times past and that hee might flie unto one of these cities and live Bezer in the wildernesse in the plaine countrey of the Reubenites and Ramoth in Gilead of the Gadites and Golan in Basan of the Manassites And this is the law which Moses set before the sonnes of Israel These are the testimonies and the statutes and the judgments which Moses
bountie in giving all people 's the use of those creatures as on the contrary false gods are said to divide or impart nothing unto them Deut. 29. 26. and the base minde of men to worship such things as are given for servants unto all men Vers. 20. fornace of iron that is fornace wherein 〈◊〉 melted so Egypt is called for the cruell op 〈…〉 Israel likewise in 1 King 8. 51. Ier. 11. 4. people of inheritance that is whom God shall 〈◊〉 take for his possession the Greeke 〈◊〉 and inheritance as this day under 〈…〉 〈◊〉 yee are or as yee see this day Vers. 21. your sakes or your words as the Greek 〈◊〉 the things spoken by you meaning 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ring words Num. 20. 3 4 5. where 〈…〉 〈◊〉 being grieved obeyed not the comman 〈…〉 God Num. 20. 12. Psal. 106. 32 33. 〈◊〉 spake of before Deut. 3. 26. and now a 〈…〉 to shew Gods severity against all 〈…〉 Vers. 23. stroke or cut that is covenanted or 〈◊〉 â—â—â—es doth often speake of the covenant first 〈◊〉 betweene God and them as that which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of all religion to them and their seed after them and whatsoever men added altered 〈◊〉 diminished from it was to be reputed evill So Paul reforming abuses in the Churches calleth them to the first institution 1 Cor. 11. 23 24. charged thee or commanded thee that is commanded thee not to doe or forbidden thee so in Deut. 2. 37. for Gods precepts in the Decalogue are for the most part for bods or prohibitions yet usually called commandements The whole phrase is expressed in Ge. 3. 11. which I commanded thee not to eat of it that is which I forbade thee to eat of Vers. 24. fire to consume all his enemies and thine if thou obey him as Deut. 9. 3. and thee thy selfe if thou disobey him as Zeph. 1. 18. Heb. 12. 29. See also Exod. 24. 17. The Chaldee addeth his word is a consuming fire which is also true Ier. 23. 29. Deut. 33. 2. jealous the former word signified Gods power this his will hauing a jealous affection whereby he will not spare as Prov. 6. 34 35. See Exod. 20. 5. Vers. 25. waxen old that is continued long as the Greeke explaineth it and become ancient inhabitants Gods blessings were by Israel abused to sin as is here foretold and againe in Deut. 32. 15. Vers. 26. perishing yee shall perish that is surely and speedily perish in Greeke perish with perdition so in Deut. 30. 18 19. where againe hee calleth heaven and earth to witnesse Vers. 27. few men Hebr. men of number that is soone numbred for your fewnesse as the Greeke translateth few in number and in Iob 16. 22. yeeres of number are a few yeares see Gen. 34. 30. This is contrary to that promised blessing in Gen. 15. 5. Vers. 28. serve gods being given over to your owne lusts as it is written God turned and gave them up to worship the host of heaven Act. 7. 42. This same God threatned afterward in Ier. 16. 13. But the Chaldee here turneth it yee shall serve peoples that serve Idols the worke of mens hands nor smell the vanity of Idols is after this sort described in Psal. 115. 4. 7. Ier. 10. 3. 9. Vers. 29. seeke Iehovah the Chaldee translateth seeke the feare of the Lord meaning his true service Here Moses annexeth promises to comfort repentant sinners as also in Deut. 30. 1 2 3 c. all thy heart see an example of this in 2 Chron. 15. 15. Vers. 30. finde thee that is come upon or befall thee as the Chaldee explaineth it Vers. 31. thy fathers Abraham Isaak and Iacob See Levit. 26. 42. c. Vers. 32. of the heavens that is from one utmost part of the world unto the other By the heavens are meant the parts of the world under the heavens and the holy Ghost openeth this phrase for in Mat. 24. 31. it is written from the utmost parts of the heavens unto the utmost paâ—ts of them for which in Mark 13. 27. is said from the utmost part of the earth unto the utmost part of the heavens By which it is evident that the heavens in this speech is put for the earth under the heavens for heavens comprehendeth the Aire also wherein wee breath as is noted on Genesis 1. 8. great thing Hebr. great word Moses hereby would teach that Gods words and works unto his Church are more great and marvellous than all his actions to other peoples whatsoever and therfore ought the more seriously to be considered Verse 33. voice of God the Chaldee saith the voice of the word of the Lord the Greeke of the living God and lived As at the apparitions of God men were wont to feare they should die Iudg. 13. 22. and 6. 22. So at the giving of the law all Israel desired that they might heare the voice of God no more lest they died Exod. 20. 19. Deut. 18. 16. which manifested the power of the law and the weaknesse of men Heb. 12. 19. So no man can see the face of God and live Exod. 33. 20. when God giveth his voice the earth melteth Psal. 46. 7. Verse 34. hath God or hath any God speaking of the true God and his workes unto Israel above all other people or of the reputed gods of the Gentiles none of which ever did such a thing assaied or tempted This is spoken not of God trying his owne strength but proving the obedience of his people and trying the strength of his adversaries The Chaldee translateth Or the tentations or signes which the Lord hath made to reveale himselfe c. tentations Moses here reckoneth seven things about Israels deliverance Tentations whereby God propounding his will tried their obedience as when God tempted Abraham Gen. 22. 1. Signes which many times are of ordinary workes and naturall as Exod. 3. 12. Wonders which are of extraordinary and supernaturall workes as Exod. 4. 21. and 7. 9. Warre upon the refusall and resistance of the enemie Exod. 8. 1 2. Strong hand not by cunning policies and stratagems as men often use in wars but by force compelling the enemie to yeeld Exod. 6. 1. Stretched out arme by open manifesting his power and plagues continually upon the resisters Esay 9. 12 17. Exod. 6. 6. and Great terrours which wounded the hearts of the very enemies Exod. 9. 20 27 28. and 10. 7. and 12. 30. terrours or feares the Greek and Chaldee translate visions or sights which are oftentimes fearefull but the Hebrew for fears and visions are one much like another which might cause the mistaking So in Deut. 26. 8. Vers. 35. so know that is that thou mightest know and acknowledge The end of all Gods workes was the manifesting of his glory to the information and salvation of his people This Moses often urgeth in this booke Vers. 36 to instruct or to nurture chastise by restraining from vice So Gods chastening and teaching out of his law are joyned together
in Ps. 94. â—2 Though chastening bee often with workes as Levit. 26. 18 28. Deut. 8. 5. yet is it also with words is here where the Chaldee translateth it teach and Prov. 9. 7. and 31. 1. Ezek. 23. 48. Iob 4. 3. the fire before he said out of heaven and now out of the middest of the fire for though the voice came out of heaven Israel perceived it not but onely out of the fire saith R. Menachem on Deut. 4. Vers. 37. therefore he chose or and chose that is loved his seed after him therefore he brought thee out Gods love and election out of love is the cause of mans redemption and salvation his seed that is the seed of thy fathers every one particularly as the promise was made to Abraham then to Isaac and after that to Iacob severally The Greeke and Chaldee translate it plurally their seed or sonnes after them in his sight or with his face or presence The Greeke saith he brought thee out himselfe the Chaldee he brought thee out by his word Thus the face or presence of God may imply Christ the Word the Angell of Gods face Esa. 63. 9. He it was that brought Israel out as 1 Cor. 10. 1 9. and the signe of his presence was in the pillar of the cloud and fire Exod. 13. 21. and 14. 19 20. Vers. 38. to drive out to wit out of possession as the originall word implyeth or to disinherit the Greeke saith to destroy or root out as it is the Greek addeth as thou hast this day Meaning of the land of Sihon and Og which they had now in possession a signe of further victorie Deut. 3. 21. Vers. 39. And thou shalt know or know and acknowledge therefore see vers 35. The knowledge of and obedience unto God is continually urged upon the remembrance of his former mercies So 1 Chron. 28. 9. cause it to returne or bring againe reduce that is call to minde and consider that not onely for the present but alwaies after Gods true feare might continue in them So in Deut. 30. 1. where this phrase is used see the annotations there Vers. 40. all daies this may be referred both to the latter the possessing of the land and to the former the welfare and length of life In Mat. 28. 20. all daies is explained unto the end of the world Vers. 42. unwittingly or without knowledge therof unawares See the law for this in Num. 35. 9 10 c. and after in Deut. 19. 2. in times past or in former daies Hebr. from yesterday and the third day See Gen. 31. 2. Vers. 43. Bezer in Greeke Bofâ—r see Ios. 20. 8. and 21. 36. 38. 27. 1 Chron. 6. 78 80. Golan in Greeke Gaulon Vers. 44. this is He meaneth that which hereafter followeth so this belongeth to the next chapter where the repetition of the lawes beginneth Vers. 45. after they came forth Hebr. in their comming forth but In is often used for After as is noted on Exod. 2. 23. so againe in vers 46. Vers. 46. Beth-peor in Greeke the house of Phogor an Idoll Temple see Deut. 3. 29. Amorites Hebr. Amorite in Greeke Amorreans smote that is killed as is noted on Gen. 14. 17. This victorie is here again touched the more to stir up the hearts of the people to obey Gods law who had begun to shew them his power and goodnesse Vers. 48. banke Hebr. lip Sion in Greeke Seon. This is not that which usually the Scripture calleth mount Zion in Ierusalem but otherwise written and called Hermon see Deut. 3. 9. Vers. 49. sea of the plaine the sea of salt Deut. 3. 17. the lake of Sodome or dead sea Ashdoth Pisgah or the springs of Pisgah see the notes on Deut. 3. 17. CHAP. V. 1 Mosesrehear seth the covenant that God made with Israel at Horeb. 6 The ten Commandements 22 the manner of the speaking and writing of them 24 The people being afraid did request Moses to receive the Law from God and to speake it unto them 28 The Lord liked their motion 30 and sent them into their tents 31 but willed Moses to stay and heare the Law which hee was to teach Israel to observe and doe for their good AND Moses called unto all Israel and said unto them Heare O Israel the statutes and the judgments which I speake in your eares this day and yee shall learne them and keepe to doe them Iehovah our God stroke a covenant with vs in Horeb. Not with our fathers stroke Iehovah this covenant but with us even us who are all of us here alive this day Iehovah spake unto you face to face in the mount out of the middest of the fire I standing betweene Iehovah and you at that time to shew unto you the word of Iehovah for yee were afraid by reason of the fire and went not up into the mount saying I Iehovah thy God which have brought thee out from the land of Egypt from the house of servants Thou shalt not have any other Gods before my face Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven thing any likenesse of things which are in the heavens above or which are in the earth beneath or which are in the waters beneath the earth Thou shalt not bow downe thy selfe to them neither serve them for I Iehovah thy God am a jealous God visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes and upon the third and upon the fourth generation of them that hate me And doing mercy unto thousands of them that love mee and of them that keepe his commandements Thou shalt not take up the name of Ieho 〈…〉 〈…〉 y God in vaine for Iehovah will not hold him guiltles that shall take up his name in vaine Keepe thou the Sabbath day to sanctifie it as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee Six daies shalt thou labour and shalt 〈◊〉 all thy worke But the seventh day is a Sabbath to Iehovah thy God in it thou shalt not doe any worke thou or thy sonne or thy daughter or thy man-servant or thy woman-servant or thine oxe or thine asse or any of thy cattell or thy stranger which is within thy gates that thy man-servant and thy woman-servant may rest as well as thou And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt and Iehovah thy God brought thee out thence by a strong hand and by a streched-out arme Therefore Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee to doe the Sabbath day Honour thy father and thy mother as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee that thy daies may be prolonged and that it may be well with thee upon the land which Iehovah thy God giveth thee Thou shalt not kill Neither shalt thou commit adulterie Neither shalt thou steale Neither shalt thou answer a false witnesse against thy neighbour Neither shalt thou covet thy neighbours wife neither shalt thou desire thy neighbours house his field or his man-servant or his woman-servant his oxe or his asse or any thing
figure ouâ— gracious men from whose doctrine and conversation heavenly comforts doe flow in the Church Iudg. 9. 8. 13. Song 4. 13. and 6. 10. Hos. 10. 1. and 14. 7 8. Psal. 1. 3. and 52. 10. Vers. 9. eat bread so having the fruition of Gods blessings therein which sometime men have not though the land be fruitfull as Deut. 28. 30. 33. 39. 40. And for their sinnes it came to passe that they did eat bread by weight and with care Ezek. 4. 16. brasse these latter are for munition and other uses as the former were for food so all good things are implyed See also Deut. 33. 25. The mountaines as Gods store-houses were not onely fruitfull on the upmost face of them with corne and grasse and trees of sundry sorts but within their bowels as it were bred minerals and metals of great use for man iron is taken out of the dust and Brasse is molten out of the stone Iob 28. 2. Vers. 10. be full or satisfied which is a blessing that God giveth to the righteous Prov. 13. 25. Ps. 147. 14. the contrary to the wicked Mic. 6. 14. Hag. 1. 6. shalt blesse Iehovah that is shalt give him thankes as where it is said that Iesus tooke bread and blessed Mark 14. 22. another Evangelist saith he tooke bread and gave thankes Luke 22. 19. And as our Saviour teacheth us to blesse before we eat Mat. 14. 19 20. so this law chargeth us to blesse after we have eaten and as for meat and drinke so for other good things which we receive of God as David saith Blesse the LORD O my soule and forget not all his benefits Psal. 103. 2. and the Apostle commandeth In every thing give thankes for this is the will of God in Christ Iesus concerning you 1 Thes. 5. 18. The Hebrewes from this Law of Moses teach that although it be here said thou shalt eat and be full and thou shalt blesse c. yet if a man eat but a morsell so much as an olive he is to blesse after it And he is bound to blesse for all meat first and afterward to use it likewise if he be to smell unto any sweet thing hee is to blesse and after to have the fruition of it as also to blesse after whatsoever he eateth or drinketh though he drinke but one little draught or eat but a morsell And as they were to blesse for the use of the creatures so for every thing commanded in the Law they were first to blesse and then to doe the same Women and servants were bound to blesse their meat and little children also that they might be trained up in the Commandements Vncleane persons whatsoever uncleannesse they had might blesse notwithstanding Maimony tom 1. in treat of Blessings ch 1. s. 1. c. and chap. 5. sect 1. Vers. 11. lest thou forget Iehovah or that thou forget not Iehovah which the Chaldee expoundeth that thou forget not the feare of the LORD God is forgotten when his Commandements are neglected Psal. 106. 19 21. Ier. 2. 32. and he is remembred when his precepts are remembred and done Psal. 103. 18. Moses his next words shew this to be the meaning here So God is forgotten when his workes towards us are forgotten as appeateth after in vers 14. 15. c. Vers. 124 good that is goodly faire pleasant commodious see the notes on Gen. 1. 4. Vers. 14. lâ—fted up the Chaldee expounds it strengthned or hardned meaning with pride as is said of Nebuchadnezar Dan. 5. 20. and so lifting up of the heart meaneth as Deut. 17. 20. Ier. 48. 29. Dan. 11. 12. which is the way for men to forget God as is written They were filled and their heart was lifted up therefore have they forgetten â—e Hos. 13. 6. servants in Greeke and Chaldee servitude or bondage Vers. 15. â—ed thee or made thee goe to wit safely that thou shouldst not stumble as Esa. 63. 13. This grace David remembreth in Psal. 136. 16. Which led his people thorow the wildernesse c. This was by a pillar of a cloud by day and by a pillar of fire by night Exod. 13. 21. fearefull for it was a land of desarts and of pits a land of drought and of the shadow of death a land that no man passed thorow where no man dwelt Ier. 2. 6. fiery serpents or serpent burning serpent and scorpian the Greeke translateth where was the biting serpent and scorpion the Chaldee saith a place of barning serpents and scorpions See Num. 21. 6. c. 〈◊〉 scorpions Hebr. scorpion one for many as is noted on Gev. 3. 2. Scorpions are venemous creatures which hurt and sting with their tailes wicked men are likened unto such Ezek. 2. 6. Rev. 9. 3. 5. 10. as also unto Serpents Matth. 23. 33. drought or thirst meaning a land of thirst as is expressed in Esa 35. 7. and so the Chaldee here translateth a place of drinesse rocke of flint that is hard and dry rocke from whence God gave them water twise Exod. 17. and Num. 20. Of this mercy David sung that God turneth the rocke to a lake of watens the flint to a fountaine of waters Psal. 114. 8. After Moses speaketh figuratively of oile out of the flints rocke Deut. 32. 13. Vers. 16. Mavna where of see before vers 3. and Exod. 16. thy latter end for though no chastening for the present seemeth to be joyous but grievoin yet afterward it yeeldith the peaceable fruit of righte on snesse unto them which are exercised shereby Hebr. 12. 11. Vers. 17. And thou say understand from vers 12. lest thou say that is as the Greeke translateth and say not gotten Hebr. made that is as the Chaldee expoundeth it gotten So in vers 18. wealth or power meaning wealth or goods as the Chaldee hath it Vers. 18. that it is he or for it is he Riches and wealth in the land of Canaan figuring spirituall riches in Christ were the speciall gift of God for The blessing of the LORD it maketh rich Prov. 10 22. but Israel forgat this as God saith For she did not know that I gave her corne and wine and oile and multiplied her silver and gold Hos. 2. 8. Vers. 19. other gods the idols of the people saith the Chaldee paraphrast These words shew what the forgetting of God meaneth so Psal. 106. 19 21. Itestifie the Greeke addeth I take heaven and 〈…〉 th to witnesse against you So Moses him-selfe elsewhere speaketh in Deut. 30. 19. parishing ye shall perish that is ye shall assuredly and speedily perish not with standing your wealth and prosperity as it is said Neither their silver nor their gold shall be able to deliver them in the day of the LORDS wrath but the whole land shall be devoured by the fire of his jealiousie Zeph. 1. 18. Vers. 20. not heare that is not obey the voice which the Chaldee explaineth not receive the word of the LORD CHAP. IX 1. Moses teacheth Israel now ready to
enter into Canaan that God would goe before them and destroy their enemies 〈◊〉 not for their righteousnesse but for the heathens wickednesse and for his owne oath to Abraham 6 Because Israel was a stiffe-necked people that had often rebelled against God in the wildernesse as 8 at Horeb where they made a molten Calfe whiles Moseswas on the mount to receive the tables of the Coveuant 13 for which God would have destroyed them but that Moses intreated for them and abolished their idolatry 22. How Israel sinned at Taberab Massah Kibroth hattaavah 23 and at Kades barnea where they resused to take possâ—ssion of the Land 25 Moses his fasting and praser for the people HEare O Israel thou art passing over Londan this day to goe in to possesse Nations greater and mightier than throu Cities great and fenced up to the Heavens A people great and tall the sonnes of the Anakims whom thou hast knowen and thou hast heard who can stand before the sonnes of Anak And thou shalt know this day that Iehovah thy God is he that passeth over before thee a consuming fire he will destroy them and hee will bring them downe before thy face and thou shalt drive them out and dessroy them suddenly as Iehovah hath spoke unto thee Say not in thine heart when Iehovah thy God hath cast them out from before thy face saying For my justice Iehovah hath brought me in to possesse this land but for the wickednesse of these nations Iehovah doth drive them out from thy face Nor for thy justice or for the righteousnesse of thine heart doest thou goe in to possesse their land but for the wickednesse of these nations Iehovah thy God doth drive them out from thy face and for to stablish the word which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to Abraham to Isaak and to Iakob And thou shalt know that not for thy justice doth Iehovah thy God give thee this good land to possesse it for thou art a stiffe-necked people Remember forget not how thou provoledst to wrath Iehovah thy God in the wildrnesse from the day that thou didst depart out of the land of Egypt untill ye came unto this place ye have been rebellious against Iehovah And in Horeb yee provoked Iehovah to wrath and Iehovah was angry with you to have destroyed you When I was gone up into the mount to receive the tables of stone the tables of the Covenant which Iehovah stroke with you and I abode in the mount fortie dayes and fortie nights I did neither eat bread not drinke water And Iehovah gave unto me the two tables of stone written with the finger of God and on them according to all the words which Iehovah spake with you in the mount out of the midst of fire in the day of the Assembly And it was at the end of forty daies and forty nights Iehovah gave unto me the two tables of stone the tables of the Covenant And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe downe quickly from hence for thy people which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt have corrupted themselves they have quickly turned aside our of the way which I commanded them they have made them a molten calfe And Iehovah said unto me saying I have seene 〈◊〉 people and behold it is a stiffe-necked people Let me alone that I may destroy them and blot out their name from under the heavens and I will make of thee a nation mighter and greater than they And I tur 〈◊〉 mee and came downe from the mount and the mount burned with fire and the two tables of the Covenant were in my two hands And I saw and behold yee had sinned against Iehovah your God yee had made you 〈…〉 n calfe yee had turned aside quickly 〈◊〉 the way which Iehovah had comman 〈…〉 you And I tooke the two tables and 〈◊〉 them out of my two hands and brake them before your eyes And I fell downe before Iehovah as at the first fortie daies and 〈◊〉 nights I did neither eat bread nor 〈◊〉 water because of all your sinne which yee had sinned in doing evill in the eyes of Iehovah to provoke him to anger For I was afraid because of the anger and hot displeasure where with Iehovah was wroth against you to destroy you but Iehovah hear 〈…〉 unto me at that time also And Ieho 〈…〉 very angry with Aaron to have destroyed him and I prayed for Aaron also in the same time And your sinne the Calfe which yee had made I tooke and burned it with fire and stamped it grinding it well untill it was made small as dust and I cast the dust thereof into the brooke that descended out of the mount And at Taberah and at Massah and at Kibroth-hataavah yee provoked Iehovah to wrath And when Iehovah sent you from Kadesh-barnea saying Goe up and possesse the land which I have given unto you then yee rebelled against the mouth of Iehovah your God and yee beleeved him not neither hearkened unto his voice You have beene rebellious against Iehovah from the day that I knew you And I fell downe before Iehovah fortie daies and fortie nights as I fell downe because Iehovah had said for to destroy you And I prayed unto Iehovah and said O Lord Iehovah destroy not thy people and thine inheritance which thou hast redeemed through thy greatnesse which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt with a strong hand Remember thy servants Abraham Isaak and Iaakob looke not unto the hardnesse of this people nor to their wickednesse nor to their sinne Lest the land from whence thou hast brought us out doe say Because Iehovah was not able to bring them into the land which he spake unto them and because he hated them he hath brought them out to slay them in the wildernesse Yet they are thy people and thine inheritance which thou broughtest out by thy great power and by thy stretched out arme Annotations IOrdan Hebr. Iarden a river thorow which Israel was to passe into the land Deut. 1. 1. See Num. 34. 12. this day that is at this time very shortly Day is often used for time as 2 Cor. 6. 2. An boure is likewise so used for time as the last houre 1 Iohn 2. 18. So in that houre Luke 10. 21. 16. At that time Matth. 11. 25. possesse or inherit which when it is spoken of nations signifieth dominion over them Lev. 25. 45 46. Here it may be meant also of the lands or countries of those nations as they are said to possesse Gad which dwelt in his cities Ier. 49. 1. Vers. 2. Anakims whom the Chaldee calleth Giants They were named of one Anak of whom see Numb 13. 23. and so the Greeke here saith sonnes of Enak hast heard to wit men say A common report of others and of the Israelites themselves Numb 13. 29 34. Vers. 3. he that passeth Against feare and distrust such as had affected them before Numb 14. 1 2 3 c. hee opposeth the presence and power
Chaldee do interpret it the Burning a place so called because the people complaining there the fire of the Lord was kindled and consumed some of them See the historie in Num. 11. 1 2 3. Massah in English the tentation and so the Greek and Chaldee translate it A place at Rephidim in the wildernesse before they came to Horeb ten stations from Egypt in the first yeere of their travell where wanting water they tempted God saying Is the Lord amongst us or no and there he gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. See the annotations there and Psal. 95. 8 9. Heb. 3. 8. c. Deut. 6. 16. Kibroth-hattaavah in English the Graves of lust so translated also by the Greeke Here a little from Taberah forementioned they loathed Manna and lusted for flesh God gave them Quailes but they died of a plague 〈◊〉 the flesh was yet betweene their teeth and 〈◊〉 buried there occasioned this name of the 〈◊〉 for a perpetuall memoriall See Num. 11. 4 34. and the annotations there Also Psal. 78. 〈◊〉 31. and 106. 14 15. Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea where being come thorow the wildernesse of Pharan to the border of the land of Canaan they were commanded of God to goe take possession Then they sent spies who discouraged the people so through want of 〈◊〉 they durst not enter and were for it condem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 40. yeeres wandring in the wildernesse and 〈◊〉 ended their dayes See Numb 13. and 14. 〈◊〉 against the mouth that is against the 〈◊〉 or commandement in Greeke yee disobeyed 〈◊〉 word Vers. 24. that I knew you the Greeke expounds 〈…〉 the day that he was knowne unto you So he 〈…〉 deth with a generall charge of rebellion upon them shewing hereby the impossibility of the law and ministery thereof to bring men unto God for it causeth sinne and wrath to abound as 〈◊〉 4. 15. and 8 3. Gal. 3. 19 22. For besides these 〈…〉 lars they sinned many other times in the 〈…〉 nesse as is noted on Num. 14. 22. and in Psa. 〈◊〉 and 106. Vers. 25. I fell downe in Greeke I prayed Hee 〈…〉 th to speake of their reconciliation to God which was by the prayer of Moses as a mediatour 〈◊〉 figure of Christ by whom and not by our own deserts we have entrance into the kingdome of God Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20 22. and 5. 1 2 c. as I fell downe to wit at the first as v. 18. or which I fell downe that is which I said before that I fell downe But the Hebrew asher which is sometimes used for as as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy that is said that he would destroy you See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark 10. 33 34. Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh in Greeke Lord Lord in Chaldee Lord God See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people this respecteth their adoption in Christ and justification 1 Pet. 2. 9 10. inheritance this implyeth their sanctification unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit See Exod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes in Greek through thy great strength as v. 29. it implyeth also his great goodnesse and therefore is often spoken of his gracious workes for his people 1 Chron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49. Vers. 27. thy servants Hee meaneth Gods oath unto them to multiply their seed and to give them the land for an eternall inheritance as is expressed in this prayer before Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe hardnesse the naturall corruption whereby the heart is hardned that it cannot repent and beleeve the word of God from which the two evils following doe flow Rom. 2. 5. Vers. 28. the land that is as the Greeke and Chaldee both explaine the inhabitants of the land This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb 14. 16. CHAP. X. 1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies in renuing the two tables of the Covenant 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie 10 in hearkning unto Moses his suit for the people 12 An exhortation unto obedience 14 because of Gods glorie 15 love unto Israel 17 justice towards all 21 his fearefull workes 22 and multiplication of his people AT that time Iehovah said unto mee Hew thee two tables of stone like the first and come up unto me into the mount and thou shalt make thee an Arke of wood And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables which thou brakest and thou shalt put them in the Arke And I made an Arke of Shittim wood and hewed two tables of stone like the first went up into the mount and the two tables in my hand And he wrote on the tables according to the first writing the ten words which Iehovah had spoken unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly and Iehovah gave them unto me And I turned my self and came downe from the mount and I put the tables in the Arke which I had made and there they be as Iehovah commanded me And the sonnes of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan from Moserah there Aaron dyed and was buried there and Eleazar his sonne administred the Priests office in his stead From thence they journeyed to Gudgodah and from Gudgodah to Iot-bath a land of rivers of waters At that time Iehovah separated the tribe of Levi to beare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name unto this day Therefore Levi hath no part or inheritance with his brethren Iehovah he is his inheritance as Iehovah thy God spake unto him And I stood in the mount according to the former dayes fortie dayes and fortie nights and Iehovah hearkened unto me at that time also Iehovah would not destroy thee And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe in journey before the people that they may goe in and possesse the land which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them And now Israel what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee but to feare Iehovah thy God to walke in all his waies and to love him and to serve Iehovah thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soule To keepe the commandements of Iehovah and his statutes which I command thee this day for good unto thee Behold unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens and the heavens of heavens the earth and all that therein is Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight to love them and he chose their seed after them even you above all peoples as it is this day Circumcise therefore the super fluous foreskinne of your heart and make not your necke stiffe any more For Iehovah your God
raine of heavens A land which Iehovah thy God careth for the eyes of Iehovah thy God are continually upon it from the beginning of the yeere even to the end of the yeere And it shall be if hearkening ye shall hearken unto my commandements which I command you this day to love Iehovah your God and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soule That I will give the raine of your land in his time the first raine and the latter raine and thou shalt gather in thy Corne and thy new wine and thy new Oyle And I will give grasse in thy field for thy cattell that thou 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and be full Take heed to your selves lest your heart be deceived and yee turne aside and serve other gods and bow downe your selves to them And the anger of Iehovah be kindled against you and he shut up the heavens that there bee no raine and the land yeeld not her increase and ye perish quickly from off the good land which Iehovah giveth you And yee shall put these my words in your heart and in your soule and shall binde them for a signe upon your hand and they shall be for Phylacteries betweene your eyes And yee shall teach them your children speaking of them when thou sittest in thine house and when thou walkest in the way and when thou lyest downe and when thou risest up And thou shalt write them upon the doore-posts of thine house and on thy gates That your dayes may be multiplied and the dayes of your children in the land which Iehovah sware unto your fathers to give unto them as the dayes of the heavens upon the earth For if keeping yee shall keepe all this commandement which I command you to doe it to love Iehovah your God to walke in all his wayes and to cleave unto him Then will Iehovah drive out all these nations from before your faces and yee shall possesse nations greater and mightier than your selves Every place whereon the sole of your foot shall tread shall be yours from the wildernesse and Lebanon from the river the river Euphrates and unto the hindmost sea shall your coast be There shall not a man stand before you Iehovah your God will give the dread of you and the feare of you upon the face of all the land which yee shall tread upon as hee hath spoken unto you 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Behold I set before you this day a blessing and a curse A blessing if yee shall hearken unto the commandements of Iehovah your God which I command you this day And a curse if yee will not hearken unto the commandements of Iehovah your God but turne aside out of the way which I command you this day to goe after other gods which yee have not knowne And it shall bee when Iehovah thy God hath brought thee in unto the land whither thou goest to possesse it that thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim and the curse upon mount Ebal Are they not on the other-side Iordan by the way of the going downe of the Sunne in the land of the Canaanite which dwelleth in the plaine over against Gilgal besides the Okes of Moreh For yee are passing over Iordan to goe in to possesse the land which Iehovah your God giveth unto you and yee shall possesse it and dwell in it And yee shall observe to doe all the statutes and the judgements which I set before your faces this day Annotations ANd thou shalt love or Love thou therefore Moses returneth to exhort Israel unto the love of God and to shew the same by their continuall obedience his charge or his custodie his observation which word is often used for a watch as in Exod. 14. 24. The Greeke translateth it charges or custodies meaning ordinances to be kept heedfully so in Gen. 26. 5. Lev. 8. 35. and 18. 30. Vers. 2. for I speake not with your children or that it is not your children or sonnes namely which have seene Gods greatnesse c. but your eyes are they that have seene c. vers 7. Hee commendeth Gods speciall favour to their owne persons more than to their fathers or to their children in shewing them his great workes for which they should the more love and obey him This he after confirmeth by many arguments the chastisement or nurture which the Chaldee translateth doctrine or instruction It implieth nurture both by words and workes as Deut. 4. 36. and 8. 5. Lev. 26. 18. Prov. 1. 2. and 4. 1. stretched out the Greek and Chaldee translate high arme See the notes on Deut. 4. 34. Vers. 3. deeds or acts in Greeke wonders Of these see the history in Exod. 7 c. And here is the first argument from Gods mighty workes in Egypt Vers. 4. arme or power forces So the Greeke translateth the power of the Egyptians See Exod. 15. 4. to their horses Hebr. to his horses and to his Chariots speaking of them as of one man or having respect to Pharaoh their King to flow or to swim and over their faces is like that in Lam. 3. 54. waters flowed over mine head He meaneth they were drowned the Sea covered them they sanke as Lead in the mighty waters Exod. 15. 10. destroyed or made them perish so that there remained not so much as one of them Exod. 14. 28. This was an extraordinary favour of God who oftentimes suffereth the oppressors to have the strong hand whiles the oppressed have the teares and no comforter Eccles. 4. 1. So this is the second argument from Gods power shewed at the Red sea Vers. 5. what hee did or the things which hee did in his continuall guiding them thorow that terrible wildernesse where they bewrayed their many infirmities and had experience both of his chastisements and of his mercies the third argument and motive unto obedience Vers. 6. Dathan of whose historie see Numb 16. This is the fourth argument of Gods greatnesse to perswade Israel unto his love for that hee had repressed the factious and mutinous rebels among themselves which would have subverted the order and ordinance of God concerning the Priesthood the meanes of the atonement and reconciliation betweene God and his people their houses that is housholds as the Chaldee expounds it the men of their houses See Numb 16. 32. at their feet that is in their possession the Greeke and Chaldee translate that was with them Vers. 7. have seene or are they that see Therefore this people above all other were bound to love the Lord. worke or deed that is workes as the Greeke translateth So in the verse following commandement for commandements Vers. 8. be strong in body and spirit to fight against the enemy as in Ios. 1. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 14. Or be strong that is lively and healthfull as the Greeke translateth that ye may live and they that be strong Matth. 9. 12. are by another Evangelist said to be in health opposed to the sicke Luk. 5. 31. possesse
security it meaneth without feare Iudg. 8. 11. and 18. 7. and without danger of evill Psal. 78. 53. See the like promise in Levit. 25. 18 19. This promise is fulfilled in Christ by whom wee are delivered out of the hands of our enemies that we might serve God without feare Luk. 1. 74. Vers. 11. And there shall be or And it shall bee that the place c. See vers 5. the choice that is the best or fairest as the Chaldee translateth Vers. 12. your gates the Chaldee explaineth it your cities so the Hebrew text sometime explaineth it selfe as is noted on Exod. 20. 10. no part of the spoiles or inheritance in the division of the land but the Lord is his part and inheritance See Deut. 10. 9. Num. 18. 8. 21. Vers. 13. lest thou offer that is that thou offer not This precept is often and carefully urged because the people were prone to fall into the transgression of it as the histories of Scripture manifest 1 King 12 28 29 30. 2 King 17. 9. 11. And it taught men the unitie of the faith of Christ and the band of love and peace to be kept in the heavenly Ierusalem whither all people should resort Rev. 21. 24 25 26. Vers. 14. that I command thee the Greeke addeth this day So not the place only but all other things in Gods service were to be according to the word of God because the naturall man not regenerate by Gods word and spirit receiveth not the things of the spirit of God neither can he know them 1 Cor. 2. 14. and in the things which he knoweth he corrupteth himselfe Rom. 1. 21. and God would have obedience to his word rather than sacrifice 1 Sam. 15. 22. Vers. 15. Notwithstanding or Only as the word signifieth in vers 16. 26. It is a libertie granted for civill things but with a limitation in all the desire of thy soule the Greeke translateth in all thy desire the soule being put for the whole person It meaneth whatsoever thou or thy soule desireth maist slay this word is the same that is used for sacrificing which also was with slaughter of the creature but applied here and often to the slaying for ordinary food Of this the Hebrewes say It is lawfull to slay for common food in any place without the court of the Sanctuarie for they slay in the court none but the holy things of the Altar only But it is unlawfull to slay common things in the court either cattell beast or bird And so it is said in Deut. 12. 21. If the place be farre from thee which the Lord thy God shall chuse c. then thou shalt slay c. and eat within thy gates Here thou art taught that they slay not flesh for ones desire but without the place which the Lord hath chosen And that which is slaine without the place is lawfull to be eaten within all gates But he that slaieth common things in the court that flesh is pure and unlawfull to be used but they burie it c. Maimony tom 2. in Shechitah ch 2. sect 1 2. to the blessing that is the liberalitie or bounteous gift so restraining all profuse rioâ— and keeping men within the limits of their abilitie thy gates in the Chaldee thy cities and so the Greeke in every citie may eat or shall eat God would have no difference of persons nor of places nor of cleane beasts as after followeth lest there should grow any respect of holinesse in such civil things which might turne to superstition Vers. 16. Only as the Greeke saith But the bloud to wit of beasts and oâ— fowles Lev. 7. 26. this was absolutely forbidden even in civill diet the reason hereof is noted on Levit. 17. poure it or shed it on the earth and cover it with dust Levit 17. 13. see the annotations there Vers. 17. Thou maist â—ot that is it is not permitted or lawfull forthee as the Chaldee explaineth it gates in the Greeke and Chaldee cities so in vers 18. and 21. The second tithe which the owners did eat was holy and might not be â—aâ—en but in the place where Gods Sanctuarie was see the notes on Deut. 14. 22 23. heave-offering in Greeke first-fruits in Chaldee the separation that is the separated thing see vers 6. Maimony in Biccurim or treat of First-fruits chap. 3. sect 3. saith The heave-offering of thine hand is the first-fruits and The Priest that eateth of the first-fruits out of Ierusalem after that they are brought within the walls is by the Law to be beaten for it is said Thou maist not eat within thy gates c. See more on Deut. 26. 2. 4. Vers. 19. lest thou forsake that is that thou forsake not or neglect not either by erecting a new ministerie as did Ieroboam 2 Chron. 13. 9. or by with-holding thy offerings the meanes of their livelihood which is in speciall here intended So in Neh. 10. 39. we will not forsake the house of our God where mention is made of bringing up their offerings The same sinne is called the spoiling of God Mal. 3. 8. See also Deut. 14. 27. upon thy land the land of Canaan out of which in speciall tithes first-fruits and the like were to be paid The Greeke translateth all the time that thou shalt live upon the land or earth Vers. 20. Because thy soule or as the Greeke translateth if thy soule desireth Vers. 22. as the Roe-bucke that is as common and profane meats without any respect of holinesse So after in Deut. 15. 22 23. Vers. 23. Only be sure or be strong the Greeke translateth Take heed strongly it meaneth a full and firme purpose of heart not to eat it at any time Of this Law see the notes on Lev. 17. 10. c. is the soule figuratively spoken because the soule or life is in the bloud as is expressed Lev. 17. 11. not eat the soule because God gave them that upon the altar to make an atonement for their soules Lev. 17. 11 12. Vers. 26. holy things Hebr. holinesses the Chaldee applieth it to their tithes Vers. 27. the flesh and the bloud both of them were wholly brought to the altar Levit. 1. The Greeke translateth the flesh thou shalt offer upon the altar sacrifices to wit peace-offerings for the flesh of them was eaten by the owners Levit. 7. 15. upon the altar the Greeke translateth it at the base or foot of the altar Vers. 28. in the eyes that is as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it before the Lord. Vers. 29. to possesse them or to disinherit them as the Chaldee saith to cast them out the Greeke translateth to inherit their land God having given direction for the place of his worship now proceedeth with the things and manner of service which they should performe unto him Vers. 30. lest thou be ensnared that is deceived in thy minde and so fall into sinne and destruction by following their religion The Greeke translateth that thou seeke not to
follow them See Exod. 23. 33. As the nations were to be destroyed so their idolatrous service was to be abolished that none of their customes should be retained in Israel How did Heb. How will that is how use they to serve Hereupon the Hebrewes say Thou maist not inquire or aske concerning the way of the service of an idoll how it is although thou serve it not for this thing 〈…〉 to turne after it and to doe as they doe Maimony treat of Idolatry ch 2. sect 2. will I doe not unto idols but to the Lord as the next verse manifesteth So not onely the worship of false gods but false or idolatrous worship of the true God is here forbidden and all imitation of Idolaters is condemned So in Levit. 18. 3. Vers. 31. every abomination the Chaldee expoundeth every thing that is abominable before the Lord in Greeke the abominations which the Lord hateth to their gods the Chaldee expounds it to their idols This one particular of burning their children is named all other being implyed because herein they shewed most zeale and love as Abraham for sacrificing his sonne at Gods command is highly commended Gen. 22. 12. and Israel when they would shew themselves most studious to please the Lord inquired about giving the fruit of their body for the sinne of their soule Mich. 6. 7. and sometime practised this abomination Psal. 106. 37 38. Ezek. 23. 37 39. But God here condemneth the most fervent devotion of Idolaters Vers. 32. Every word or thing in Chaldee every commandement Hereby God appointeth his owne word and law to bee the onely rule of his service without imitating the customes of others or devising any thing of their owne So in Levit. 18. 4. Deut. 4. 1 2. CHAP. XIII 1 The Prophet that inticeth to idolatry though he give signes which come to passe must not bee hearkened unto but put to death 6. The brother childe wife or friend that inticeth to idolatry must not bee bearkened unto spared or concealed but stoned to death 12 The citie that revolteth to serve other gods after due inquiry must bee smitten with the sword men and beasts utterly destroyed the spoiles burned the citie ruined for ever and none of that execrable thing reserved IF there arise in the middest of thee a Prophet or a dreamer of dreames and hee give unto thee a signe or a wonder And the signe commeth or the wonder which hee spake unto thee saying Let us go after other gods which thou hast not known serve them Thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that Prophet or unto that dreamer of a dreame for Iehovah your God tempteth you to know whether you be the lovers of Iehovah your God with all your heart and with all your soule After Iehovah your God shall yee walke and him yee shall feare and his commandements shall ye keepe and his voice yee shall obey and him you shall serve and unto him shall ye cleave And that Prophet or that dreamer of a dreame shall be put to death because hee hath spoken revolt against Iehovah your God which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt and redeemed thee out of the house of servants to thrust thee out of the way which Iehovah thy God commanded thee to walke therein and thou shalt put away the evill from the middest of thee If thy brother the sonne of thy mother or thy sonne or thy daughter or the wife of thy bosome or thy friend which is in thine owne soule entise thee in secret saying Let us goe and serve other gods which thou hast not knowne thou nor thy fathers Of the gods of the peoples which are round about you nigh unto thee or farre off from thee from the one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth Thou shalt not consent unto him nor hearken unto him neither shall thine eye spare him neither shalt thou pitty neither shalt thou conceale him But killing thou shalt kill him thine hand shall be first upon him to put him to death and afterwards the hand of all the people And thou shalt stone him with stones and he shall die because hee hath sought to thrust thee away from Iehovah thy God which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt out of the house of servants And all Israel shall heare and feare and shall doe no more as this evill thing in the middest of thee If thou shalt heare say in one of thy cities which Iehovah thy God giveth to thee to dwell there saying Certaine men the sons of Belial are gone out from the middest of thee and have thrust away the inhabitants of their citie saying Let us goe and serve other gods which yee have not knowne Then shalt thou enquire and shalt search and shalt aske diligently and behold if it be truth the word certaine this abomination is done in the middest of thee Smiting thou shalt smite the inhabitants of that citie with the edge of the sword utterly destroying it and all that is therein and the cattell thereof with the edge of the sword And all the spoile of it thou shalt gather into the middest of the street thereof and shalt burne with fire the citie and all the spoile thereof everie whit to Iehovah thy God and it shall be an heape for ever it shall not bee built againe And there shall not cleave to thy hand ought of the cursed thing that Iehovah may turne from the burning of his anger and may give unto thee tender mercies and may have tender mercie on thee and multiplie thee as hee hath sworne unto thy fathers When thou shalt obey the voice of Iehovah thy God to keepe all his commandements which I command thee this day to doe that which is right in the eies of Iehovah thy God Annotations IF there arise or when there shall stand up by which word is signified the open and bold cariage of deceivers Moses having from the first commandement taught the doctrine of one only God whom wee should in faith love and obedience have to bee ours and give our selves to him and from the second commandement taught the right way of serving this God according to his owne word doth now from the third commandement teach to beware of the abuse of Gods name and word unto vanity heresie or idolatry and so generally warneth Israel to take heed lest they transgressed the first and second commandements by the breach of the third in the middest of thee speaking to Israel amongst whom many false prophets did arise 2 Pet. 2. 1. Vnto which danger all Churches are subject as it is said Moreover of your owne selves shall men arise speaking perverse things Act. 20. 30. a Prophet a publike seducer touching whom hee giveth warning first as afterwards of the private in v. 6. c. What a Prophet signifieth is noted on Gen. 20. 7. and Exod. 7. 1. dreames this was one of the waies by which prophesie came of old
Paschal Lambe Levit. 23. 5. 8. see the notes on Exod. 12. 15. bread of affliction or bread of povertie so called because it was a memoriall of their affliction in Egypt and of their hasty comming out from thence before their bread had time to be leavened Exod. 12. 34. 39. Hereupon the Israelites used after the eating of the Paschall Lambe to breake a cake of unleavened bread and the father of the family gave every man a peece and said This is the bread of affliction which our fathers did eat in the land of Egypt c. as is shewed at large in the notes on Exod. 12. 8. That bread Christ consecrated to bee a memoriall to us of his afflictions and death for our sakes whereby his body was broken for us 1 Cor. 11. 24 25 26. in haste this word implieth a trembling and an hasty flight for feare of danger Deut. 20. 3. 2 Sam. 4. 4. 2 King 7. 15. See the notes on Exod. 12. 11. Vers. 4. seene with thee or seene appeare unto thee Leaven might not be eaten nor so much as left within their dwellings but carefully sought out and put away before the feast began The manner of doing it and meaning thereof is shewed on Exod. 12. 15. 19. thy coast or thy border the Greeke saith thy coasts Leaven might no way bee reserved for any use till after the Passeover but was purged out the day before and abolished either burnt or otherwise made away as is noted on Exod 12. 15. of the flesh the Greeke translateth plurally of the fleshes to imply the other sacrifices of the feast as well as the Paschall Lambe whereof whatsoever was left till morning was to bee burnt as a polluted thing Exod. 12. 10. The Hebrewes explaine this Law thus The feast-offering Chagigah of the fourteenth day is at mens liberty to offer but not bound And it is eaten for two dayes and one night like all the sacrifices of Peace-offerings Lev. 7. 15 16 17. And it is unlawfull to leave of the flesh of the Chagigah of the 14. day unto the third day as it is said in Deut. 16. 4. neither shall any thing of the flesh which thou shalt sacrifice in the evening in the first day remaine all night untill the morning By word of mouth wee have learned that this is a prohibition for leaving the flesh of the Chagigah of the fourteenth day unto the sixteenth day as it is said unto the morning till the morning of the second day Maimony in Korb Pesach ch 10. s. 13 Of this was that practise of the Iewes in Ioh. 18. 28. they went not into the Iudgement hall lest they should be defiled but that they might eat the Passeover meaning the Chagigah or Feast-offering of the Passeover for the Paschall Lambe was eaten the night before Marke 14. 12 c. Vers. 5. not sacrifice or not kill thy gates that is as both the Greeke and Chaldee expound it thy cities This was a perpetuall Law for the Pasche as the Hebrewes declare from this Law thus They kill not the Passeover but in the Court as the rest of the holy things yea in the time when the high places were permitted they sacrificed not the Passeover in a private high place who so offereth the Passeover in a private high place is beaten For it is said in Deut. 16. 5. Thou maist not sacrifice the Passeover in any of thy gates we have beene taught that this is a prohibition to kill it in a private high place although it be in the time when high places are permitted Maimony in Korban Pesach ch 1. s. 3. Vers. 6. about the going downe of the Sunne that is in the afternoone before Sunne setting for at Sunne setting the day ended For the time of killing see the notes on Exod. 12. 6. Vers. 7. shall boile or seeth so the Hebrew word properly signifieth and so both the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it though the Greeke addeth another word thou shalt boile and rost and eat Therefore this cannot be meant of the Paschal Lambe which might not be boiled but rosted only Exod. 12. 8 9. but is spoken of the Chagigah or Feast-offering forementioned which might be boiled if they would and so they practised in Iosiahs Passeover they rosted the Passeover that is the Lambe with fire but the holy offerings they boiled in pots and in cauldrons c. 2. Chr. 35. 13 c. unto thy tents that is as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it unto thy houses or dwellings See the notes on Num. 24. 5. Vers. 8. solemne assembly called in Hebrew Gnatserâ—th of retaining the people or of restraining them from worke in Greeke Exodion the Out-going of the feast in Chaldee an Assembly or Congregation See Lev. 23. 36. any worke to wit any servile worke as is expressed in Levit. 23. 8. Num. 28. 25. but worke about dressing meat or drinke might be done on the feast dayes but not on the Sabbath see the notes on Lev. 23. 3 7. Vers. 9. Seven weekes or Seven sevens to wit of daies The Greeke addeth Seven intire weekes See Lev. 23. 15. where they are called seven Sabbaths into the standing corne that is from the sixteenth day of Nisan or March at which time the Magistrates of Israel sent messengers to reape the sheafe the first-fruits of Barley harvest to wave it before the Lord from which day precisely they were to number these seven weekes untill Pentecost which was the fiftieth day as is shewed more largely in the Annotations on Levit. 23. 10. 15 16. Vers. 10. shalt observe Hebr. doe or make to wit holy see the notes on Exod. 34. 22. So after in vers 13. of weekes so called because it was seven weekes after the bringing of the sheafe at the Passeover and it was fifty dayes whereupon it is called in Greeke Pentecost Acts 2. 1. See Lev. 23. 15 16. a tribute of a voluntary offering or a contributioÌ„ of voluntarinesse that is a voluntary contribution of thine hand which the Greek translateth as thine hand is able The Hebrew Missah which is onely found in this place is a contribution as Mas is often used for a tribute or it is a sufficiency or enough as in Deut. 15. 8. enough for his want is by the Chaldee there expounded Missath the word which the Chaldee useth also here Wherefore this contribution here spoken of is neither the sacrifice appointed for the feast day in Num. 28. 27. 31. nor the two loaves and sacrifices with them commanded in Lev. 23. 17. 20. for these were not voluntary offerings but bounden duties which might not be omitted But over and beside theÌ„ God here appointeth men to bring unto him voluntarily what they could and would Vers. 11. shalt rejoyce this they were bound to doe and it was one of the three things required of the Israelites at every solemne feast see the notes on Ex. 23. 15. and after here on v. 14. his name in Chaldee his Divine
acknowledge faces that is be partiall respecting one more than another see Lev. 19. 15. Deut. 1. 17. Prov. 24. 23. take a gift or a bribe this is repeated from Exod. 23. 8. see the Annotations there Vers. 20. Iustice justice that is all manner justice and nothing but justice exactly carefully and continually shalt thou follow the Greeke translateth Iustly that which is just shalt thou follow The doubling of the word is for more vehemency see Deut. 2. 27. and when a word is trebled it is most vehement as in Ezek. 21. 27. Esay 6. 3. Vers. 21. not plant thee or not plant unto thee or for thy selfe see the like phrase in Exod. 20. 4. a grove called in Hebrew Asherah of Felicity or happinesse a blessed grove such the heathens used for the service of their gods as is noted on Exod. 34. 13. but the Lord would not have such neere his altar in his service notwithstanding the Israelites corrupted themselves herewith sundry times as Iudg. 3. 7. and 6. 25. 1 King 14. 23. and 16. 33. 2 King 21. 3. 7. and there were prophets of the groves 1 King 18. 19. For this sin God threatned to root up Israel out of the good land which he gave to their fathers 1 King 14. 15. The Hebrewes say He that planteth a tree neere unto the Altar or in any part of the Court-yard whether it be barren tree or tree that beareth food although he doe it for to adorne the Sanctuary and beautifie it he is to be beaten Deut. 16. 21. Because this was the manner of Idolaters they planted trees by the altars side that the people might assemble there Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 6. s. 9. Vers. 22. set thee up a pillar or set up for thy selfe a statue or standing image whereof see the annotations on Lev. 26. 1. CHAP. XVII 1 The things sacrificed to the Lord must be unblemished 2 Idolaters are to be stoned to death being convicted by witnesses 8 Hard controversies are to be determined by the Law which the Priests and Iudges shewed which were in the place that the Lord should chuse 12 The contemner of that determination must die 14 The election and dutie of a King THou shalt not sacrifice unto Iehovah thy God Oxe or Lambe wherein is blemish any evill thing for that is an abomination to Iehovah thy God If there be found in the midst of thee in any of thy gates which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee man or woman that hath done evill in the eyes of Iehovah thy God in transgressing his covenant And hath gone and served other gods and bowed himselfe downe unto them either to the Sunne or to the Moone or to any of the host of the heavens which I have not commanded And it be told thee and thou hast heard of it and hast inquired diligently and behold it be a truth and the thing certaine that this abomination is done in Israel Then thou shalt bring forth that man or that woman which have done this evill thing unto thy gates the man or the woman and shalt stone them with stones and they shall die At the mouth of two witnesses or of three witnesses shall he that is to die be put to death he shall not be put to death at the mouth of one witnesse The hand of the witnesses shall be first upon him to put him to death and afterward the hand of all the people and thou shalt put away the evill from the midst of thee If a matter be too hard for thee in judgment betweene bloud and bloud betweene plea plea and betweene stroke and stroke matters of controversies within thy gates then thou shalt arise and goe up unto the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse And thou shalt come unto the Priests the Levites and unto the Iudge that shall be in those dayes and thou shalt inquire and they shall shew unto thee the word of judgement And thou shalt doe according to the word which they shall shew unto thee they of that place which Iehovah shall chuse and thou shalt observe to doe according to all that they informe thee According to the Law which they shall teach thee and according to the judgement which they shall say unto thee thou shalt doe thou shalt not decline from the word which they shall shew unto thee to the right hand or to the left And the man that will doe presumptuously not to hearken unto the Priest that standeth to minister there before Iehovah thy God or unto the Iudge even that man shall die and thou shalt put away the evill from Israel And all the people shall heare and feare and not doe presumptuously any more When thou art come into the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee and shalt possesse it and dwell therein shalt say I will set over me a King as all the nations that are round about me Setting thou shalt set over thee a King whom Iehovah thy God shall chuse from among thy brethren shalt thou set over thee a King thou maist not set over thee a man that is a forrainer which is not thy brother But he shall not multiply horses to himselfe nor cause the people to returne to Egypt to the end to multiply horses for Iehovah hath said unto you yee shall not adde to returne this way any more Neither shall hee multiply wives to himselfe that his heart turne not away neither shall he greatly multiply to himselfe silver and gold And it shall be when hee sitteth upon the throne of his kingdome that hee shall write for him-selfe the Copie of this Law in a Booke out of that which is before the Priests the Levites And it shal be with him he shal reade therein all the daies of his life that he may learn to feare Iehovah his God to keepe all the words of this Law and these Statutes to doe them That his heart be not lifted up above his brethren and that hee turne not aside from the commandement to the right hand or to the left to the end that he may prolong his daies in his kingdome hee and his sonnes in the midst of Israel Annotations NOt sacrifice in Greek not offer which is more generall and so the Law also saith in Lev. 22. 20. see the annotations there Oxe or Lambe these are the greatest and the least sacrifices under which two all other are comprehended The Oxe is not to be understood of a gelded beast which wee usually call an Oxe for so it became blemished and unfit for sacrifice but of a Bull as the originall properly signifieth And the Lambe in Hebrew Seâ— implyeth the Kid also as Exod. 12. 3 5. blemish in Hebrew Mum of which the Chaldee Muma and Greeke Momos are derived Whereupon Christ is called the Lambe amomos that is without blemish 1 Pet. 1. 19. It meaneth any superfluity want or deformity in any part as is more largely shewed on Lev. 22. 22. 24. And it
a day is naught such a day is fit for to doe such a worke such a yeere or moneth is evill for such a thing It is unlawfull to observe times though one doe no worke but make it knowne they are lyes which fooles imagine to bee true and to bee words of wise men c. Maim in treat of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 8. an observer of fortunes one that curiously searcheth observeth and telleth signes of good or evill luck which are learned by experience The Hebrew Nachash is to search and finde out by experience Gen. 30. 27. and 44. 5. whereupon Menachesh the word here used is one that too curiously observeth and abuseth things that doe fall out as luckie or unluckie signes as did the Augures and Soothsaiers among the heathens The Hebrewes describe it thus as if one should say Because the morsell of bread is fallen out of my mouth or my staffe out of mine hand I will not goe to such a place this day for if I goe I shall not speed of my businesse Because a Fox passed by on my right hand I will not goe out of my house this day for if I goe some deceitfull man will meet with mee And so if men heare the chattering of a bird and say it shall be so or not so it is good to doe such a thing or naught to doe such a thing c. And so hee that maketh signes for himselfe if it fall out so or so I will doe such a thing if it fall not out I will not doe it and all things of like sort these all are unlawfull and who-soever doth any act bacause of any of these things is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 4. This sinne was common among the heathens practised of the wisest Numb 24. 1. 1 King 20. 33. and it spread into Israel 2 King 17. 17. 2 Chron. 33. 6. and is at this day too common among Christians though Gods law plainly forbiddeth it here and in Levit. 19. 26. a witch or a sorcerer a magician in Hebrew Mecashsheph in Greeke Pharmakos of this kinde were Iannes and Iambres the sorcerers of Egypt see the notes on Exod. 7. 11. Such were esteemed among the wise and called to tell and interpret dreames Dan. 2. 2. By Gods Law a winch might not bee suffered to live Exod. 22. 18. yet did this evill prevaile in Israel 2 Chron. 33. 6. Ier. 27. 9. Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrews seeme to hold two sorts of these witches or sorcerers some that did hurt others that did hold the eies that is by jugling and sleights beguiled mens senses Mecashsheph the witch is to be stoned to death if be doe the act oft witchcraft but he that heldeth the dies and seemeth to doe that which he doth not is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatry ch 11. s. 15. Vers. 11. charmeth a charme or inchanteth an inchantment or conjureth conjuration The Hebrew Chober signifieth conjoyning or consociating the Chaldee name Ratim is of murmuring or mumbling the Greeke Epaidon of charming or inchanting This Charmer is said to be hee that speaketh words of a strange language and without sense and hee in his foolishnesse thinketh that these words are profitable That if one say so or so unto a Serpent or a Scorpion it cannot hurt a man and hee that saith so and so to a mâ—an be cannot be hurt c. He that whispereth over a wound or readeth a verse out of the Bible likewise he that readeth over an Infant that it may not be frighted or that layeth the booke of the Law the Bible or the Phylacteries upon a childe that it may sleepe such are not onely among inchanters or charmers but of those that generally denie the Law of God because they make the words of the Scripture medicine for the body whereas they are not but medicine for the soule as it is written in Prov. 3. 22. They shall be life unto thy soule Maimony 〈◊〉 of Idolatry chap. 11. sect 10. 12. of a familiar spirit called in Hebrew Ob which signifieth a bottle Ioh 32. 19. applied here and often to Magicians who possessed with an evill spirit speak with hollow voice as out of a bottell and as some say with swollen bellies whereupon the Greeke version usually calleth them Eggastrimuthoi as speaking out of the belly But the holy Ghost in Act. 16. 16. expoundeth it more fully the spirit of Pithon or of divination meaning of the Devill whose answers were given to the heathens by these meanes the chiefe whereof was called Pythius Apollo and his Temple Pythion and his feast Pythia kept to his honour who was faigned to kill the serpent Python The manner of this Oracle the Prophet sheweth to be with an hollow low voice as Thy speech shall bee low out of the dust and thy voice shall be as of one that hath a familiar spirit Esay 29. 4. The Hebrewes explaine it thus that hee which had a familiar spirit stood and burned incense and held a rod of mirtle tree in his hand and waved it And he spake certaine words in secret untill hee that inquired did heare one speake unto him and answer him touching that which hee inquired with words from under the earth with a very low voice c. Likewise one tooke a dead mans skull and burnt incense thereto and inchanted thereby till hee heard a very low voice c. Hee that did any of these acts was to be stoned to death Maim in treat of Idolatry c. 6. s. 1. This was Sauls sinne that he sought to a woman which had a familiar spirit the voice whereof he heard 1. Sam. 28. 7. 15. for which transgression the Lord killed him 1 Chron. 10. 13. and hath threatned to cut off all from among his people that doe inquire of such Levit. 20. 6 wizard or cunning man in Hebrew Iidgnoni so named of his knowledge or cunning and so the Greeke version in other places calleth him Gnostes of knowledge a Prognosticator but here the Greeke is Teratoskopos he that observeth wonders The Chaldee giveth him a name of remembrance Zecuru He is usually joyned with the former that hath a familiar spirit as in Levit. 19. 31. and 20. 6. 2 Chron. 33. 6. 1 Sam. 28. 3. and by the Law they were both of them to die Levit. 20. 27. Such were among the Egyptians and other heathens Esay 19. 3. it is likely therefore that their practise was alike abominable The Hebrewes describe him thus that hee put in his meuth a bone of a bird called Iaduangh burned incense did other workes untill he fell downe as with shame or modestie and spake with his mouth things that were to come to passe Maim treat of Idolatry ch 6. sect 2. that seeketh unto the dead or as the Chaldee and Greeke expound it that inquireth of the dead such wee call of the Greeke name a Necromancer Of him they say that he made himselfe hungry and went and lodged
13. all that I shall command This Christ did in his owne person as he said I speake not of my selfe but the Father which sent me he gave me a commandement what I should say and what I should speake and I know that his commandement is life everlasting whatsoever I speake therefore even as the Father said unto mee so I speake Ioh. 12. 49 50. and All things that I have heard of my Father I have made knowne unto you Iob. 15. 15. He did and doth it also by his Ministers for as he gave his Apostles the words which the Father had given him Ioh. 17. 8. so the things which they spake and wrote were the commandements of the Lord 1 Cor. 14. 37. and he requireth of all that If any man speake it should be as the oracles of God 1 Pet. 4. 11. V. 19. my words God here acknowledgeth the words to be his own which Christ should speake as himselfe also said My doctrine is not mine but his that sent me Ioh. 7. 16. And whereas Prophets used to shew signes wonders Deut. 13. 1 2. though Christ did many such Act. 2. 22. yet are they not here mentioned because the word gospell of Christ is the power of God unto salvation Ro. 1. 16. and his commandement is life everlasting Ioh. 12. 50. and Christs name is called the word of God Rev. 19. 13. Io. 1. 1. the word rather than wonders was that w ch the ancient Iewes expected by Christ as their later writers doe witnesse saying Let it not come up into thy mind that the king Christ needeth to do signes woÌ„ders the thing is not so for behold Rabbi Akibah was a great wise man of the wise men of the Thalmud and he was armour-bearer to Ben Coziba the King who was thought to be the king Christ. And both he and all the wise men of his age supposed that he had beene Christ the King untill he was killed for his iniquities when he was killed they knew he was not so And the wise men asked not of him any signe or wonder Maim in treat of Kings ch 11. s. 3. Howbeit when the true Christ was indeed come that wicked and adulterous generation sought after a signe Mat. 16. 14. and 12. 38 39. and except they saw signes and wonders they would not beleeve Ioh. 4. 48. and though he did many miracles before them yet they beleeved not in him Ioh. 12. 37. He came in his Fathers name and they received him not another as Beu Coziba came in his own name and him they received Ioh. 5. 43. I will require it to wit by punishmeÌ„t for so requiring often signifieth Gen. 9. 5. and 42. 22. and so the Greeke here translateth I will take vengeance on him and the Apostle expoundeth it thus every soule which will not he are that Prophet shall be destroyed from among the people Act. 3. 23. The Chaldee translateth My Word shall require it of him And the Hebrew Doctors so explaine these words He that transgresseth against his words is guiltie of death by the hand of God as it is written in Deut. 18. I will require it of him Maim in Iesude hatorah c. 9. s. 2. This was fulfilled upon the Iewes who would not hearken to the words of Christ therefore he destroyed the Citie and the Sanctuarie as was prophesied Dan. 9. 26. The enemies laid it even with the ground and the children therof within it they left not therein one stone upon another because she knew not the time of her visitation Luk. 19. 44. So they died in their sins Ioh. 8. 24. and wrath came upon them to the uttermost 1 Thess. 2. 16. Vers. 20. shall presume The Greeke and Chaldee expound it shall doe ungodlily and wickedly not commanded of this sin the false Prophets in Israel were commonly guiltie for it reproved as They have seene vanitie and lying divination saying The Lord saith and the Lord hath not sent them Ezek. 13. 6. and I have not sent them saith the Lord yet they prophesie a lie in my name Ier. 27. 15. And of this the Hebrewes say The false Prophet is to bee strangled to death although he prophesie in the name of the Lord and neither addeth nor diminisheth Deut. 18. 20. Whether he prophesieth that which he hath not heard by propheticall vision or who so hath heard the words of his fellow Prophet and saith that this word was said unto him and be prophesieth therby 〈…〉 is a false Prophet and is to be strangled to death Maiâ— treat of Idolatrie chap. 5. sect 7 8. of other gods as they that prophesied by Baal Ier. 2. 8. and 23. 13. The Hebrewes declare it thus The Prophet that prophesieth in the name of an Idol as he that saith such an Idol or such a starre said unto me that we are commanded to doe this or that or not to doe it though it be to pronounce that uncleane which is uncleane or that cleane which is cleane c. he is to be strangled to death c. And it is unlawfull to aske of him a signe or a wonder and if he doe any of him-selfe they may not regard him who so supposeth of his signes that per adventure they may be true transgresseth this prohibition Deut. 13. 3. Thou shalt not bearken unto the words of that prophet Maim treat of Idolatrie chap. 5. sect 6 7. shall â—ven die that is shall be put to death by the Magistrate and his judgement is to be strangled as before is noted For which strangling they afterward as under the Romans used Crucifying And the Hebrewes say They judged not either a whole tribe or a false Prophet or the high Priest but by the mouth of the Synedrion of 71. Iudges Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chap. 1. This high Synedrion was after in Ierusalem hereupon our Saviour said It cannot be that a Prophet perish out of Ierusalem and ô Ierusalem Ierusalem which killest the Prophets c. Luk. 13. 33 34. Vers. 22. That which in Greeke Whatsoever things meaning of predictions foretelling things to come For touching matters of faith and of the worship of God the people were to hold unto the written Law against which if any Prophet did teach and give a signe or wonder which came to passe yet they were not to beleeve or hearken unto him See Deut. 13. 1 5. the thing or the word be not But Ionas prophesied the destruction of Niniveh within fortie dayes and it came not to passe yet the Lord had spoken that word Ion. 1. and 3. Here then conditions are implied as if men breake not off their sinnes by repentance the evils foretold shall come upon them c. Ezek. 33. 13 14 15. Ier. 26. 12 13 18 19. Especially this is meant concerning prophesies of good things which if they come not to passe the Prophet is found false as Ieremie said to Ananias The Prophets that have beene before mee and before thee of old prophesied
according to the Greeke version Gal. 3. 13. And here in the utmost rigour and severity of the Law God fore-signified the riches of his grace towards sinners in Christ who redeemed us from the curse of the Law being made a curse for us as appeared in that he was hanged on the tree Gal. 3. 13. He was reckoned among the transgressors Luke 22. 37. and God made him to be sinne for us who knew no sinne that wee might be made the righteousnesse of God in him 2 Cor. 5. 21. The Chaldee translateth For because he sinned before the Lord he is hanged and thou shalt not defile the land or as the Greeke translateth and the land shall not be defiled which might be by the monument of Gods curse remaining upon it visibly So the buriall was to abolish the curse from appearing in the Lords land A figure of the fruit and effect of our Saviours buriall whereby the rigour of the Law was declared to be satisfied and all our sinnes defaced and removed out of Gods sight that they shall neveâ—be imputed unto us CHAP. XXII 1 The Law for our brethrens cattell strayed or things lost 5 The sex is to be distinguished by appa 〈…〉 6. The dam bird is not to be taken with her young 〈◊〉 8 The house must have battlements 9 Confu 〈…〉 〈◊〉 be avoided 12 Fringes to be made upon the 〈◊〉 13 The punishment of him that slandereth 〈◊〉 20. 22. Of adultery 25 of rape 28 for 〈…〉 30 incest THou shalt not see thy brothers oxe or his sheepe go astray and hide thy selfe from them restoring thou shalt 〈…〉 ore them unto thy brother And if thy 〈◊〉 〈…〉 er be not nigh unto thee or thou 〈…〉 west him not then thou shalt gather it 〈◊〉 thine house and it shall be with thee un 〈…〉 thy brother seeke after it and thou shalt 〈…〉 re it unto him And so shalt thou doe 〈◊〉 his asse and so shalt thou doe with his 〈…〉 ent and so shalt thou doe with every 〈◊〉 of thy brother which shall be lost by 〈◊〉 and thou hast found it thou maist not 〈◊〉 thy selfe Thou shalt not see thy brothers asse or his oxe fallen in the way and hide thy selfe from them lifting thou shalt lift them up with him A mans ornament shal not be upon a woman neither shall a man put on a womans garment for every one that doth these things is an abomination to Iehovah thy God If a birds nest chance to be before thee in the way in any tree or on the ground young ones or egges and the dam sitting upon the young or upon the eggs thou shalt not take the dam with the young Sending thou shalt send away the dam the young thou shalt take unto thee that it may be well with thee and thou maist prolong thy daies When thou buildest a new house then thou shalt make a battlement for thy roofe that thou put not blouds in thine house if any falling fall fâ—om it Thou shalt not sow thy vineyard with divers kindes lest the full-ripe fruit the seed which thou hast sowen and the revenue of the vineyard be defiled Thou shalt not plow with an oxe and an asse together Thou shalt not weare linsie-woolsie wooll and flax together Fringes shalt thou make unto thee upon the foure skirts of thy vesture which thou coverest thee withall If a man take a wife and goe in unto her and hate her And lay against her occasions of speech and bring forth upon her an evill name and say I tooke this woman and I came nigh unto her and I found her not to have virginity Then shall the father of the damosell and her mother take and bring forth the virginity of the damosell unto the Elders of the citie in the gate And the father of the damosel shall say unto the Elders I gave my daughter unto this man to wife he hateth her And loe he hath laid against her occasions of speech saying I found not thy daughter to have virginitie and this is my daughters virginity and they shall spread the cloth before the Elders of the citie And the Elders of that citie shall take the man and shall chastise him And they shall amearse him in an hundred shekels of silver and give them unto the father of the damosell because hee hath brought forth an evill name upon a Virgin of Israel and she shall be his to wife he may not send her away all his daies But if this word be truth and virginitie be not found for the damosell Then they shall bring out the damosell unto the doore of her fathers house and the men of her citie shall stone her with stones and she shall die because she hath done folly in Israel to commit whoredome in her fathers house and thou shalt put away evill from the midst of thee If a man be found lying with a woman married to an husband then they shall die even both of them the man that lieth with the woman and the woman and thou shalt put away evill from Israel If there be a damosel a virgin betrothed to a man and a man find her in the citie and lie with her Then ye shall bring out both of them unto the gate of that citie and yee shall stone them with stones and they shall die the damosell because she cried not out in the citie and the man because hee hath humbled his neighbours wife and thou shalt put away evill from the midst of thee And if in the field a man doe finde a betrothed damosell and the man take strong hold on her and lie with her then the man that lay with her shall die he onely But unto the damosell thou shalt not do any thing there is in the damosell no sinne of death for as when a man riseth against his neighbour and killeth him in soule so is this matter For he found her in the field the betrothed damosell cried out and there was none to save her If a man finde a damosell a virgin which is not betrothed and lay hold on her and lie with her and they be found Then the man that lieth with her shall give unto the damosels father fiftie shekels of silver and she shall be his to wife because he hath humbled her he may not send her away all his daies A man shall not take his fathers wife nor discover his fathers skirt Annotations THy brothers oxen yea though it be thine onemies Exod. 23. 4. goe astray Hebr. driven away or thrust out of the way by any meanes of themselves or others as by a dog hunted from the flocke or fold and the like The Greeke and Chaldee translate erring in way and going astray See the notes on Deut. 4. 19. This dutie required towards beasts is much more towards men as God applieth the similitude in Ezek. 34. 4. 16. And as we all were like sheepe going astray 1 Pet. 2. 25. so are we daily subject to stray from
the Chaldee translateth both Tsitsith and Geddim by the word Cruspedin which is borrowed of the Greeke Craspeda which name the holy Ghost giveth to these Fringes in Matt. 23. 5. where Christ blameth the Pharisees hypocrisie for making their phylacteries broad and craspeda the fringes of their garments large The making of these by the Iewes is shewed on Num. 15. 38. c. Here Moses having repeated the mysteries concerning the Church in vers 9. of the ministerie in vers 10. and of the doctrine in vers 11. addeth to them this law of the fringes which were signes annexed to the word and visible tokens for them to looke upon and remember all the commandements of the Lord and doe them and be holy unto their God Num. 15. 39 40. See more in the Annotations on that place Vers. 13. take a wife that is marrie her for the taking is after the betrothing or espousalls Matt. 1. 18. 20. And before mariage the betrothed persons might not come together as the equitie of this Law following sheweth So by the Hebrewes The spouse is to be restrained from her husband by the doctrine of the Scribes all the while she is in her fathers house and he that lieth with his spouse in his father in lawes house is to bee chastised with stripes Maimony in treat of Wives chap. 10. sect 1. After in the same place he sheweth the manner of mariage among them that it was to be with blessings or thanksgivings unto God in an assembly of ten men at the least and with a dowrâ—e bill which the Scrivener wrote and the bridegroome paid for whereby he endowed his spouse if shee were a virgin with two hundred dinars that is fiftie shekels and if she had beene maried before with 100. dinars that is 25. shekels and this was called the root or principall of the dowrie the dowrie might not be lesse but more so much as he would though it were to a talent of gold After the dowrie bill was confirmed by witnesses the bridegroome went with his spouse into the privie chamber or closet such as is mentioned in Ioel 2. 16. and this was the consummation of the mariage And who so maried a virgin was to rejoyce with her seven dayes as Gen. 29. 27. Iudg. 14. 10. 12. and with a widow three dayes not doing any worke those dayes but eating drinking and reioycing goe in into the chamber Iudg. 15. 1. and by consequence lie with her The Greeke translateth dwell or house together with her which word the Apostle useth 1 Pet. 3. 7. hate her which ought not to be towards any least of all towards his wife whom hee ought to love as his owne bodie for no man ever yet hated his owne flesh Ephes. 5. 28 29. Vers. 14. lay against her or put upon her occasions of speech or of words that is of evill words or pretenses of words that is pretended words or pretended matters So the Greeke translateth pretended words they are such as have a colour and shew of truth to excuse and hide his hatred as long prayers were a pretense for the covetousnesse of the Pharisees Matt. 23. 14. But pretense and truth are opposed in Phil. 1. 18 So here and vers 20. bring forth whether before the parents and friends or unto the Magistrates accusing her before them Some thinke this latter to be meant and as the Hebrewes describe it when he commeth unto the Court and saith I maried this damosell and I found her not to have virginitie and when I inquired into the matter it was made known to me that shee had played the whore under me after I was betrothed to her and these are my witnesses that for played the whore before them And the Iudges shal heare the words of the witnesses and examine their testimony if the thing be found true she is to be stoned Maim tom 2. in Nagnarah bethulah ch 3. sect 6. But by the order of the text the former seemeth as probable to have virginitie Hebr. I found not to her virginities The Greeke thus and comming unto her I found not her virginitie Vers. 15. the father to whom the injurie extended if she were falsly defamed or if shee had played the whore vers 21. and to whom the defense of the daughter did most fitly appertaine of the damosell The word Nagnarah damosell is properly a maid mariageable which of the Hebrewes is reckoned after twelve yeares of age before that age she is called a little one or childe and after also if she have not signes that she is mariageable such as are mentioned in Ezek. 16. 7. After those signes she is called Nagnarah adamosell till six moneths compleat and no longer from that day and forward she is called Bogereth Maimony treat of Wives chap. 2. sect 1. 3. Both these Nagnarah the damosell and Bogereth are subject to the punishment here appointed if they be not found virgins Maimony in Nagn bethâ—â—ah chap. 3. sect 7. the virginitie that is the signes of her virginitie in the cloth vers 17. and witnesses also as the Hebrewes say that they are so the Elders in Greeke the senate that is the Magistrates This was the Senate of 23. Iudges for they were to put her to death if she were guilde v. 21. They judge not this judgement but in the Court of three and twentie because there is in the judgement of him that bringeth forth an evill name the judgment of life death for if the thing be found as he saith then she is killed But he that forcâ—th a maid Deut. 22. 28. and he that intiseth her Exod. 22. 16. they judge of them at all times in the Court of three Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah chap. 3. sect 3. the gate the Chaldee addeth the gate of the judgement hall of the place Vers. 17. occasions or pretenses in Greeke pretended words or matters as vers 14 〈◊〉 this is that is these are the proofes or the signes as vers 15. Hebr. these are the virginities the cloth wherein the signes were to be seene Vers. 18. the man the husband of the damosell that is found to have accused his wife falsly chastise him in the Chaldee beat him which was the next punishment unto death The Hebrewes say If the father bring witnesses which doe disprove the witnesses which the husband brought and it be found that they have witnessed a falshood then they are stoned to death according to the law in Deut. 19. 18 19. and he the husband is beaten amersed in an hundred shekels And of this it is said in v. 17. THESE are MY DAVGHTERS VIRGINITIES these are the witnesses that disprove her husbands witnesses If her husband againe bring other witnesses which doe disprove her fathers witnesses then the damosell and her fathers witnesses are stoned vers 20. 21. Maim in Nagn bethulah chap. 3. sect 6. Vers. 19. amerse or mulct fine him hundred shekels the word shekels is added both in the Greeke and Chaldee versions and
16 Of justice 19 The forgotten sheafe is for the poore 20 And the gleanings of the fruits to bee left for them WHen a man hath taken a wife and beene her husband and it shall be that she finde not grace in his eies because hee hath found in her matter of nakednesse and he shall write her a bill of divorcement and give it in her hand and send her away out of his house And shee depart out of his house and goe and bee another mans And the latter man hate her and write her a bill of divorcement and give it in her hand and send her away out of his house or if the latter man die which tooke her to him to wife Her first husband which sent her away may not returne to take her to bee unto him to wife after that shee is caused to be defiled for that is abomination before Iehovah and thou shalt not cause the land to sinne which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance When a man hath taken a new wife hee shall not goe out in the Armie neither shall any thing passe upon him hee shall be free in his house one yeare and rejoyce with his wife which hee hath taken A man shall not take to pledge the neather mill-stone or the upper mill-stone for hee taketh to pledge the soule If a man bee taken stealing a soule of his brethren of the sonnes of Israel and maketh gaine to himselfe by him and selleth him then that theefe shall die and thou shalt put away evill from the middest of thee Take thou heed in the plague of leprofie to observe diligently and to doe according to all that the Priests the Levites shall teach you as I commanded them yee shall observe to doe Remember what Iehovah thy God did unto Marie in the way after yee were come forth out of Egypt When thou lendest thy neighbour the loane of any thing thou shalt not goe in into his house to fetch his pawne Thou shalt stand without and the man to whom thou doest lend shall bring forth unto thee the pawne without And if hee be a poore man thou shalt not lie downe with his pawne Restoring thou shalt restore the pawne unto him when the Sunne goeth downe that hee may lie downe in his raiment and blesse thee and unto thee it shall bee justice before Iehovah thy God Thou shalt not fraudulently oppresse an hired servant that is poore and needy of thy brethren or of thy stranger which is in thy land within thy gates In his day thou shalt give his hire and the Sun shall not goe downe upon it for hee is poore and unto it hee lifteth up his soule that hee cry not against thee unto Iehovah and it bee in thee a sinne The father shall not be put to death for the children and the children shall not bee put to death for the fathers they shall bee put to death every man in his owne sin Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of the stranger nor of the fatherlesse thou shalt not take to pledge the garment of the widow But thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in Egypt and Iehovah thy God redeemed thee thence therefore I command thee to doe this thing When thou reapest thine harvest in thy field and hast forgot a sheafe in the field thou shalt not returne to take it it shall bee for the stranger for the fatherlesse and for the widow that Iehovah thy God may blesse thee in all the worke of thine hands When thou beatest thine Olive-tree thou shalt not goe over the boughes after thee it shall be for the stranger for the fatherlesse and for the widow When thou gatherest the grapes of thy vine-yard thou shalt not gather the single grapes after thee it shall bee for the stranger for the fatherlesse and for the widow And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt therefore I command thee to doe this thing Annotations BEene her husband that is done an husbands duty lien with her as the Greeke translateth dwelt together with her So Deut. 21. 13. For his mariage is signified by the former phrase taken a wife as is noted on Deut. 22. 13. grace oâ— favour in his eies in Greeke grace before him that is if he like her not matter of nakednesse or the nakednesse of any thing that is the discovery of some uncleane thing or by transplacing the words any thing of nakednesse that is of shame and ignominy as the Greeke translateth a shamefull or uncomely thing This is thought of some not to be meant of adultery for which shee was to die if it were proved Deut. 22. 22. but of some evill thing in her conditions or actions which displeased her husband So the phrase was used in Deut. 23. 14. for that which was uncleanly and unseemely and he shall write understand from the former sentence and if hee shall write for this is not a commandement but a permission as our Saviour saith Moses because of the hardnesse of your hearts suffered you to put away your wives but from the beginning it was not so Matt. 19. 8. So after in vers 3. And the latter man shall hate her that is if hee shall hate her for all is supposition and permission untill v. 4. where she is forbidden to her first husband But the Hebrewes mistooke this for a commandement Matt. 19. 7. and so doe to this day as is to be seene in their writings wherin good and bad are mixed together thus A man may not take a wife and have a purpose in him to divorce her c. She may not remaine under him and minister unto him if hee be purposed to divorce her A man may not put away his first wife except he hath found in her the nakednesse of some thing and it becomes him not to be hasty to send away his first wife but the second if he hate her let him send her away A woman that is of evill conditions and is not modest as are the honest daughters of Israel it is commanded to put her away Maimony tom 2. treat of Divorces chap. 10. sect 21 22. But the Lord the God of Israel saith that hee hateth putting away Mal. 2. 16. And What God hath joyned together let no man put asunder Matt. 19. 6. bill of divorcement or libell booke of cutting off which the Greeke version approved by the Evangelists Matth. 19. 7. calleth a libell of divorcement or of departing away because by it the woman was cut off from her husband and departed from him and his house Of this the Hebrewes have many canons and the forme of this bill is in the Thalmud in Gittin chap. 9. and by Maimony in treat of Divorces chap. 4. sect 12. set downe in these words IN such a day of the weeke in such or such a day of the moneth N. in such or such a yeere from the creation of the world or from the supputation of
are comprehended under these heads hearken unto or obey his voice if any speciall thing be commanded unto any as when God sent Saul to root out Amalek 1 Sam. 15. 1 2 19 20. 22. Vers. 18. hath avouched thee or made thee to say that is to promise or give thy word in Greeke hath chosen thee peculiar treasure in the Greek a peculiar people in Chaldee a beloved people see the notes on Exod. 19. 5. to keepe that is that thou shouldest keepe which as it is a part of the covenant on Gods behalfe so is it the worke of his grace in all his people as he hath said I will put my Law in their inward parts and write it in their hearts Ier. 31. 33. Vers. 19. give thee to be high or make thee set thee high of which see the notes on Deut. 28. 1. And this is the third argument to perswade obedience in respect of the high excellency which Gods people begin to obtaine by him in this life and shall fully possesse in the end See Colos. 3. 1 2 3 4. Iam. 1. 9. in praise or for praise to be praised even of the enemie for my mercies upon thee as Zeph. 3. 19. 20. So he is said to make Ierusalem his Church a praise in the earth Esay 62. 7. for he exalteth the borne of his people the praise of all his Saints Psal. 148. 14. in name or for name that is fame or renowne this is a continuance and increase of the former praise called therefore an everlasting name that shall not be cut off Esay 56. 5. and a name that shall remaine Esay 66. 22. And it was by a setled continuance of the state of his Church as on the contrary by scattering them he is said to blot out the name of Israel from under heaven 2 Kings 14. 27. beautifull glory which consisteth in outward blessings wherwith God adorneth his Church as with garments of beautifull glory Esay 52. 1. opposed unto ashes Esay 61. 3. and is the continuance of his heavenly ordinances and Kingdome among them Esay 64. 11. Ezek. 16. 12. And all these three degrees of grace the Church enjoyeth by being united unto God as it is written As the girdle cleaveth to the loines of a man so have I caused to cleave unto 〈…〉 e the whole house of Israel and the whole house of Iudah saith Iehovah that they might be unto me for a people and for a name and for a praise and for a beautifull glorie Ier. 13. 11. See also Ier. 33. 9. an holy people This is the chiefest end of all our obedience the glory of God and our owne salvation which is accomplished by our sanctification as the Apostle saith Being now made free from sinne and become servants to God yee have your fruit unto holinesse and the end everlasting life Rom. 6. 22. CHAP. XXVII 1 The people are commanded to write the Law upon the stones when they are come into the land of Canaan 5 and to build an altar of whole stones 11 The T 〈…〉 s divided on Gerizzim and Ebal 14 The curses pronounced on mount Ebal ANd Moses and the Elders of Israel commanded the people saying Keep all the Commandement which I command you this day And it shall be in the day when you shall have passed over Iordan unto the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee that thou shalt set thee up great stones and plaister them with plaister And thou shalt write upon them all the words of this Law when thou art passed over that thou maist goe in unto the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee a land that floweth with milke and honey as Iehovah the God of thy fathers hath spoken And it shall be when yee are passed over Iordan yee shall set up these stones which I command you this day in mount Ebal and thou shalt plaister them with plaister And thou shalt build there an Altar unto Iehovah thy God an Altar of stones thou shalt not lift up any iron upon them Of whole stones shalt thou build the Altar of Iehovah thy God and thou shalt offer thereon Burnt-offerings unto Iehovah thy God And thou shalt sacrifice Peace-offerings and shalt eat there and rejoyce before Iehovah thy God And thou shalt write upon the stones all the words of this Law very plainly And Moses and the Priests the Levites spake unto all Israel saying Take heed and heare O Israel this day thou art become the people of Iehovah thy God Therefore thou shalt obey the voice of Iehovah thy God and doe his Commandements and his Statutes which I command thee this day And Moses commanded the people in that day saying These shall stand to blesse the people upon mount Gerizzim when yee are passed over Iordan Simeon and Levi and Iudah and Issachar and Ioseph and Benjamin And these shall stand for the curse on mount Ebal Reuben Gad and Aser Zabulon Dan and Naphtali And the Levites shall answer and say unto all the men of Israel with an high voyce Cursed be the man that maketh a graven or a molten image an abomination unto Iehovah the worke of the hand of the craftsman and putteth it in a secret place and all the people shall answer and say Amen Cursed be hee that setteth light by his father or his mother and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that removeth his neighbours limit and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that maketh the blinde to erre in way and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that wresteth the judgement of the stranger fatherlesse and widow and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wife because hee uncovereth his fathers skirt and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be he that lieth with any beast and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that lieth with his sister the daughter of his father or the daughter of his mother and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that lieth with his mother in law and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that smiteth his neighbour in secret and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be he that taketh a reward to smite a soule the bloud of an innocent and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this Law to doe them and all the people shall say Amen Annotations THe Elders of Israel in Greeke the Senate of the sonnes of Israel compare vers 9. Here Moses giveth order for the confirmation of all the Lawes before repeated by outward signes once to be performed by Israel when they should be come into Canaan The end whereof was to teach them salvation by Christ that they should not expect it by the workes of the Law for that leaveth them under the curse vers 26. Gal. 3. 10. all the commandement that is commandements as the Greeke translateth it or every commandement See
turneth aside See the Law concerning this in Deut. 24. 17. Vers. 20. fathers wife of this and the rest that follow see Lev. 18. Because men give themselves over to divers noysome lusts of the flesh God causeth divers curses to be pronounced against this sin the more to deterre men from following the same in any sort Vers. 24. smiteth this word is used sometime for slaying or killing as Deut. 1. 4. and 13. 15. sometime for wounding only Zach. 13. 6. or chastising Deut 28. 27 28. sometime for smiting with the fist of wickednesse Esai 58. 4. or with the tongue Ier. 18. 18. in secret the Greeke expoundeth it by guile Vers. 25. a reward a bribe or gift as the Greeke translateth it gifts and this is the Magistrates sin Deut. 16. 19. and was found in Israel as Mic. 3. 11. The heads thereof judge for bribes to smite in Chaldee to kill a soule that is a person the bloud of an innocent or as the Greeke expoundeth it of innocent bloud which is an effect of briberie as in Ezek. 22. 12. In thee have they taken bribes to shed bloud Vers. 26. Cursed be he the Greeke translateth Cursed be every man and so the Apostle alleageth it Gal. 3. 10. where he giveth this doctrine So many as are of the works of the Law are under the curse that whiles men doe the Law outwardly yet are they cursed by the Law as being privie transgressors for the Law is spirituall but men are carnall sold under sinne Rom. 7. 9 14. confirmeth not or stablisheth not which the Greeke and our Apostle in Gal. 3. 10. expound continueth not For when the just man turneth away from his justices and committeth iniquitie c. all his justice that he hath done shal not be mentioned in his trespasse that he hath trespassed and in his sinne that he hath sinned in them shall he die Ezek. 18. 24. See the Annotations on Lev. 26. 15. the words in Greeke all the words see the like in Lev. 25. 18. Exod. 25. 40. Deut. 19. 15. And so the Apostle citeth this place in Gal. 3. 10. continueth not in all things written in the booke of the Law to doe them this is an exposition of the former word confirmeth and sometime the one is put for the other as to confirme the words of this covenant 2 King 23. 3. for which another Prophet saith to doe the words 2 Chron. 34. 31. For not the hearers of the Law are just before God but the doers of the Law shall be justified Rom. 2. 13. And for asmuch as there is not a just man upon earth that doth good and sinneth not Eccles. 7. 20. therefore by the deeds of the Law there shall no flesh be justified in his sight Rom. 3. 20. that the Apostle rightly gathereth as many as are of the works of the Law are under the curse Gal. 3. 10. Therefore the use of the Law was to be a Schoolemaster unto Christ who hath redeemed us from the curse of the Law being made a curse for us Gal. 3. 24. 13. CHAP. XXVIII 1 Vpon condition of observing and doing all Gods commandements hee promiseth many blessings earthly and heavenly 15 But for disobedience he threatneth manifold curses plagues and miseries ANd it shall be if hearkening thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God to observe to doe all his commandements which I command thee this day that Iehovah thy God will give thee to bee high above all the nations of the earth And all these blessings shall come upon thee and overtake thee if thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God Blessed shalt thou be in the city and blessed shalt thou be in the field Blessed shall be the fruit of thy wombe and the fruit of thy ground and the fruit of thy cattell the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy sheepe Blessed shall be thy basket and thy dough trough Blessed shalt thou be when thou commest in and blessed shalt thou be when thou goest out Iehovah will give thine enemies that rise up against thee to be smitten before thy face they shall come out against thee one way and flie before thee seven waies Iehovah will command the blessing to be with thee in thy store-houses and in all that thou settest thine hand unto and he will blesse thee in the Land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee Iehovah will stablish thee unto him selfe for an holy people as hee hath sworne unto thee if thou shalt keepe the commandements of Iehovah thy God and walke in his waies And all peoples of the earth shall see that the name of Iehovah is called upon thee and they shall bee afraid of thee And Iehovah will make thee plenteous in good things in the fruit of thy wombe and in the fruit of thy cattell and in the fruit of thy ground in the land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to give unto thee Iehovah will open unto thee his good treasure the heavens to give the raine of thy land in his season and to blesse all the worke of thine hand and thou shalt lend unto many nations and thou shalt not borrow And Iehovah will give thee to be the head and not the taile and thou shalt bee above only and shalt not be beneath if thou hearken unto the commandements of Iehovah thy God which I command thee this day to observe and to doe And thou shalt not goe aside from any of the words which I command you this day to the right hand or to the left to goe after other gods to serve them And it shall bee if thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God to observe to doe all his commandements and his statutes which I command thee this day that all these curses shal come upon thee and overtake thee Cursed shalt thou be in the citie and cursed shalt thou be in the field Cursed shall be thy basket and thy dough-trough Cursed shall be the fruit of thy wombe and the fruit of thy ground the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy sheepe Cursed shalt thou bee when thou commest in and cursed shalt thou be when thou goest out Iehovah will send upon thee a curse vexation and rebuke in all that thou settest thine hand unto which thou wouldest doe untill thou bee destroyed and untill thou perish quickly because of the evill of thy doings for that thou hast forsaken mee Iehovah will make the pestilence cleave unto thee untill he have consumed thee from off the land whither thou goest to possesse it Iehovah will smite thee with the consumption and with the burning-ague and with an inflammation and with an extreme burning and with the sword and with blasting and with meldew and they shall pursue thee untill thou perish And thy heavens which are over thine head shall be brasse and the earth which is under thee shall be iron Iehovah will give the raine of thy land to be
that is which lieth in his bosome as Mic. 7. 5. Vers. 57. her after-birth and so her little one therein as the Chaldee expoundeth it the least of her children Vers. 58. fearefull in Greeke marvellous Vers. 59. thy plagues or every of thy plagues as the forme of the Hebrew word implieth thy seed Chald. thy children permanent or firme faithfull and continuing long as Tharg Ionath explaineth which shall dure long upon your bodies Vers. 60. disease or sicknesse in Greeke sorrow Of the plagues of Egypt see Exod. 8. c. Vers. 62. with a few men Greeke in a short or small number Chald. a people of number that is soone numbred See this fulfilled Esay 1. 9. hearkenedst not Chaldee receivedst not the word Vers. 63. will rejoyce although the destruction of the wicked is to themselves miserable yet Gods judgements upon them are unto him his Angels and all the Saints joyfull Rev. 18. 20. Ps. 58. 11 12. Ier. 51. 48. for when the wicked perish there is shouting joy Prov. 11. 10. Vers. 64. and unto the end c. that is from one end of the earth to another A like phrase is from the end of the heavens unto the end of them Matt. 24. 31. Mark 13. 27. This dispersion of the Iewes is visible even to this day serve other gods the Chaldee expoundeth it serve peoples that serve idols but it implieth Gods judgment in giving them over to further sinne see the notes on vers 36. Vers. 65. not finde ease or not have quietnesse Vnto this curse of the Law for sinne is opposed the promise of grace in Christ Ier. 31. 2. a trembling heart in Greeke a faint or discouraged heart See Levit. 26. 36. Esay 1. 5. failing of eies in Greeke failing eies that shall looke for deliverance but not see it pining of soule in Greeke a melting soule that is sorrowfull and fearefull See Lev. 26. 16. 1 Sam. 2. 33. Vers. 66. hanging in doubt that is uncertaine as after followeth So the Greeke thy life shall bee hanging before thine eies not have assurance of thy life or not beleeve in thy life in Greeke not beleeve thy life that is have no assurance of it but alwaies feare death Vers. 67. Who will give that is O that it were evening see Deut. 5. 29. A lively description of misery wherein every houre by night or by day seemeth long and tedious Compare Iob 7. 3 4. Vers. 68. to Egypt the house of bondage Exod. 20. 2. and figure of spirituall bondage under sinne and Satan in which estate the Law leaveth all men till they be redeemed by grace in Christ. So another Prophet saith They shall not dwell in Iâ—hovahs land but Ephraim shall returne to Egypt and they shall eat uncleane things in Assyria Hos. 9. 3. CHAP. XXIX Mosâ—â— being to renew the covenant exhorteth Israel to obedience by the mâ—mory of the workes they have seene 10 All stand before the Lord to enter into his covenant 18 The great wrath on him that flattereth himselfe in his wickednesse 29 Secret things belong unto God THese are the words of the covenant which Iehovah commanded Moses to strike with the sonnes of Israel in the land of Moab beside the covenant which he stroke with them in Horeb. And Moses called unto all Israel and said unto them You have seene all that Iehovah did before your eies in the land of Egypt unto Pharaoh and unto all his servants and unto all his land The great tentations which thâ—e eies have seene the signes and those great wonders Yet Iehovah hath not given unto you an heart to know and eies to see and eares to heare unto this day And I have lead you forty yeares in the wildernesse your cloathes are not waxen old upon you and thy shooe is not waxen old upon thy foot Ye have not eaten bread neither have you drunke wine or strong drinke that yee might know that I am Iehovah your God And yee came unto this place and Sihon king of Heshbon and Ogh king of Bashan came out against us unto battell and wee smote them And we tooke their land and gave it for an inheritance to the Reubenites and to the Gadites and to halfe the tribe of the Manassites Therefore yee shall keepe the words of this covenant and doe them that ye may wisely doe all that yeâ— doe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Yee stand this day all of you before Ieho 〈…〉 your God your heads of your tribes your elders and your officers all the men of 〈◊〉 Your little ones your wives and thy 〈◊〉 that is within thy campe from the 〈◊〉 of thy wood unto the drawer of thy water That thou shouldest passe into the covenant of Iehovah thy God and into his 〈◊〉 which Iehovah thy God striketh with â—â—ee this day That hee may stablish thee this day for a people unto himselfe and that he may bee unto thee a God as hee hath spoken unto thee and as hee hath sworne unto thy fathers to Abraham to Isaac and to Iakob And not with you your selves alone doe I strike this covenant and this oath But with him that is standing here with us this day before Iehovah your God and with him that is not here with us this day For ye know how we have dwelt in the land of Egypt and how wee have passed in the midst of the nations which yee passed by And yee have seene their abominations and their filthy idols wood and stone silver and gold which were with them Lest there should be among you man or woman or family or tribe whose heart turneth away this day from Iehovah our God to goe to serve the gods of those nations lest there should bee among you a root that beareth gall and wormewood And it be when he heareth the words of this oath that hee blesse himselfe in his heart saying I shall have peace though I walke in the imagination of mine heart to adde the drunken to the thirsty Iehovah will not spare him but then the anger of Iehovah and his jealousie shall smoke against that man and every curse that is written in this book shall lie upon him and Iehovah will bloâ— out his name from under the heavens And Iehovah will separate him unto evill out of all the tribes of Israel according to all the curses of the covenant that is written in this book of the Law And the after generation your sonnes that shall rise up after you and the stranger that shall come from a farre land shall say when they shall see the plagues of that land and the sicknesses thereof wherewith Iehovah hath made it sicke That all the land thereof is brimstone salt and burning that it is not sowen neither springeth nor any grasse groweth therein like the overthrow of Sodom and Gomorrâ—h Admah and Zebojim which Iehovah overthrew in his anger in his wrath Even all nations shall say Wherefore hath Iehovah done thus unto this land what meaneth the heat
of this great anger Then they shall say Because they have forsaken the covenant of Iehovah the God of their fathers which he strucke with them when he brought them forth out of the land of Egypt For they went and served other gods and bowed themselves downe unto them gods whom they knew not and hee had not imparted unto them And the anger of Iehovah was kindled against this land to bring upon it every curse that is written in this booke And Iehovah rooted them out of their land in anger and in wrath and in great indignation and cast them into another land as it is this day The secret things belong unto Iehovah our God and the things revealed belong unto us and to our sonnes forever to doe all the words of this Law Annotations TO strike or to cut whereof see the notes on Gen. 15. 18. Here the covenant is renewed betweene God and the people and it is the same in effect with the covenant made at Horeb Exod. 19. and 24. save that Christ who is the end of the legall covenant is here more cleerely revealed especially in Chap. 30. vers 11 14. of Moab the countrey on the out side of Iordan whereof see Deut. 1. 1 5. in Horeb or Choreb that is mount Sinai where the covenant was given Ex. 20. and the blessings and curses for confirmation thereof Lev. 26. 3 46. Vers. 3. tentations or trialls whereby God tried the Israelites faith and the hardnesse of the Egyptians in letting Israel goe see Deut. 4. 34. and 7. 19. From Gods former benefits whereof they had experience hee exhorteth them unto the keeping of the covenant Vers. 4. not given unto you This sheweth the unability of man to understand the things of God without the gift of God And long after this Paul complaineth of the Iewes even unto this day when Moses is read the veile is laid over their hearts 2 Cor. 3. 15. and Christ saith that to them it was not given to understand the mysteries of the kingdome of heaven Matt. 13. 11 13 14. Vers. 5. upon you or from upon you that is so as you should put them off and cast them from you Compare Deut. 8. 4. Vers. 6. bread to wit ordinary bread out of the earth but God hath nourished you with Manna the bread of heaven Psal. 78. 24 25. Deut. 8. 3. Vers. 7. Sihon in Greeke Seon king of Esebon Of this history see Num. 21. Vers. 8. wee tooke in Chaldee wee subdued to the Reubenites in Chaldee to the tribe of Reuben c. See the performance hereof in Num. 32. Vers. 9. wisely doe or prudently carry and with understanding and consequently prosper so in 1 King 2. 3. Ios. 1. 7 8. Here beginneth the one and fiftieth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 section of the Law see the notes on Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 10. your heads of your tribes that is your heads or chiefe men which are the heads of your tribes the Greeke translateth them by one word Archiphuloi that is the chiefe or Rulers of the tribes Vers. 11. thy stranger in Greeke the proselyte which is in the midst of your campe Such of that mixed multitude as came out of Egypt with Israel Exod. 12. 38. and others that had joyned themselves to the Church hewer of thy wood such ashewed wood and drew water were the basest servants or slaves of Israel as afterward was the case of the Gibeonites Ios. 9. 21 27. who also by faith were admitted into the Church and covenant of Israel Vers. 12. That thou shouldest passe He speaketh to them all as to one man and to passe into the covenant is a phrase taken from the manner of making covenants when they passed betweene the parts of the sacrifices Gen. 15. 17. Ier. 34. 18 19 20. his oath or his execration in Greeke his curses because they tooke the curses of the Law upon them if they kept not the Covenant This is called the oath of God Eccles. 8. 2. So this people returned from the captivity of Babylon entred into a curse and into an oath to walke in Gods law which was given by the hand of Moses Neh. 10. 29. Vers. 13. a God or for a God this is the substance of the Covenant even such as is made with us in Christ 2 Cor. 6. 16. Heb. 8. 10. Rev. 21. 3. See the Annotations on Gen. 17. 7. Vers. 15. not here meaning their posterity throughout all generations to whom this covenant did alike belong So in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded and with every generation that shall rise up unto the worlds end c. But this is to be understood with exception of the new Covenant which God promised and hath now stablished unto us in Christ Ier. 31. 31 32 33. Heb. 8. 7 8 9 10. Vers. 16. how wee have dwelt or that which we have dwelt which Ionathan expoundeth the number of yeares that wee have dwelt This their peregrination in Egypt and deliverance thence with Gods gracious conduct of them thorow the wildernesse are named as motives to perswade unto obedience Vers. 17. filthy idols in Hebr. Gillulim whereof see Levit. 26. 30. in Greeke Idols Vers. 18. Lest there should be or as the Greeke and Chaldee explaine it That there be not whose heart the heart is to bee kept with all diligence because out of it are the issues of life Prov. 4. 23. According therefore to this Paul warneth the Israelites Take heed brethren lest there be in any of you an evill heart of unbeleefe in departing from the living God Heb. 3. 12. from Iehovah in Chaldee from the feare of the Lord. the gods in Chaldee the idols of the peoples a root an evill heart forementioned which is hidden from men as the root is hidden in the earth but the fruits after doe appeare The Chaldee translateth it a man beareth or fructifieth beareth fruit in Greeke springeth up which word Paul useth in Hebr. 12. 15. gall and wormwood the Greeke translateth with gall and bitternesse whereby is meant sinnes as the Chaldee explaineth it and as it was said to Simon Magus Thou art in the gall of bitternesse and in the bond of iniquity Act. 8. 23. The Apostle respecting this place saith lest any root of bitternesse springing up trouble you Heb. 12. 15 for encâ—oles with gall saying enochlee trouble Gall or Hem 〈…〉 ke was a bitter and poisonous weed growing in the East countries as appeareth by Hos. 10. 4. and wormewood likewise which are applied sometime to sinnes as here and in Amos 6. 12. Deuteronom 32. 32. sometime to bitter punishments as in Ier. 9. 15. and 23. 15. Lament 3. 15 19. Vers. 19. of this oath or as the Greeke saith of this curse see vers 12. I shall have peace or peace shall be unto me that is safety and prosperity without hurt or punishment imagination or contemplation that which the heart hath spied out and looketh unto So the Chaldee translateth it imagination or conceit but the Greeke
and all other like things Particularly it may be applied to Gods counsell concerning the Israelites in punishing and casting them off for their sinnes and afterward calling a remnant of them which the Apostle treating of in Rom. 11. saith O the depth of the riches both of the wisdome and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments and his waies past finding out Rom. 11. 33. The Hebrew Nistaroth here used sometime meaneth secret sinnes as Psal. 19. 13. Vnto which some of the Hebrewes referre this speech that secret sinnes God will punish but open sinnes are for men to punish Chazkuni on Deut. 29. so Ionathan in Thargum explaineth it Hidden sinnes are manifest before the Lord our God and hee will take vengeance on them c. and the things revealed or but open or manifest things belong to us and to our sonnes upon which last words the Hebrew text hath extraordinary pricks to stir up attention to the matter here spoken as it is indeed worthy of all observation for it teacheth the continuall duty of Gods people in all ages to learne his law to doe the same and to have care that true religion may bee continued among their posterity The Hebrewes say Every man of Israel is bound to learne the Law be he poore or rich be he in health of body or under chastisements be he young or old and decrepit though he be so poore that he lives on almes yea though he have wife and children he is bound to set himselfe a time to leanne the Law by day and by night as it is said and thou shalt meditate therein day and night The great wise men of Israel some of them were hewers of wood and some drawers of water and some blinde notwithstanding they imployeth themselves in learning the Law day night How is a man bound to learne the law Vntill the day of his death as it is said and lest they depart from thine heart all the daies of thy life Deut. 4. 9. and all the while that he imployeth not himselfe in learning he forgetteth Maimony in Thalmud Torah chap. 1. sect 8 9 10. CHAP. XXX 1 Great mercies promised to the repentant sinners 11 The commandement is manifest and wordneere 15 Life and death are set before them with an exhortation to chuse life ANd it shall be when all these things are come upon thee the blessing and the curse which I have set before thee and thou shalt cause them to returne unto thine heart in all the nations whither Iehovah thy God hath driven thee And thou returne unto Iehovah thy God and shalt hearken to his voice according to all that I command thee this day thou and thy sonnes with all thine heart and with all thy soule Then Iehovah thy God will returne thy Captivity and have compassion upon thee and will returne gather thee from all the peoples whither Iehovah thy God hath scattered thee If any of thine bee driven out unto the outmost part of the heavens from thence will Iehovah thy God gather thee from thence will he take thee And Iehovah thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and hee will doe thee good and multiply thee above thy fathers And Iehovah thy God will circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy seed to love Iehovah thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maiest live And Iehovah thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies and upon thy haters which persecuted thee And thou shalt returne and hearken to the voice of Iehovah and do all his commandemēts which I command thee this day And Iehovah thy God will make thee plenteous in every worke of thine hand in the fruit of thy wombe and in the fruit of thy cattell and in the fruit of thy land for good for Iehovah will returne to rejoyce over thee for good as hee rejoyced over thy fathers If thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God to keepe his commandements his statutes that which is written in this booke of the law if thou shalt returne unto Iehovah thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule For this commandement which I command thee this day it is not hidden from thee neither is it far off It is not in the heavens to say Who shall goe up for us to the heavens and take it for us and cause us to heare it that wee may doe it Neither is it beyond the sea to say Who shall goe over to beyond sea for us and take it for us and cause us to heare it that wee may doe it But the word is very nigh unto thee in thy mouth and in thy heart to doe it See I have set before thee this day life and good death and evill In that I command thee this day to love Iehovah thy God to walke in his waies and to keepe his commandements and his statutes and his judgments that thou maist live multiply and Iehovah thy God may blesse thee in the Land whither thou goest in to possesse it But if thine heart turne away and thou wilt not heare but shalt be drawne away and bow downe thy selfe to other gods and serve them I denounce unto you this day that perishing yee shall perish yee shall not prolong your daies upon the land which thou art passing over Iordan to goe in thither to possesse it I take the heavens and the earth to witnesse against you this day life and death I have set before thee the blessing and the curse therefore chuse thou life that thou maist live thou and thy seed To love Iehovah thy God to hearken to his voice and to cleave unto him for hee is thy life and the length of thy daies to dwell upon the land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to Abraham to Isaac and to Iakob to give unto them Annotations THese things Hebr. these words that is things before spoken of Here follow promises of grace in Christ to repentant and beleeving sinners the blessing that is as the Chaldee explaineth it the blessings and the curses After the experiment of the Law and weakenesse thereof that it cannot keepe men in the state of blessednesse nor deliver them from the curse they are as by a Schoolemaster brought unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. Rom. 8. 3 4. have set Hebr. have given So in v. 15. and 19. cause them to returne or reduce bring againe to thine heart that is call to minde consider seriously So in Deut. 4. 39. This is the beginning of repentance and turning to the Lord by calling to minde their sinnes and Gods words and workes as in 1 King 8. 46 47. If they sinne against thee c. and thou bee angry with them and deliver them to the enemy c. If they shall make it returne to their heart in the land whither they were caried captives and returne and make supplication unto
thee c. So in Esay 46. 8. Shew your selves men make it returne to heart O yee transgressors and in Lam. 3. 21. This I make to returne to my heart therefore have I hope A like phrase is of the prodigall sonne in Luk. 15. 17. that hee came to himselfe Vers. 2. unto Iehovah the Chaldee expoundeth it unto the feare of the LORD This is true repentance both to leave the evill and to turne unto the good from which they departed So in Lament 3. 40. Let us search and try our waies and turne againe to the Lord. The contrary is complained of in Hos. 7. 16. they returne but not to the most high And here faith also is implyed for as to come unto Christ is to beleeve in him Ioh. 6. 35. so to turne unto the Lord with all the heart is to beleeve in him for with the heart man beleeveth unto righteousnesse Rom. 10. 10. and by faith the heart is purified Act. 15. 9. unto which obedience and good workes are adjoyned Iam. 2. 14 26. Vers. 3. will returne thy captivity will bring thee againe out of bondage under thine enemies which figured the bondage under sinne 2 Pet. 2. 19 20. Therefore the Greeke translateth it will heale thy sinnes that is will forgive them as healing in Matth. 13. 15. is expounded forgiving of sinnes Mark 4. 12. This is a promise of grace to be performed by Christ who preached deliverance to the captives Luk. 4. 18. and it is the joy of his people Psal. 14. 7. and 126. 1 2. and a figure of their salvation Esay 10. 22. compared with Rom. 9. 27. Him hath God exalted with his right hand to bee a Prince and Saviour for to give repentance to Israel and forgivenesse of sinnes Act. 5. 31. have compassion or shew tender mercie this is the cause of the former grace deliverance It is of Iehovahs mercies that we are not consumed because his compassions faile not Lament 3. 22. So the father of the Prodigall sonne seeing him a far off had compussion Luk. 15. 20. And this compassion or mercy respecteth mans misery Matth. 9. 36. and 14. 14. and gather thee So after the captivity of Babylon God promiseth He that scattered Israel will gather him and keepe him as a shepherd doth his flocke Ier. 31. 10. This worke Christ hath spiritually accomplished of whom it is said that hee should die not for the nation of the Iewes only but that also he should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad Ioh. 11. 51 52. Therefore this gathering is often celebrated as in Psal. 107. 1 2 3. and 147. 1 2. and 106. 47 48. Vers. 4. If any of thine bee driven Hebr. If thy driven out speaking of every particular person and of all as one man The Greeke translateth If thy dispersion be that is thy dispersed which word is used in this sense in Ioh. 7. 35. 1 Pet. 1. 1. outmost part of the heavens that is of the world which seemeth to bee bounded by the heavens The Greeke translateth it from the end or outmost part of heaven unto the end of heaven which phrase Christ useth of gathering together his Elect at the last day Matt. 24. 31. See the notes on Deut. 4. 32. This promise Nehemias looked unto in his praier alleaging Gods words If yee transgresse I will scatter you abroad among the nations But if yee turne unto me and keepe my commandements and doe them though any of thine were driven out unto the outmost part of the heavens yet will I gather them from thence and bring them unto the place that I have chosen to set my name there Neh. 1. 8 9. thy God gather thee The Thargum called Ionathans expoundeth this to be the Word of the LORD and the performance to be by the hand of Elias and by the hand of the King Christ. Respecting as it seemeth the promise of Elias Mal. 4. 5 6. which was Iohn the Baptist the fore-runner of Christ Luk. 1. 16 17. Vers. 5. shalt possesse or shalt inherit it This is a promise of restoring them unto his Church figured by the land of Canaan Psal. 69. 36 37. Ezek. 36. 8 11 12 24 28 c. Vers. 6. will circumcise thine heart the Greeke translateth will purge or cleanse round about thine heart and both the Chaldee Paraphrasts expound it will take away the foolishnesse of thine heart and the foolishnesse of the heart of thy sonnes This is a promise of spirituall blessings in regeneration and sanctification by Christ in whom we are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ buried with him in baptisme c. Col. 2. 11 12. And of this it is said Circumcision is that of the heart in the spirit not in the letter whose praise is not of men but of God Rom. 2. 29. See the Annot. on Gen. 17. The Hebrew Doctors in the Midrash or Commentary on Song 2. 12. from these words The time of pruning or of cutting the vines is come give this exposition For the time is come that Israel shall bee redeemed the time is come that the superfluous foreskin shall bee cut off which is spoken of in Deut. 30. 6. and the Lord thy God will circumcise thine heart c. where they apply this worke of grace unto Christ whom they looked for to love this is the effect of Christs circumcision that it taketh from us evill and giveth good Love being the fulfilling of the Law Rom. 13. 10. and implying all other graces as it is said I will give them one heart and one way that they may feare me all daies c. Ier. 32. 39. And I will give them one heart and I will put a new spirit within you and I will take the stony heart out of their flesh and will give them an heart of flesh that they may walke in my statutes and keepe my ordinances and doe them c. Ezek. 11. 19 20. that thou maist live so the Greeke translateth the Hebrew phrase for thy life meaning the life of God here by saith and holinesse Rom. 6. 11 13. and hereafter for ever in heaven as to enter into life Matt. 18. 9. is expounded to enter into the kingdome of God Mark 9. 47. Vers. 7. will put Hebr. will give Here follow earthly blessings which God of his grace will adde unto the former spirituall Of which one is the curses upon their enemies concerning which it is said Thou wilt render unto them a recompence O LORD according to the worke of their hands thou wilt give them sorrow of heart thy curse unto them thou wilt persecute in anger and destroy them from under the heavens of the LORD Lam. 3. 64 65 66. Vers. 8. hearken to or obey the voice which the Chaldee interpreteth receive the Word of the LORD so in vers 10. The condition of obedience is set before the temporall blessings for
this song for you and teach it the sonnes of Israel put it in their mouthes that this song may be a witnesse for mee against the sonnes of Israel For I will bring them into the land which I sware unto their fathers that floweth with milke and honey and they shall eat and be filled and be fat and they will turne unto other gods and serve them and despightfully provoke me and breake my covenant And it shall be when many evils and distresses have found them that this song shall answer before them for a witnesse for it shall not be forgotten out of the mouth of their seed for I know their imagination which they doe this day before I have brought them in unto the land which I sware And Moses wrought this song in that day and taught it the sonnes of Israel And he charged Ioshua the sonne of Nun and said Be strong and couragious for thou shalt bring in the sonnes of Israel unto the land which I sware unto them and I will be with thee And it was when Moses had made an end of writing the words of this Law in a booke untill they were finished That Moses commanded the Levites which bare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah saying Take this booke of the Law and put it in the side of the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah your God that it may be there for a witnesse against thee For I know thy rebellion and thy stiffe necke Behold while I am yet alive with you this day yee have beene rebellious against Iehovah and how much more after my death Gather together unto mee all the Elders of your Tribes and your Officers that I may speake in their eares these words and call the heavens and the earth to witnesse against them For I know that after my death corrupting yee will corrupt your selves and will turne aside from the way which I have commanded you and evill will befall you in the latter daies because yee will doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah to provoke him to anger through the worke of your hands And Moses spake in the eares of all the Church of Israel the words of this song untill they were ended Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the two and fiftieth Section or Lecture of the Law See the notes on Gen. 6. 9. And here Moses setteth the state of Israel in order before his death OLd Hebr. sonne of an hundred and twenty yeeres of which phrase see Gen. 5. 32. So long while Noe preached to the world building the Arke Gen. 6. 3 14. 1 Pet. 3. 19 20. Of these 120. yeeres Moses lived 40. in Pharaohs court in Egypt Acts 7. 20 23. forty in the land of Madian Acts 7. 29 30. Exod. 7. 7. and 40. yeeres he governed Israel I can no more goe out that is no more administer in my office see the Annotations on Num. 27. 17. This inability of Moses was not so much for his age for his eye was not dim nor his naturall moisture fled Deut. 34. 7. as for the ordinance of God next mentioned and Iehovah or for Iehovah hath said as is shewed in Num. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 25 26. And is often in stead of For as is noted on Gen. 12. 19. Or it may be taken as another reason why Moses might no longer governe them Vers. 3. Ioshua in Greeke Iesus who was substitute in Moses place Num. 27. 16 17 18. c. A figure of our Lord Iesus who by grace and truth bringeth us into Gods eternall rest after the ending of Moses Law Iohn 1. 17. Rom. 10. 4. Thus the people are comforted in respect of their sorrow for Moses death by promise of the Lords presence among them and Ioshuahs succeeding government under him Vers. 4. of the Amorite that is of the Amorites as the Greeke translateth by whose destruction before mentioned in Numb 21. 23. c. Deut. 2. and 3. Israel is encouraged against their other enemies the land that is the people of the land Vers. 5. commanded you which was to root them out and let none remaine Deut. 20. 16 17. Vers. 6. Be ye strong or Be confirmed Hold fast to wit your faith in God in Greeke Quit you like men which word Paul useth in 1 Cor. 16. 13. So after in vers 7. couragious or be hardy strong valiant in heart and carriage This word is applied to the heart in Psal. 27. 14. and armes in Prov. 31. 17. and signifieth an increase and stedfastnesse Prov. 24. 5. Ruth 1. 18. The like exhortation is often used as Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. 2 Chron. 32. 7. hee it is in Chaldee his Word it is So in vers 8. faile thee or let thee goe leave thee to thy selfe but will hold thee fast So vers 8. and Ios. 1. 5. Heb. 13. 5. Vers. 7. strong and couragious or confirmed and strong as vers 6. Iosua being to beare the charge and toile of the people hath the same exhortation and promise in particular that was before unto all and it was in the eyes of all lest any after Moses death should deny his authority A like speech Davide made to Salomon 1 Chron. 28. 20. Vers. 8. he will be with thee the Chaldee paraphraseth his Word will be thy helpe Vers. 9. this Law in Greeke all the words of this Law in a booke which bare the Arke they had the chiefe charge to looke to the Arke and other holy things and though the Levites bare it as appeareth by Num. 3. 31. and 4. 15. and 10. 21. yet sometime the Priests themselves also bare it as when they passed over Iordan Ios. 3. 6 17. when they compassed Iericho Ios. 6. 12. So after in v. 25. Moses spake to the Levites the Elders the Magistrates as the Priests by teaching so the Elders by governing are to look that the Law of the Lord be observed Mal. 2. 7. Hos. 4. 6. Mich. 3. 1. 2 Chron. 19. 6 8 9 10. Vers. 10. of seven yeeres that is of every seventh yeere which was a yeere of release Deu. 15. 1. the solemnity or the set time as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it the time release of debts Deut. 15. 1 2 c. that being freed from worldly cares they might apply their mindes to Gods Law A figure of the yeere of grace and remission of our debts by Christ whereupon wee should give our selves to holinesse Luke 4. 18 19 21. Rom. 6. 10 11 12 13. Boothes or Tabernacles whereof see Lev. 23. Vers. 11. which he shall chuse to set his Arke and Tabernacle and so to place his name there Deut. 16. 2. thou shalt reade speaking to Israel generally and it was performed in speciall by the chiefest of them either the high Priest as Ezra the chiefe of them that returned from Babylon read it Nehem. 8. 1 2 3 c. or as the Hebrewes say the King himselfe when they had a King used to reade For this Commandement was to Ioshua
and therefore the King read it saith Chazkuni upon this place Which is by others of them declared thus The King was he that read in their eares and they read in the womens Court which was the outer Court-yard of the Temple And the King read sitting and if he read standing it was the more commendable He read from the beginning of Deuterâ—nomy c. When he read they blew trumpeâ—s through all Ierusalem for to assemble the people And they set up a great Pulpit of wood as is mentioned also in Nehem. 8. 4. and set it in the midst of the Court-yard and the King went up and sate theron that they might heare him reade and all Israel that went up to the feast gathered round about him And the Minister of the Synagogue such as wee reade of in Luke 4. 17. 20. tooke the booke of the Law gave it to the Ruler of the Synagogue such as is mentioned in Luke 13. 14. and the Ruler of the Synagogue gave it to the Sagan or second chiefe Priest called in Acts 5. 24. the Captaine of the Temple and the Sagan gave it to the High Priest and the High Priest to the King for to honour him before the multitude And the King tooke it standing and if he would he sate downe and opened it and seeing it he blessed God as is recorded of Ezra in Neh. 8. 5 6. and after read till hee made an end Then he â—olded it up and blessed God againe after it as the manner was to blesse in the Synagogues Both the reading and the blessing was in the holy tongue The hearers were bound to prepare their hearts and to make their eares attentive to heare with feare and reverence and with joy and trembling as in the day when the Law was given on mount Sinai though they were great wise men which knew the whole Law every whit they were bound to heare with great attentivenesse c. for the King is the Messenger of the Congregation to cause the words of God to be heard If the day of assembling the people began to be on the Sabbath they deferred it till after the Sabbath because of the blowing with Trumpets c. which might not put away the keeping of the Sabbath Maimony in Misneh tom 3. in Chagigah chap. 3. sect 3 4. c. in their eares that they may heare and understand it as the Chaldee translateth and cause them to heare it which hearing is often used for understanding as is noted on Gen. 11. 7. So in Neh. 8. 8. they read in the booke in the Law of God distinctly and gave the sense and caused them to understand in the reading Vers. 12. women and children which though they were not bound to come up at the yeerely feasts Exod. 23. 17. yet to this reading they were bound such as could understand Neh. 8. 3. The Hebrew canons say Whosoever is free from appearing before the Lord Exod. 23. 17. is free from the commandement of Gather together Deut. 31. 12. except women and children and the uncircumcicised but the uncleane is free from this commandement as it is written in vers 11. when all Israel is come but the uncleane was not fit to come And it is cleare that such as were of neither sex or of both sexes were bound to come seeing women were bound Maimony in Chagigah chap. 3. sect 2. thy gates in Greeke and Chaldee thy cities Vers. 14. thy dayes approach or are nigh at hand and so the terme of his life fulfilled as where it is written the kingdome of heaven approacheth Matth. 4. 17. another explaineth it The time is fulfilled and the kingdome of God approacheth or is at hand Marke 1. 15. to die understand for thee to die of such want of the person easie to be understood by the context see the notes on Genes 6. 19. and 23. 8. and 47. 29. The Greeke translateth Behold the dayes of thy death approach and I will give or that I may command him or charge him which being done in the Tabernacle and by Gods appearing in the cloud vers 15. served both for Iosuahs own confirmation and to assure all Israel that he had authority from God over them Compare Numb 27. 18 19. Vers. 15. Iehovah appeared that is a glorious signe of his presence as in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded the glory of the divine majestie of the Lord. pillar of a cloud out of which he was wout in favour to speake see Exod. 33. 9. Psal. 99. 7. Vers. 16. liest downe to wit to sleepe that is to die as Iob 14. 12. Acts 7. 60. 1 Thess. 4. 13. thy fathers the faithfull of former times signifiing the immortality of the soule as is noted on Gen. 25. 8. Wherefore Thargum Ionathan paraphraseth on this place thus thou liest downe in the dust with thy fathers and thy soule shall be treasured up in the treasury of eternall life with thy fathers goe a whoring or fornicate that is commit idolatry as the Chaldee explaineth it gods of the strangers in Greeke the strange gods of the land in Chaldee the idols of the peoples of the land they are going Hebr. he is going speaking of the people as of a man so after often in this Chapter The reason hereof is noted on Gen. 22. 17. Vers. 17. will hide my face in Chaldee will take away my divine presence So in vers 18. devoured or eaten up to wit of their enemies made a prey Hebr. to eat which is used passively as to beare Eccles. 3. 2. that is to be borne See the notes on Gen. 6. 20. and 16. 14. finde them that is befall or come upon them so after and in Psal. 119. 143. Neh. 9. 32. found us Hebr. found mee because my God is not in the midst of me Vers. 18. other gods in Chaldee idols of the peoples so in vers 20. Vers. 19. this song in Greeke the words of this song after described in Chap. 32. containing a prophesie of their falling away of Gods judgments following It was given in a song that it might the more easily be learned and kept in memory with delight might move their affections against or in that is amongst the sonnes of Israel so in vers 26. Vers. 20. and be fat the like is prophesied in Deut. 32. 15. and shewed to have come to passe in Neh. 9. 25 26. Vers. 21. answer before them that is testifie before and against them their imagination the thing forged in their heart which the Greeke translateth their maliciousnesse or naughtinesse This imagination is before the thoughts or cogitations as appeareth by 1 Chron. 28. 9. and 29. 18. See Gen. 6. 5. Vers. 23. I will be with thee in Greeke he will be with thee as being the words of Moses whom the Greeke before named concerning God The Chaldee translateth my Word shall be thy helpe See vers 8. Vers. 25. the Levites especially the Priests the sons of Levi as in vers 9. Vers. 26. in
you this day which you shall command your sonnes to observe to doe all the words of this Law For it is not a vaine word for you because it is your life and through this word ye shall prolong your daies upon the land whither yee are going over Iordan to possesse it And Iehovah spake unto Moses in that selfe-same day saying Goe up into this mountaine of Abarim mount Nebo which is in the land of Moab that is over against Iericho and see the land of Canaan which I am giving to the sonnes of Israel for a possession And die in the mount whither thou goest up and be gathered unto thy peoples as Aaron thy brother died in mount Hor and was gathered unto his peoples Because ye trespassed against me among the sonnes of Israel at the waters of Meribah of Kadesh in the wildernesse of Zin because ye sanctified me not in the midst of the sonnes of Israel Yet thou shalt see the land before thee but thither thou shalt not goe in unto the land which I am giving to the sonnes of Israel GIve eare O heavens to that which I declare and heare O earth what my mouths sayings are Drop downe as doth the raine shall my doctrine distill as deaw so shall my speech divine as on the tender herbe the small raine powres and as upon the grasse the greater showres For I Iehovahs name proclaime abroad O give ye greatnesse unto him our God The Rocke most perfect is his action because his wayes are judgement every one God is most faithfull and iniquity in him is none but just and right is he They on themselves have brought corruptions their spot is not of those that be his sonnes they are a generation which is turnd to perversnesse and to crookednesse Doe ye Iehovah in this wise reward O foolish folke and wanting wise regard thy Father that hath bought thee is not hee hath he not made thee and establisht thee Remember thou the dayes that were of old minde ye the yeeres of ages manifold aske thou thy Father and thee shew will hee thine Elders aske and they will tell it thee When the Most high dealt to the Nations their heritage and severed Adams sonnes the borders of the peoples set he then as number was of Israels children For his folke is Iehovahs portion Iakob the line of his possession Him in a land of wildernesse he found in empty place and howling desart ground about he led him taught him prudency he kept him as the apple of hit eye Like as an Eagle stirreth up her nest she moveth fluttring over her youngest she spreds abroad her wings them taketh soft upon her wings she beareth them aloft So did Iehovah leade him all alone and other strange god with him was there none He made him ride on the earths places hie that he might eat the fields fertilitie he made him also from the rocke to sucke honey and oile out of the flinty rocke Butter of kine milke also of the flocke with fat of Lambs and Rams of Basan stocke and Goats with fat of wheaty kidneies fine and of the Grapes-bloud thou didst drink red wine But Iesurun did wex fat and did kicke thou art wext fat art covered art growne thicke the God which made him then did he forsake and of the Rock which sav'd him light did make With strange gods they to jealousie him mov'd with loathsome idols they his anger prov'd They sacrific'd to devils not to God to gods of whom themselves no knowledge had unto new gods which up but lately came such as your fathers feared not the same The Rocke that thee beg at thou mindest not and God that formed thee thou hast forgot And of his sonnes and daughters then the Lord did see the provocation and abhord And I will hide my face from them said he I will behold what their last end shall be for a most froward generation they children are in whom faith there is none They have me unto jealousie moved with that which is not God haue me stirred to indignation with their idols vaine I them will move to jealousie againe with those which are no folke to indignation I will provoke them with a foolish nation For in mine anger kindled is a fire and to the lowest hell shall burne in ire and shall consume land and fruits of the same and the foundations of the mounts inflame Vpon them I will heape up evill sorrowes upon them I will spend my piercing arrowes They shall be burnt with hunger and devour'd with burning coales and bitter plague out-pour'd and teeth of beasts upon them I will bring with poyson of serpents in dust-creeping Without the sword it shall bereave them quite and from the inmost chambers fearefull fright both the choise young man and the virgin faire the suckling with the man of hoary haire I said I would them into corners drive I would men of their memory deprive Were it not that the wrath of th' enemy I feared lest behave themselves strangely their adversaries should lest they should say our high hand hath done all this and not Iah For they a people whose counsels are gone and understanding in them there is none O that they wise were would this understand that they consider would their latter end How should one make a thousand flee in chace and two make even ten thousand flie apace except their strong Rocke had them sold away iehovah had them shut up to decay For their Rocke is not like our Rocke mighty and judge let be our very enemy For their vine of the vine of Sodom is and of Gomorrahs blasted vine branches their Grapes they be the Grapes of poysned gall the clusters that they have are bitter all Their wine is of the dragons poison fell and of the aspes whose venome is cruell Is not this same laid up in store with mee even sealed up within my treasuree To me belongs vengeance and to repay in time when as their foot shall slide away for day of their calamity is nie and things that come on them come hastily For Iah will to his people doe judgement and for his servants will himselfe repent when he shall see that their strong hand is gone and shut up or remaining there is none And he shall say where doe their gods abide the rocke on whom for safety they relide They which their sacrifices fat devour'd which drank the wine on their oblations powr'd let them arise and shew you helpfull grace let him be unto you an hiding place Behold yee now that I even I am he and God there is not any beside me I kill and quicken wound and whole I make and out of mine hand none away can take For to the heav'ns my hand I lift on hie and say I live unto eternity If that my glittering sword I sharpe doe make and that mine hand on judgement hold doth take unto my foes I render will vengeance and them that hate me I will recompence Mine
their rebellions and to punish their enemies for abusing them Therefore the Apostle maketh this a generall doctrine and teacheth us to commit our injuries unto God Beloved avenge not your selves but rather give place unto wrath for it is written vengeance is mine I will repay saith the Lord Rom. 12. 19. And by this hee would deterre us from sinne Heb. 10. 29 30. in the time or at the time to wit which I have appointed that is in due time or as the Greeke translateth in the time when their foot shall slide meaning then his vengeance should be seene their foot shall slide or shall bee removed which the Chaldee expoundeth they shall bee caried captive out of their land But it is more generall and signifieth their fall into manifold afflictions against which David praieth and comforteth him-selfe in the mercy of God Psal. 17. 5. and 38. 16 17. and 121. 3. and 94. 18. calamity The originall word properly signifieth a fogge or thicke cloud and is fitly applied to the time of affliction and dismall day which the Greeke translateth day of perdition and the Apostle calleth the day of judgment the day of perdition of ungodly men 2 Pet. 3. 7. that shall come upon them or that are ready for them and for him that is for every of them make haste Hebr. maketh haste a word singular and masculine joyned with the former word plurall and feminine to intimate a particular hastening of every judgment in sore measure This sentence the Apostle hath reference unto when prophesying of false teachers he saith their judgment now of a long time lingneth not and their perdition slumberath not 2 Pet. 2. 1 3. Vers. 36. judge his people that is punish the evill and defend the good against the oppressors So against such as forsake Christ Paul alleageth this sentence The Lord will judge his people and addeth It is a fearefull thing to fall into the hands of the living God Heb. 10. 30 31. And for defence the Psalmist saith Iudge mee O God and plead my cause against an unmercifull nation Psal. 43. 1. repent himselfe change the course of his administration towards his people as a man when hee repenteth changeth his way This is spoken of God not properly for he cannot repent 〈◊〉 Sam. 15. 29. but after the manner of men as is noted on Gen. 6. 6. For this repentance of God concerning his servants Moses praieth in Psal. 90. 13. and God promiseth if a nation turne from their evill hee will repent him of the evill that he thought to doe unto them Ier. 18. 8. and performed it towards the Ninevites Ion. 3. 10. and towards the Israelites Amos 7. 2 3 6. And hereupon men are exhorted to turne unto the Lord For hee is gracious and mercifull slow to anger and of great kindnesse and repenteth him of the evill Ioel 2. 13. the hand of his people that is their strength which the Greeke explaineth thus for he seeth them feeble So hand is for strength or power as the hand or power of the sword Iob 5. 20. the hand of the dog Psal. 22. 21. and there is none shut up or and nothing is shut up or left or and come to nothing consumed is hee that is shut up and that is left And so it may be understood both of persons and of goods that there is none shut up in the enemies hand as captive or prisoner none left untaken by the enemy or none shut up in houses cities towers to escape the enemy none left escaped from destruction It meaneth an utter overthrow of their state and kingdome as the overthrow of Ieroboams house is threatned in these termes I will cut off from Ieroboam him that pisseth against the wall him that is shut up and left in Israel 1 King 14. 10. The like is threatned to Ahab 1 King 21. 21. And this compassion here promised was in some sort shewed to Israel in the daies of Ieroboam sonne of Ioash as it is written For the Lord saw the affliction of Israel that it was very bitter for there was not any shut up nor any left nor any helper for Israel 2 King 14. 26. Vers. 37. And he shall say that is the Lord shall say as the Greeke version explaineth it God here upbraideth the idols which Israel followed as being vaine and unable to helpe them whereby Israel also receiveth a sharpe rebuke and checke of conscience for leaving the Lord to follow such It may also bee referred to the gods of the heathens over whom God thus triumpheth after he hath redeemed his people But Ieremy useth the like speech against Israel Where are thy gods that thou hast made thee Let them arise if they can helpe thee in the time of thy trouble c. Ier. 2. 28. Vers. 38. did eat the fat that is to whom they burned the fat of their sacrifices which therefore are said to be eaten by those gods as the sacrifices to the Lord was called his bread Lev. 21. 6. let him be in Greeke let them be but this hath reference to the Rocke the mighty God forementioned vers 37. in whom they hoped for safety So God said to Israel Goe and cry unto the Gods which yee have chosen let them save you in the time of your tribulation Iudg. 10. 14. It is a sharpe reproofe with an upbraiding of their folly Vers. 39. See now in Greeke See see God having manifested the vanity of false gods provoketh all to come unto him who is himselfe alone eternall powerfull and gracious Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth here thus When the word of the Lord shall be revealed for to redeeme his people hee well say to all peoples See now c. I I am he in Greeke I am it is the more vehement by doubling the word I as the like is found in Esay 43. 25. Hos. 5. 14. it meaneth also I am the same that is eternall and unchangeable so in Psal. 102. 28. Thou art hee which the Apostle expoundeth thou art the same Heb. 1. 12. Ionathan aforesaid openeth it thus I hee that am and have beene and I hee that shall bee This accordeth with Gods describing of himselfe in Revel 1. 4. and 16. 5. And here the mystery of the Trinity is implied as in Deut. 6. with mee in Greeke besides mee and so in Esay hee saith besides mee there is no God Esay 45. 5. I doe kill none but I have power of death and life so Anna in her Song saith Iehovah killeth and maketh alive hee bringeth downe to the grave and bringeth up 1 Sam. 2. 6. Hereby Christ is knowne to be very God For as the Father raiseth up the dead and maketh them alive even so the sonne maketh alive whom he will Ioh. 5. 21. Hee hath the keies of hell and of death Rev. 1. 18 Gods killing and wounding implieth the hatred which he hath in justice against sinne and sinners his reviving and healing sheweth his love out of grace to his
30. 32. and suudry other places The French version set out by the Pastors a 〈…〉 Doctors of Geneva in Exod. 21. 8. readeth the negative and in the margine noteth the affir 〈…〉 tive also in Prov. 26. 2. and Psal. 100. 3. Againe in Lev. 11. 21. 1 Sam. 2. 3. and Esay 63 〈◊〉 reades the affirmative in the margine noteth the negative and often other where transl 〈…〉 the one noting the other in the margine as in 2 Sam. 22. 51. Eccl. 9. 4. Ier. 2. 20. other plac 〈…〉 The ancient Dutch version likewise observeth these readings by noting the different in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as in 1 Sam. 2. 3. 1 King 22. 48. 2 King 20. 4 c. The Germane Bible set forth by 〈◊〉 followeth sometime the line as in Lev. 11. 21. 2 Sam. 22. 51. Psal. 100. 3. 2 King 20. 〈◊〉 Esay 9. 3. and 49. 5. and 63. 9. Iob. 6. 21 c. sometime the margine as in Exod. 21. 8. Lev. 2â— 30. â—ob 13. 15. 2 Sam. 23. 13 c. sometimes by the annotations explaineth both as in Ier. 2. 20. 2 Sam. 14. 21. and 18. 13. Dam. 3. 12. Nehem. 3. 30 31. The Spanish translation also followeth the line in Exod. 21. 8. Ps 〈…〉 100. 3. 2 Sam. 14. 22. Esay 9. 3. and 49. 5. and 63. 9 c. 〈◊〉 it followeth the Hebrew margine 10 Lev. 11. 21. and 25. 30. 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 King 8. 10. 〈◊〉 4 2 Iob 6. 21. and sometime by marginall annotation also toucheth them both as Iob 13. 15. Ezek. 32. 32. The Latine versions differ not from this Tremellius and Iunius follow the one or the oâ—her indifferently as they like best and sometimes note both as in Psal. 11. 1. Flee thou or Flee yee and Iunius afterward changeth the one for the other as in some instances is before shewed and moe might be produced The Tigurine Latine version dealeth as the former but more frequently noteth the other 〈…〉 eading as in Dan. 9. 24. ad consummandum to make an end or ad obsignandum to seale up in Iob. 13. 15. non expectarem or eum expeotarem so in Esay 63. 9. 1 Sam. 2. 3. Pro. 17. 27. and other places Pagnine followeth the line in Exod. 21. 8. Ios. 8. 12 16. 2 King 8. 10. Psal. 100. 3. Pro. 19. 7. 〈…〉 des 9. 4. and 12. 6. Esay 49. 5. Ier. 2. 20. againe he leaveth the line and followeth the He 〈…〉 in the margine in Lev. 11. 21. Ios. 5. 1. 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 Sam. 16. 18. Dan. 9. 24. 2 King 20. 4. 1 King 22. 48. Prov. 17. 27. Ezek. 42. 16. and 3. 15 c. Arias Montanus and his assistants that 〈…〉 boured to reduce Pagnines version to a more exact agreement with the Hebrew doe with 〈◊〉 sometime translate the line as in Psal. 100. 3. 2 King 8. 10. Prov. 19. 7. Eccl. 9. 4. Esay 49. 5. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 20. sometime they render the margine not the line as in Lev. 11. 21. 1 King 22. 48. 〈◊〉 17. 27. 1 King 12. 33. Ezek. 3. 15. 42. 10. Sometime they change the one for the other 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lev. 25. 30. 1 Sam. 2. 3. 20. 2. 2 Sam. 16. 18. Dan. 9. 24. and often Yet sometime they 〈…〉 e by a marginall note warne of both readings as in Exod. 21. 8. Eccles. 12. 6. 2 Sam. 12. 9. Vatablus in his Latine annotations giveth notice often of these divers readings as may be 〈◊〉 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 Sam. 23. 20. Psal. 11. 1. Ezra 4. 2. Iob 13. 15. Eccles. 9. 4. and 12. 6. Esay 〈◊〉 riâ—o 17. 27 c. Expositors in their Commentaries do the like Calvin in his Comment on Moses on Exod. 〈◊〉 8. seanneth the two contrary senses of Lo the affirmative and Lo the negative shewing the 〈…〉 ing if it be taken affirmatively or if it be taken negatively which latter he liketh best Like 〈…〉 in his Prelections on Esay 63. 9. reading the affirmative he noteth in the margine the ne 〈…〉 and on Ier. 2. 20. I will not serve or I will not transgresse for there is saith he a dou 〈…〉 reading Peter Martyr in his Commentary on 1 Sam. 2. 3. saith Sed quantum ex Hebraeo li 〈…〉 c. It appeareth by the Hebrew that this clause may be read both affirmatively and negatively 〈◊〉 of the word Lo. If it affirmeth it must be referred unto God whose workes are firme and 〈◊〉 but if it denieth it respecteth mens endevours which come to nought c. Hierom the 〈…〉 dest of the Fathers in his age reading that in Esay 63. 9. according to the line In all their 〈◊〉 he was not afflicted saith in his Commentary on that place Lo is an adverbe of deny 〈…〉 and may be read Not and also He that the meaning may be In all their affliction hee was afflicted to wit God so that he should beare not our sinnes onely but also our afflictions Now if these and other Interpreters which might further be alleaged had judged these di 〈…〉 s readings in the Hebrew to be Iewish corruptions they might not and it is to be thought 〈◊〉 would not have taught men sometime the one sometime the other and sometime either 〈◊〉 for the pure Word of God and Text of holy Scripture Sâ— the we to the ancient versions and we shall see the like The old Latine though in sun 〈…〉 y places of these divers readings it followeth the word in the Hebrew line as in Esay 9. 3. 〈◊〉 49. 5. and 63. 9. Psal. 100. 3. Pro. 19. 7. 2 Sam. 22. 51. Ier. 2. 20. 2 King 5. 12. yet doth it 〈◊〉 commonly translate the word that now standeth in the Hebrew margine as in Exod. 18. 8. Lev. 11. 21. 1 Sam. 2. 3. 2 King 8. 10. Iob 13. 15. Prov. 26. 2. Ios. 5. 1. and 8 12. and 15. â—7 1 King 22. 48. 2 King 20. 4. Ier. 21. 12. Ezek. 3. 15. and 25. 7. and 42. 16. and in many 〈◊〉 places The Chaldee Interpreters of whom Ionathan that translated the Prophets is as ancient as 〈◊〉 Apostles dayes if not more they likewise sometime expresse the word in the line as in Ios. 9. 7. 18. 24. 2 Sam. 22. 51. 2 King 20. 18. Iob 6. 21. Prov. 26. 2. 19. 7. Esay 63. 9. but usually they follow the Hebrew margine as in Exod. 21. 8. Lev. 11. 21. 25. 30. Gen. 30. 11. Deut. 28. 27 30. Ios. 5. 1. 8. 12. 16. 15. 47. 2 Sam. 16. 18. 23. 21. Psal. 100. 3. Eccles. 9. 4. 2 King 8. 10. Esay 9. 2. 49. 5. Iob 13. 15. Ier. 2. 20. 21. 12. Ezek. 3. 15. 25. 7. 42. 16. and in most other places Likewise the Greeke Bible as now we have it translateth according to the line in Exod. 21. 8. Ios. 9 7. Psal. 100. 3. 2. Sam. 22. 51. 1 King 9. 18. 〈◊〉 King 5. 12. Esay 63. 9. Prov. 17. 27. 19. 7. Ier. 2. 20. and in â—any places
he behaved himselfe wisely and â—â—ospered and was accepted in the eyes of all the people so that the women of Israel 〈…〉 g of him q Vers. 7. Saul hath slaine his thousands and David his ten thousands But that â—aise r Vers. 8 9. procured him envie from Saul ever after and he sought to slay him but s Vers. 16. all Isâ—ael loved him And though he after tooke to wife Michal Sauls daughter yet t 1 Sam. 19. c. Saul â—ontinued his hatred against his sonne in law and first secretly then openly sought his 〈…〉 fe so that David was faine to flee and hide himselfe in the land of Israel and in 〈…〉 range countries to the u Psal. 120. 1 Sam. 26. 19. great affliction of his soule When Saul was dead and David x 2 Sam. 5. 4. thirtie yeares of age the men of Iudah y 2 Sam. 2. 4. anointed him King the second time in Hebron over the house of Iudah Ishbosheth Sauls son resisted him but David waxed stronger and stronger Then z 1 Chron. 11. 1 3. all Israel anointed him King over them and he reigned in Ierusalem So the time of all his reigne was a 2 Sam. 5. 4 5. forty yeares In Hebron he reigned over Iudah seven yeeres and six months and in Ierusalem he reigned 33. yeares over all Israel and Iudah During which space the Lord still exercised him with many b 1 Chron. 14. 18. 19. wars abroad and troubles at home as by the defiling of his daughter c 2 Sam. 13. c. Thamar the killing of his son Amnon the treason and death of his son Absalon the rebellion of Sheba and other like sorrowes which God d 2 Sam. 12. 10. for his sins chastised him with so many and so great that the e 2 Sam. 22. 5 6. pangs of death compassed him about the flouds of Belial the ungodly men made him afraid the cords of hell compassed him the snares of death prevented him his f Psal. 55. 4 5. heart was sore pained within him and the terrours of death fell upon him fearfulnesse and trembling came upon him and horrour overwhelmed him His g Psal. 31. 11. life was spent with griefe his yeares with sighing his strength failed and his bones were consumed But alwaies in his feares h Psal. 56. 3 4. he trusted in God and was not afraid what flesh could doe unto him in his distresse i 2 Sam. 22. 7. he called upon the Lord and cried to his God who heard his voice out of his Temple and drew him out of k Vers. 17 18 c. many waters from his strong enemie and from them that hated him and brought him forth into a large place and delivered him because he delighted in him Hee gave him the l Vers. 36 c. shield of his salvation and girded him with strength to battell and gave him the neckes of his enemies that he destroyed those that hated him Therefore he gave thanks unto the Lord m Vers. 50. among the nations and sang praises unto his name n Psal. 57. 8. awaking up his glory awaking up his Psaltery and Harpe awaking himselfe early to praise the Lord among the peoples and to sing unto him among the nations so he sang of his o Psal. 59. 16. power he sang loud of his mercy in the morning that God had beene his defence and refuge in the day of his distresse And hereof this booke of Psalmes most whereof David made is a glorious testimony wherein by manifold Psalmes and Hymnes and spirituall Songs he set forth the praises of God his owneâ—aith in his Word exercise and delight in his Law with narrations of Gods former and present mercies and prophesies of future graces to be fulfilled in Christ whom he being a Prophet p Act. 2. 30. knew that hee should be the fruit of his loines concerning the flesh and should sit upon his throne whose incarnation afflictions death resurrection ascension and eternall glorious kingdome and priesthood he sang by the Spirit with such heavenly melody as may not only delight but draw into admiration every understanding heart and comfort the afflicted soule with such consolation as David himselfe was comforted of the Lord. And these his Psalmes have ever since by the Church of Israel by q Maâ— â—1 16. 42. Rom. 4. 6. 11. 9. Christ and his Apostles and by the Saints in all ages been received and honoured as the oracles of God cited for confirmation of true religion sung in the publike assemblies as in Gods Tabernacle and Temple where they sang praise unto the Lord with the r 2 Chron. 29. 30. words of David and with the instrumeÌ„ts which s 2 Chron. 7. 6. he had made over their t 2 Chron. 29. 25 27 28. burnt-offerings sacrifices Now because many things both for phrase and matter are difficult to such as arâ— not acquainted with Davids language I have out of my slender store annexed 〈…〉 few briefe notes comparing the Scriptures and conferring the best Expositors espe 〈…〉 ally the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions whereby if any helpe of understand 〈…〉 may arise the praise be to God the comfort to his people THE BOOKE OF Psalmes or Hymnes PSALME I. 1 The happinesse of the godly whose conversation is described and their prosperitie like a fruitfull tree 4 The contrary course of the wicked for which they and their way doe perish O Blessed is the man that doth not walk in the counsell of the wicked nor stand in the way of sinners non sit in the seat of the scornefull But hath his delight in the law of Iehovah and in his law doth hee meditate day and night And hee shall be as a tree planted by brookes of waters which shall give his fruit in his time and his leafe shall not fade and whatsoever hee shall doe shall prosper Not so the wicked but as the chaffe which the wind driveth it away Therefore the wicked shall not stand up 〈◊〉 judgement and sinners in the assembly of the just For Iehovah knoweth the way of the just and the way of the wicked shall perish Annotations THE Booke of Psalmes so our Lord himselfe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it Luke 20. 42. but the Hebrew title 〈◊〉 signifieth Hymnes or Praises According to the Greeke it is called the Psalter 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vers 〈◊〉 O Blessed or O Happy or Well fares 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 joyfull 〈…〉 mation for the mans welfâ—â—â— and 〈…〉 cities as going right forward and so having good successe Contrary hereunto is Woe or Alas Eccles. 10. 16 17. Luke 6. 20 24. This word Ashrei in the Hebrew is alwaies applied to men and so differeth from another word Baruc blessed which is ascribed both to God and men Psal. 115. 15 18. the contrary whereto is cursed Psal. 37. 22. doth not walke or hath not walked But the time past and
time to come are in the Hebrew often used for to expresse continued actions Walking signifieth oneâ— conversation both touching faith and workes Psal. 119. 1. Gen. 5. 24. compared with Hebr. 11. 5 6. 2 Pet. 2. 10. Iud. 11. To walke in the counsell of any is either to doe as they advise and suggest as did Ahaziah 2 Chron. 22. 3 4 5. or by imitation to doe like others before as did Israel Mich. 6. 16. But in every respect the counsell of the wicked should be farre from us Iob 21. 16. and 22. 18. Wicked that is ungodly so our English word meaneth being made of the old Danish wgudelig or we may call them according to the originall Restlesse turbulem unjust ungracious The Hebrew rashangh signifieth restlesnesse and is opposed to quietnesse Iob 34. 29. Such men are without peace in themselves and seeke to disturbe and molest others Prov. 4. 16. likened therefore to the raging sea Isay 57. 20 21. And because for their evill deeds they are often brought forth to judgement and condemned therfore is this name given to condemned persons Psal. 109. 7. Iob 27. 7. And as to make just or justifie is to acquit or absolve in judgement Psal. 82. 3. so to make or pronounce wicked is to condemne Psal. 37. 33. and 94. 21. Dâ—ut 2â— 1. Way track or 〈◊〉 This word also signifieth any religion doctrine manners actions administration oâ— course of life Psal. 5. 9. and 25. 4. and 86. 11. Act. 18. 25 26. and 22. 4. 〈◊〉 Pet. 2. 2 15 21. sinners or misdoâ—rs erroneous 〈◊〉 Though there is no man jaston earth that doth good and sinneth not Eccle. 7. 22. yet such are usually called sinners as be given to vice add have the course of their life evill Gen. 13. 13. 1 Sam. 15. 18. Psal. 26. 9. and 104. 36. Matth. 26. 45. Luke 7. 37. Ioh. 9. 16 31. In this respect they that are borne of God are said not to sinne 1 Joh. 3. 9. and Solomon opposeth the sinner to the good man Eccles. 9. 2. See the note on Psal. 4. 5. not sit in the seat or and hath not sitten c. To sit is to abide continue dwell Psal. 2. 4. and 101. 6 7. and 132. 14. or to company and have familiarity with any Psal. 26. 4 5. And the originall moâ—hab here Englished seat is diversly used as for a seat or chaire to sit on 1 Sam. 20. 25. Iob 29. 7. which noteth authoritie sometime an habitation or dwelling Psal. 107. 4 7. and 132. 13. sometime an assise session or assembly Psalm 107. 32. And so may it be here taken for the assembly of the scornfull and their societie as the Chaldee version explaineth it The scornfull Proud rhetoricall mockers Losels The word importeth pride as the Lord scorneth the scorners Prov. 3. 34 that is resisteth the proud I am 4. 6. 1 Pet. 5. 5. It implieth also eloquence often used in mockes Iob 16. 20. The Greeke translateth them pestilent they are of the worst sort of sinners which admit of no reproofe therefore it is said Rebuke not a scorner lest he hate thee Prov. 9. 7 8. Vers. 2. Hath his delight or his pleasure is law or doctrine See the notes on Psal. 19. 8. Iehovah or the Lord as the Greeke and the new Testament usually expresseth it The opening of this name see on Psal. 83. 19. and Gen. 2. 4. dâ—th meditate or shall meditate that is usually meditateth This word importeth studie and exercise of the minde which often bursteth out into voice It is used for musing in the minde or heart Prov. 24. 2. Isay 33. 18. for muttering with the mouth that which the heart mindeth Psal. 2. 1. and 37. 30. Prov. 8. 2. Isa. 59. 3. but with a low imperfect voice Isay. 8. 19. day and night or by day and by night that is continually Vers. 3. Brookes or beckes riverets in Hebrew called Plagim that is divisions or partitions being little streames derived either from a great river as Psal. 46. 5. or from a well or fountaine as Prov. 5. 16. or from any other head Iob 29. 6. In hot countries they use to plant gardens neare well-springs of water from which the husband-man deriveth many little becks or riverers to runne on the roots of the trees set in a rew wherby they are moistened and made fruitfull See Ezek. 31. 3 4. Eccles. 2. 6. According to this Christ is called the fountaine of the gardens that is of the Churches Song 4. 15. Also in Ier. 17. 8. the godly man is likeâ—red to a tree planted by waters which thrusteth out his roots by the river and feeleth not when the hear commeth and careth not for the yeare of drought nor ceaseth from making or yeelding fruit in his time that is in due time or season so Psalm 104. 27. and 145. 15. Levit. 26. 4. The Chaldee translateth whose fruit is ripe in his time whatsoever he shall doe or all that is shall make or yeeld meaning the tree the resemblance of the man For a tree is said to make fruit when it beareth or yeeldeth it Jer. 17. 8. So in Matth. 3. 8 10. where men are trees and their workes fruits which they make or yeeld Shall prosper or thrive and so be of good use And this is in a tree when the fruit is for meat and the leafe for medicine as Ezek. 47. 12. The just mans fruit is the fruit of the tree of life Prov. 11. 30. So the Chaldee in the Masorites Bible calleth this tree here spoken of the tree of life Vers. 4. driveth it away or tosseth away therefore the Chaldee for wind translateth whirle-wind or tempest and in Iob 21. 18. it is said such are as chaffe that the tempest stealeth away Compare also Psal. 35. 5. Hos. 13. 3. The word it is added for vehemencie sake and may be omitted in our English as it is sometime in the Hebrew 2 Chro. 28. 3. compared with 2 King 16. 3. yet such manner of speeches the Greeke also in the New Testament useth Rev. 7. 2 9. Vers. 5. stand up or rise up consist stand sure opposed to bending or falling downe Psalm 18. 39. and 20. 9. God is he that riseth up to judgement Psal. 76. 10. and men do stand or fall therein when they are justified or condemned See Mat. 12. â—1 Rev. 6. 16. So the Chaldee in the Masorites Bible expoundeth it they shall not be justified in the great day of judgement and sinners to wit shall not stand up The former deniall not is againe to be understood as in Psal. 9. 19. Vers. 6. knoweth or acknowledgeth This word also importeth regard and care of as the just man knoweth that is regardeth his beasts life Prov. 12. 10. so Iob 9. 21. 1 Theff 5. 12. Also to approve or allow as Psal. 10 1. 4. Rom. 7. 15. 1 Joh. 3. 2. And as Gods knowledge of his implieth their election 2 Tim. 2. 19. so his not knowing of the wicked implieth
speaketh of God according to the language of the sonnes of Adam See the Annotations on Gen. 6. 6. Vers. 5. anger ire outward in the face grame grimnesse or fiercenesse of countenante The originall aph signifieth both the Nose by which one breatheth Psal. 115. 6. and Anger which appeareth in the snuffing or breathing of the nose as Saul is said to breathe out threatnings and slaughter Act 91. The circumstances of the Text will shew which of the two is meant though sometime it is doubtfull as Psal. 138. 7. wrath fervent ire inflamed displeasure This word Charon noteth burning or inflammation of choler sometime of griese Gen. 4. 5. Ior. 4. 10. sometime of other affections Nehem. 3. 20. suddenly trouble or vex apall fright make them to start It noteth hastinesse of seare and trouble opposed to firme staiednesse Vers. 6. And I The word And is here a signe of indignation stirred as was in the Apostle when he said And sittest thou to judge me c. Act. 23. 3. or and may be used here for but as in Gen. 42. 10. Isa. 10. 20. and often otherwhere have anointed or powred out that is ordained authorized by powring out the oile of the spirit the oile of gladnesse as is noted on vers 2. Of this word Nasac that signifieth to shed or powre out Nasick is used for a governour or one in authoritie Psal. 83. 12. Ios. 13. 21. Mic. 5. 5. Dan. 11. 8. According hereto the wisdome of God saith Prov. 8. 23. I was anointed or authorized from everlasting In David Christs figure this was outwardly performed when he was anointed King with oile 1 Sam. 16. 1. 13. and 2. Sam. 2. 4. and 5. 3. upon Siâ—n or over Tsijon the name of an high mountaine in Ierusalem on top whereof was a strong fort which the heathen Iebusites kept by force from Israel till Davids dayes Ios. 15. 63. 2 Sam. 5. 6 7. but he tooke it from them fortified it and called it Davids citie 1 Chro. 11. 4 5 7. Neere unto this was mount Morijah wheron Solomon built the Temple 2 Chron. 3. 1. Hereupon Ierusalem was called the holy citie Nehem. 11. 1. Isa. 52. 1. and 48. 2. Mat. 4. 5. with Luk. 4. 9. and Sion is named the Lords holy mountaine Ioel 3. 17. which he loved Psa. 78. 68. from which the law should come forth Isa. 2. 3. and where he would dwell for ever Psal. 132. 13 14. Therefore was it a figure of Christs Church Heb. 12. 22. Rev. 14. 1. Isa. 60. 14. mountaine of my holinesse or my mount of holinesse that is my holy mount as the Greeke turneth it So the Temple of Gods holinesse Psal. 79. 1. and people of his holinesse Esa. 63. 18. And in speech to Daniel Ierusalem is called the citie of his holinesse that is his holy citie by him so esteemed and regarded Dan. 9. 24. Such Hebrew phrases because they are more forcible the Apostles often used in Greeke to inure the Gentiles with them as Christ is called the Sonne of Gods love that is his beloved sonne Col. 1. 13. our Lord Iesus Christ of glory that is our glorious Lord Iam. 2. 1. and many the like Vers. 7. I will tell telling is often used for preaching declaring shewing as Psal. 22. 23. with Heb. 2. 12. Exod. 9. 16. with Rom. 9. 17. So hereby Christ noteth his propheticall office the decree Here the Hebrew el seemeth to be used for eth as cl haderech 2 Chror 6. 27. is the same that eth hoderech 1 King 8. 36. we may also read it thus I will tell of the decree cl being many times used for of as Gen. 20 2. Iob 42. 7. 2 King 19. 32. Ier. 51. 60. So the Greeke pros answering to the Hebrew el is used for of or concerning Heb. 1. 7. and 4. 13. decree prescript law or statute the Greeke translateth it the ordinance of the Lord the Chaldee the Covenant of God The Hebrew Chok usually denoteth the rules decrees and ordinances about Gods worship as the decree of the passeover Exod. 12. 24. 43. the decree of dressing the lampes Exod. 27. 21. of the Priests office and garments Exod. 29. 9. of their washing Exod. 30. 21. of the sacrifices Lev. 3. 17. and 6. 18. 22. and many other things about Gods service So may it here be taken that Christ preacheth the decree or rule of his calling to the office of priesthood as the Apostle gathereth from this place Hebr. 5. 5. or of serving God fulfilled of us by faith and obedience to his Gospel when these legall ordinances had an end Ioh. 4. 21. c. thou art my sonne Though holy men be called the sonnes of God Deut. 14. 1. 1 Iohn 3. 1. and likewise Angels Iob 1. 6. and 38. 7. yet is this title naturall and peculiar to our Lord Iesus the onely begotten of the Father whereupon the Apostle saith to which of the Angels said he this at any time Heb. 1. 5. The word art is supplied by the Apostle in Act. 13. 33. the like is sometime in the Hebrew Text it selfe as True was the word 1 King 10. 6. which in 2 Chron. 9. 5. is True the word so Thou leading out 1 Chron. 11. 2. Thou wast leading out 2 Sam. 5. 2. Also in the Greeke of the New Testament Sommer neere Mat. 24. 32. Sommer is neere Luke 21. 30. I this day or to day begat thee The word this is often omitted in the Hebrew as Deut. 4. 4. 8. 39. and 5. 1. 3. and 26. 17 18. and often is expressed as Deut. 2. 25. 30. and 4. 20. and 26. 16. and 27. 9. Of this point thus speaketh the Apostle Touching the promise made to the Fathers God hath fulfilled it unto us their children in that he raised up Iesus as it is written in the second Psalme Thou art my sonne I this day begat thee Act. 13. 32 33. See also Rom. 1. 4. and Heb. 5. 5. where Christs calling to be our High Priest is from hence proved Vers. 8. for thine inheritance or to bethine inheritance This noteth the subjection of the nations to the Sonne of God as the like manner of speech importeth Esay 14. 2. Zeph. 2. 9. Levit. 25. 46. Hereupon Christ is called heire that is Lord of all Hebr. 1. 2. See Psal. 82. 8. Ier. 49. 2. for thy firme possession or to be thy tenement to have and to hold It implieth Christs government of the world and so the Chaldee expoundeth it the dominion of the ends of the earth for thy possession The word for or some such like is here to be understood and sometime the Hebrew expresseth it as the house 1 King 7. 51. in stead of for the house 2 Chron. 5. 1. servants 1 Chron. 18. 6. in stead of for servants 2 Sam. 8. 6. and sundry the like Vers. 9. roughly rule them or bruse crush them The word signifieth to intreat evill or rigorously and this is meant of Christs enemies potter or former of the
4. marvellously separated or selected in wondrous sort exempted as with some signe of excellencie culled out So God marvellously severed the Israelites from the Aegyptians Exod. 8. 22. and 9. 4. and 11. 7. See also Psal. 17. 7 Exod. 33. 16. a gracious Saint or pious holy mercifull one meaning himselfe The Hebrew Chasid w ch the New Testament in Greeke calleth hosios that is pious or holy Act. 13. 35. signifieth one that hath obtained mercie goodnesse pietie grace and benignitie from the Lord and is againe after Gods example pious kind gracious and mercifull to others Neh. 13. 14. See Psal. 13. 6. 1. to him that is his gracious Saint as the Greeke explaineth it or referring it to the former he hath separated to himselfe a gracious man Vers. 5. Be stirred or Be commoved which may be understood Be angry be grieved or tremble and the Chaldee addeth for him meaning God The original word Ragaz noteth and stirring or moving Iob 9. 6. as to be moved or tremble with feare Psal. 18. 8. Deut. 2. 25. Isa. 14. 9. to be moved with griefe 2 Sam. 18. 33. to be stirred with anger Prov. 29. 9. 2 Kings 19. 27 28. Ezek. 16. 43. This latter the Greek here followeth saying Be angry and sin not and the Apostle hath the same words Eph. 4. 26. sin not or misdoe not This word signifieth to misse of the way or marke as in Iud. 20. 16. men could sling stones at an haires bredth and not sin that is not misse and Pro. 19. 2. he that is hastie with his foot sinneth that is misseth or swarveth In religion Gods law is our way and mark from which when we swarve we sin Therfore sin is defined to be transgression of law or unlawfulnesse 1 Iob. 3. 4. say in your heart that is mind seriously what you do and what the end will be Consider with your selves The like phrase is in Psa. 14. 1. and 35. 25. Mat. 24. 48. Rom. 10. 6. Rev. 18. 7. be still or silent stay pawse as 1 Sam. 14. 9. Ios. 10. 12 13. By this word is often meant in Scripture a modest quietnes of the mind the troubled affections being allayed See Psal. 131 2 and 37. 7. and 62. 2. Lam. 3. 26. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Say your request with your mouth and your petition with your heart and pray upon your bed and remember the day of death for ever Vers. 6. Sacrifice The word signifieth killing or slaughtering as beasts were killed for offerings to God figuring mans mortification or dying to sin Ps. 51. 19. sacrifices of justice such Moses speaketh of Deut. 33. 19. and David afterward Psal. 51. 21. meaning sacrifices just and right and in faith according to the intendment of Gods law contrary to those which the Prophet reproveth Mal. 1. 14. So sacrifices of triumph or joy Psal. 27. 6. are joyfull sacrifices offered with gladnesse And the way of justice Mat. 21 32. for a just or right way The Chaldee giveth this sense Subdue your lusts and it shall be counted unto you as a sacrifice of justice trust or be confident have stedfast hope secure and firme confidence and it is opposed to feeblenesse of mind feare and doubt Isa. 12. 2. Prov. 28. 1. Vers. 7. Many doe say Hebr. are saying which may be turned doe say as in Mat. 22. 23. hot legontes saying is in Mark 12. 18. heitines legousi which say who will cause us to see that is to enjoy or have the fruitton of good Psal. 50. 23. And this is the forme of a wish as David desired and said Who will give me drinke of the water c. 1 Chro. 11. 17. and who will give me wings as a dove Psal. 55. 7. and many the like the light of thy face that is thy light some chearefull face or lookes meaning Gods favour grace and the blessings of knowledge comfort joy c. that flow therefrom This is in Christ who is both the Light and the Face or Presence of God Luke 2. 32. Exod. 33. 14. and the Angell of his face Isa. 63. 9. According to this phrase Solomon saith In the light of the Kings face is life and his favour is as a cloud of the latter raine Prov. 16. 15. See also Psal. 44. 4. and 31. 17. 21. and 67. 2. Iob 29. 3. Vers. 8. hast given joy or shalt give or put joy so giving is used for putting often times Psal. 8. 2. and 40. 4. and 33. 7. and 69. 12. and 89. 20. and 39. 6. and 119. 110. more than of the time or from of the time An Hebrew phrase where the signe of comparison is wanting as Gen. 38. 26. Psal. 19. 11. and 130. 6. The like is also in the Greek tongue as Luk. 15. 7. and 18. 4. And of joy in harvest when corne is increased see Isa. 9. 3. Ioel 1. 11 12. Vers. 9. together that is I will lie downe and sleepe both together not being disquieted with feare or care see Ps. 3. 6. or together I and others with me or I my selfe wholly alone See the note on Ps. 33. 15. alone The Hebrew phrase is in lonedom or in solitarinesse and may be referred by the distinction to the Lord who alone seateth his in safety as Deut. 32. 12. or to that which followeth Thou wilt seat me alone in safety Herein looking to Moses blessing Deut. 33. 28. where Israel dwelleth safely alone and so in Num. 23. 9. Ier. 49. 41. Thus it is a blessing to be alone from enemies otherwise to be alone from friends is a note of affliction as Psal. 102. 8. Lam. 1. 1. wilt seat me that is cause me to sit dwell or remain in confidence or trustfulnes with hope that is confidently or trustfully w ch by cōsequence meaneth securely safely And this was a blessing promised in the law Lev. 26. 5. Deu. 12. 10. PSAL. V. David prayeth and professeth his studie in prayer 5 God favoureth not the wicked 8 David professing his faith prayeth God to guide him 11 To destroy his enemies and to preserve the godly To the master of the musicke on Nechiloth a Psalme of David HEare thou my words Iehovah understand my meditation Attend to the voyce of my crie my King and my God for unto thee will I pray Iehovah at morning thou shalt heare my voice at morning will I orderly addresse unto thee and will looke out For thou art not a God delighting wickednesse the evill shall not sojourne with thee Vain-glorious fools shal not set themselves before thine eyes thou hatest all that work painfull iniquitie Thou wilt bring to perdition them that speake a lie the man of blouds and of deceit Iehovah doth abhorre But I in the multitude of thy mercy will come into thy house will do worship toward the palace of thy holinesse in the feare of thee Iehovah lead me in thy justice because of my enviers make straight thy way before me For in his mouth is no certaintie their inward part
20. with his next friend or his neighbour his friend with whom he is associate Sometime this word is used for a speciall friend 2 Sam. 13. 3. Psal. 35. 14. Prov. 17. 17. but often generally for a neighbour or next as the new Testament translateth it in Greeke Mat. 19. 19. from Levit. 19. 18. And who is our neighbour our Lord teacheth us Luke 10. 29 36. with lip of flatteries that is smooth deceitfull speeches as the Greeke translateth deceitfull lips a lip being sometime put for a speech or language Gen. 11. 1. Of such deceivers that had taught their tongues to speake lies Ieremy also complaineth Chap. 9. vers 4 5. a heart and a heart that is a double heart and deceitfull So stone and stone Ephah and Ephah Deut. 23. 13. 14. meaning double and deceitfull weights and measures The men of Zabulun are commended for that they were not thus of a heart and a heart 1 Chron. 12. 33. The Greeke translateth with a heart and a heart he speaketh evill things Vers. 5. our lips are with us or are ours that is we have skill power and liberty to speake who shall controll us Vers. 6. I will rise up the Chaldee addeth will rise up to judgement set in salvation that is deliver out of all misery and safely settle in health and prosperous estate he shall have breathing or he meaning God will give breathing or respiration to him that is to every poore man as after in vers 8. or hee will breath out that is speake plainly to him The Greeke changing the person translateth parrhesiásomai that is I will speake plainly with him So it noteth the bold assured comfort which God by promise giveth to the afflicted whose faithfull word is therefore commended in the verse following This word sometime is used for plaine and confident breathing out or uttering of the truth Habak 2. 3. Prov. 12. 17. Or we may understand it of the wicked thus I will set in salvation him whom he puffeth at that is whom the wicked boldly defieth as this word was used before Psal. 10. 5. or whom he hath insâ—ared The Chaldee expoundeth it I will appoint salvation for my people but against the wicked I will testifie evill Vers. 7. The sayings or the words promises tried examined fined as in fire The like praise of Gods pure word is in Psalm 18. 31. and 119. 140. Prov. 30. 5. a subliming furnace of earth This furnace called Ghnalil a sublimatorie of subliming or causing to ascend upward is the best and choisest vessell for trying and subliming of metall called therefore in Greeke Dokimion a Triall And the Apostle hath the like word for a Triall of faith better than gold 1 Pet. 1. 7. seven times or seven fold that is many times fully and sufficiently Seven is a perfect number used for many 1 Sam. 2. 5. Prov. 24. 16. and 26. 25. Vers. 8. preserve him that is every one of them so before in the end of the sixt verse and often in the Scripture like sudden change of number may be observed It may also be read prayer-wise keepe them preserve him The Greeke changeth person also saying wilt keepe us and preserve us from this generation that is from the men of this generation as when Christ said Whereto shall I liken this generation Mat. 11. 16. he meant Whereto shall I liken the men of this generation Luke 7. 31. The like may be seene in Mat. 12. 42. compared with Luke 11. 31. The originall word Dor that is generation race or age hath the signification of durance or durable dwelling and abiding Psal. 84. 11. and so noteth the whole age or time that a man dureth in this world Eccles. 1. 4. and so consequently for a multitude of men that live together in any age as here and Deut. 1. 35. and in many other places Vers. 9. vilenesse or vile luxuriousnesse riotize The word Zulluth here used is derived from Zolel that is a rioter glutton or luxurious person Deut. 21. 20. Prov. 23. 21. and consequently one vile contemptible and nought worth opposed unto the precious Ier. 15. 19. And here vilenesse or riotize may either be meant of the vice it selfe or of vicious doctrine opposed to Gods precious word before spoken of vers 7. or a vile and riotous person may so be called for more vehemencie sake as Pride for the proud man Psalm 36. 12. The Greeke translateth thus according to thine highnesse thou hast much increased or made abundant the sons of men The Chaldee thus the wicked walke round about as an horsleech that sucketh the bloud of the sonnes of men PSAL. XIII David complaineth of delay in helpe 4 prayeth for mercy 6 and glorieth therein To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David HOw long Iehovah wilt thou forget me for ever how long wilt thou hide thy face from me How long shal I set counsels in my soule sorrow in my heart by day how long shall my enemie be exalted above me Behold answer thou me Iehovah my God lighten thou mine eyes lest I sleepe the death Lest my enemy say I have prevailed against him my distressers be glad when I am moved But I in thy mercy doe I trust my heart shall be glad in thy salvation I will sing to Iehovah for he hath bounteously rewarded unto me Annotations HIde thy face that is withdraw thy favourable countenance and comfort which the Chaldee expoundeth the brightnesse of thy face This is contrary to the lifting up of the light of Gods face Psal. 4. 7. and importeth trouble and griefe and is caused by sinne and is the cause of many adversities and discomforts Deut. 31. 17. 18. Isa. 59. 2. Ezek. 39. 23 24 29. therefore this Prophet doth often complaine hereof and pray against iâ— Psalm 30. 8. and 104. 29. and 88. 15. and 69. 18. and 102. 3. and 143. 7. and 27. 9. Vers. 3. set counsels that is consult and devise with my selfe how to escape by day that is daily in Greeke day and night Vers. 4. lighten my eyes that is make them see cleare and consequently make me joyfull for the light of the eyes rejoyceth the heart Prov. 15. 30. Or keepe me alive which sense the words following seeme to imply and the like speeches in Prov. 29. 13. Eccles. 11. 7 8. The eyes are said to be inlightened when penurie sorrow sicknesse or other affliction whereby they were dulled is done away and the senses by some meanes refreshed 1 Sam. 14. 27. 29. Esr. 9. 8. also when ignorance is by Gods Word and Spirit done out of the minde Psal 19. 9. Ephes. 1. 18. See also Psal. 38. 11. left I sleepe or that I sleepe not the death meaning the sleepe of death that is lest I die For death is often called sleepe in the Scripture Psal. 76. 6. Iob 3. 13. and 14. 12. Act. 7. 60. and 13. â—6 the sleepe of eâ—ernitie Ier. 51. 39. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Enlighten mine eyes in
man that hath life and sense Psal. 105. 18. and 35. 13. and finally it is sometime a dead body or corps Numb 5. 2. and 9. 10. and 19. 11. 13. though this bee figurative and very unproper for at ones death the soule goeth out Gen. 35. 18. The word being thus largely used is to be weighed according to the matter and circumstances of each text For this here in the Psalme compare it with the like in other places Psalm 30. 4. and 116. 8. and 89. 49. and 88. 4. and 94. 17. Christ gave his soule for the ransome of the world and powred it out unto death Isa. 53. 12. Matth. 20. 28. Ioh. 10. 11 15 17. and 15. 13. to hell or in hell in deaths estate or deadly-hed This word hell properly signifieth deepe whether it be high or low and though by custome it is usually taken for the place of devils and damned wights yet the word is more large and as heaven is not only the dwelling place of God and his Saints but generally all places above us where the stars the clouds the winds the birds c. are as is shewed Psal. 8. 9. so hell is all places beneath Wherefore it may in this large sense serve to expresse the Hebrew word Sheol here used which Sheol is a deepe place Iob 11. 8. Prov. 9. 18. and said in Scripture to be beneath Psal. 86. 13. Deut. 32. 22. Isa. 14. 9. as heaven is above and it with the Greeke word haides is opposed to heaven Psal. 139. 8. Amos 9. 2. Mat. 11. 23. it commeth of Shaal to crave aske or require because it requireth all men to come unto it and is never satisfied Psal. 89. 49. Prov. 30. 15 16. and 27. 20. It is a place or estate which all men even the best come unto for Iakob made account to go thither Gen. 37. 35. and Iob desired to be there Iob 14. 13. for he knew it should be his house Job 17. 13. and our Lord Christ was there as this Psalme with Act. 2. 31. sheweth and Solomon telleth that all goe thither Eccles. 9. 10. It is usually joyned with grave pit corruption destruction and the like words pertaining to death with which Sheol or haides is joyned as a companion thereof Rev. 1. 18. and 6 8. Dathan and Abiram when the earth swallowed them up are said to goe downe quicke into Sheol Numb 16. 30 32 33. Ionas in the Whales belly was in the belly of Sheol Ion. 2. 3. and other holy men that were delivered from great miseries and perils of death are said to be delivered from Sheol or hell Psal. 86. 13. and 30. 4. and 18. 6. and 116. 3. and those that are dead are gone to Sheol Ezech. 32. 21. 27. And as death is said figuratively to have gates Psal. 9. 14. so Sheol haides hell hath gates Isa. 38. 10. Mat. 16. 18. and a soule Isa. 5. 14. and a hand Psal. 49. 16. and 89. 49. and a mouth Psal. 141. 7. and a sting which by Christ is done away 1 Cor. 15. 55. so that as hee was not left to Sheol but rose from death from the heart of the earth Matth. 12. 40. the third day so all the Saints shall likewise be delivered from Sheol or haides Psal. 49. 16 Hos. 13. 14. and it with death shall be abolished Rev. 20. 14. So by the Hebrew word Sheol the Greeke haides and our English hell we are to understand the place estate or depth of death deadlihed See the Annotations on Gen. 37. 35. And these words thou wilt not leave my soule to hell teach us Christs resurrection as if he should say thou wilt not leave me to the power of death or grave to be consumed but wilt raise me from the dead as the words following and the Apostles explanation doe manifest Act. 2. 24. 31. and 13. 34 35. thou wilt not give not grant or suffer An Hebrew phrase often used as I gave thee not to touch her Gen. 20. 6. God gave thee not to hurt me Gen. 31. 7. he will not give you to goe Exod. 3. 19. So Psal. 55. 23. and 66. 9. and 118. 18. and many the like to see corruption that is to feele corruption or to corrupt to rot As to see death is to die Psal. 89. 49. Luke 2. 26. Joh. 8. 51 52. so to see evill Psal. 90. 15. and to see good Psal. 34. 13. is to feele and enjoy it and to see the grave Psal. 49. 10. corruption the Hebrew Shachath properly signifieth corruption or rottennesse and is so to be taken here as the Apostle urgeth the force of the word Act. 13. 36 37. David saw corruption but hee whom God raised up saw not corruption Yet often the word is used for a pit or ditch wherein carkasses doe corrupt See the note on Psal. 7. 16. Vers. 11. Thou wilt make me know or hast made me know as Act. 2. 28. that is givest me experience of the way of life or journey of lives the way or course to life from death and to continue in life eternall the Apostle saith wayes of life Act. 2. 28. And hereby life in heaven with God is implied as to enter into life Matth. 18. 9. is to enter into the kingdome of God Mark 9. 47. before thy face or with thy face that is in thy presence I shall have fulnesse of joyes The Greeke which the Apostle followeth Act. 2. 28. saith Thou wilt fill me with joy with thy face The Hebrew eth penei and liphnet with or before the face are both one and sometime put one for another as 1 King 12. 6. with 2 Chron. 10. 6. Gods face or presence as it is our greatest joy in this life Exod. 33. 14 15 16. so shall it be in the next Psalm 17. 15. Wherefore the wicked shall then be punished from his presence 2 Thess. 1. 9. pleasures or pleasantnesses that is pleasant joyes at thy right hand the place of honour delights and joyes eternall Matth. 25. 33 34 46. PSAL. XVII David in confidence of his integrity craveth defence of God against his enemies 10 He sheweth their pride craft and eagernesse 13 He prayeth to be delivered from them who have their portion in this life but his hope is for the life to come A Prayer of David HEare thou Iehovah justice attend to my shrill crie hearken to my prayer without lips of deceit From before thy face let my judgement come forth let thine eyes view righteousnesses Thou hast proved my heart hast visited by night thou hast tried me but hast not found I have purposed my mouth shall not transgresse For the workes of men by the word of thy lips I have observed the paths of the breaker thorow Sustaine thou my steps in thy beaten paths that my foot-steps be not removed I call upon thee for thou wilt answer me O God bow thine eare to me heare my saying Marvellously separate thy mercies O Saviour of them that hope for safety from them that
Greeke turneth it thus thy chastisement hath rectified me The Chaldee saith and by thy word thou hast made me to increase Vers. 37. hast widened my passage or enlarged my pase that is given me roomth to walke steadily and safe Contrary to that which is said of the wicked that his strong or violent passages are straightned or made narrow Iob 18. 7. Vers. 38. overtooke them and consequently quelled or cut them off as is expressed 2 Sam. 22. 38. Vers. 39. I wounded them or strucke thorow embrewed with bloud This verse in 2 Sam. 22. 39. is read thus And I consumed them and wounded them and they rose not but fell under my feet Vers. 41. the necke of mine enemies that is put them to flight and subdued them 2 Chr. 29. 6. Ger. 49. 8. And this respecteth Gods promise Exod. 23. 27. Vers. 42. They cried out for an helper as the Chaldee addeth For this in 2 Sam. 22. 42. is They looked answered in Chaldee they prayed to the Lord and he received not their praier Vers. 43. powre them out or empty them that is tumble them downe to be trodden as dirt I spread them abroad as in 2 Sam. 22. this verse is written And I did beat them small as the dust of the earth as the clay of the streets I pounded them I spread them abroad Vers. 44. of the people in 2 Sam. 22. it is the contentions of my people hast kept me for the head c. and hereby Christs headship over the Church of the Gentiles is signified and the contradiction of his owne people the Iewes Rom. 10. 20 21. See after in verse 50. Vers. 45. At the hearing of the eare that is speedily so soone as they heare without further adoe or By the hearing of the eare that is with diligent hearkning and attendance sonnes of the stranger 〈◊〉 the â—â—iant or of alienation that is aliens 〈◊〉 strangerâ— from the common-wealth of Israel they and their progenitors So Psal. 144. 7. Isa. 6â— 8. falsly deny or dissemble In the Greeke they lie 〈◊〉 meaning they fainedly submit themselves for feare or other sinister respect against their wils And this agreeth with the last promise of Moses Deut. 33. 29. thy enemies shall falsely deny to thee The originall word is used both for denying Gen. 18. 15. and for lying or falsifying 1 Kin. 13. 18. See after Psal. 59. â—3 and 66. 3. Vers. 46. fade away or fall to wit as leaves of trees that wither Vers. 47. my Rocke in Greeke my God Vers. 48. that giveth vengeances to me that is giveth me power to be avenged of my foes or giveth vengeances for me that is avengeth and punisheth for my sake Whereupon he is called the God of vengeances Psal. 94. 1. So to give vengeance is to execute it NuÌ„ 31. 3. subdueth bringeth into good order and subjection therefore in 2 Sam. 22. it is said subjecteth or bringeth downe And sometime this word signifieth a subduing by overthrow and destruction as 2 Chron. 22. 10. she subdued for which in 2 King 11. 1. is written she brought to perdition or destroyed Vers. 50. I will confesse thee that is give thee publike and solemne praise and thankes This verse is applied in Rom. 15. 9. to the calling of the Gentiles unto the faith of Christ and praise unto God therefore By which we are taught that of Christ and his kingdome this Psalme is chiefly intended Vers. 51. He maketh great or magnifieth Hee is the magnifier of the salvations that is of the full salvation and deliverance In stead of Magdil that is magnifier in 2 Sam. 22. 51. there is Migdol which is so written as by the vowels signifieth a tower of salvations and by the consonants a magnifier Hereupon the Hebrew Doctors in Midras tillin upon this place say One Scripture saith MAGNIFIER and another saith TOVVER and what tower is made for them The King Christ is as a tower as it is said the tower of salvations it is also written The name of the LORD 〈◊〉 a strong tower c. Prov. 18. 10. it 〈◊〉 anointed or his Messias his Christ as 〈◊〉 in Psal. 2. 2. David and his seed this may be referred both to the first Dividend his posteritie on whom God shewed great mercie and also to our Lord Christ who is called by the Prophets David Ezek. 34. 23 24. Hos. 3. 5. and his seed are his disciples the children which God hath given him Heb. 2. 13. or himselfe is the seed here mentioned Act. 13. 23. Rom. 1. 3. as he also is called Abrahams seed Gal. 3. 16. PSAL. XIX 2 The creatures shew Gods glory 8 The law more clearely revealeth his will 13. His grace cleanseth and sanctifieth through Christ the Redeemer To the master of the musicke a Psalme of David THe heavens doe tell the glory of God and the out-spred firmament sheweth the worke of his hands Day unto day uttereth speech and night unto night manifesteth knowledge There is no speech and no words not heard is their voice Thorow all the earth gone out is their line and to the utmost end of the world their speakings he hath put a tent in them for the Sunne And he is as a bridgeroome going forth out of his privy chamber joyeth as a mighty man to run a race From the utmost end of the heavens is his egresse and his compassing regresse is unto the utmost ends of them and none is hid from his heat The law of Iehovah is perfect returning the soule the testimony of Iehovah is faithfull making wise the simple The precepts of Iehovah are right giving joy to the heart the commandement of Iehovah is pure giving light to the eyes The feare of Iehovah is cleane standing to perpetuallaie the judgements of Iehovah are truth just they are together To be desired more than gold and than much fine gold and sweeter than hony and liquor of the hony combes Also thy servant is clearely admonished by them in keeping of them there is much reward Vn advised errours who doth understand from secret faults cleanse thou me Also from presumptuous sinnes withhold thou thy servant let them not have dominion in me then shall I be perfect and made cleane from much trespasse Let the words of my mouth and the meditation of my heart before thee be to favourable acceptation Iehovah my Rocke and my Redeemer Annotations DOe tell to wit unto men and so give occasion unto them to tell as the Chaldee translateth They that looke upon the heavens doe tell c. the glory that is the glorious worke so in Ex. 16. 7. Num. 14. 21 22. Ioh. 11. 40. the out-spred firmament the whole cope of heaven with the aire as the Chaldee saith they that behold the aire which though it be soft and liquid and spred over the earth yet is it fast and firme and therefore called of us according to the common Greeke version a firmament the holy Ghost expresseth it by another terme Mid-heaven
Pukad to 〈◊〉 as if we should say Visitatians or precepts the transgressions whereof God hath threatned to visit or punish as Exod. 20. 5. and 32. 34. Or of hiphkid to commend or commit unto ones charge and custodie because these are committed unto men carefully to be observed as it is written Thou hast commanded thy precepts to bee kept 〈◊〉 mently Ps. 119. 4. the commandement that is the commandements one put for all as judgement 2. King 25. 6. for judgements Ier. 52. 9. and many the like Vers. 10. The feare or reverence that is the religion and worship prescribed of God as in Matth. 15. 9. that is called Worship which in Isa. 29. 13. is named Feare and this is said to bee cleane from all filthinesse because hee requireth to be worshipped in spirit and truth and with pure hands Ioh. 4. 24. 1 Tim. 2. 8. Or as God himselfe is called Feare Psal. 76. 12. so his law may also here be called Peare for that it was given with fearefull majestie and worketh in men the feare and reverence of God Exod. 20. 18 19 20. Deut. 5. 24 29. standing or abiding continuing firme yet and perpetually judgements Such lawes as were annexed to the ten commandements for punishing the offendors have this title prefixed as Exod. 21. 1. These are the iudgements which thou shalt set before them c. And as decrees or statutes are often put for the ordinances of Gods worship as is noted on Psal. 2. 7. in stead whereof David here seemeth to use the former word feare so judgements are lawes and rites for humane duties These two Moses often joyneth together saying Hearken O Israel to the statutes and to the judgements c. Deut. 4. 1. 5. 8. 14. 45 and 5. 1. 31. and 6. 1. 20. and 7. 11. and 8. 11 c. just together that is all of them together and each of them apart is just or justified Vers. 11. fine gold or solid gold called Paz which hath the name of strength fastnesse or solidity such gold was rare and precious Isa. 13. 12. Lam. 4. 2. The Arabians now call gold Phes It was very fine therefore when one Prophet calleth it gold Muphaz 2 Kin. 10. 18. another calleth it tahor that is fine or cleane gold 2 Chron. 9. 17. liquour of the honey combes or liquid honey of the combâ— Each of these words is used by Solomon for the dropting honey combe Prov. 5. 3. and 16. 24. and both are joyned for more vehemencie Vers. 12. clearely admonished The word signifieth illustrating making bright or shining Dan. 12. 3. and so by warning or information to make the soule cleare and circumstect Exod. 18. 20. 2 King 6. 10. Eccles. 4. 13. Ezek. 3. 17. 18 19 20. much reward or much end that is great profit or reward as the Greeke translate that The Chaldee applieth this peculiarly to David saying and because be kept them he was made the Prince of Israel The Hebrew Ghnekeb signifying the heela or seetsole is used figuratively for the end of a thing as the head for the beginning Psal. 119. 160. and so for the saâ—cisse event and recampence that followeth thereupon As another word acharith which signifieth end is used also for reward Prove 23. 18. and 1 Pet. 1. 9. Vers. 23. Vnadvised errors or Ignorant saults Vnwitting and inconsiderate finnes The law for which is given Lev. 4. 2. c. who dotn understand or who candiscerne meaning no man can So Psal. 7. 7. 5. I spake not for I could not speake See the Annorations there cleanse thou me or make me innocent free guiltlesse empty The word is also used for exempting or absolving free from punishment due to sinne Exod. 20. 6. and 34. 7. Vers. 15. be to favour able acceptation that is be acceptable or well pleasing or as before they shall be acceptable For the Hebrew will beare either interpretation Therefore also in the Greeke these two phrases are used as one He shall be Marke 10. 44. and Let him be Mat. 20. 27. Of the word at ceptation see the note on Psal. 5. 13. my redeemer or deliverer the Hebrew Goel is interpreted in the Greek by both these RoÌ„ 11. 26. froÌ„ Isa. 59. 20. Act. 7. 35. The word is of large use for redeeming of things sold or mortgaged Lev. 25. but applied to redemption or deliverance from danger Psal. 69. 19 from violence Psal. 72. 14. from corruption Psal. 103. 4. from the enemies hand Psal. 106. 10. from death Hos. 13. 14. and from all evill Gen. 48. 16. And in speciall one that challengeth or redeemeth any person or thing that was before alienated and restoreth it to the first estate by right of kinred is called by this name 1 Kings 16. 11. Ruth 39. 12 13. and 4. 1. 3. c. Therefore is this title given to God and Christ who is our redeemer and allied unto us as concerning the flesh Isa. 43. 14. and 44. 6. and 47 4. 1 Thess. 1. 10. Heb. 2. 14 15. PSAL. XX. The Church blesseth the King in his exploits 6 Promiseth thankefulnesse 7 testifieth confidence in Gods succour 8 and triumpheth by faith in Christ. To the master of the musicke a Psalme of David IEhovah answer thee in day of distresse the name of the God of Iakob set thee on high Send thy helpe from the Sanctuarie and uphold thee out of Sion He remember all thy oblations and thy burnt-offering he turne to ashes Selah He give to thee according to thy heart and fulfill all thy counsell We will shout in thy salvation and in the name of our God set up the banner Iehovah fulfill all thy petitions Now I know that Iehovah saveth his Anointed answereth him out of the Heavens of his holinesse with powers the salvation of his right hand These make mention of chariots and these of horses but we make mention of the name of Iehovah our God They stoope downe and fall but we rise up and stand upright Iehovah save thou the King he answer us in the day we call Annotations ANswer thee thee O King whom after he calleth Messias or Anointed vers 7. And this sentence is set downe in Iaakobs words Gen. 35. 3. as after he mentioneth the God of Iaakob And the whole Psalme is a prophesie of Christs sufferings and his deliverances out of them for which the Church with him triumpheth For answer the Chaldee saith accept thy prayer set thee on high in a high refuge and so defend and keep thee safe see Psal. 9. 10. As Gods name even his onely is advanced high Psal. 148. 13. so is it also a strong tower which the righteous runneth unto and is set on high Prov. 18. 10. Vers. 3. from the Sanctuarie or sanctitie Thus the tabernacle was called Lev. 16. 2. and the temple 1 King 8. 10. as being the place of holinesse for the presence of God there Vers. 4. remember all thy oblations This hath respect to the law which appointed part of the
blessing of the Gospell that the meeke and needy shall eat and have enough Psal. 132. 15. God filleth the hungry with good things and sends away the rich empty Luke 1. 53. The meeke meaneth the regenerate who are mortified with Christ and their fierce nature made meeke and humble your heart shall live hee turneth his speech to the meeke and seekers of God who should eat of Christs flesh that was given for the life of the world and thereby live for ever Ioh. 6. 51. The living of the heart importeth also the chearing comfort and solace of the same Gen. 45. 27. the contrary whereof is in the dying of the heart 1 Sam. 25. 37. See also the like promise Psal. 69. 33. The Chaldee yeeldeth this sense The spirit of prophesie shall rest in the thoughts of their heart for ever Vers. 28. All the ends c. that is the dwellers in the utmost parts and ends of the world A prophesie of the calling of the Gentiles by the preaching of the Gospell Rom. 16. 26. Eph. 2. 1 2 c. remember the Chaldee addeth remember his miracles families of the heathens or kindreds of the nations whereof see Gen. 10. 5 18 20 31 32. Vers. 29. ruler among the heathens to reigne over them by his Word and Spirit and so to be God not of the Iewes only but also of the Gentiles Rom. 3. 29 30. Vers. 30. All the fat ones that is the rich and mightie personages fat with plentie Deut. 31. 20. For Kings and Queenes and men of authority and wealth are also called to the participatiâ— of Christs grace in his Church Esay 60. 3 5 10. Rev. 21. 24. 1 Tim. 2. 1 2. Sometime fatnesse is used to note out Gods spirituall blessings Psal. 36. 9. and 63. 6. and 65. 12. and 92. 15. Prov. 28. 25. all that goe downe to the dust this is the poore base and wretched people which for their misery and affliction are said to goe downe and sit in the dust as Psal. 113. 7. Esay 47. 1. and 29. 4. Iob 30. 19. Lament 3. 29. but the Chaldee expounds it the house of the grave that quickeneth not or cannot quicken that is the poore wretched man that doth not or cannot as Psal. 77. 5. keepe alive his soule that cannot nourish him-selfe he shall eat So to keepe alive is to nourish Esa. 7. 21. Or he that revived that is cheered not nor refreshed his soule with comfort as before vers 27. or he that cannot keepe alive his soule that is not save it from wrath and eternall death by his owne workes he shall live by faith in Christ. So this phrase to keepe the soule alive is used Ezek. 18. 27. The Chaldee giveth this sense and he will not keepe alive the soule of the wicked Vers. 31. A seed The posterity of those godly forementioned for God chuseth the seed with the parents Deut. 10. 15. and 30. 6 19. Psal. 69. 37. and 102. 29. Esay 43. 5. and 44. 3. Or the seed of Christ the children which God giveth him as Esa. 53. 10. Hebr. 2. 13. Or a seed that is a small remnant as Rom. 9. 29. the Chaldee saith the seed of Abraham for a generation a race of Gods children as Psal. 73. 15. and 24. 6. or to generation that is for ever through all ages Vers. 32. They shall come The Chaldee explaineth it Their sonnes shall come his justice the justice of God which is by faith in Christ Psal. 71. 〈◊〉 16 24. Rom. 10. 3 4. people that shall be 〈◊〉 hereafter to come or a people borne that is regenarate Psal. 87. 4 5. Ioh. 1. 13. 1 Pet. 1. 33. So people created Psal. 102. 19. that he hath done hath performed or accomplished that justice and all things appertaining to it The Greeke referreth it to the people whom the Lord hath made the Chaldee to the marvellous workes which he hath done PSAL. XXIII David under the similitude of a Shepherd sheweth 〈◊〉 love and mercies to his people whereby their 〈…〉 is confirmed A Psalme of David IEhovah feedeth me I shall not lacke In folds of budding grasse he maketh me lie downe hee easily leadeth mee by the waters of rests He returneth my soule he leadeth me in the beaten paths of justice for his Name sake Yea though I should walk in the valley of the shade of death I will not feare evill for thou wilt be with me thy rod and thy staffe they shall comfort me Thou furnishest before me a table in presence of my distressers thou makest fat my head with oile my cup is abundant Doubtlesse good and mercy shall follow me all the daies of my life and I shall converse in the house of Iehovah to length of daies Annotations FEedeth me or is my Feeder my Pastor The word comprehendeth all duties of a good Herd as together feeding guiding governing and defending his flocke Therefore Kings also have this title and are said to feed their people Psal. 78. 71 72. 2 Sam. 5. 2. Hereupon it is attributed to God and to Christ feeding his Church as the Shepherd of their soules Psal. 80. 2. Ezek. 34. 12 14 15. Esay 40. 11. Ioh. 10. 11. 1 Pet. 2. 25. The Chaldee referreth this to a former worke saying The Lord fed his people in the wildernesse they lacked nothing Vers. 2. of budding grasse pleasant pastures and leas where greene and tender herbs doe spring he maketh me or will make me lie downe to wit for rest from heat This also is another dutie of a good Herder as I will feed my flocke and I will make them lie downe saith the Lord Ezek. 34. 15. and Shew me O thou whom my soule loveth where thou feedest where thou makest lie downe at noone Song 1. 6. easily leadeth or comfortably â—uideth mee it noteth a soft and gentle leading with sustaining of infirmitie as Gen. 33. 14. Esay 40. 11. Therefore the Greeke turneth it he nourisheth mee So Psal. 31. 4. by waters or unto waters of rests that is most quiet or calme waters and such as give rest and refreshing All these things Christ performeth to his flocke as it is written They shall hunger no more neither thirst any more neither shall the Sun light on them nor any heat for the Lambe which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them and shall lead them to the lively fountaines of waters Revel 7. 16 17. Vers. 3. returneth my soule or will returne or restore it and consequently give it rest See Psalm 19. 8. Vers. 4. shade of death that is darke and dreadfull shadow and in a manner the very state of death This speech denoteth imminent danger Jer. 2. 6. sore affliction Psal. 44. 20. and 107. 10. 14. feare and terrour Iob 24. 17. and dreadfull darknesse Iob 10. 21 22. whereto spiritually is opposed the light and comfort of the Gospell and grace of Christ Mat. 4. 16. Luke 1. 79. wilt be with me or art with me and this implieth his good safety
war thou against them that war against me Lay hold on the shield and buckler and stand up for my helpe And draw out the speare and sword to meet with my persecutors say to my soule I am thy salvation Let them be abashed and ashamed that seek my soule let them be turned backward and confounded that thinke mine evill Let them be as chaffe before the wind and the Angell of Iehovah driving them Let their way be darknesse and slippernesses and the Angell of Iehovah pursuing them For without cause they have hid for me the corruption of their net without cause they have digged for my soule Let tumultuous ruine come on him he not aware and let his net which he hath hidden catch him with tumultuous ruine let him fall thereinto And my soule shall be glad in Iehovah shall joy in his salvation All my bones shall say Iohovah who is like thee that riddest free the poore afflicted from the stronger than himselfe and the poore afflicted and needy from the spoiler of him Witnesses of cruell wrong did rise up things that I knew not they did aske of me They repaied me evill for good the bereaving of my soule And I when they were sicke my cloathing was sackcloth I afflicted my soule with fasting and my prayer returned upon my bosome I walked as if he had been a fellow-friend as if he had been a brother to me I bowed downe sad as hee that bewaileth his mother But in my halting they rejoyced and were gathered together the smiters were gathered together against me and I knew it not they rent and were not silent With hypocrites scoffers for a cake of bread gnashing their teeth against me Lord how long wilt thou see returne my soule from their tumultuous ruines my alonely soule from the Lions I will confesse thee in the great Church I will praise thee among a mighty people Let not them that are my enemies with falsity rejoyce at me them that are my haters without cause winke with the eye For they speake not peace and against the quiet ones of the earth they imagine words of deceits And they have enlarged their mouth against me they have said aha aha our eye hath seene Iehovah thou hast seene cease not as deafe O Lord be not farre off from me Stirre up and awake to my judgement my God and my Lord to my plea. Iudge me according to thy justice Iehovah my God and let them not rejoyce at me Let them not say in their heart aha our soule let them not say we have swallowed him up Let them be abashed and confounded together that rejoyce at mine evill let them be cloathed with bashfulnesse and shame that magnifie against me Let them shout joyfully and rejoyce that delight my justice and let them say continually magnified be Iehovah that delighteth the peace of his servant And my tongue shall meditate thy justice all the day thy praise Annotations PLead This properly is to contend or debate a matter with many words as the next word war or fight is with deeds But Gods pleading o 〈…〉 imes is in action as he pleaded Davids cause against Nabal when he slew him 1 Sam. 25. 39. And as here David prayeth so God elsewhere promiseth to plead with those that plead with his people Isa. 49. 25. warre which in the originall tongue hath the name of cutting biting or devouring for warres devoure and consume many So the sword is said to have a mouth that is an edge Iob 1. 15. Heb. 11. 34. and to eat that is to kill and consume 2 Sam. 11. 25. Vers. 3. drawout or as the Hebrew phrase is empty that is unshead the like is of the sword Exod. 15. 9. Levit. 26. 33. sword or close weapon as the name signifieth This interpretation seemeth best because of the Hebrew pause which joyneth this word with the former speare thus also these two weapons of offence are answerable to the former two of defence the shield and buckler and of this Hebrew name Segor the Greeke Sagaris and perhaps the Latine Securis seemeth to be borowed for a sword or axe And in Iob 28. 15. this word is used for a close treasure or stored gold as here for a close weapon Otherwise wee may reade according to the Greeke and other versions close thou or stop to wit the way or passage Vers. 4. that seeke my soule that is my life to take it away for so this phrase commonly meaneth as Psal. 38. 13. and 54. 5. and 70. 3. Exod. 4. 19. Mat. 2. 20. and sometime is so explained as Psal. 63. 10. 1 King 19. 10. they seeke my soule to take it away Yet somtime this phrase intendeth seeking the soule for ones good as Psal. 142. 5. turned backward a token of feare shame and discomfiture as Psal. 129. 5. and 40. 15. and 70. 3. and 9. 4. Isa. 42. 17. Ier. 46. 5. Vers. 6. Darknesse c. that is most darke and slippery meaning fearfull dangerous troublesome c. Nahum 1. 8. Psal. 88. 7. and 107. 9. Prov. 4. 19. So elsewhere it is said their way shall be unto them us slippernesses in the darknesse they shall be driven and fall therein Ier. 23. 12. Vers. 7. the corruption c. that is their corrupting pernicious net or their insnaring corruption or understanding the word in we may reade they hid their not for me in a pit or in a corrupting ditch as Psal. 7. 16. have digged to wit a pit to fallin so Iob 6. 27. Or have diligently searched and laid wait So digging is used for seeking Iob 3. 21. and 39. 32. Vers. 8. tumultuous ruine calamitie wasting or desolation that is with noise and sonnd as of waters Isa. 17. 12 13. So Psal. 63. 10. Prov. 1. 27. Vers. 10. my bones that is my strong and solid members as the Chaldee translateth it members delivered out of danger meaning that with all his strength he would praise God So the bones are said to rejoyce Psal. 51. 10. the loines to blesse Iob 31. 20. the spoiler or robber that by open violence taketh away Compare Iob 5. 15. Vers. 11. of cruellwrong that is cruell violent or as the Greeke saith unjust witnesses So Exod. 23. 1. Deut. 19. 16. Vers. 12. the bereaving of that is to deprive bereave or rob me of my soule or life or to bereave my soule of comfort The word properly signifieth the bereaving or losse of children Vers. 13. sâ—ckâ—loth used to bee worne in signe of sorrow Psal. 69. 12. Gen. 37. 34. Mat. 11. 21. Rev. 11. 3. Here 〈◊〉 are to understand the word was on gave as is expressed Psal. 69. 12. even as the word afflicted here expressed is there understood Psal. 69. 11. with fasting another signe and cause of sorrow wherefore mourning fasting are used for the same Matt. 9. 15. with Mark 2. 19. returned up on 〈◊〉 bosome or into my bosome The meaning may be I prayed â—ften for them secretly and with hearty laving
of her odours better than all spices the smell of her garments as the odour of Lebanon shee being perfumed with myrrh and incense and all spices of the merchant Song 4. 10 11. and 3. 6. yet Christ himselfe is more odoriferous even wholly delectable for God hath not given him the spirit by measure Song 1. 2. and 5. 16. Ioh. 3. 34. And the Saints are said to make Christ joyfull for all his delight is in them Psal. 16. 3. Song 7. 6. Vers. 10. Kings daughters These the Chaldee interpreteth Countries of Kingdomes among thy precious ones that is with thy honourable women or in thy preciousnesse that is are in thy precious honourable ornaments or palaces set is the Queene or maried Queene the wife is placed at thy right hand that is in the most honourable place 1 King 2. 19. The Chaldee referreth this to the Booke of the Law at the right hand of the King The word Shegal is used here and Neh. 2. 6. Dan. 5. 23. for the Kings wife the Queene in fine gold that is as the Greeke explaineth it cloth of fine or glistering gold called Cethem a speciall name for the most pure and splendent gold Job 28. 16. 19. and 31. 24. Song 5. 11. Daniel 10. 5. Her of is Mictam Ps. 16. 1. of Ophir that is out of the land of Ophir who was the son of Iektan the son of Shē the son of Noach Gen. 10. 29. who dwelt in a part of India of him the countrey was called Ophir from thence was much Cethem or fine gold brought to Iudea and other coasts as appeareth 1 King 9. 28. and 10. 11. and 22. 48. 1 Chron. 29. 4. The gold it selfe was called by his name Ophir Iob 22. 24. Vers. 11. Heare O daughter Hee speaketh to the Queene fore-mentioned siguring the church or heavenly Ierusalem the Lambs wife Rev. 21. 9 10 c. And so the Chaldee paraphraseth Heare O congregation of Israel the law of his mouth and see his marvellous workes and bow thine eare to the words of the Law and forget the evill workes of the wicked of thy people and the house of Idols whom thou servedst in thy fathers house and thy fathers house As man and wife must leave their parents to cleave each to other Gen. 4. 24. and 31. 14. so must wee leave all to cleave unto Christ Matt. 10. 37. Luk. 14. 26. Vers. 12. will covet thy beauty will delight him-selfe in thy fairenesse thy sanctitie set forth in Song 1. 14. and 2. 14. and 4. 1 c. So the King is tied in the rafters Song 7. 5. and bow downe or therefore worship thou him Vers. 13. the daughter of Tyrus that is the people or Common-wealth of Tyre as daughter of Sion Psal. 9. 15. So the Chaldee expoundeth it They that dwell in the fort of Tyrus Tyre or Tyrus in Hebrew Tsor which signifieth a Rocke or Fortresse was a strong city appertaining to the tribe of Aser Ios. 19. 29. but possessed still by the heathens whose King Hiram became friend to David 2 Sam. 5. 11. and to Solomon his sonne 1 King 5. 1 2 c. yet afterwards Tyrus remembred not the brotherly covenant Amos 1. 9. but rejoyced at the desolation of Ierusalem Ezek. 26. 2. banded it selfe with other enemies against Israel Psal. 83. 8. was wasted of Nebuchadnezar King of Babel by Gods judgement 70. yeares Esai 23. 15. Ezek. 26. 7. It continued under idols till the Macchabees times and then had still Hercules for their chiefe God 2 Mac. 4. 18 19. This one city Tyre is here named in stead of other nations because it was the chiefe citie of traffique in the world being an I le in the sea whose merchandize and magnificence the Prophet largely describeth Ezek. 27. her merchants were princes her chapmen the nobles of the world Esai 23. 8. shee heaped up silver as dust and gold as the mire of the streets Zach. 9. 3. Of the subjection here prophesied which they should yeeld unto the Church we may see it fulfilled in the new Testament where many that dwelt about Tyre and Sidon flocked after Christ Mark 3. 8. and he resorted into their borders Mark 7. 24. and by their readinesse hee upbraided the backwardnesse of the Iewes Mat. 11. 20 21. and afterwards in the Apostle◠dayes there was a Church of zealous Christians in that city Act. 21. 3 4 5 c. See also Psal. 87. 4. carnestly beseeke thy face shall instantly pray or sue unto thee O Queene The originall word naturally signifieth to make sicke or sory and being joyned with the word face which oft is used for anger it meaneth to abate the anger by importunate praier and by humble sute to prevaile So after Psal. 119. 58. rich of the people the wealthy among them meaning of the Tyrians which were a wealthy nation and generally other peoples See Esa. 60. 1 3 5 11. and 49. 23. Rev. 21. 24 26. where the riches and honour of the Gentiles are brought to the Church Vers. 14. glorious within or honourable inward in the heart adorned with faith hope love c. or in the inner man as Eph. 3. 16. Here the Chaldee maketh this paraphrase Every thing that is praise-worthy faire to be desired the wealth of countries and treasuries of Kings which are laid up within shall they offer for oblations before the King and gifts unto the Priests whose garments are woven with fine gold purled works or grounds closures of gold such as precious stones are set in Exod. 28. 11 14. Compare also herewith Ezek. 16. 13. Vers. 15. In embroideries with broidered or needle wrought garments Hereby is meant the varietie of graces and embroidery of the spirit So Ezek. 16. 10. Vers. 17. In stead of thy fathers Here the Hebrew is of the masculine gender so these words are spoken to the King Though sometime the masculine is used in speech of women as Num. 27. 7. So lahem 1 King 22. 17. lahen 2 Chron. 18. 16. shall be thy sonnes thy children shall succeed meaning either all Christias that by the immortall seed of the word are begotten to Christ his Church he being the father this the mother of vs all Isa. 9. 6. Gal. 4. 26. or in speciall the Apostles may be intended See Heb. 2. 13. shalt put them shalt place constitute or appoint them for Princes As all Christians are called Kings Rev. 1. 6. and 5. 10. Or in speciall by the Fathers may be meant the 12 Patriarchs by the sonnes the 12 Apostles succeeding them as the heavenly Ierusalem hath at the 12 gates the names of the 12 tribes and in the foundations of the wall the names of the lambes 12 Apostles Rev. 21. 12 14. which Apostles were sent into all the nations of the world Mat. 28. 19. to goe and bring forth fruit and their fruit to remaine Ioh. 15. 16. Like this is the promise made for Sarah that Kings of peoples should come of her
are Gods vehemently is hee exalted Annotations CLap hands or the Palmes Hebrew the palme a signe of joyfull approbation used as at other times so at the coronation of Kings 2 King 11. 12. So after Psalm 98. 8. voice of 〈…〉 ing that is a shrill voice and joyfull See the notes on Psalm 5. 12. and 41. 12. Vers. 4. He hath subdued or will subdue So in the next verse He will chuse but the time to come is often used for the time past or continued And here it seemeth to be spoken of the subduing of the Canaanites and the 〈◊〉 subduing of nations to Christ by preaching of the Gospell Of subduing see Psal. 18. 48. the Chaldee here translateth it kill Vers. 5. our inheritance the land of Canaan Psal. 78. 55. and that immortall undefiled heritage reserved in heaven for us 1 Pet. 1. 4. high excellencie or glorious highnesse meaning the kingdome priest-hood Temple c. as the Chaldee mentioneth the house of the Sanctuary whereby Iacobs posteritie excelled Ezek. 24. 21. Amos 6. 8. and 8. 7. Nahum 2. 2. and all the heavenly promises given to the Church in Christ. Vers. 6. God is gone up as when the â—rke went up from Ki 〈…〉 th-jâ—arim to Ierusalem 2 Sam. 6. 15. 1 Chron. 13. 8. and 15. 28. when the Arke was carried by Solomon into the Temple 2 Chron. 5. when Christ ascended with triumph into heaven Luke 24 51 52. and with like glory shall he come againe 1 Ihess 4. 16. Act. 1. 9 11. The Chaldee referreth this Going up to the Exalting of Gods name Vers. 7. an instructing Psalme Maschil the title of Psal. 32. and many others here used in like sense for a Psalme to give instruction or as in Psal. 14. 2. for a prudent understanding person in this sense sing Psalme every one that is prudent or as the Greeke explaineth it sing prudently the Chaldee with good understanding Vers. 9. throne of his holinesse Greeke his holy throne See Psal. 9. 5. Revel 4. 2. The Chaldee calleth it the throne of his glory Vers. 10. The bounteous Princes or the voluntaries Nobles A name given to the liberall and free hearted Isa. 32. 5. 8. Exod. 35. 21 29. and to Princes or Nobles Numb 21. 18. Psal. 113. 8. and 118. 8. Iob 12. 21. So here the Greeke hath Princes are Gods or to God belong the shields of the earth He is the great conquer our and protectour of all Gen. 15. 1. Shields also are Magistrates and Governours that protect the Common-weales Hos. 4. 18. Psal. 89. 19. So the Greeke here hath the strong men of the earth PSAL. XLVIII God is magnified for the ornaments privileges and protection of the Church A song a Psalme to the sonnes of Korach GReat is Iehovah praised vehemently in the citie of our God the mountaine of his holinesse Faire in situation the joy of all the earth is mount Sion in the sides of the North it is the Citie of the great King God in the loftie palaces therof knowne he is for an high refuge For loe the Kings were assembled they went together Themselves saw so they wondered they were suddenly 〈…〉 ubled they were frighted away Trembling tooke hold on them there paine as of her that travelleth with childe With an east wind thou wilt break asunder the ships of Tarshish Even as we have heard so have we seene in the citie of Iehovah of hosts in the citie of our God God will establish it for ever Selah Wee have quietly minded thy mercie O God in midst of thy Palace As thy name O God so thy praise is unto the ends of the earth thy right hand is full of justice Let mount Sion rejoyce let the daughters of Iudah be glad because of thy judgements Compasse ye Sion and goe round about it tell the towers thereof Set your heart on the fort thereof distinctly view the loftie Palaces thereof that ye may tell to the generation after That this God is our God ever and aye he will guide us untill death Annotations SOnnes of Korach See the notes on Psal. 42. 1. Here the Greeke addeth for the second day of the W 〈…〉 that this Psalme was then to be sung in the Temple as is before noted on Psal. 24. 1. Vers. 2. the mountaine in the Greeke his holy mountaine in Chaldee the mount of the house of his Sanctuary This was mount Sion vers 3. a figure of the Church of Christ Hebr. 12. 22. Rev. 14. 1. Vers. 3. Faire in situation or Beautifull of coast or climate situate in a faire climate or region The Chaldee expounds â—t Faire as a Bridegroome the joy of all that dwell on the earth the sides of the North the place where the Temple was builded So Isa. 14. 13. of the great King that is of God who dwelt in this citie vers 9. Zach. 8. 3. Hereupon Christ said sweare not by Jerusalem for it is the 〈◊〉 of the great King Mat. 5. 35. Vers. 4. loftie Palaces or high bowers or steeples So vers 14. and Psal. 122. 7. Vers. 5. the Kings we may referre this either to the Kings of Moab and Ammon in the daies of Iosaphat 2 Chro. 20. or to Sanacherib and his Captaines in the daies of Ezekiah 2 King 18. 19. or to the Philistian Princes 2 Sam. 5. were assembled or came together to wit by agreement at an appointed time and place so the originall word impor 〈…〉 Vers 7. that travelleth with childe or that bringeth forth And this paine is great and sudden anâ— inevitable See Mic. 4. 9. 1 Thess. 5. 3. Vers. 8. an east wind which is strong and boystrous also drie and parching Isa. 27. 8. Ier. 18. 17. Exod. 14. 21. and 10. 13. Gen. 41. 7. Ezek. 19. 12. Ion. 4. 8. Hereupon the Greeke translateth it violent wind and the Chaldee a strong East wind as a fire from before the Lord. of Tarshish or of the Ocean sea Tarshish was the name of the son of Iavan the son of Iapheth the sonne of Noah Ger. 10. 4. of whom Tarsus mentioned in Act. 21. 34. the chiefe citie of Cilicia in Syria had the nâ—mâ— From thence they went by shipping into farre countries Africa India Ophir c. 1 King 22. 48. and 10. 22. Hereupon that Sea was called Tarshish and generally the name is applied to every Ocean or maine sea Vers. 10. we have quietly winded or in silence thought upon and consequently waited for Vers. 12. daughters of Iudah the lesser cities of that tribe which were as daughters to the mother citie Ierusalem as the lesser cities of the Ammonites were daughters to Rabbah Ier. 49. 3. So Ekron with her daughters Ios. 15. 45. and many the like So Psal. 97. 8. Vers. 13. tell the towers number count them These things seeme to intend not only a taking notice but also a care and fortification of Ierusalem against all enemies See Esay 33. 18. Vers. 14. Set your heart minde earnestly set your affections on as Psal.
world to come Vers. 17. Feare thou not that is be not dismayed or overcome with feare The Hebrew phrase usually when it counselleth or prayeth against a thing meaneth the height full measure of it So feare not Gen. 50. 19. and grieve not Gen. 45. 5. that is be not overcome with griefe So lead us not into temptation Mat. 6. 13. that is let us not be overcome with temptation 1 Cor. 10. 13. Therefore that which one Evangelist writeth Feare not Mat. 28. 5. another writeth be not astonied Mark 16. 6. nothing the excesse of feare Vers. 18. take any thing Hebr. take of all that is ought of all that he hath For we brought nothing into the world and it is certaine that we can carry nothing out 1 Tim. 6. 7. Iob 1. 21. Vers. 19. Though in his life that is whiles he liveth So Psal. 63. 5. and 104. 33. and 146. 2. he blesseth his soule that is himselfe as it is written Soule thou hast much goods laid up for many yeares live at ease eat drinke and take thy pastime Luke 12. 19. will confesse thee will commend laud and celebrate thee doest good to thy selfe that is makest much of cherishest pamperest thy selfe So good is used for worldly pleasure and emoluments Psal. 4. 7. Vers. 20. It shall come to wit the soule forespoken of or the person or Thou shalt come to the generation of his fathers that is to his wicked predecessors that are dead and gone as the godly also at their death are gathered to their fathers and people Iudg. 2. 10. Deut. 32. 50. Or to the habitation of his fathers their house or lodge for so Dor is used for an habitation Esa. 38. 12. The Chaldee applieth this first branch to the just the latter to the wicked The memorie of the just shall come to the generation of the fathers but the wicked for ever and ever shall not see the light to continuall aye they shall not see or which for ever shall not see the light to wit the light of the living here on earth as Psal. 56. 14. Iob 33. 28 30. nor the light of joy in the world to come being cast out into the utter darkenesse Matth. 8. 12. Vers. 21. understandeth not or discerneth not wanting prudence A repetition of the 13. verse with a little change of jalin lodgeth into jabin understandeth which the Chaldee openeth thus A man a sinner when he is in honour and understandeth not when his honour is taken away he is like a beast and brought to nothing PSAL. L. The Majestie of God in the Church 5 His order to gather Saints 7. The pleasure of God is not in in legall sacrifices 14 but in sinceritie of obedience 16 The wicked are shut out from Gods Covenant 21 They abuse Gods patience to their destruction 23 but the godly shall see his salvation A Psalme of Asaph THe God of gods Iehovah speaketh and calleth the earth from the rising up of the Sun unto the going downe thereof Out of Sion the whole perfection of beauty God shineth clearely Our God come and not keepe silence a fire shall eat before him and round about him shall a storme be moved vehemently He will call to the heavens from above and to the earth to judge his people Gather yee to me my gracious Saints that have stricken my covenant with sacrifice And the heavens shall openly shew his justice for God he is judge Selah Heare O my people and I will speake O Israel and I will testifie to thee I am God thy God I will not reprove thee for thy sacrifices for thy burnt offerings are before me continually I will not take a bullocke out of thine house goat buckes out of thy folds For every wilde beast of the wood is mine the beasts that bee on a thousand mountaines I know all the fowle of the mountaines and the store of beasts of the field is with me If I were hungry I would not tell it thee for mine is the world and the plenty thereof Will I eat the flesh of mightie buls and drinke the bloud of goat-bucks Sacrifice thou to God a confession and pay thy vowes to the most high And call on me in day of distresse I will release thee and thou shalt glorifie mee But to the wicked saith God what hast thou to doe to tell my statutes and that thou shouldest take up my covenant on thy mouth And thou hatest nurture and castest my words behind thee If thou seest a theefe then thou runnest with him and thy part is with the adulterers Thy mouth thou sendest out in evill and thy tongue joyneth together deceit Thou sittest thou speakest against thy brother against thy mothers sonne thou givest ill report These things thou hast done and I kept silence thou didst thinke that I was surely like thee I will reprove thee and set in order to thine eies O now consider this ye that forget God lest I teare and there be no reskewer Hee that sacrificeth confession honoureth me and hee that disposeth his way I will cause him to see the salvation of God Annotations A Psalme of Asaph that is made by him as the Chaldee saith An hymne by the hand of Asaph or to Asaph that is committed vnto him to sing For Asaph was a Seer or Prophet which made Psalms as did David 2 Chron. 29. 30. Also he and his sons were singers in Israel 1 Chron. 25. 2. The God of Gods that is God of all Angels Iudges and Rulers of the world or as the Chaldee saith The mighty God the God of Iehovah Three titles of God here used together Ael Aelohim Iehovah So in Iosh. 22. 22. the going downe that is the West where the Sunne setteth or after the Hebrew phrase goeth in as at the rising it is said to goe out or come forth Gen. 19. 23. Vers. 2. Out of Sion the state of the Church under the Gospell Heb. 12. 18. 22. Psal. 2. 6. therefore in this Psalme the legall sacrifices appointed at mount Sinai are reproved and the worship of God in spirit and truth commended the whole perfection or the Vniversality of beautie that is which is wholly and perfectly beautifull See the like praise of Sion Psal. 48. 3. Lam. 2. 15. shineth clearly as the Sunne shineth in his strength that is appeareth in glorious majestie This also is a signe of favour Iob 10. 3. Psal. 80. 2. So God shined from mount Paran Deut. 33. 3. Vers. 3. Our God come a praier to hasten his comming as in Rev. 22. 20. or as the former our God will come So the Chaldee paraphraseth The just shall say In the day of the great judgement our God will come and not silent to execute the vengeance of his people fire shall eat that is consume devoure So God is called an eating fire Deut. 4. 24. that is as the Apostle expoundeth it a consuming fire Heb. 12. 29. and the sight of his glory on mount Sinai was like eating
which proceedeth from thy salvation and deliverance of me from sinne a free spirit a voluntary free willing spirit or a princely ruling spirit as the Greeke turneth it See this word Psal. 47. 10. by a free or princely spirit he meaneth a spirit not in bondage to sinne called elsewhere the spirit of adoption Rom. 8. 15 16. whereby a man is made willing to obey the Lord as Exod. 35. 21. Vers. 16. from blouds that is from the guilt of my murder in shedding the bloud of Vriah as the Chaldee saith from the judgement of murder or from my native corruption See the note on Isal. 5. 7. shall shout or shrill sing joyfully and proclaime thy justice such as Paul speaketh of Phil. 3. 9. Vers. 17. shalt open my lips shalt give me occasion to speake freely and boldly the Chaldee addeth in thy law This phrase is used Iob 11. 5. and 32. 20. Vers. 18. else I would give it or for else I would give it as the Greeke turneth it if thou wouldest sacrifice I had given it Vers. 19. The sacrifices of God that is which please God or as the Chaldee saith holy to God So the workes of God Ioh. 6. 28. heart broken to wit with sorrow for sinne So Isa. 61. 1. Luke 4. 18. Compare with this Rom. 12. 1. also Isa. 57. 15. and 66. 2. Vers. 20. Doe well or Doe good deale bounteously it comprehendeth all things needfull for profit or pleasure unto Sion the Church and place of publike worship See Psal. 2. 6. walls of Ierusalem or of Ierushalaim as the Hebrew writeth it in the duall forme as it were the double Ierusalem to wit the higher and the lower from which the Apostle gathereth an allegorie Gal. 4. 25 26. This citie was first called Salem that is Peace where Melchisedek was King Gen. 14. 18. Heb. 7. 2. It was named also Iebus Iudg. 19. 10. of one Iebusi son of Canaan Gen. 10. 16. and was possessed by his seed the Iebusites who held therein the fort of Sion till David wanne it from them 1 Chron. 11. 4 5 7. Here also was the mount Morijah whereon Solomon built the Temple 2 Chron. 3. 1. where Abraham offered his sonne Isaak Gen. 22. 2. And because there Gods providence was seene he named the place Iehovah-jireh Gen. 22. 14. which Iireh put to the former name Salem maketh it Ierusalem where Peace is seene and as the citie was inlarged by taking in mount Iireh or Morijah so is the name yet sometime though very rare it is called by the first name Salem as Psal. 76. 3. This citie God chose to be the place of his publike worship and there to dwell 2 Chron. 7. 12. Psal. 132. 13 14. and honourable things are spoken of this citie Psal. 87. 3. and of the wals thereof which in the Ierusalem from above are of Iasper stone with 12 foundations garnished with all manner precious stones and having the names of the Lambes 12 Apostles Rev. 21. 10. 14 18 19. c. the wals are called Salvation and the gates Praise and they are ever in Gods sight Isa. 60. 18. and 49. 16. For the building up of these doth David here pray Vers. 21. Then shalt thou accept when the place is builded which thou hast chosen for be for bade his people to offer in every place Levit. 17. 5 8 9. Deut. 12. 11 13. and promised to accept their sacrifices on his holy mountaine Ezek. 20. 40. Therefore Israel was in great affliction and reproach when the wals of Ierusalem were unbuilded Neb. 1. 3. and the peoples negligence in building Gods house was sharply blamed Hag. 1. 2 4 8 9. and 2. 15. c. of justice that is sacrifices offered in faith and according to the will of God See Psal. 4. 6. the whole oblation the Calil a kinde of oblation that was wholly and every whit given up in fire unto God and differed from the Gnolah or Burnt-offering which was only of beasts or birds Lev. 1. whereas the Calil was also of flower called the Meat-offering but burned all together which the common Meat-offerings were not Lev. 6. 20 22 23. It was also of beasts 1 Sam. 7. 9. PSAL. LII David condemning the shightfulnesse of Doeg prophesieth his destruction 8 at which the just shall rejoyce 10 David upon confidence of Gods mercy giveth thanks To the master of the musicke an instructing Psalme of David When Doeg the Adomite came and shewed to Saul and said to him David came unto the house of Achimelech WHy boastest thou in evill O mighty man the mercie of God endureth all the day Thy tongue thinketh wofull evils as a sharpe rasour doing deceit Thou lovest evill more than good falshood more than to speake justice Selah Thou lovest all words of swallowing the tongue of deceit Also God will destroy thee to perpetuitie hee will pull thee away and plucke thee out of the tent and will root thee up out of the land of the living Selah And the just shall see and feare and shall laugh at him Behold the man that put not God for his strength but trusted in the multitude of his riches hee was strong in his wofull evill But I as a greene Olive in the house of God I trust in the mercy of God ever and aye I will confesse thee for ever for thou hast done this and will patiently expect thy name for it is good before thy gracious Saints Annotations DOeg a servant of King Saul and master of his herdmen 1 Sam. 21. 7. the Adomite that is an Aedomite or Idumean as the Greeke here translateth or a man of Adamah a citie of the tribe of Naphtali Ios. 19. 36. of Acbimelech David flying from Sauls tyranny came for comfort to the house of God in Nob where Achimelech the Priest administred He gave unto David and his company the showbread â—o 〈◊〉 armed him with the sword of Goljath the Philistian and asked counsell of the Lord for him DoeÌ„g saw this and told King Saul and after when no other man would himselfe at the Kings commandement ran upon Achimelech and the Priests and killed 85 persons and Nob the citie of the Priests he smote with the edge of the sword both man woman childe and beast But Abjâ—thar Achimelechs sonne escaped unto David and told him who there upon made this Psalme See 1 Sam. 21. and 22. Matth. 12. 3 4. Vers. 3. in evill the Chaldee expounds it in an evill tongue O mighty man or Potentate Doëg is thus named for his chiefe place over King Sauls herdmen 1 Sam. 21. 7 and his killing of so many Priests of the Lord 1 Sam. 22. 18. 19. in which mischievous prowesse he vaunted himselfe Vers. 4. thinketh or understand Why thinketh thy tongue that is uttereth the evils thought and premeditated doing deceit that is as a rasour which in stead of cutting the haire cutteth the throat Or it may be referred to the man O doer of deceit as the Greeke saith thou hast done
death make them guiltie upon them and on him as the Hebrew forme noteth that is on every of them to hell to the place and state of death Psal. 16. 10. as the conspirators with Korah went downe quicke into hell Numb 16. 30 33. in their dwelling place or in their â—â—journing place for this life is a pilgrimage where men are but guests in their inmost part or within them in the midst of them meaning their heart Vers. 18. and at noone These three times in the day they used to pray in Israel as David here practised and Daniel afterwards Dan. 6. 10. and at the sixt houre which was their â—oone tide Peter 〈◊〉 to prayer Act. 10. 9. Though the day was then divided into twelve houres Ioh. 11. 9. yet of old they had but these three times or houres meditate or pray see the note on verse 3. and Psal 77. 4. Vers. 19. from the battell against me from the 〈◊〉 sighâ— the conflict with me the Greeke saith from them that 〈◊〉 neere to me meaning his foes as Psal 27. 2. with many or in many were they with me This is doubtfull whether it be meant of foes or friends If of 〈◊〉 it may be resolved thus for with many with a great multitude they were fighters with me If of friends it may be understood of Gods Angels that in a great number were with him pitching campe for his aid Psal. 34. 8. as Elishah said many moe are with us than with them 2 Kings 6. 16 17. The Chaldee explaineth it for in many afflictions his word was for my helpe Vers. 20. even he that sitteth that is the eternall that abideth one and the same in counsell power c. no changes or alterations from evill to good and are not bettered Thus the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it of sinners which change not their evillway It may also be meant no alterations of their good estate that is no adversities as Ioâ— 10. 17. Vers. 21. He sent forth his hand that is laid violent hands as Nehem. 13. 21. his peaceable friends or them that were at peace with him Vers. 22. drawne swords that is wounding deadly A like similitude Solomon useth Prov. 12. 18. There is that speaketh words like the prickings of a sword See also Psal. 57. 5. Vers. 23. thy carefull burden or thy gift that is whatsoever thou art carefull to have given thee in all thy wants and need or whatsoever â—e giveth thee to exercise thy faith patience by adversâ—â—ies The Greeke well turneth it thy care which phrase the Apostle useth 1 Pet. 5. 7. Cast all your care upon him c. The Chaldee saith Cast thy hope on the Lord. Compare also herewith Mat. 6. 25. Luke 12. 22. Psal. 37. 5. Sustaine thee or foster and nourish thee with food and all other necessaries The word though it be generall yet is often used for nourishing Gen. 45. 11. and 47. 12. 1 King 18. 4. So the Greeke also turneth it here not give that is not suffer as Psal. 16. 10. Vers. 24. pit of corruption the Chaldee expoundeth it the deepe Gehenna men of blouds c. that is bloudy men as Psalm 5. 7. not live halfe Hâ—br not halfen their daies that is not come to halfe the daies of their life but be cut off by untimely death So Job 15. 32. PSAL. LVI David praying to God in confidence of his word complaineth of his enemies 10 Heprofâ—sseth his confidence in Gods word and promiseth to praise him To the master of the musicke concerning the dumbe dove in faire places Michtam of David when the Philistims tooke him in Gath. BE gracious to mee O God for sory man would swallow me up all the day warring he oppresseth me Mine enviers would swallow mee up all the day for many doâ— warte with me O most high In the day I shall feare I will trust unto thee In God I will praise his word in God doe I trust I will not feare what flesh can doe unto mee All the day my words they grievously wrest against me all their thoughts be for evill They draw together they keep close themselves they doe observe my steps because they earnestly expect my soule For painfull iniquitie shall they escape safe in anger cast downe the peoples O God Thou hast counted my wandring put thou my teares in thy bottle are they not in thy register Then shall mine enemies turne backe in the day that I call this I know that God will be for mee In God I will praise the word in Iehovah I will praise the word In God doe I trust I will not feare what earthly man can doe unto me Thy vowes are upon me O God I will pay confessions unto thee For thou hast delivered my soule from death hast thou not also my feet from sliding for to walke on before God in the light of the living Annotations COncerning the dumbe dove or after the Hebrew phrase the dove of dumbnesse thus David speaketh of himselfe as of a dove subject to vexation among the â—avenous kites the Philistims which were farre disâ—oyned from Gods people in faith though neare in habitation as the Greeke translateth it the people farre off from the Saints Or Aelem interpreted dumbnesse may also be turned a Congregation as in Psalm 58. 2. and so the meaning is the dove of the Congregation of them that be farre of that is of the Philistims And thus the Chaldee expoundeth it To praise for the congregation which is like to a silent dove in the time when they are driven farre from their cities c. Michtam a Iewell or golden Psalme See Psalm 16. 1. tooke him in Gath David fleeing from Saul to Achish King of Gath and being there knowne changed his behaviour and fained him-selfe foolish and was so dismissed 1 Sam. 21. 10 c. whereupon he made the â—4 Psalme After that he fled againe to K. Achish and dwelt there with him he and his company 1 Sam. 27. 1 2 3 c. Vers. 2. would swallow me up or breatheth after me to take and devâ—ure me The word Shaaph is used for sooping in of drinke Iob 5. 5. also of the wind or breath Ier. 2 â—4 and 14. 6. and so for breathing after any thing to come thereto Ioh 7. 2. Eccles 1. 5. So after in Psal 57 4. and 119. 131. O most high O high God as the Chaldee explaineth it The Greeke saith from the height wee may also translate it in height that is highly proudly they warre against me But Marom Height is sometime Gods attribute as Mich. 6. 6. Psal. 92. 9. Vers. 4. In the day or what day that is whensoever I shall be afraid Vers. 5. what flesh can doe or question-wise what can flesh doe unto me by flesh meaning corrupt and weake man as is expressed vers 12. The like title is given to men in Psal. 78. â—9 Gen. 6. 3. Esay 40 6. Vers. 6. they grievously wrest they pairfully forme and frame my
Vers. 6. my vowes that is my prayers made with vowes as the Saints used Gen. 28. 20. Iudg. 11. 30 31. Hereupon prayer is called in Greeke Proseuche of powring out vowes to God inheritance to them so the Greeke also hath it or given me the inheritance of them that is such a blessing as usually thou bestowest on such as feare thee The Chaldee paraphraseth thou hast given an inheritance in the world to come to them that feare thy name Vers. 7. Thou wilt adde or prayer-wise adde thou c. so the rest daies unto daies or upon daies that is a long life of the King meaning himselfe and specially Christ who was to be his Sonne after the flesh So the Chaldee saith of the King Christ. See Psalm 72. and 89. 21 30 37 38. Vers. 8. He shall sit to wit on the throne that is reigne or sit that is dwell or abide as Psalm 140. 14. prepare or appoint as his due and readie portion The Hebâ— is Man a name whereby that prepared meat was called which God gave his people from heaven Psal. 78. 24. Vers. 9. day by day or day and day that is daily The Hebrew usuall phrase is day day so Psal. 68 20. Gen. 39. 10. Isa. 58. 2. Exod. 16. 5. sometime day and day as Hest. 3. 4. 2 Cor. 4. 16. So two two Mark 6. 7. for two and two The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase when I pay my vowes in the day of the redemption of Israel and in the day when the King Christ shall be anointed to reigne PSAL. LXII David professing his confidence in God discourageth his enemies 6 repeateth his assured confidence Teacheth the people to trust in God not in worldly things 12 Power and mercie belong to God To the Master of the Musicke over Ieduthun a Psalme of David YEt surely unto God my soule keepeth silence from him is my salvation Surely he is my rocke and my salvation mine high defence I shall not be moved much How long wil ye endevour mischiefe against a man ye shall be killed all of you ye shall be as a bowed wall as a fence that is shooved at Surely they consult to thrust him downe from his high dignity they delight in a lye with his mouth each of them blesseth with their inward part they curse Selah Yet unto God my soule keepe thou silence for from him is my expectation Surely he is my rocke and my salvation mine high defence I shall not be moved In God is my salvation and my glory the rock of my strength my safe hope is in God Trust ye in him in all time O people powre out your heart before him God is a safe hope for us Selah Surely the sons of base man are vanity the sons of noble man are a lye in balances to mount up they together are lighter than vanitie Trust not yee in oppression and in robbery become not vaine if powerfull wealth do increase set not the heart theron Once did God speak twice heard I this same that strength pertaineth to God And to thee O Lord mercy for thou wilt pay to man according to his worke Annotations OVer Ieduthun â—hat is over Ieduthuns posteritie who was a singer in Israel 1 Chron. 25. 3. or to Ieduthun See also Psal. 39. 1. Vers. 2. Yet surely or Only It is an earnest affirmation against some contrary temptation or speech and excludeth also other things So vers 3 5 6 7 10. keepeth silence or is sileâ— or still that is quiet submisse and as the Greeke explaineth it subject the rebellious affections being tamed and subdued See also Psal. 4. 5. Vers. 3. moved much or moved with a great moving Persecuted but not forsaken cast downe but 〈◊〉 perish not as 2 Cor. 4. 9. for God giveth the issue with the temptation 1 Cor. 10. 1 3. The Chaldee expounds it I shall not be moved in the day of great affliction Vers. 4. endevour mischiefe this word is not found elsewhere in the Scripture It denoteth both a purpose in minde and a thrusting forward in act of any mischievous deed against a man in Chaldee against a gracious man So man here is used as in Jer. 5. 1. if yee can finde a man that is a just and godly man yee shall be killed or will yee be murdered violently killed Some Hebrew copies varying a point or vowell give it an active signification will ye murder This the Greek followeth but the former sense here fitteth best a fense wall or mure another word than the former shooved at or thrust namely for to fall as is expressed Psal. 118. 13. Hereby is meant a great and sudden ruine as Isa. 30. 13. Ezek. 13. 13 14. Vers. 5. from his high dignity or excellencie whereunto he was exalted of God David speaketh this of himselfe therefore the Greeke hath mine honour and blameth them here for oppâ—gning his dignity as he did before in Psal. 4. 3. they dâ—light or readily like of and accept oâ— a deceivable lie each of them blesseth Hebr. they blesse but his mouth leadeth us to minde it of all in general every one in particular Compare Psal. 5. 10. Blessing is used for faire words and sometimes flattery Rom. 16. 18. Vers. 6. my expectation that is my salvation expected and hoped for as vers 2. Vers. 9. in all time that is alwaies See Psal. 34 2. powre out your heart that is the desires of your heart your prayers with teares A similitude taken from powring out of waters as is expressed Lam. 2. 19. powre out thy heart like water before the face of the Lord. This was practised in Israel when they drew water from their heart and powred it out by their eyes before the Lord 1 Sam. 7. 6. A like phrase is of powring out the soule Psal. 42. 5. 1 Sam. 1. 15. The Chaldee maketh this paraphrase Cast downe before him the prides of your heart pray before him with all your heart and say God is our hope for ever Vers. 10. noble man hereby is meant men of all degrees high and low See the notes on Ps. 49. 3. in ballances to mount up or to ascend meaning that all men together if they be put in one ballaÌ„ce and vanity in another they will mount up that is be lighter than vanity it selfe And the word hebel vanity here used denoteth a vaine light thing as the breath of ones mouth or bubble on the water Vers. 11. in oppressâ—an that is in goods gotten by oppression extortion or fraudulent injâ—â—â—â—â— this word importeth guilefull wrong as the next more open violent robberie See also Isa. 30. 12. become not vaine that is foolish and vile in respect of others and deceiving your selves For to make vaine is to deceive Ier. 23. 16. and to wax vaine is to be vile and come to nothing Iob 27. 12. Ier. 〈◊〉 5. Rom. 1. 21. This instruction which concerneth all men David applieth to his souldiers that they should not give themselves to the
seeke mine evill And I will patiently wait continually and adde unto all thy praise My mouth shall tell thy justice all the day thy salvation though I know not the numbers I will enter in the powers of the Lord Iehovih I will record thy justice thine onely O God thou hast learned me from my child-hood and hitherto have I shewed thy marvellous workes And also unto old age and hoarinesse O God forsake me not untill I shew thine arme to this generation thy power to every one that shall come And thy justice O God which is to on high which hast done great things O God who is like thee Which didst make mee to see distresses many and evill didst returne and quicken me and from the deeps of the earth didst returne and bring mee up Thou didst much increase my greatnesse didst turne about and comfort me Also I will confesse thee with the instrument of Psalterie even thy faithfulnesse my God I will sing Psalme to thee with Harpe O holy One of Israel My lips shall shout when I sing Psalme unto thee and my soule which thou hast redeemed Also my tongue shall talke of thy justice all the day for they are abashed for they are ashamed that seeke mine evill Annotations IN thee Chald. In the Word of the Lord. This Psalme which hath no title in the Hebrew is in Greeke thus intituled Of David a Psalme of the sonnes of Ionadaâ— and of them that were first captived Vers. 2. deliver or make me to escape safe Vers. 3. of habitation or of mansion a rocke whereto I may flie and there dwell safe God is often called a Rocke Psal. 18. 3. and a mansion or habitation to his people Psal. 90. 1. The Greeke here makes it plaine thus Be to me for a God protector hast commanded to wit thine Angels as Psal. 91. 11. or hast effectually appointed See Psal. 44 5. Vers. 4. evill doer or injurious wrong doer the levened that is the malicious for maliciousnesse and wickednesse is likened to leven 1 Cor. 5. 8. The Hebrew Chomets properly signifieth that which is levened or sowre Exod. 12. 39. here used for the malicious or violent cruell man as the Greeke turneth it the injurious or Chomets may be used for Chomes the violent Vers. 5. Iehovih or God for it hath the vowels of Aelohim so after vers 16. See Psal. 68. 21. Vers. 6. tookest me or didst rid me to wit from danger Compare this with Psal. 22. 10 11. of thee or in thee but in is often used for of as Psal. 63. 7. and 87. 3. see the notes there Vers. 7. a wonder to many or a monster to the mighty a signe whom the many or mighty doe gaze upon speake of and shew to others and wonder at A wonder and a signe are sometimes used as one 2 Chron. 32. 24. with 2 King 20. 8 9. So Christ and his Disciples were as signes and wonders in Israel Isa. 8. 18. Heb. 2. 13. Iehoshuah and his fellowes were monstrous persons Zach. 3. 8. the Apostles agazing stocke to the world 1 Cor. 4. 9. hope or refuge a place where one hopeth for safety Vers. 8. with thy glory or glory of thee that is with glorifying thee honouring beautifying and commending thy Majestie Vers. 10. speake of or say of me that God hath forsaken me vers 11. or they speake against me observe that is lay wait for it is meant here for evill as is the observing of the steps Psal. 56. 7. but often this phrase is used for good to keepe regard and preserve the soule or life Psal. 97. 10. and 121. 7. Prov. 22. 5. Vers. 14. adde unto all thy praise that is increase it I will praise thee more than I have done or more than others doe as 2 Chron. 10. 11. I will adde unto your yoke that is increase it Vers. 15. though I know not or for I know not the numbers to wit of them Gods justice and salvation is innumerable waies administred which are to be celebrated but cannot be reckoned Psal. 40. 6. Vers. 16. I will enter to wit into this worke of praising God in his power not mine owne or I will enter that is begin with his powerfull works to praise them or I will enter that is go in hand or goe forward with my busines through his power Vers. 18. unto old age or whiles old age is upon me as vers 9. So elsewhere God saith that he had borne Israel from the wombe and birth and would beare them still unto old age and the hoary haires Isa. 46. 3 4. thine arme that is strength helpe salvation So Psal. 77. 16. Isa. 51. 5. and 53. 1. Dâ—u 33. 27. this generation the men of this age The word this or present is understood by that which followeth see also Psal. 45. 4. Vers. 19. And thy justice O God which is to on high that is which reacheth up to Heaven viz. I will shew it Thus the Greeke understandeth it We may also translate For thy justice is unto the high place that is to heaven incomprehensible as Psal. 36. 6 7. And may be in stead of For as Psal. 60. 13. and the high place is by the Chaldee expounded the high heavens so Psa. 93. 4. Mat. 2â— 9 Vers. 20. didst make me see or us see sheweast me and us for the Hebrew hath a double reading meaning David in speciall and other Gods people with him so after it is read in the margine quicken me bring me up as also the Greeke â—â—th iâ— but written in the line quicken us bring us up By making see is also meant experience and feeling as Psal. 49. 10. and evill or evils that is calamities didst returne that is didst againe quicken or wilt againe quicken me So after But the Greek turneth it in the time past deeps abyssâ—s of the earth gulfs of affliction and death elsewhere called the lowest parts Psal. 88. 7. such Christ in his humanitie sorrowes and death went downe unto and returned Eph. 4. 9. Rom. 10. 7. Vers. 21. my greatnesse or magnificence majestie honour for Christ after afflictions entred into his glory Luk. 24. 26. 1 Pet. 1. 11. Phil. 2 8 9. and the godly must suffer with him that they may also be glorified with him Rom. 8. 17. Vers. 22. psalterie or lute see Psal. 33. 2. even thy faith or for thy faithfull truth holy one or Saint of Israel God is so called both for that he is holinesse it selfe and sanctifieth his people Lev. 20. 8 26. and againe is sanctified that is holily praised and honoured of them Isa. 8. 13. So Psal. 78. 41. and 89. 19. Vers. 24. talke of or meditate that is speake advisedly and after due meditation See Psal. 1. 2. for they or when they are abashed that is destroyed See Psal. 6. 11. PSAL. LXXII David praying for Solomon sheweth the goodnesse and glory of his in type and in truth of Christs Kingdome 18 He blesseth God For Solomon O God give
thy judgements to the King and thy justice to the Kings sonne That he may judge thy people with justice and thy poore afflicted ones with judgement The mountains shall bring forth peace to the people and the hills with justice He shall judge the poore afflicted of the people he shall save the sonnes of the needy and shall breake downe the fraudulent oppressour They shall feare thee with the Sunne and before the Moone to generation of generations Hee shall come downe like the raine upon the mowen grasse as the showers the dispersed moisture of the earth In his dayes shall the just man flourish and multitude of peace untill the Moone be not And he shall have dominion from sea unto sea and from the river unto the ends of the land They that dwell in dry places shall kneele before him and his enemies shall licke the dust The kings of Tharshish and of the Iles shal render an oblation the kings of Sheba Seba shall offer a present And all kings shall worship him all nations shall serve him For he shall deliver the needy that cryeth out and the poore afflicted and him that hath no helper He shall mercifully spare the poore and needy and shall save the soules of the needy He shall redeeme their soule from fraud and violent wrong and precious shall their bloud be in his eyes And he shall live and he shall give to him of the gold of Sheba and shall pray for him continually shall blesse him all the day There shall bee a parcell of Corne in the land in the top of the mountaines the fruit thereof shall shake like Lebanon and flourish shall they of the City as the herbe out of the earth His name shall be for ever his name shall be continued before the Sunne and they shall blesse themselves in him all Nations shall call him blessed Blessed be Iehovah God the God of Israel which doth marvellous things himselfe alone And blessed be the name of his glory for ever and let all the earth be filled with his glory Amen and Amen Ended are the prayers of David sonne of Iesse Annotations FOr Solomon the Greeke addeth a Psalme of David for Solomon and the last verse sheweth it to be made by David and it concerneth Christ and his Kingdome figured by Solomon Song 3. 11. and therfore called by his name as elsewhere he is called David Hos. 3. 5. Such also is the title of the 127. Psalme Kings sonne to whom the right of the Kingdome belongeth by birth and inheritance So Christ was King Davids sonne and borne King of the Iewes Mar. 11. 10. Mat. 2. 2. and 22. 42. to him the Father gave all judgement Iohn 5. 22. The Chaldee expoundeth the King to bee Christ and the Kings sonne to be King Davids son Vers. 2. That he may or Let him judge that is governe thy people in justice that is justly wherefore he is named Melchizedek that is King 〈◊〉 justico Heb. 7. 2. of whom it was prophesied behold a King shall reigne in justice Isa. 32. 1. Vers. 3. The mountaines shall bring forth or shall beare to wit as their fruit for so this phrase importeth Iob 40. 15. This and the rest that follow may also bee read prayer-wise let the mountaines beare c. The Chaldee paraphraseth The dwellers on the mountaines shall bring peace to the people of the house of Israel peace that is prosperitie plenty of fruits which should be injoyed with peace as all Solomons dayes Israel dwelt without feare every man under his vine and figtree 1 King 4. 25. And under Christ the worke and effect of justice is peace quietnesse and assurance for ever Isa. 32. 17. Rom. 5. 1. the mountaines drop downe new wine and the hils flow with milke Ioel 3. 18. Amos 9. 13. hils with justice that is the hils also shall beare peace with justice both peace and justice as these two are said to kisse each other Psal. 85. 11. and Christ is King both of justice and peace Heb. 7. 2. his Kingdome is justice peace and joy Rom. 14. 17. It may also be read for justice Vers. 4. shall judge that is shall deliver see the notes on Psal. 43. 1. save the sonnes of the needy that is the needy persons in Chaldee shall redeeme the sonnes of miserie that is such as are in wretched case the fraudulent oppressor whom the Greeke here calleth sycophant which word is used for injurying by forged cavillation Luk. 19. 8. and 3. 14. See before in Psal. 62. 11. Vers. 5. They shall feare men shall reverence that is worship and serve thee So feare is used for worship Isa. 29. 13. Mat. 15. 9. with the sun or before the sun as is after expressed vers 17. as the Hebrew ghnim with is elsewhere used for before Est. 7. 8. and before the sun and moone meaneth continually so long as they shine on the earth which is so long as the world endureth Gen. 8. 22. Psal. 89. 37 38. The Chaldee intrepreteth it with the rising of the sunne and in the light of the moone that is at morning and evening day and night as the twelve Tribes are said so instantly to serve Act. 26. 7. Vers. 6. the mowen grasse the medow which being mowen in the beginning of Summer craveth raine that it may grow againe The orginall word signifieth also a shorne fleece of wooll which sense some keepe here and referre it to the deaw that fell on Gedeons fleece when the land was dry and againe on the land when the fleece was dry Iudg. 6. 37 40. Solomon and Christ are here said to come downe as raine in respect of the doctrine and administration of judgement by them So Moses said My doctrine shall drop as the raine c. Deut. 32. 2. and Iob said they waited for me as for the raine c. Iob 29. 23. and the Lord shall come unto us as the raine c. Hos. 6. 3. the dispersed moisture understand which are the moisture that is which showres doe moisten the earth Zarziph the Hebrew word used only in this place hath the signification of dispersing moisture or water as is by showers God having divided spouts for the raine whereby it is strowed abroad upon the earth Iob 38. 25. Wherefore the former word showers implieth raine that falleth with manifold or millions of drops as Psal. 65. 11. Vers. 7. multitude of peace to wit shall be or shall flourish and this Shalom peace may respect the name of Shelomoh or Solomon which signifieth peaceable as was promised to David Behold a son is borne to thee which shall be a man of rest for I will give him rest from all his enemies round about therefore his name is Solomon and I will send Salom peace and quietnesse upon Israel in his daies 1 Chron. 22. 9. moone be not or be taken away as the Greeke explaineth it that is till the worlds end as before vers 5. Vers. 8. from sea to sea
Melchisedek Gen. 14. 18. afterwards called Ierusalem whereof see the notes on Psal. 51. 20. The Greeke translateth it in Peace which is the interpretation of the name Salem as the Apostle sheweth Heb. 7. 2. The Chaldee paraphrase saith Ierusalem his tabernacle or tent pavilion which is both a meane dwelling and a moveable Lev. 13. 42 43. Heb. 11. 9 10. For both Moses Tabernacle and Solomons Temple were meane cottages in respect of Gods glory 1 King 8. 27. Vers. 4. burning arrowes or fiery darts as the Apostle calleth the tentations of that wicked one Ephes. 6. 16. The Hebrew Riâ—â—phei is properly burning coles Song 8. 6. figuratively here the glistering brasse-beaded arrowes elsewhere the fiery thunder bolts Psal. 78. 48. and burning plague Deut. 32. 24. Habak 3. 5. likened to arrowes Ps. 91. 5. Here it may leade us to minde this Psalme to celebrate the victories against Satan figured by the vanquishing of the Assyrians and other enemies 2 King 19. 35. The Chaldee explaineth it thus When the house of Israel did his will he placed his divine majesty among them there brake hee the arrowes and bowes of people that warred shield and sword and battle-ray destroyed he for ever and the warre that is the army of warriers the battle-array See Psal. 27. 3. And thus Shalem or Peace is maintained by breaking all warlike instruments as Esa. 2. 4. Vers. 5. Bright made light that is Glorious speaking to God as vers 7. wondrous excellent magnificent see Psal. 8. 2. mounts of prey the mountaines of the Lions and Leopards Song 4. 8. meaning the kingdomes of this world which make prey and spoile one of another like wilde beasts Dan. 7. 4. 5 6 7. whom the Lambe on mount Sion excelleth in power and glory Revel 14. 1. and 17. 14. Or from the mounts of prey that is when thou commest from conquering the enemies which lie in the mountaines to make prey of thy people V. 6. mighty of heart or stout stubborn-hearted a title of the wicked that are farre from justice E 〈…〉 46. 12. called here in Greek unwise in heart their sleepe their eternall sleepe Ier. 51. 39 57. the slâ—â—pe of death Psa. 13. 4. So in the next verse none of Hebr. all or any have not found that is none found So 1 Ioh. 3. 15. every man-slayer hath not that is none hath life See also Psa. 143. 2. men of power able men for strength courage and riches in which last sense the Greeke taketh it here these did not resist or could not as Psal. 77. 5. They were not able as the Chaldee saith to take their weapons in their hands Vers. 7. thy rebuke that is punishment destruction see Ps. 9. 6. chariot that is Princes and Captaines riding on chariots horses on which they were wont of old to fight Iudg. 4. 3. 1 King 22. 31. 34. These all by Gods rebuke have beene slaine as in the campe of Asshur 2 King 19. 35. and the host of Antichrist Rev. 19. 18 21. Vers. 8. when thou art angry Hebr. from then that is from the time of thine anger after thine anger is once kindled Vers. 9. the earth or the land which the Chaldee understandeth thus the land of the heathens feared the land of Israel was quiet V. 11. shall confesse thee that is shall turne to thy praise when thy people are delivered from the rage of their foes the remnant or the reâ—â—under that is thy people which remaine and perish not in the rages of the wicked thou wilt gird to wit with joyfulnesse that they shall sing praise to thee as the Greek explaineth it shall keepe a feast to thee As in Ioel 1. 13. Gird ye there is understood with sorrow or sackcloth so here seemeth to be understood joy or gladnesse wherewith persons or things are said to be girded Ps. 30. 12. and 65. 13. or thou wilt gird with strength as Ps. 18. 40. Or if we referre it to the hot rage of the wicked the residue thereof thou wilt gird that is binde or restraine from attempting further evill Vers. 12. Vow ye men in danger or deliuered from it were wont to make vowes unto God Genes 28. 20. Iona 1. 16. Psal. 66. 13 14. round about him a description of his people as the twelve tribes pitched round about the Tabernacle Numb 2. 2. and the foure and twenty Elders were round about Gods throne Revel 4. 4. So the Chaldee expoundeth it ye that dwell about his Sanctuary to the feare that is the most fearefull God called Feare or Terrour for more reverence and excellency unto whom all feare is due as Isai. 8. 12. 13. Malach. 1. 6. So Iakob called God the Feare of his father Isaak Genes 31. 53. And this was performed when after Asshurs overthrow many brought offerings to the Lord 2 Chron. 32. 21 23. Vers. 13. To him that gathereth so the Greeke to him that taketh away or wee may reade Hee gathereth or Cutteth off as in vintage a similitude from grape-gatherers which cut off the clusters of the vines applied here to the cutting off the lives of men The like is in Rev. 14. 18 19 20. also in Iudg. 20. 45. The Chaldee explaineth it To him that represseth the pride of the spirit of governours God to be feared above all Kings of the earth ... Governours or Princes Captaines that leade and goe before the people So Gods Angell destroied all the valiant men and Princes and Captaines in the Campe of the King of Asshur 2 Chro. 32. 21. PSAL. LXXVII The Psalmist sheweth what fierce combat hee had with diffidence 11 The victory which he had by consideration of Gods great and gracious workes done of old To the Master of the Musicke to Ieduthun a Psalme of Asaph MY voice was to God and I cried out my voice was to God and he gave eare unto mee In day of my distresse I sought the Lord my hand by night reached out and ceased not my soule refused to be comforted I remembred God and made a troubled noise I meditated and my spirit was overwhelmed Selah Thou heldest the watches of mine eies I was stricken amazed and could not speake I recounted the daies of antiquity the yeeres of ancient times I remembred my melody in the night with my heart I meditated and my spirit searched diligently Will the Lord cast off to eternities and not adde favourably to accept any more Is his mercy ceased to perpetuity is his word ended to generation and generation Hath God forgotten to be gracious hath he shut up in anger his tender mercy Selah And I said doth this make me sicke the change of the right hand of the most high I will record the actions of Iah surely I will remember thy miracle from antiquity And I will meditate of all thy worke and will discourse of thy practises O God thy way is in the sanctuary who is so great a God as God Thou art the God that doest a marvellous worke thou hast
Esay 40 31. is to râ—nue â—r increase it Vers. 8. our hidden sinnes or sins of our youth as the Chaldee here taketh it The Hebrew word will beare both so also the sense for we have both secret sins Psal. 19. 13. and sins of our youth Psal. 25. 7. which God often punisheth us for Ioh 20. 11. to the light of thy face that is knowing remembring manifesting and punishing them Ier. 16. â—7 â—sâ—l 109. 14. 15. For the Lord lightneth things that are â—iâ— in darknesse and maketh the counselt of the heart manifest 1 Cor. 4. 5. he is of pure eyes and cannot sâ—â—evill Hâ—b 1. 13. therefore David prayeth hide thy face from my sinnes Psal. 5â— 1â— Vers. 9. doe turne away or turne the face decline as the day drawing to an â—nd 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 4. 〈◊〉 as a thought or 〈…〉 word a sound that passeth out of the mouth as Iâ—b 37. 〈◊〉 as a taâ—e that iâ— told for mans life is a breath or â—â—pour Psal. 39. 6. 〈…〉 4. 14. and so the Chaldee translateth it as the breath of the mouth in winter Moses bewaileth the decaying of the people in the wildernesse for they came out of Aegypt six hundred thousand men Exod. 12. 37. and not one feeble among them Psalm 105. 37. and being mustered at mount Sina from twentie yeares old and above they were 603 550. men besides the tribe of Levi Numb 1. 46 47. but for their sinne at Kadesh God sware their carkasses should fall in the wildernesse Numb 14. 28 29. which came so to passe For being â—ustered about 38. yeares after there was of all that armie not left a man alive save Caleb and Josua Numb 26. 63 64 65. Vers. 10. if they the yeares be in strâ—ngths that is most strong and valid or if by reason of great strength their pride or prowesse that is the excellencie or lustihead of those yeares the bravest of them is but misery painfull iniquitie paine and misery the punishment of sin Iniquitie is often put for the punishment of it Psal. 32. 5. Vers. 11. according to thy feare or as thy feare that is who knoweth or acknowledgeth thy wrath so as thy feare teacheth men to doe meaning by feare either Gods law as Psal. 19. 10. or his fearefull judgements upon sinners which should strike a feare into mens hearts Deâ—â— 13. 11. Psalâ— 119. 120. Ion. 1. 16. Or as thy feare that is so as to feare thee for thy wrath and by it to depart from evill as Prov. 16. 6. 2 Coâ— 5. 10 11. or even according to thy feare so is thy wrath The Chaldee paraphraseth who knoweth to turn away the strength of thy anger but the just which feare thee appeasing thy wrath Vers. 12. may apply or may bring may make come to wisdome or may get a heart of wisdome that is a wise heare and so may bring it to thee when we shall come to judgement Vers. 13. how long wilt thou afflict us as the Chaldee paraphraseth or wilt thou deferre to helpe us See Psal 6. 4. repent thee to wit of the evill intended or inflicted upon thy servants as Deut. 32. 36. Iâ—eâ— 2. 13. Ion. 3. 10. Ier. 18. 8. Vers. 14. in the morning that is early after the darke night of afflictions see Psalm 5 4. and 30. 6. Vers. 15. the yeares c that is as wee have beene many dayes and yeares afflicted so let us have many yeares of comfort Vers. 16. thy comely honour or magnificence in releasing us from trouble and refreshing us with mercie Vers. 17. the pleasantnesse or beautie that is the accomplishness of thâ— coâ—enant and promise to our fathers let now be seene upon us So the staffe beauty or pleasantnesse in the Lords hand signified his covenaâ—â— with them Zâ—ch 11. 7. 10. or generally it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods â—â—â—â—ble grate and favour See 〈◊〉 27. 4. The Châ—ldee expâ—unds it the pleasantnesse of Paradise stablish or direct 〈◊〉 and â—â—re For the Lord worketh all our actions f 〈…〉 Esay 26. 12. and without him we can doe nothing Iob. 15. 5. PSAL. XCI The state of the godly 3 Their safetie 9 Their habitation 11 Their keepers 14 Their friend with the effects of them all HEe that sitteth in the secret of the most high shall lodge himselfe in the shadow of the Almighty I wil say of Iehovah my safe hope my fortresse my God in him will I trust For he will deliver thee from the snare of the Fowler from the wofull pestilence Hee will cover thee with his wing under his feathers thou shalt hope for safety his truth shal be a buckler and a shield Thou shalt not feare for the dread of the night for the arrow that flieth by day For the pestilence that walketh in the darknesse for the stinging plague that wasteth at noone-day A thousand shal fall at thy side and ten thousand at thy right hand unto thee it shall not come neare Onely with thine eyes shalt thou behold and shalt see the reward of the wicked Because thou Iehovah my safe hope the most high thou hast put for thy mansion There shall not befall unto thee any evill and the plague shall not come nigh thy tent For his Angels will he command for thee to keepe thee in all thy waies Vpon their hands shall they beare thee up lest thou dash thy foot against a stone Thou shalt tread upon the fierce Lion the Aspe thou shalt tread downe the lurking Lion and the Dragon Because hee cleaveth unto me therefore will I deliver him I will set him on high because hee knoweth my name Hee shall call on mee and I will answer him with him will I be in distresse I wil release him and will honour him With length of daies will I satisfie him and will make him to see my salvation Annotations SEcret in Greeke helpe shall lodge or that lodgeth 〈◊〉 shadow that is defence as Numb 14. 9. So the Greeke saith protection the Chaldee addeth shadow of the clouds of the glory of the A 〈…〉 ghtie Vers. 2. I will â—ay or doe say namely to th 〈…〉 man for his further coâ—â—ort and assurance as vers 3 c. oâ— in his naâ—â— pâ—â—ting my selfe for an example The Greeke for more plainnesse changeth the person thus He shall say to the Lord thou art mine helper c. The Chaldee addeth David said I will say c. of Iehovah or to him that hee is my safe hope or my shelter Vers. 3. of the fowler as Psal. 124. 7. or hunter meaning the devill that hath the power of death and seeketh to destroy Heb. 2. 14. 1 Pet. 5. 8. the wofull pestilence Hebr. the pest of wofull evils that is the most wofull noysome and contagious pest Vers. 5. the dread of the night the dreadfull evill that terrifieth in the night Prov. 3. 25. Song 3. 8. arrow so the pestilence is called Deut. 32. Ezek. 5. 16. The Chaldee calleth it the arrow of the Angell of death Vers. 6.
23. came into Egypt being sent for by Pharaoh and incouraged thereto by God him-selfe Gen. 45. 17 20. and 46. 3 4. of Cham the father of Mizraim or Egypt see Psal. 78. 51. Vers. 24. increased made them fructifie that the land was soone full of them Exod. 1. 7 9. Vers. 25. to deale craftily or conspire guile fully for their destruction as Gen. 37. 18. Pharaoh and his people fretting at Israels prosperity thought to worke wisely with them when they plotted their ruine Exod. 1. 9 10 12 c. Vers. 26. had chosen to be Moses his mouth to the people and Prophet to Pharaoh Exod. 4. 12 14 16. and 7. 1 2 c. Vers. 27. words of his signes the signes which he spake and commanded together with the doctrine and use of them for letting of Israel goe See Exod. 7. 1 2 3 c. Or words of signes as words of song Psal. 137. 3. are signes and songs So Psal. 145. 5. Vers. 28. darknesse the ninth plague of Egypt where was black darknesse in all the land for three dayes that no man saw another nor rose from the place where he was Exod. 10. 22 23. turned not rebellious or they disobeyed not see Psal. 5. 11. that is his words or word were not disobeyed or changed but effected as God had spoken see a like phrase noted on Psal. 49. 15. Or they may be referred to Moses and Aaron who performed the things commanded them though with danger to them Vers. 29. to bloud the first of the ten plagues Exod. 7. See Psal. 78. 44. Vers. 30. frogs the second plague Exod. 8. 3 6. Psal. 78. 45. Kings Pharaoh and his Princes so Esa. 19. 2. Vers. 31. swarme of flyes or beasts see Psal. 78. 45. This was the fourth plague Exod. 8. 24. lice the third plague All the dust of the land was lice and went upon man and beast Exod. 8. 17. Vers. 32. showers of raine in stead whereof they had haile the seventh plague Exod. 9. See Psal. 78. 47. of flames that is sorely flaming and blasting never was the like there seene Exod. 9. 24. Vers. 33. tree for trees so after verse 34. 40. and often See Psal. 34. 8. Vers. 34. grashopper or locust the eight plague Exod. 10. see Psal. 78. 46. Vers. 36. the first-borne the tenth plague whereof see Psal. 78. 51. Vers. 37. feeble ready to fall through weaknes there being an armie of six hundred thousand men Exod. 12. 37. and 13. 18. A like promise is made to the Church Esa. 33. 24. Vers. 38. dread of them that is of death for their sakes so that they forced them out and gave them treasures Exod. 12. 33 35. See the like speech Esth. 8. 17. and. 9. 2. Vers. 39. a fire that they might travell night and day towards the promised land Exod. 13. 21. Psa. 78. 14. Vers. 40. quaile that is quailes which for their lust he gave them Numb 11. Compare Psal. 78. 27 28. bread Manna whereof see Psal. 78. 24 25. and Exod. 16. Vers. 41. the Rocke at Rephidim Exod. 17. and at Kadesh Numb 20. a river so that the people and their beasts dranke Numb 20. 11. and for this the wilde beasts Dragons Ostriches honoured God Esa. 43. 20. this mercy is applied to other times Isa. 48. 21. Vers. 44. heathens the seven nations whereof see Psal. 78. 55. Vers. 45. keepe his lawes The end of all Gods mercies was that he might be glorified in his peoples obedience see Exod. 19. 4 5 6. Deut. 4. 1 40. and 6. 21 24 25. PSAL. CVI. The Psalmist exhorteth to praise God 4 He prayeth for pardon of sinne as God did with the fathers 7 The storie of the peoples rebellion and Gods mercies 47 He concludeth with prayer and praise HAlelu-jah Confesse ye to Iehovah for he is good for his mercy endureth for ever Who can expresse the powers of Iehovah can cause to heare all his praise O blessed are they that keepe judgement is he that doth justice in all time Remember me Iehovah with the favourable acceptation of thy people visit me with thy salvation To see the good of thy chosen to rejoyce with the joy of thy nation to glory with thy inheritance We have sinned with our fathers we have done crookedly we have done wickedly Our fathers in Egypt did not prudently minde thy marvellous workes they remembred not the multitude of thy mercies but turned rebellious at the sea at the red sea Yet he saved them for his Name sake to make knowne his power And he rebuked the red sea and it was dried up and he led them in the deeps as in the wildernesse And he saved them from the hand of the hater and redeemed them from the hand of the enemie And the waters covered their distressers one of them was not left And they beleeved in his words they sang his praise They made haste they forgat his workes they waited not for his counsell But lusted with lust in the wildernesse and tempted God in the desart And he gave to them their request and sent leannesse into their soule And they envied at Moses in the campe at Aharon the holy one of Iehovah The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan and covered over the congregation of Abiram And a fire burned in their congregation a flame burnt up the wicked They made a calfe in Horeb and bowed themselves to a molten Idoll And turned their glory into the forme of an Oxe that eateth grasse They forgat God their Saviour that did great things in Egypt Marvellous workes in the land of Cham fearefull things by the red sea And he said to abolish them had not Moses his chosen stood in the breach before him to turne his wrathfull heat from destroying them And they contemptuously refused the land of desire they beleeved not his Word But murmured in their tents they heard not the voice of Iehovah And he lifted up his hand to them to fell them in the wildernesse And to fell their seed among the heathens and to fanne them in the lands And they were joyned to Baal-pehor and did eat the sacrifices of the dead And moved indignation by their actions and the plague brake in upon them And Phineas stood and executed judgement and the plague was restrained And it was counted to him for justice to generation and generation for ever And they caused servent wrath at the waters of Meribah and evill was to Moses for their sake For they bitterly provoked his spirit and he pronounced it with his lips They abolished not the peoples which Iehovah had said unto them But mixed themselves among the heathens and learned their works And served their Idols they were to them for a snare And they sacrified their sonnes and their daughters to Devils And shed innocent bloud the bloud of their sonnes and of their daughters whom they sacrificed to the Idols of Canaan and the land was impiously distained with blouds And they defiled themselves by their
low and base estate made sweet and amiable like the rose and lilie as the Prophet saith The wildernesse and the dry-place shall be glad for them and the desert shall reioyce and blossome as the Rose Esay 35. 1. And the Lord saith I will be as the dew vnto Israel he shall blossome as the Lilie and strike forth his roots as Lebanon Hos. 14. 5. But as here is mentioned the plaine of Sharon and the vallies which were open places where cattell fed and not inclosed gardens so by it may bee signified how the Church is exposed to persecution to be plucked of all that passe by the way and troden down and eaten of beasts And this the words following doe more confirme The Chaldee openeth these words thus The congregation of Israel said When the ruler of the world causeth his Diuine majesty to dwell in the midst of me I am like to a moist or greene lilie out of the garden of Eden and my workes are faire as the Rose which is in the plaine of the garden of Eden Vers. 2. among the thornes These are the words of Christ concerning his Love the Church where he confirmeth and amplifieth the former speech preferring her aboue other peoples as the lilie is aboue thomes and thistles and withall signifying how shee is afflicted and pricked with them as with thornes This similitude the Scripture often vseth as If ye will not driue out the Inhabitants c. those which ye let remaine of them shall be prickes in your eyes and thornes in your sides and shall vexe you in the land wherein ye dwell Numb 33. 55. And againe There shall be no more a pricking bryer unto the house of Israel nor any grieving thorne of all that are round about them that despised them Ezek. 28. 24 This similitude sheweth also what the Church ought to be harmlesse as Lilies among thornes innocent as sheepe among wolues as doves among ravenous birds Matth. 10. 16. The Lily among thornes may also in speciall be vnderstood of that which we call the Wood-bind which groweth and flourisheth in hedges and thornes my love or my fellow friend my companion as in chap. 1. 9. the daughters the congregations of peoples as the Scriptures mention the daughter of Babylon Psal. 137. the daughter of Tyrus Psal. 45. and many the like Ves. 3. the apple-tree The Church setteth forth the excellency of Christ by the similitude of an apple-tree which the Scripture commendeth for three things comfortable shadow pleasant fruit both noted in this place and sweet smell Song 7. 8. And as the apple-tree hath more variety of fruits then any other tree that groweth that 〈◊〉 is not easie to reckon up the â—â—ny sorts of apples of different taste so Christ excelleth in variety of graces which he bestoweth on his Church The Chaldee Paraphrast expoundeth this of the Pome-citron tree but for the cause aforesaid I would not restraine it to any one kind that the fulnesse of grace and truth which was in Christ might here be observed of whose fulnesse all we have received and grace for grace Ioh. 1. 14. 16. of the wood or of the forest or grove which are wilde trees and without culture bearing either none or sowre bitter and unsavoury fruits Such is the state of all the sons of men by nature Rom. 11. 24. whom Christ farre excelleth in beauty fruit and comfort Psalme 45. 3. Ioh. 15. 1. c. my beloved that is Christ in Hebrew Dod the same in signification with David see the notes on chap. 1. 13. the sonnes of Adam all whom Christ farre excelleth Psal. 45. 3. The Chaldee expoundeth it of Angels which are the sonnes of God Ioh. 1. 6. But though it be true that Christ excelleth them also Heb 1. yet the former similitude of the trees of the wood leadeth us rather to understand it here of earthly creatures as the Kings and Potentates and wise men of the world called sonnes in comparison with their peoples before called daughters in vers 2. So in Rev. 1. 5 Christ is the Prince of the Kings of the earth in Ezek. 31. 3. 6. the King of Assyria is likened to a Cedar in Lebanon under whose shadow dwelt all great nations in Dan. 4. 20. 21. 22. Nebuchadnezar is likened to a tree strong and high under which the beasts of the field dwelt c. and Iosias King of Iudah under whose shadow the Iewes hoped to liue Lam. 4. 20. and others in his shadow that is in his protection and defence The tree shadoweth from the heat of the Sunne and Christ from the heat of the wrath of God and from the persecutions of the world as it is written There shall be a Tabernacle for a shadow in the day time from the heat c. Esa. 4. 6 and Thou Lord hast beene a strength to the poore a strength to the needy in his distresse a refuge from the storme a shadow from the heat when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storme against the wall Esay 25. 4. So the shadow of Aegypt Esay 30. 2. the shadow of Heshbon Ierem. 48. 45. signifie the defence wherein men trusted which the faithfull repose in God and Christ alone as in Psalme 36. 8. 57. 2. and 17. 8. 63. 8. and 90. 1. And they that trust in him shall be safe from evill as Iehovah is thy shadow upon thy right hand the Sunne shall not smite thee by day nor the Moone by night Iehovah will keepe thee from all evill Psal. 121. 5. 6. 7. I desired and sate or I much desired that I might sit The forme of the Hebrew word increaseth the signification as noting a continuall and fervent desire of that which is pleasing delightfull or profitable and by sitting is meant abiding and resting as in Psalm 91. 1. The Church therefore being by sinne under wrath reveiled by the Law and being maligned by the world as a lilie among thornes acknowledgeth her faith hope love and delight 〈◊〉 bee in Christ Iesus who hath delivered as from the wrath to come 1 Th 〈…〉 through whom we have peace with God Rom. 5. 1. and peace in him though in the world we have tribulation 1 Iohn 16. 33. his fruit another benefit which the Church reapeth by Christ that shee is not onely delivered from evill but made partaker of his goodnesse in that the workes of his Prophesie Priesthood and Kingdome his death resurrection and all fruits of them are communicated unto her by the Gospell which shee feedeth upon by faith to the refreshing and life of her soule Fruits signifie graces and good workes which are to the benefit of our selves and others Matt. 3 8. 10. Gal. 5. 22. c. and is also applyed to the doctrine of the Gospel Iohn 15. 16. and signifieth a comfortable reward Psal 58. 12. Prov. 27. 18. The Hebrewes referre these things to the Law which should better bee applied to the Gospell for the Chaldee paraphrast here saith As the Pome-citrontree
made fruitfull by the blessing and Gospell of Christ Heb. 6. 7. 8. 9. So God promising to heale the backsliding of his people and to love them freely after his anger is turned away saith I will bee as the deaw unto Israel he shall grow as the Lilie and cast forth his roots as Lebanon his branches shall spread and his beauty shall bee as the Olive tree c. Hos. 14. 4. 5. 6. The Chaldee Paraphrast applieth these flowers to Moses and Aaron which were like unto Palme tree branches and appeared to doe miracles in the land of Aegypt singing to weet of birds as after in speciall hee nameth the Turtle dove This is both a signe and an effect of the Spring time which cheareth all creatures and causeth them in their kind to sing praises unto God and these birds and turtles signifie the Saints who feeling the comforts of Gods word and spirit doe sing his prayse and with Psalmes and Hymnes and spirituall songs doe sing and make melody in their heart to the Lord Ephes. 5. 19. As it is written They shall lift up their voice they shall sing for the majesty of the Lord c. From the utmost part of the earth have wee heard songs Glory to the righteous Esay 24. 14. 16. of the turtle The Church it selfe is sometime meant by the Turtle Psal. 74. 19. and the Dove Song 2. 14. and 5. 2. sometime the holy Ghost with his graces is resembled by a dove as at our Lords baptisme Mat. 3. 16. and thus the Chaldee expoundeth it here the voice of the holy Ghost So it signifieth the voice of the Spirit in the people of Christ mutually comforting one another and jointly praising â—od with and for his graces The Turtle dove casting her feathers is said to hide her selfe in winter in holes of trees her voice therefore being now heard signifieth that Summer was come Vers. 13. her greene figs or her unripe figs such as the figtree thrusteth out in stead of flowers which appeare on other trees A signe not onely of the Spring but of a fruitfull yeere Our Saviour saith Learne a parable of the figtree When her branch is yet tender and putteth forth leaves ye know that Summer is nigh Matth. 24. 32. And the blessing of God upon his Church is hereby signified as on the contrary when hee threatneth to consume the same he saith there shall be no grapes on the vine nor figs on the figtree c. Ier. 8. 13. tender grape or young small grape called in Hebr. Smadar a word used onely in this Song here and in vers 15. and c. 7. v. 12. By this variety of fruits is figured the variety of graces the good workes and sweet odour of them which appeare in the Saints after they are reconciled to God by Iesus Christ who is the true vine the faithfull are the branches who when they beare much fruit the Father is glorified Iohn 15. 1. 5. 8. The people of God themselves are also likened to grapes and figges as I found Israel like grapes in the wildernesse I saw your fathers as the first ripe in the figtree c. Hos. 9. 10. rise up thou or rise up for thy selfe as in vers 10. which exhortation is here againe repeated Vers. 14. My dove so Christ calleth here his Church The dove is mournfull sociable harmlesse chaste fearfull c. as I did mourne as a dove Esay 38. 14. and wee mourne sore like doves Esay 59. 11. Againe who are these that flie as the doves to their windowes or lockers Esay 60. 8. and in Ezek. 7. 16. they that escape of them shall escape and shall be on the mountaines like doves of the vallies all of them mourning every one for his iniquity And in Hos. 11. 11. they shall tremble as a dove out of the land of Assyria in Mat. 10. 16. be harmlesse as doves All which properties agree with the Church in this her estate especially fearfulnesse and mourning for her iniquities whereby she became sicke of love vers 5. the clefts of the Rocke hidden there for feare of enemies as it is written O yee that dwell in Moab leave the cities and dwell in the Rocke and be like the dove that maketh her nest in the sides of the holes mouth Ier. 48. 28. The Rocke whither this dove the Church was now fled seemeth most properly to meane faith in Christ as Mat. 16. 18. wherein she hid her selfe for feare of Gods wrath for her sin and yet durst not shew her selfe or the election of God which as a sure and rocky foundation abideth for ever Herewith compare Exod. 32. 22. where Moses was put in a clift of the Rocke and covered with Gods hand while hee passed by secret place or hiding place thus David often calleth God his secret or hiding place as 〈◊〉 Psalme 32. 7. Thou art a secret place to me from distresse thou wilt preserve me c. See also Psal. 61. 5. and 91. 1. stayres Heb. stayre or steepe place This as the Rocke aforesaid may signifie Christ by 〈…〉 th in him we ascend unto God by degrees as by stayres he being the Ladder which Iakob saw in vision upon whom the Angels of God ascended and descended Gen. 28 12. Ioh. 1. 51. let me see thy countenance or cause me to see thy personage thy visage thy forme fashion shape sight or appearance see chap. 5. 15. that is stirre up thy faith and hold up thy face with comfort come unto me walke before me and be upright as Gen. 17. 1. Present thy body as a living sacrifice holy c. Rom. 12. 1. So the Chaldee expoundeth it Shew me thy countenance and thy righteous workes heare thy voice that is thy prayers prayses songs thanksgivings c. Psalm 5. 3. and 26. 7. and 28. 2. and 42 5. call upon me in all thy feares and troubles as in Psal. 50. 15. Call on mee in the day of distresse c. By these words Christ both sheweth her the cause of her soules sicknesse to be her owne infirmities and negligence in prayer and other holy duties as also comforteth her against her feares and the conscience of her infirmities Thus the Chaldee also explaineth it Let me heart thy voice for thy voice is sweet in prayer in the house of the little sanctrary and thy countenance fayre in good workes 〈…〉 is sweet that is pleasing and acceptable being uttered in faith and according to the will of God as it is written Then shall the offrings of Iudah and Ierusalem be sweet that is pleasing unto the Lord Malac. 3. 4. but unto the transgressors he saith your burnt offrings are not acceptable nor your sacrifices sweet unto me Ier. 6. 20. comely or to be desired beautifull as in Song 1. 4. These praises of the Church are spirituall and according to the esteeme of God not of men for even Christ himselfe in respect of wordly reputation had his visage and forme so marred that many were astonied at
him he had no forme nor comelinesse Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2. Vers. 15. Take ye for us the foxes It is uncertaine whether these words be spoken by Christ or by the Church or both but they seeme rather to be Christs words directed chiefly to the watch-men and ministers of the Church By Foxes are meant false prophets and heretickes as in Ezek. 13. 4. O Israel thy prophets are like the Foxes in the deserts Such are by Christ likened to wolves Mat. 7. 12. And the Apostle to the Elders of Ephesus giveth warning of such Acts 20. 28. 29. c. and all Christians are to marke and espye such Rom. 16. 17. The taking or apprehending and holding fast of these foxes is the discovering and refuting of their errours the judging censuring and casting them out of the Church 1 Tim. 1. 3. 18. 19. 20. or avoiding them if they bee none of the Church 2 Iohn 10. And because the vine keepers knowing the malignity of Foxes would destroy them but by reason of their subtilty they often escape and are not taken therefore he saith Take meaning by consequence the rooting of them out And as the Foxe is famous for his craft and subtilty so are false Teachers called therefore deceitfull workers transforming themselves into the Apostles of Christ 2 Cor. 11. 13. And not they onely but crafty tyrants and other like enemies may be meant by foxes as Christ called Herod a Foxe Luke 13. 32. also sinnes of all sorts may by reason of their deceitfulness Heb. 3. 13 be here implyed under the name of Foxes whose property is to have holes in the earth Matth. 8. 20. as sinnes are hidden in the fraudulent hearts of men the little Foxes the lesser sort of sinnes errours false teachers c. even in their beginning and first bud when they may seeme to be lesse hurtfull as is said of Babylon Happy shall he be that taketh and dasheth thy little ones against the rocke Psal. 137. 9. corrupt the vineyards by devouring the grapes the foxes corrupt mar and destroy vines and vine-yards so sinnes sinners and heretikes destroy the faith doctrine and Churches making shipwracke of faith 1 Tim. 1 19. their word eateth as doth a canker 2 Tim. 2. 17. they are vaine talkers and deceivers of mindes who subvert whole houses Tit. 1. 10. 11. they privily bring in heresies of perdition being as naturall bruit beasts made to be taken and destroyed 2 Pet. 2. 1. 12. Of such the Lord complaineth Many Pastors have corrupted my Uineyard Ier. 12. 10. for Heb. and which word is often used in stead of for as in Psalm 60. 13. Esay 64. 7. Gen. 12. 19. have tender grapes or bring forth the tender grape This reason sheweth the love and care of God towards his Churches and people that are fruitfull If they beare wild grapes in stead of wholesome fruit he will take away the hedge of his vineyard and it shall be eaten up Esay 5. 4. 5. Every branch in Christ that beareth not fruit his Father the Husbandman taketh it away and every branch that beareth fruit hee purgeth it that it may bring forth more fruit Iohn 15. 1. 2. and when the fruit is young and tender hee hath care to preserve and cherish the same Vers. 16. is mine Here the Spouse professeth the joyfull communion betweene Christ and her which shee now feeleth renewed after her soule sicknesse Christ is ours when by faith wee apply him and all his graces his death resurrection ascension intercession c. unto our selves as our owne Because we thus judge that if one died for all then are all dead 2 Cor. 5. 14. I am crucified with Christ. Neverthelesse I live yet not I but Christ liveth in me c. Gal. 2. 20. And we have knowne and beleeved the love that God hath to us 1 Ioh. 4. 16. and I his by the covenant of his grace as it is written I entred into covenant with thee saith the Lord God and thou becamest mine Ezek. 168. Or as the former branch signified her faith to justification so this latter her sanctification whiles by holinesse of life she giveth her selfe to Christ in all obedience to doe his will Rom. 6. And hereby we know that we dwell in him and he in us because he hath given us of his Spirit 1 Ioh. 4. 13. feedeth among the Lilies this signifieth the continuance and increase of grace for that faith and holinesse might be increased daily Christ by his Spirt and by the ministery of his word feedeth his flocke among the faire sweet and comfortable Lilies of the scriptures and in the communion of the Saints which are like Lilies among thornes v. 2. V. 17. Untill the day dawne or untill the day blow or breath forth to wit light as appeareth by that which followeth the fleeing of shadowes Although it may have reference to the blowing of the wind at the breake of the day The like speech is used again in Son 4. 6. the shadows flie that is the darknesses of the night flee as on the cōtrary when the day goeth away the shadowes of the evening are said to be stretched out Ier. 6. 4. turn-about to wit unto me have respect unto and care of me it is a request of comfort from Christ as David saith Thou didst much increase my greatnesse and didst turne about and comfort me Psalme 71. 21. The Spouse here in the night and darknesse of her tribulation and tentation desireth Christ to bee ready at hand for her helpe by the comfort of his Word and Spirit The night and shadowes thereof doe signifie either the darknesse of ignorance and sinne when the truth and way of God is not knowne Ephes. 5. 8. 1 Iohn 1. 6. Mich. 3. 6. or the time of trouble and persecution Lament 3. 1. 2. the day is the time of knowledge holinesse comfort peace and joy 1 Thessalonians 5. 5. Rom. 13. 12. 13. Esther 8. 16. The dawning or breake of this day is the sense and feeling of inward joy and comfort by the Word and Spirit as the Apostle willeth us to take heed unto the sure word of prophesie as unto a light that shineth in a darke place untill the day dawne and the day starre arise in our hearts 2 Peter 1. 19. the fleeing of the shadowes is the removing away of blindenesse ignorance sinfulnesse misery trouble which God beginneth to his people in this life and continuing till the end when the day of the Lord and the day of Christ shall appeare 1 Thessalonians 5. 2. 2. 2 Thessalonians 2. 2. when there shall be eternity of light and joy to the faithfull to a Roe for swiftnes to help me and pleasantnesse to delight me see the notes on vers 9. fawne of the Hindes or of the Harts that is a yong Hart see vers 9. of Bether or by interpretation of division of partition This seemeth to be the place called also Bithron which was on the outside of Iordan 2 Samuel 2.
the well eating and chewing of her spirituall food from the washing the second praise of her teeth that they are white and cleane as washed sheep which seemeth to respect besides comelinesse the purity of the spirituall meat wherewith she is fed as it is a part of Iudahs blessing that his teeth should be white with milke Gen. 49. 12. beare twinnes as fruitfull ewes bring forth twinnes of equall bignesse so the teeth are set in double rankes one answerable to another which is the third property for which they are praysed bereaved of the yong or robbed of the yong by miscarying or any other accident Barren is that which beareth not Esa. 54. 1. but the word here used signifieth either miscarrying in the birth or losse of that which is brought forth by robberie death or the like so this denoteth the stedfastnesse of every tooth in his place after it is brought forth against the inconveniences forementioned These teeth of the Church which chiefly serve to eate with may here meane her courage and strength against her enemies as is prophesied of Israel hee shall eate up the Nations his enemies Num. 24. 8. or rather her judging discerning esteeming and applying of the word of God and seales of his Covenant for the comfort and nourishing of her soule so chewing the cudde and feeding by faith upon the promises of God which are often made under the similitude of eating and drinking as in Psal. 22. 26. Prov. 9. 5. Esa. 65. 13. Ioh. 6. 41. 50. 51. Some referring this to persons understand by the teeth the Ministers of the word that breake and as it were chew the bread of life unto and for the people So the Chaldee expoundeth these teeth to bee the Priests and Levites that did offer and eate the sacrifices in Israel Vers. 3. a threed or a lace a line aribband of scarlet that is thinne in substance red of colour as scarlet double-dyed which two things are the grace of the lips Here by the lips of the Church are commended her doctrines reproofes prayers prayses c. For the lips are the instruments wherwith words are uttered whether in prayer as Zeph. 3. 9. Psal. 21. 2 or praise and thankes as Psal. 66. 3. Heb. 13. 15. or vowes as Psal. 66. 13. 14. or doctrine Mal 2. 6. 7. Psal. 119. 13. or pleading as Iob 13. 6. or comfort as Iob 16. 5. or any other speech All these shee uttereth not with swelling words of vanity or taught by humane wisedome but by the Spirit of God who hath poured grace into her lippes and by faith in the blood of Christ wherein her doctrines prayers comforts are all dyed and coloured 1 Cor. 2. 4. 12. 13. and 1. 17. 18. Or these things applied to persons signifie the administers of the word and prayer as the Chaldee paraphrast applyeth it to the high Priest in Israel and his prayers for the reconciliation of the Church on Atonement day Levit. 16. Other of the Iewes expound it of the singers in Israel comely gracious and to be desired see the notes on Song 1. 5. So our praises of God are said to be pleasant and comely Psal. 147. 1. and we are commanded that our speech be alway with grace Colos. 4. 6. thy temples Hebr. thy temple that is each of the temples of thine head Here by the cheekes also may be meant as the Greeke version here hath it which are adjoyned to the temples whose red colour like a peece of pomegranate when it is cut are a part of the beauty of the face and a signe of modestie and shamefastnesse So here in the Church it betokeneth her reverend and modest countenance as fearing and taking heed lest shee should speake or doe amisse or blushing if she hath failed Some doe explaine this to signifie the Governours of the Church and the similitude of the pomegranate to denote the fruit and benefit that commeth by such The Chaldee also expoundeth it of the King in Israel and the locke after mentioned of the Governours under him Vers. 4. like the towre of David whereof mention is made in Nehem. 3. 19. 25. or the fort of Zion which David tooke and builded 2 Sam. 5. 7. 9. Hereby is meant that her necke was upright high and strong for the necke is named in Hebrew Tsavvaar of firmnesse and strength a Tower Migdal is a building great and high Esa. 2. 15. This signifieth the magnanimity and courage the sure hope the bold and comfortable cariage of the Church whiles shee being by faith united unto Christ her head doth no longer bow downe her necke to beare the yoke of her enemies to serve Satan and sinne any more or to bee a servant unto men Rom. 6. 17. 18. 1 Cor. 7. 23. but by the weapons of her warfare which are not carnall but mighty for God 2 Cor. 10. 4. shee standeth and withstandeth in the evill day taking the shield of saith the sword of the Spirit which is the word of God and other like armour wherewith shee defendeth her selfe and discomfiteth all her enemies Ephes. 6. 11. 17. so that her necke is like the horses clothed with thunder and terrour Iob 39. 19. The contrary state of the Church was figured by the captivity of Babylon when her necke was under persecution and her transgressions as ayoke were wreathed and come-up upon her necke Lam. 5. 5. and 1. 14. See after in Song 7. 4. The Hebrewes in their Chaldee Paraphrase expound this necke to meane the Chiefe of the Session or great Councel in Israel for an armorie to hang swords on and other like weapons of warre The Hebrew word Talpijoth used onely in this place is by the Greeke left uninterpreted Thalpioth and seemeth to be derived of Thalah to hang and pijoth two-edged swords meaning all instruments to offend or wound the enemy as the bucklers and shields after mentioned were to defend her selfe bucklers hang or are hanged a buckler hath the name in the originall of protection or defence the word following shields which seemeth to be borrowed from the Hebrew name Shiltei hath the signification of power or dominion as being used of great and mighty men Such bucklers and shields of David were sometime kept in the house of God 2 Chro. 23. 9. and as the taking away of shields from the enemy was a signe of victorie 2 Sam. 8. 7. so the hanging of them up on walles was a signe of glory Ezek. 27. 11. of mighty men This hath reference to Davids worthies or mighty men who held strongly with him in his kingdome and with all Israel to make him King whose names and heroicall deedes are recorded in 1 Chro. 11. 10. 47. Their shields hanged up in Davids towre for moniments are here taken for figures and examples of all the mighty men of God which by the shield of faith in God and Christ the shield of his people have done many great and mighty workes as the Apopostle bringeth a cloud of witnesses in Hebr.
11. with all which the Spouse of Christ is adorned whiles with courage comfort shee followeth the footsteps of their faith and workes and abideth constant sustained by the promises of God Vers. 5. Thy two breasts These are both for ornament and for use as experience in nature and the scriptures shew for God saith to his church thou art come to excellent ornaments thy breasts are fashioned c. Ezek. 16. 7. and sheweth the use of them that her children and lovers may sucke and bee satisfied with the breasts of her consolations c. Esa. 66. 11. So here the breasts of Christs spouse are likened to Roes for pleasantnesse to Fawnes or yong Roes for smalnesse to twinnes for equalizing to Roes feeding among Lilies as in fat and sweet pasture Hereby is signified how the Church is fruitfull in good workes and comfortable words and communication of all Gods blessings so that by her loving affection wholesome doctrines sweet consolations and gracious beneficence her children are delighted and sucking the sincere milke of the word doe grow thereby Esa. 66. 11. 1 Pet. 2. 2. feed among the Lillies in fat sweet and wholesome pasture Hereby is signified that the breasts of the Church that is her doctrines exhortations and consolations wherewith shee nourisheth her children are fed and filled not with humane traditions but with the doctrines of Christ whose lippes are likened unto Lilies dropping sweet smelling myrrh Song 5. 13. So when the soule of the Priests is satiate with fatnesse the Lords people are satisfied with goodnesse as he promised Ier. 31. 14. Vers. 6. Vntill the day dawne or blow see before on chap. 2. 17. shadowes that is darkenesses meaning ignorances infirmities troubles miseries c. as chap. 2. 17. I will get me or I will goe for my selfe It is not evident whether these be the words of Christ withdrawing himselfe for a time or of his spouse betaking her selfe to the mountaine Comparing this place with the former chap. 2. 17. I understand it of the latter that as the Spouse there requested speedy helpe of Christ in the time of her sorrow so here in like tentation shee fleeth for refuge to the mount of myrrh and hill of frankincense where she hopeth for comfort The speech hath reference to mount Morijah whereon the Temple was builded 2 Chron. 3. 1. in which Temple was the holy anointing oile made of pure Myrrh and other chiefe spices as also the incense made of pure frankincense and other sweet spices which were to anoint and sanctifie the holy things and persons and to burne upon the golden Altar daily Exod. 30. 23. 34. 1 Chro. 9. 29. 30. On which mount Abraham long before did offer his sonne Isaak for a sacrifice and upon experience of Gods grace and providence this proverbe was used In the mountaine of-Iehovah it shall bee seene Gen. 22 2. 14. To the kingdome of Christ figured by this mountaine peoples should flow for Gods Law and word was to proceed from it Mich. 4. 1. 2. The church therefore in the darkenesse of her tentations fleeth to the Lords mountaine by faith in Christ meditation in his promises consolation by his graces prayer reading of the scriptures and other like spirituall exercises confirming by faith and hope and waiting with patience till the day should dawne and the day starre arise in her heart as the Apostle speaketh 2 Pet. 1. 19. So Christ himselfe in the daies of his flesh used to goe up into mountaines to pray and spent the whole night in prayer to God Luk. 6. 12. and 9. 28. and preached the Gospell in such places Mat. 5. 1. 2. c. Vers. 7. all faire The Spouse was called faire before in verse 1. and chap. 1. 15. now Christ saith she is all faire whereby hee comforteth her against her feares and infirmities that in him shee hath perfect beauty for he loved her and gave himselfe for her that hee might sanctifie and cleanse her with the washing of water by the word that he might present her to himselfe glorious a Church not having spot or wrinkle or any such thing but that she should be holy and without blemish Eph. 5. 25. 26. 27. no blemish or nospot no fault no blame-worthy thing called in Hebrew Mum and thereof in Greeke Momos which meaneth first any blemish in the body as blinde lame or deformed in any limme or part Lev. 21. 18. 21. Deut. 15. 21. and 17. 1. so is applied to blemishes in the soule that is to sinnes and vices from which Christ purgeth his people that being reconciled unto God in the body of his flesh through faith he might present them holy and without blemish and unreproveable in his sight Colos. 1. 21. 22. Thus the 144. thousand that stand with the Lambe on mount Sion c. are said to be without blemish before the throne of God Rev. 14. 1. 5. Vers. 8. Come with me or Thou shalt come with me Here Christ having cleansed his Spouse by his death calleth her to follow him from the mountaines of wilde beasts from the false Churches and societies of wicked people that forsaking all corruption in her selfe and others shee may walke with him in newnesse and holinesse of life beholding and acknowledging Gods mercy in her deliverance Rom. 6. 6. 13. 22. 1 Pet. 2. 21. 24. and 4. 1. 2 3. 2 Pet. 1. 3. 4. Lebanon in Gr. Libanus a mountaine in the north part of the land of Canaan possessed of old by the Evites Iudg. 3. 3. afterward by the Israelites on it grew many Cedar trees Song 3. 9. but in comparison with other places it was a forrest or wildernesse Esa. 29. 17. and so the haunt of wilde beasts 2 King 14. 9. which is respected here as the end of the verse manifesteth Sometime in respect of the largenesse of the mount and goodly trees thereon it is used to signifie glorious things as in Song 5. 15. and 3. 9. Deut. 3. 25. my spouse or my bride named in Hebrew Callah of the perfection of her attire ornaments and beauty Ier. 2. 32. in Greeke Nymphee which name the Holy Ghost giveth to the Church calling her the Nymphe or Bride the Lambs wife who is prepared as a Bride adorned for her husband Revelat. 21. 9. 2. Christ before had called her his Love or Friend now when she is all faire and without blemish he calleth her Spouse and in verse 9. both Sister and Spouse looke or thou shalt looke shalt see marke and observe top of Amanah or head of Amanah which was a mountaine in Syria the valley and river in it was also called Amanah and Abanah in 2 King 5. 12. and so the Chaldee here expoundeth it the heads that is the Princes of the people that dwell by the river of Amanah shall offer a gift unto thee Humane writers testifie that Amanus was a mountaine forcibly possessed by many tyrants c. Strabo l. 14. So the Holy Ghost here calleth these places dennes
grace or words of grace Luk. 4. 22. which was powred out in the lips of Christ Psal. 45. 3. which set forth by similitude of the pleasant lilie and sweet myâ—rh-oile doe note out the comfort and sweetnesse of the Gospell in the hearts of them that beleeve Vers. 14. The Chrysolite in Hebrew Th 〈…〉 it is a precious stone of a golden sea-green colour see Exod. 28. 20. These hands of Christ likened unto or adorned with gold rings whose hollow place of foyle is set and filled with the Chrysolite signifie his precious pure and glorious workes acceptable and honourable before God and men his bowels that is his breast and belly for in them the bowels are contained as the heart liver c. but he nameth bowels to denote his inward affections outwardly manifested So the heart is said to bee among the bowels in Psal. 22. 15. and the liver is joyned therewith in Lam. 2. 11. where also the bowels are in Greeke translated the heart See before on verse 4. bright yvorie Hebr. brightnesse of yvorie meaning most bright polished faire and glorious overlaid or which is covered and so adorned with Saphirs for in Gen. 38. 14. this word is used for covered where the Greek and Chaldee expound it adorned These bowels of Christ like burnisht yvorie decked with Saphirs which are precious stones of a sea blew or heavenly colour signifie his hearty and heavenly affections love mercy commiseration c. towards God his Law and his people as he saith in Psal. 40. 9. thy Law is within my bowels and bowels are inward-affections in 2 Cor. 7. 15. and joyned with mercies in Phil. 2. 1. and used for tender-mercy in Luk. 1. 78. and Pauls great longing after the Saints is said to be in the bowels of Iesus Christ Phil. 1. 8. The Chaldee Paraphrast applyeth these to the body of the Church of Isâ—ael the twelve Tribes who shined as hee saith like lampes were polished in their workes like Elephants tooth or yvorie and shone like Saphiâ—s Vers. 15. His legges piliars of marble under the name legges the thighes also are comprehended and all down to the feet which are the instruments to beare sustaine and remove the body from place to place so the legges of a man and the strength of an horse are mentioned in Psal. 147. 10. to signifie mans might and swiftnesse And as yron legs denoted a strong Kingdome Daniel 2. 33. 40. so the strength of Christ in his wayes and government is resembled by marble-pillars and the uprightnesse and purity thereof by the colour of white-marble or alabaster founded or grounded set fast as on a foundation sockets of solid gold that is Christs feet on which his legges are set as pillars on their sockets to sustaine and stay them up are of solid gold firme and stable pure and glorious so that his way is perfect his ancles slip not 2 Sam. 22. 33. 37. his foâ—t standeth in righteousnesse Psal. 26. 12. he walketh safely in his way and his foot stumbleth not Prov. 3. 23. with these feet in justice he treadeth downe his enemies Psalme 110. 1. Esay 26 6 2 Sam. 22. 39. 43. but bringeth good tidings of peace to his people Nahum 1. 15. that all they are blessed which trust in him Psal. 2. 12. whereas confidence in an unfaithfull man in the day of trouble is like a fâ—ot out of joint Prov. 25. 19. his countenance or his sight appearance forme that is his personage for this word meaneth not his face only but his whole person to see to he is like Lebanon goodly great high glorious So in 2 Sam. 23. 21 a man of countenance that is a goodly personable man is by another Prophet called a man of measure that is of great and goodly stature 1 Chron. 11. 23. Lebanon a goodly mountaine in the North part of the land of Canaan see Song 4. 8. As Christs large glorious and everlasting Kingdome was signified by a stone that became a great mountaine and filled the whole earth Dan. 2. 35. 44. and other kingdomes also are figured by mountaines Ier. 51. 25. so the largenesse eminency and glory of Christ in his Kingdome is here resembled by mount Lebanon choice that is goodly excellent for things that excell are chosen before other and these words choice and good or goodly are joyned together in the praise of men as in 1 Sam. 9. 2. or of trees Ezek. 31. 16. and choice Cedars are mentioned in Ier. 22. 7. so here Christ is choice as the Cedars meaning goodly excellent flourishing and continuing in vigour the just man groweth as a Cedar in Lebanon Psal. 92. 13. Vers. 16. his palate or the roofe of his mouth 〈◊〉 which as the tongue and lips is the instrument of speaking and so figuratively used for speech or words Prov. 5. 3. sweetnesses or sweets sweet things which properly is meant of sweet meates and drinkes as in Nehem. 8. 10. Prov. 24 13. but applyed to the words of God which are sweet to the soule as honey or other sweets to the taste Psalme 19. 10. and 119. 103. Here the palat or mouth of Christ being likened to sweet things signifieth his words doctrines promises comfoâ—ts proceeding from his spirit and being plainly and powerfully uttered to bee pleasant wholesome comfortable to the soules of such as doe discerne and beleeve them as the Spouse before said his fruit was sweet unto her palat or taste Song 2. 3. So the Wisedome of God saith in Prov. 8. 7. my palate that is my mouth shall speake the truth And the Chaldee here paraphraseth The words of his palate are sweet as honey he is altogether or all every whit of him is desires that is much to be desired he is wholly amiable which the Chaldee expoundeth all his commandements are to bee desired Thus Christ is both generally and in particulars commended and magnified by the tongue of his Spouse unto the daughters of Ierusalem as by the tongue of Paul he was crucified among the Galathians Gal. 3. 〈◊〉 when his sufferings were declared But as he is the power of God and the wisedome of God unto them which are called when to others he is a stumbling blocke and foolishnesse 1 Cor. 1. 23. 24. so here he is to his Spouse and her friends glorious and beautifull but to the world hee is base and ignominious a worme and not a man the reproch of men and contemned of the people Psal. 22. 7 his visage marred more then any man and his forme more then the sonnes of men growing up as a root out of a dry ground having no forme nor comelinesse no beauty that wee should desire him Esay 52. 14. and 53. 2. CHAPTER VI. VVHither is thy beloved gone O thou fairest among Women whither is thy beloved turned-aside that wee may seeke him with thee My beloved is gone-downe to his garden to the beds of spice to feed in the gardens and to gather Lilies I am my beloveds and my beloved
affliction errour ignorance ariseth to her owne and others coÌ„fort Thus it is said to the Church Arise shine for thy light is come and the glorie of the Lord is risen upon thee and the Gentiles shall come to thy light Kings to the brightnesse of thy rising Esay 60. 1. 3. And to such as amend their wayes he promiseth Then shal thy light breake forth as the morning c. Esay 58. 8. faire as the Moone which is called in Hebrew Lebanah of her whitenes and bright shining When glory and prosperity is promised God saith Thy Sun shall no more goe downe neither shall thy Moone withdraw it selfe Esay 60. 20. The light of the Moon shall be as the light of the Sun and the light of the Sun shall be seven fold Esay 30. 26. but when affliction is threatned he saith The Sun and the Moone shall be darkned c. Ioel. 3. 15. Ezek 32. 7. 8. Here therfore the glorious state of the Spouse is signified to the admiration of others as it is said Thy renowne went forth among the heathen for thy beauty for it was perfect through my comlinesse which I had put upon thee saith the Lord God Ezek. 16. 14. cleare as the Sun or pure in Greeke choice as the Sun as v. 9. Christ himselfe is the Sun of righteousnesse Mal. 4. 2. the Woman his Spouse is clothed with the Sun Rev. 12. 1. because by faith she hath put on Christ Gal. 3. 27. by whose righteousnes impured she is purged from all sin and so is made glorious Here also we may observe in her the degrees of grace her first light being like the morning or day dawning her second beauty like the Moone her third degree like the Sun it selfe in brightnesse And so it is said The path of the just is as the shining light that shineth more and more unto the perfect day Prov. 4. 18. terrible to the enemies with whom she is to fight under the banner of Christs Gospell love Song 2. 4. having the weapons of her warfare not carnall but mighty through God to the pulling downe of strong holds c. 2. Cor. 10. 4. So Israel was a people saved by the Lord the shield of their helpe and who was the sword of their excellency Deut. 33. 29. God did put the dread of them and the feare of them upon the nations under the whole heaven who heard the report of them and trembled Deut. 2. 25. The people 's heard and were afraid sorrow tooke hold on the inhabitants of Palestina the Dukes of Edom were amazed the mighty men of Moab trembling took hold upon them all the inhabitants of Canaan melted away feare and dread fell upon them c. Exod. 15. 14. 15. 16. Psal. 48. 5. 6 See before on v. 4. V. 11. I went down The words of Christ shewing how hee went to visit the garden of his Church Nut garden The originall word Egoz is not sound but in this one place the Gr. translateth it the Nut and most interpreters the Arabike also agreeth in which tongue Nuts are called Geuz It meaneth aromaticall trees fruits such as Christs gardens are planted with Song 4. 12. 13. 14. and so is to be understood of that fruit which wee call Nutmegs and the like The Chaldee paraphrast applyeth this Nutgarden to the second Temple builded by Cyrus commandement and the state of the Church then but these Prophesies seeme rather to meane the time under the Gospell as before is shewed the fruits of the valley fruits here properly meane the new greene or first ripe fruits such as are tidie and forward in the beginning of the yeare So after the winter of tribulation and wrath commeth the chearfull Spring of grace in the garden of the Church situate low and base as in a valley or bourne where it is watered with Gods Word and Spirit and made fruitfull The Greeke translateth it fruits of the bourne or streame In hot Countries gardens and orchards were wont to be planted neere bournes streames and pooles of water to make them fruitfull Eccles. 2. 6. Ezek. 31. 4. 5. 7. the pomegranates or pomegranate trees by these and the former vines are meant the people called of God and planted in the garden of his Church which when they flourish in a good profession doe after bring forth the fruits of good workes to the glory of Christ. The Chaldee expoundeth these of the wise men of Israel likened to a vine and their plenty of good workes as the Pomegranate is full of juice and kernels So in Song 7. 12. Vers. 12. I knew not These words seeme to be the continued speech of Christ though some thinke them spoken by his Spouse and by saying I knew not he meaneth experimentall knowledge or perceiving for things are spoken of God after the manner of men as in Gen. 18. â—1 I will goe downe now and see whether they have done altogether according to the cry of it which is come unto me and if not that I may know See also Exod. 33. 5. Gen. 22 12. Now that which Christ here knew not may be understood of the former things that he perceived not the Vines to flourish or the Pomegranate to blossome and therefore calleth upon the Shulammitesse in vers 13. to Returne or that hee knew not neither was aware of the frowardnesse of his people which was beyond mans expectation and therefore hee furthered them as with Chariots to helpe and hasten them forward For Whosever hath to him shall be given and he shall have more abundance Matthew 13. 12. my soule-put me that is I put my selfe but the manner of speech noteth an earnest desire and hearty affection as my soule seeketh Eccles. 7. 28. my soule loveth Song 1. 7. my soule is troubled Psalme 6. 4. my soule hateth Esay 1. 14. my soule is joyfull Esay 61. 10. and many the like the charets of my willing people or of my princely or noble people in Hebrew ammi nadib that is my voluntary free bounteous or noble people The Greeke putting both words in one make it a proper name the charrets of A 〈…〉 adab it rather denoteth the people of Christ which are voluntaries in the day of his power Psalme 110. 3. sustained with a free or princely spirit Psalme 51. 14. and receiving the word with all readinesse or willingnesse of minde as Acts 17. 11. and 2. 41. To such Christ is as Charrets by the ministery of the Word to helpe and hasten them forward in grace and to defend them from their enemies For Charrets were used in warres Iosua 11. 4. 1 Samuel 13. 5. and when God threatneth vengeance unto the wicked he saith hee will come with his charrets like a whirlewinde to render his anger c. Esay 66. 15. And as the Prophets of old were the charret and horsemen of Israel 2 King 2. 12. and 13. 14. and peoples conversion unto Christ is called a bringing of them upon horses and in charrets
of Eden doe not faile by the belly they understand the 70. wisemen or Councellors that sate about him as a round floore whose cellars are full of tithes sanctified things c. and by Lilies the men of the great congregation as Ezra Zorobabel Nehemia Iosua and the like who had their imployment in the Law day and night V. 3. breasts that minister sweet consolations to the children sucking out of them the sincere milk of the Word Esay 66. 11. 1 Pet. 2. 2. See the notes on Song 4. 5. where this resemblance was formerly used V. 4. towre of yvorie faire strong and upright In Song 4. 4. the necke of the Spouse was likened to the towre of David builded for an armory here it is likened to a towre of yvory or of Elephants tooth which the Chaldee paraphrast expoundeth the yvory tower that King Solomon made But we read of no such tower made by him unlesse it be meant of that great throne of yvory which he made 2 Chron. 9. 17. and that may well be called a towre even as the pulpit which was made for Ezra and others to stand upon when they read and expounded the Law unto the people is called in Hebrew a towre Neh. 8. 4. Thus the neck of the Shulammitesse likened to Solomōs yvory thron denoteth the power and glorie of the Church in her cleere doctrine and upright judgements wherby her children are guided and governed peaceably freed from the servitude of men of sin satan all enemies 1 Cor. 7. 23. Rom. 6. 6. Heb. 2. 14. 15. so that now Ierusalem is loosed from the bands of her necke as was promised in Esay 52. 2. and is made to inherite the throne of glorie 1 Sam. 2. 8. See the notes on Song 4. 4. The Chaldee also by the neck here understandeth the judge of Israel the pooles in Heshbon or Cheshbon in Gr. the lakes in Essebon As before her eyes were like doves Song 4. 1. so here they are like water pooles cleare to see the truth and to look unto the wayes and actions of her selfe and others It also may intend her watry eies weeping for her former sins as Ieremy lamenting the sinnes of his poeple wisheth that his eyes were a fountain of tears Ier. 9. 1. and prophesying their conversion he saith they shall come with weeping c. Ier. 31. 9. Heshbon was a city where king Sihon somtime dwelt Num. 21. 26. it was situate in a goodly fertile Countrey which the Reubenites possessed Num. 32. 34. 37. so it seemeth to have in it faire and cleare pooles or ponds of water which beautified it as eyes do the body The Hebrew expositors understand by these eyes the Prophets or as the Chaldee Paraphrast saith Scribes Heshbon by interpretation signifieth a Count computation or artificiall devise and thus some expound it here pooles artificially made and pooles have their name of blessing either because they were esteemed great blessings in those hot dry countries Iudg. 1. 15. or because they were filled with raine the blessing of God Ezek. 34. 26. Bath rabbim or as the Greeke interpreteth it daughter of many so that it was agate frequented of many it may be a gate where the Iudges sate for publike judgments and Assemblies were at the gates Ruth 4. 1. 2 Sam. 19. 8. Lam. 5. 14. wherefore if Heshbon bee not the proper name of a City these pooles may bee thought to bee at some gate of Ierusalem where many people assembled as in Neh. 8. 3. The Chaldee applyeth it to the Governours that sate in gate of the house of the great Councill thy nose This is a principall ornamēt of the face the instrument of smelling of drawing breath somtime it is used for the whole face and oftentime for anger which appeareth by the face and breath Here it seemeth to denote her spirituall courage bold cariage against her enemies because her nose is likened to the towre of Lebanon w ch was high lofty For as in speech of the wicked the loftines of his nose or countenance in Ps. 10. 4. signifieth his lofty stout and proud cariage so here contrariwise it being spoken for praise in the godly her nose like an high tower noteth her courage magnanimity for the truth manifested in her countenance and behaviour so that she discomfiteth all her enemies On the contrary when God threatneth the overthrow of Ierusalem for her adulteries hee saith that her lovers turned to be her enemies should take away her nose and her eares c. Ezek. 23. 25. tower of Lebanon or of Libanus which was a mountaine in the north parts of the land It may here bee understood of the tower of the house called the house of the forrest of Lebanon which Solomon built very stately 1 King 7. 2. in which he put 200. targets and 300. shields made of beaten gold 1 King 10. 17. looking towards Damascus or espying watching beholding the face of Damascus which was the chiefe Citie in Syria Esay 7. 8. called in Hebrew Dammesek sometime Darmesek as in 1 Chron. 18. 5. and Dummesek as 2 King 16. 10. in the Greek and in the new Testament Damascus Act. 9. 2. it lay northward from mount Lebanon aforesaid was a goodly city of praise and of joy Ier. 49. 24. 25. The inhabitants were commonly enemies to Israel and often wars were betweene Gods people and them as the story of Scriptures sheweth 1 Chron. 18. 5. 6. 1 King 11. 24. 25. Esay 7. 5. 8. Amos 1. 3. Wherefore the tower of Lebanon looking or espying watching towards Damascus may intimate here besides the courage the care also of the Spouse for the safeguard of her selfe and her children against the enemy For in times of danger they set on towers high places watchmen or spies to give warning of what they saw Esay 21. 6. 9. Ezek. 33. 2. 6. 2 Sam. 18. 24. 25. Ver. 5. Thine head upon thee This may be understood properly of her head it self likened to mount Carmel or of the ornament upon her head like Carmel or like crimson but both the Greek version and Chaldee paraphrase expound it Carmel the name of a mountaine where Elias killed the Baalists and prayed for raine 1 King 18. 19. 20. 42. Carmel also was a place inhabited by Nabal 1 Sam. 25. 2. 5. It seemeth to have beene very fertile Nahum 1. 4. for a fruitfull place is called Carmel opposed to a barren wildernesse Esay 32. 15. and 29. 17. and 33. 9. Ierem. 4. 26. Thus her head likened to Carmel may signifie her mind filled with the knowledge of God and fruitfull in graces so God promising the restauration of his Church saith Israel shall feed on Carmel and Bashan c. Ierem. 50. 19. and foretelling the glory of Christs Kingdome saith the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it the excellency of Carmel and Sharon c. Esay 35. 2. The Hebrew Carmil is also used for crimson or scarlet colour 2 Chron. 3.
through Christ Iesus Phil. 4. 7. Vers. 11. Solomon had a Uineyard c. These words may be understood as spoken by Christ or by his Spouse forementioned If by Christ then it is a comparison betweene Solomon with his vine-yard and Christ with his That Solomon as his father David 1 Chro. 27. 27. could not himselfe looke to his Vineyards but appointed officers to looke unto them who yeelded him a yeerely tribute and had themselves a part of the profit for their labour but Christ who is alwaies with his Church Matth. 28. 20. and walketh in the midst of the seven golden candle stickes Revel 2. 1. looketh to his Vineyard himselfe that unto him all the fruit and benefit thereof belongeth alone If it be spoken by his Spouse which I rather incline unto then it sheweth a greater care and diligence in her now then in former times when she confessed that shee kept not the Vineyard which was hers that is which was committed to her custodie Song 1. 6. So by Solomon she meaneth Christ by the Vineyard his church in generall for the house of Israel was the Lords Uineyard Esa. 5. 7. Baal hamon that is by interpretation the master or owner of a multitude meaning hereby either the world among the multitudes whereof Christ hath his Church or in respect of the much fruit which it yeelded unto God or should yeeld being situate in a fertile place which he had blessed with his grace such as in Esay 5. 1. is called the horne of the sonne of oile that is a very fruitfull hill he gave the Uineyard that is he let it out in farme as it is said There was a certain householder which planted a vineyard c. and let it out to husbandmen and went into a farre countrie Mat. 21. 33. Thus the Apostle saith to the Church of Corinth Wee are labourers together with God yee are Gods husbandrie 1 Cor. 3. 9. a thousand shekels of silver or a thousand silverlings meaning silver shekels signifying hereby the great fertilitie of this Vineyard that afforded so much to the owner besides the labourers reward So in Esa. 7. 23. threatning to make the most fruitfull place desolate he saith Where there were a thousand vines at a thousand silverlings or silver shekels it shall bee for briars and thornes Vers. 12. My vineyard which is mine that is understanding it to bee spoken by the Spouse as in Song 1. 6. which is committed to my care and keeping is before me that is I alwaies looke unto it care for it and am diligent to manure and dresse it As all his judgements were before me and his statutes I departed not from them 2 Sam. 22. 23. to thee O Solomon that is thou shalt have thy full due for the fruit of thy vineyard which is a 1000. silverlings vers 11. See Math. 21. 41. 200. to those that keepe the fruit that is thy labourers shall receive also according to the agreement every one for his worke see Mat. 20. 1. 2. c. So the Apostle saith Every man shall receive his owne reward according to his owne labour 1 Cor. 3. 8. Vers. 13. Thou that dwellest or O inhabitresse Christ speaketh to his Spouse dwelling in the gardens that is in the Churches teaching her continuall duty both to her neighbours in constant witnessing of the truth and to himselfe in prayer and thanksgiving the companions attending or doe attend to thy voice By companions he seemeth to meane her fellow Christians partakers of the same faith spirit and grace 2 Pet. 1. 1. By voice hee understandeth the doctrine of the Church whereunto all ought to attend cause thou me to heare to weet thy voice as he expressed before in Song 2. 14. Let me heare thy voice that is thy prayers praises and thanksgivings teaching her to call upon and to serve him continually Or cause to heare me that is preach me to thy companions that attend to thy voice let thy doctrines be my Gospell not mens traditions These are the two maine and permanent duties of all Gods churches that their doctrine be the true and uncorrupt word of Christ their prayers service be directed to him alone who is ready to heare and help in all time of need To these two prayer and the Ministery of the Word the Apostles gave themselves continually Act. 6. 4. Vers. 14. Flee my Beloved The prayer of the Spouse unto Christ desiring the end of his Kingdome in this world where he with his people are persecuted and afflicted and the translating thereof into the highest heavens For Christ now raigneth in the midst of his enemies Psal. 110. 2. and so must raigne till he hath put all enemies under his feete and at the end he shall deliver up the Kingdome to God even the Father 1 Cor. 15. 24. 25. Then the dead in Christ arising first they also that live and remaine shall be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the ayre and so shall we ever be with the Lord 1 Thes. 4. 16. 17. This day she desireth with speed for though it be usually called the day of Christs comming or appearing yet because he shall not come here to remaine but to cary his elect away out of this world shee useth the word Flee or Depart away The Hebrews in their Chaldee paraphrast though they apply not this to the end of the world yet so speake as beleeving that Christ should ascend into heaven and from thence succour his church on earth saying At that time shall the Elders of the Congregation of Israel say Flee thou O my Beloved the Lord of the world from this uncleane earth and let thy Majesty dwell in the highest heavens and in timâ— of tribulation when wee shall pray before thee bee like a Roe c or like a Fawne of the Harts which when it fleeth looketh behinde it so looke thou upon us and have respect to our tribulation and our affliction from the highest heavens untill the time that thou shalt take pleasure in us and redeeme us and bring us unto the mountaine of Ierusalem and there the Priests shall burn before thee the incense of sweet spices be thou like or liken resemble thy selfe to a Roe that is be swift and make hast to flee away see the notes on Song 29. 17. fawne of the Harts that is a yong Hart. on the mountaines of spices This referred to the Roe or Hart sheweth that they used to flee for their succour to mountaines where spices grew as in Song 2. 17. she mentioned the mountaines of Bether Or referring it to Christ himselfe it may meane the very heavens called mountaines of spices for the height and pleasures which are there at the right hand of God for ever And it may be interpreted O thou that art on the mountaines of spices that is in heaven as Hosanna in the highest Matth. 21. 9. that is thou which art in the highest heavens Thus as this Song began with desire of Christs first comming to kisse her with the kisses of his mouth by preaching his Gospell so it endeth with desire of his second comming to remove his Church out of all misery into the place of endlesse and incomprehensible glory And the Spirit and the Bride say Come and let him that heareth say Come and Christ himselfe saith Surely I come quickly Amen Even so Come Lord Iesus Revel 22. 17 20. FINIS
foreskins they cut them both off in the 8 day Maimony treat of Circum c. 1. S. 7. child of the house that is the home borne servant see the notes on Gen. 15. 3. So after in vers 13. 23. bought with money Hebr. purchase of silver whereby all money and price is meant By this it appeareth that the Heathens also might be partakers of Abrahams covenant and of grace in Christ and so of all other blessings in the Church for every circumcised person did also eate the passeover which was another figure of Christ Exod. 12. 48 1 Cor. 5. 7. Of this point the Hebrew Canons say Whether a servant be borne under the power of an Israelite or be received from the heathens the master is bound to circumcise him But he that is borne in the house is circumcised on the 8 day and he that is bought with money is circumcised in the day that he is received although he receive him in the day that he is born he is circumcised in that day If he receive of the Heathens a servant growne in yeeres and the servant bee not willing to be circumcised he dealeth with him a whole twelve moneth More then that it is not lawfull to keep him he being uncircumcised but he must sell him again to the Heathens And if he conditioned with him at the first whiles he was with his master the Ethnik that he should not circumcise him it is lawfull to keepe him though be be uncircumcised onely so that he take upon him the seven commandements given to the sonnes of Noe and he shall be as a stranger sojourning in the land But if he will not take upon him those seven commandements he is to kill him out of hand Maimony treat of Circumcis chap. 1. S. 3. 6. Of the seven commandements to the sonnes of Noe see the notes on Gen. 9. 4. And for killing such as would not yeeld to those precepts it is to bee understood whiles the common wealth of Israel stood but when they were in captivity or dispersion they sold away such servants to the Heathens as R. Abraham ben David noteth there upon Maimony And that we may the better know how they were wont to receive heathens into the Church of Israel I will note it from the Hebrew Doctors By three things say they did Israel enter into the covenant by Circumcision and Baptisme and Sacrifice Circumcision was in Aegypt as it is written No uncircumcised shall eat thereof Exod. 12. 48. Baptisme was in the wildernesse before the giving of the Law as it is written Sanctifie them to day and to morrow and let them wash their clothes Exod. 19. 10. And Sacrifice as it is said And he sent yong men of the sonnes of Israel which offred burnt-offrings c. Exod. 24. 5. And so in all ages when an Ethnik is willing to enter into the covenant and gather himselfe under the wings of the Majesty of God and take upon him the yoke of the Law he must be circumcised and baptised and bring a sacrifice And if it be a woman she must be baptised and bring a sacrifice as it is written Num. 15. 15. as ye are so shall the stranger be How are ye By circumcision and baptisme and bringing of a sacrifice so likewise the stranger throughout all generations by circumcision and baptisme and bringing of a sacrifice And what is the strangers sacrifice A burnt-offring of a beast or two turile doves or two yong pigeons both of them for a burnt offring And at this time when there is no sacrificing they must be circumcised and baptised and when the Temple shall be builded they are to bring the sacrifice A stranger that is circumcised and not baptised or baptised and not circumcised he is not a Proselyte till he be both circumcised and baptised And he must be baptised in the presence of three c. Even as they circumcise and baptise strangers so doe they circumcise and baptise servants that are received from heathens into the name of servitude c. When a man or woman commeth to joyne a Proselyte they make diligent inquiry after such lest they come to get themselves under the law for some riches that they should receive or for dignity that they should obtaine or for feare If he be a man they inquire whether he have not set his affection on some Iewish woman or a woman her affection on some yong man of Israel If no such like occasion bee found in them they make knowne unto them the waightinesse of the yoake of the Law and the toyle that is in the doing thereof above that which peoples of other lands have to see if they will leave off If they take them upon them and withdraw not and they see them that they come of love then they receive them as it is written When she saw that she was stedfastly minded to goe with her then she left speaking unto her Ruth 1. 18. Therfore the Iudges received no Proselytes all the dayes of David and Solomon Not in Davids dayes lest they should have come of feare nor in Solomons lest they should have come because of the kingdome and great prosperity which Israel then had For who so commeth from the heathens for any thing of the vanities of this world he is no righteous Proselyte Notwithstanding there were many Proselytes that in Davids and Solomons dayes joyned themselves in the presence of private persons and the Iudges of the great Synedrion had a care of them they drove them not away after they were baptised out of any place neither tooke they them neere unto them untill their after fruits appeared Maimony in Misn. tom 2. in Issurei biah ch 13. S. 1. 6. 11. 14. 15. Hereupon Baptisme was nothing strange unto the Iewes when Iohn the Baptist beganne his ministery Matth. 3. 5. 6. they made question of his person that did it but not of the thing it selfe Iohn 1. 25. And as Iohn said of Christ hee shall baptise you with the holy Ghost and with fire Matth. 3. 11. so the Hebrew Doctors say The holy blessed God baptiseth with fire and the wise shall understand R. Menachem on Lev. 8. strangers son that is gentile or paynim one forraine born and without the priviledge of Gods people The Chaldee translate it sonne of the peoples Such would God admit if they beleeved in him to bee partakers of Abrahams covenant Vers. 13. circumcised with circumcision or circumcising circumcised that is certainly or in any wise circumcised Which strict charge is both for the thing it selfe and for the manner and time thereof which was the 8 day after their birth Yet as God desireth mercy and not sacrifice Hos. 6. 6. so sicknesse and weaknesse of body might put off circumcision till time of health as the Hebrew Canons say They circumcise not him that is sicke untill he be well and they reckon for him from the time that hee is recovered from his sicknesse seven dayes from time
to time and afterwards they circumcise him By which words is meant if he have an ague or like sicknesse but if hee have sore eyes or the like they circumcise him so soone as they are whole If a child be found on the 8 day to be very pale coloured they circumcise him not till the blood come againe into his countenance like the countenance of children that are in health Likewise if hee be very red they circumcise him not till his blood be sunk down into him and his countenance come againe like other children for this is a sicknesse and men must be admonished well of these things If a woman circumcise her first sonne and he die through fervency of the circumcision which decayed his strength Also she circumciseth her second child and he dye through the fervency of the circumcision whether shee have this child by her first husband or by a second loe her third child shall not bee circumcised in the time thereof but they defer it till he wexe great and his strength be made firme They circumcise none but children that are without sicknesse for perill of life putteth away all And it is possible to circumcise after the time but unpossible to restore the life of any one of Israel for ever Maimony treat of Circumcis ch 1. S. 16. 17. 18. your flesh that is the secret part or member of generation for so the word flesh here and in other places in speciall meaneth Ezek. 16. 26. and 23. 20. Lev. 15. 2. God set not the signe of his covenant on the lips eares or other parts of man which yet the Scripture calleth also uncircumcised Exod. 6. 30. Ier. 6. 10. but on the privy member to teach the regeneration of nature even of the whole man who is borne in sin Psal. 51. 7. and the derivation of his covenant to the seed of the faithful who are thereby holy Ezr. 9. 2. 1 Cor. 7. 14. and to signifie that the true circumcision is inward and secret Rom. 2. 28. 29. This which in the eyes of man seemeth a thing unprofitable foolish and ignominious doth God chuse to make a signe of the covenant of his grace in Christ who is also himselfe a scandall and foolishnesse to the world but the foolishnesse of God is wiser then the wisedome of men 1 Cor. 1. 23. 25. And that member of the body which man thought to be lesse honourable on it God put on more abundant honour as 1 Cor. 12. 23. that it should beare the marke of the heavenly covenant Vers. 14. that soule that is as the Chaldee expoundeth it that man see Gen. 12. 5. cut off The Greeke and Chaldee translate it destroyed and consumed This word is used before in Gen. 9. 11. and after often in the law Exod. 12. 15. 19. and 31. 14. Lev. 7. 20. 21. 25. 27 c. It is sometime spoken of God cutting off men by death for their sinnes Lev. 17. 10. and 20. 3. 5. 6. and so the Hebrewes understand it here and in all other like places that for willing transgression in secret God will cut them off by untimely death and if there be witnesses of it the Magistrate is to punish or kill them but for ignorant transgression they were to bring the appointed sacrifices Vnder this also eternall damnation is implyed Maimony in treat of Repentance chap. 8. S. 1. speaking of eternall death saith And this is the Cutting off written of in the Law as it is said in Num. 15. 31. that soule shall bee cut-off he shall be cut off Which we have heard expounded thus cut off in this world and cut off in the world to come Of this sanction here they say If the father or master doe transgresse and circumcise not they break a commandement but are not guilty of cutting-off for cutting-off belongs but to the uncircumcised person him-selfe Maimony treat of Circumcis c. 1. S. 1. Howbeit Moses the father had almost beene killed for not circumcising his sonne Exod. 4. 24. c. broken or made frustrate broken downe this word is opposed to the former stablishing or making firm in vers 7. The Hebrewes have a canon who so breaketh the covenant of Abraham our father and leaveth his superfluous-foreskin or gathereth it over again although he have in him the law and good workes hee hath no portion in the world to come Maimony treat of Circumcis chap. 3. S. 8. Which rule is true according to the Apostles interpretation applying circumcision to the heart spirit and faith in Christ Rom. 2. 29. and 4. 11. Col. 2. 11. Vers. 15. Sarah in Greeke Sarrha The letter j changed into h signified the multiplication of her children as before in Abrams name vers 5. And the Greeke having no h at the end of words doubleth therefore the letter r with an aspiration Sarrha and so the Apostles also write it Rom. 9. 9. 1 Pet. 3. 6. Sarai the Chaldean name is made Hebrew Sarah which is by interpretation a Princesse The Apostle calleth her a Freewoman and maketh her a figure of the new Testament and heavenly Ierusalem Gal. 4. 22. 24. 26. and the example of Abraham and Sarah thus called blessed and increased is set forth for their children the Church to consider and comfort themselves withall Esay 51. 1. 2. 3. Vers. 16. shall be to nations that is shall become nations and bee a mother of them both in the flesh and in the Lord. For all godly women are called her children 1 Pet. 3. 6. and Ierusalem her answerable type is the mother of us all Galat. 4. 26. Psal. 87. 5. 6. Vers. 17. laughed that is as the Chaldee translateth it rejoyced and so the word after importeth Gen. 21. 6. though sometime it implyeth also a doubting as in Gen. 18. 12. 13. but the praise of Abrahams faith who was not weake nor staggering but gave glory to God Rom. 4. 19. 20. seemeth to free him from this imputation Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it he marvelled Of this word laughed in Hebrew jsaak the child promised was called Isaak in whom Abraham saw the day of Christ and rejoyced old Hebr. sonne of 100 yeeres that is going in his hundred yeere So Sarah was daughter of ninety yeeres See Gen. 5. 32. At these yeeres both their bodies were now dead unapt for generation Rom. 4. 19. Heb. 11. 12. Vers. 19. shall beare or beareth speaking as of a thing present for God calleth the things which bee not as though they were Rom. 4. 17. Isaak Heb. Iitschak the same word used before in vers 17. and signifieth laughing or joy for besides his father and mother all that heare have occasion to laugh and rejoice for his birth Gen. 21. 6. in whom both Christ the joy of the whole earth was represented and all the children of promise Iohn 8. 56. Rom. 9. 7. 8. Gal. 4. 28. seed the Greeke version addeth to be a God to him and to his seed as before in verse 7. Vers. 20. heard the Chaldee
in the Law another inward in the heart 2 Cor. 3. 13. 14. c. And as without a veil the people could not heare Moses so except the Law be veiled and hath as it were a new face upon it the naturall man cannot endure the glory of it so terrible it is to the conscience of sinners R. Menachem here observeth how the former Ancients of Israel at the reading of the Booke of the Law covered their faces and said hee that heareth from the mouth of the reader is as hee that heareth from the mouth of Moses Vers. 34. tooke off the veil whereof there was no use in the sight of God who doth not onely know himselfe the use and end of his Law but sheweth the same also to others which was likewise here figured for when men shall be turned to the Lord the veile shall be taken away 2 Cor. 3. 16. Vers. 35. put the veil againe on hereby signifying the continuall glory of his ministery and infirmity of the people till both of them be done a way Which is accomplished by the Gospell the ministration of the Spirit and of righteousnesse which exceeds in glory so that Moses ministery hath no glory in this respect for Christ taketh away the veil so that we may both stedfastly looke to the end of the Law which is abolished and all of us with unveiled face beholding as in a glasse the glory of the Lord are changed into the same image from glory to glory even as by the Spirit of the Lord 1 Cor. 5. 8. 18. CHAP. XXXV 1 Moses commandeth the people from the Lord to keepe the Sabbath 4 to bring willing offrings of gold silver brasse and other stuffe for the Tabernacle and furniture thereof 20 The people goe and bring voluntary gifts 22 Men and women bring their Iewels and ornaments and other stuffe such as they had 25. The wise women spin the stuffe 27 The Rulers bring precious stones and spices 30 Bezaleel and Aholiab are shewed to be the men whom God had filled with his Spirit and Wisedome to doe the worke of the Sanctuary 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Moses gathered together all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel and said unto them These are the words which Iehovah hath commanded to doe them Sixe dayes shall worke be done but on the seventh day there shall be to you holinesse a Sabbath of sabbatisme to Iehovah whosoever doth any worke therein shall be put-to-death Ye shall kindle no fire in any of your habitations upon the Sabbath day And Moses said unto all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel saying this is the thing which Iehovah hath commanded saying Take yee from amongst you an offring unto Iehovah whosoever is willing in his heart let him bring it the offring of Iehovah Gold and silver brasse And blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre And Rams skins dyed-red and Tachash skins and Shittim wood And oile for the Light and spices for the anointing oile and for the incense of sweet-spices And Beryll stones filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest plate And every wise harted among you shall come and make all that Iehovah hath commanded The Tabernacle the tent thereof and the covering thereof the taches thereof and the boards thereof the bars thereof the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof The arke and the bars there of the Covering-mercy-seat and the veile of the covering The Table and the barres thereof and all the vessels thereof and the shew-bread And the Candlesticke for the Light and the vessels thereof and the lamps thereof and the oile for the Light And the Altar of incense and the bars thereof and the anointing oyle and the incense of sweet spices and the hanging veile of the doore for the doore of the Tabernacle The Altar of Burnt offring and the grate of brasse which is for it the bars thereof and all the vessels thereof the Laver and the foot thereof The tapestry-hangings of the Court the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof and the hanging-veile of the gate of the Court The pinnes of the Tabernacle and the pins of the Court and their coards The garments of ministery to minister in the holy-place the garments of holinesse for Aaron the Priest and the garments of his sonnes to minister-in-the-priests-office And all the congregation of the Sonnes of Israel departed from the presence of Moses And they came every man whose heart stirred him up and every one whose spirit made him willing they brought the offring of Iehovah for the worke of the Tent of the Congregation and for all the service thereof and for the garments of holinesse And they came the men with the women every-one that was willing hearted they brought bracelets and eare-rings and rings and tablets all jewels of gold and every man that offered offred an offring of gold unto Iehovah And every man with whom was found blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre and Rammes skinnes dyed red and Tachash skinnes brought them Every one that offred an offring of silver and of brasse they brought the offring of Iehovah and every one with whom was found Shittim wood for any work of the service brought it And every woman that was wise hearted did spinne with her hands and they brought the spun-worke the blew and the purple and the scarlet and the fine-linnen And all the women whose heart stirred them up in wisedome spunne Goats hayre And the Rulers brought Beryll stones and filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest-plate And spice and oyle for the Light and for the anointing oyle and for the incense of sweet-spices Every man and woman whose heart made them willing to bring for all the work which Iehovah had commanded to make by the hand of Moses the sonnes of Israel ◠brought a willing offring unto Iehovah And Moses said unto the sonnes of Israel See Iehovah hath called by name Bezaleel the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudah And he hath filled him with the Spirit of God in wisedome in understanding and in knowledge and in all workmanship And to devise cunning-worke to worke in gold and in silver and in brasse And in ingraving of stone to fill and in carving of wood to work in all cunning works And hee hath given into his heart for to teach he and Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamach of the Tribe of Dan. He hath filled them with wisedome of heart to make all worke of the ingraver and of the cunning-workman and of the embroiderer in blew and in purple in scarlet and in fine-linnen and of the weaver even of them that doe any worke and that devise cunning workes Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 HEre beginneth the 22 Section of the Law See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10. Vers. 2. holinesse that is a day of holinesse or an holy day and signe of holinesse from the Lord See Exod. 31. 13.
14 c. of sabbathisme that is of rest see Exod. 16. 23. and 31. 15. any worke to wit of his owne workes wayes or words Ex. 20. 9. Esay 58. 13. to except the workes commanded of God as circumcision offring of sacrifice and the like Ioh. 7 22. 23. Matth. 12. 5. and works of necessity and of mercy towards man or beast Matth 12. 7. 11. 12. See the annotations on Exodus 20. 8. c. Vers. 3. kindle no fire either for to doe worke with or to dresse meat for that was unlawfull on the Sabbath though lawfull on other feast dayes Exod. 12. 16. or for to punish malefactors as the Hebrew Doctors say Punishments may not be inflicted on the Sabbath though it bee commanded to punish malefactors yet may it not bee done on the Sabbath As when one is condemned by the Iudges to stripes or unto death he may not bee beaten or put to death on the Sabbath for it is written Yee shall kindle no fire c. this is a warning to the Iudges that they burne not on the Sabbath him that is condemned to bee burnt and the like is for other punishments Maimony treat of the Sabbath Chap. 24. Sect. 7. The like order they take against Iudging of causes of the Sabbath Ibidem Chap. 23. Sect. 14. Vers. 5. an offring or an heave offring in Greek and Chaldee a separation a gift separated unto God from their other goods See the notes on Exod. 25. 2 Vers. 6. blew in Greeke hyacinth see Ex. 25. 4. Vers. 7. Shittim in Greeke incorruptible wood see Exod. 25. 5. Vers. 8. oile of the olive see Exod. 27. 20. anointing or oile of unction whereof see Eoxd 30. 23. c. incense of sweet spices in Greeke composition of incense see Exod. 30. 54. c. Vers. 9. filling to be set in golden ouches Hebr. stones of fillings see Exod. 25. 7. and 28. 17. 20. Vers. 11. Tabernacle or Habitacle whereof see Exod. 26. barres or barre meaning all and euerie one See the notes on Exod. 32. 19. So in Exodus 39. 33. Vers. 12. Arke or Coffer wherein the Tables of the Law were put see Exod. 25. 10. In Greeke the Arke of the testimony of the covering the veil that hid the most holy place whereof see Exod. 26. 31. c. So after in Exod. 39. 34. The Greeke translateth it onely the veil Vers. 13. Table described in Exod. 25. 23. c. Shew bread in Greeke bread of proposition See Exod. 25. 30. Vers. 14. for the Light or Candlesticke of light that is the shining Candlestick whose lamps gave light alwayes So starres of light Psal. 148. 3. that is shining starres Vers. 15. Altar the golden altar whereof see Exod. 30. 1. c. hanging-veil see Exod. 26. 36. Vers. 16. Altar the brazen altar whereof see Exod. 27. 1. c. the foot or the Base see Exodus 30. 18. Vers. 17. tapestry-hangings see Ex. 27. 9. c. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Vers. 19. of ministery or of service see Exodus 31. 10. for Aaron described in Exod. 28. This was the summe of Moses Sermon to the people at this assembly wherein he taught them both what gifts to bring and what holy things were to be made for the service of God as hee had beene before commanded Exod. 25. c. Vers. 21. stirred or lifted him up to doe it chearfully and so made him willing as the Chalde◠translateth it Vers. 22. bracelets or chaines or hookes the Greeke translateth seals Compare this with their fact before in Exod. 32. where they gave their Iewels to make an Idoll offred Hebrew waved because they were heaved up and waved when they were given to the Lord and is therefore called a wave offring Exod. 38. 24. Vers. 24. was found If there bee first a willing mind it is accepted according to that a man hath and not according to that he hath not 2 Cor. 8. 12. Vers. 25. did spin of the vertuous woman it is said She lareth her hands to the spindle and her hands hold the distaffe Prov. 31. 19. So for the building of Gods spirituall Tabernacle there were women that laboured in the Gospell Phil. 4. 3. that laboured much in the Lord Rom. 16. 3. 6. 12. Contrary were they that wove hangings for the grove 2 King 2◠7 Vers. 29. willing offring or voluntary gift So ought all things that we give unto God or for his sake be freely given as every man purposeth in his heart not of griefe or of necessity for God leveth a chearfull giver 2 Cor. 9. 7. Compare herewith the offrings of David and the Princes and people of Israel towards the building of Gods Temple which caused great joy in men and thankes unto God 1 Chron. 29. 3. 6. 9. 10. c. Vers. 30. Bezaleel of whom see Exod. 31. 2. c. He was for Moses Tabernacle as Hiram for Solomons Temple 1 King 7. 13. 14. as Paul and the other Apostles for the Temple of Christs Church 1. Cor. 3. 10. But the Tabernacle of Christs naturall body was greater and more perfect not made with hands that is not of this building Heb. 9. 11. and 10. 20. the Workmaster thereof was the holy Ghost himselfe Luke 1. 34. 35. Vers. 31. Spirit of God in Greeke a divine Spirit of wisedome See Exod. 31. 3. Vers. 34. Aholiab in Greeke Eliab See Exodus 31. 6. Vers. 35. cunning-workman who wrought both sides alike whereas the embroiderer wrought curiously but the one side see the notes on Exod. 26. 1. of the weaver which the Chaldee expoundeth weaving understanding by the weaver the weavers worke as elsewhere the Scripture useth Spirits for the gifts of the Spirit 1 Cor. 14. 12. 32. that devise in Chaldee that teach cunning or artificiall workes By these were figured the varieties of graces which were abundantly to be seene in the first building of Christ Church after that men had received the Spirit of God by the preaching of the Gospell from the mouthes of the master workmen the Apostles 1 Cor. 1. 5. 7. and 12. 4. 8. 9. 10. 11. Gal. 3. 2. 5. Acts 19. 4. 6. CHAP. XXXVI 1 The offrings are delivered to the workemen 5 The people bringing more then enough for the worke are restrained 8 The making of the embroidered curtaines with Cherubims 14 The curtaines of goats hayre 19 The coverings of Rams skinnes and Tachash skinnes 20 The boards with their sockets 31 The barres 35 The Veile 37 The hanging for the doore THen did Bezaleel and Aholiah and every wise hearted man they to whom Iehovah gave wisedome and understanding to know to doe all the work for the service of the Sanctuary according to all that Iehovah had commanded And Moses called Bezaleel and Aholiab and every wise hearted man in whose heart Iehovah had given wisedome even every-one whose heart stirred him up to come-neere unto the worke to doe it And they tooke from before Moses all the offring which the sonnes of Israel had brought for
and Gen. 4. 3. Vers. 23. the mouth that is as the Chaldee saith the word in Greeke the commandement and that the Lord signified his will sometimes by word and not by signe onely of the clouds removing appeareth by Deut. 1. 6 7. and 2. 3 4. by the hand that is by the ministerie of Moses who both governed the people under God and used praier at their journeying and encamping Num. 10. 35 36. Compare Psal. 77. 21. Esai 63. 12. CHAP. X. 1 The Lord commandeth to make two silver trumpets and to use them for calling of the assembly and for the journeying of the camps and when they went to warre and when they offered sacrifice in their solemnities 11 The cloud rising the Israelites remove from Sinai to Paran 14 The order of their march 29 Hobab is intreated by Moses not to leave them 33 The praier of Moses at the removing and resting of the Arke ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Make unto thee two trumpets of silver of beaten worke shalt thou make them and they shall be unto thee for the calling of the assembly and for the journeying of the camps And they shall blow with them and all the assemblie shall assemble themselves unto thee at the doore of the Tent of the congregation And if they blow with one then the Princes the heads of the thousands of Israel shall assemble themselves unto thee And if yee blow an alarme then the camps that encampe on the East side shall take their journey And if ye blow an alarme the second time then the camps that encampe on the South side shall take their journey they shall blow an alarme for their journeyes And when yee gather together the Congregation ye shall blow and shall not sound an alarme And the sonnes of Aaron the Priests shall blow with the trumpets and they shall be unto you for a statute for ever throughout your generations And if yee goe to warre in your land against the distresser that distresseth you then ye shall sound an alarme with the trumpets and ye shall be remembred before Iehovah your God and ye shall be saved from your enemies And in the day of your gladnesse and in your solemne feasts and in the beginnings of your moneths then ye shall blow with the trumpets over your Burnt-offrings and over the sacrifices of your Peace-offrings and they shall be unto you for a memoriall before your God I am Iehovah your God And it was in the second yeere in the second moneth in the twentieth day of the moneth the cloud was taken up from off the Tabernacle of the Testimonie And the sonnes of Israel journeyed by their journeyes out of the wildernesse of Sinai and the cloud rested in the wildernesse of Pharan And they journeyed at the first at the mouth of Iehovah by the hand of Moses And the standard of the campe of the sonnes of Iudah journyed in the first place according to their armies and over his army was Naasson the son of Amminadab And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Issachar was Nethaneel the son of Zuar And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Zabulon was Eliab the son of Helon And the Tabernacle was taken downe and the sons of Gershon and the sons of Merari journeyed bearing the Tabernacle And the standard of the campe of Reuben journeyed according to their armies and over his armie was Elizur the son of Shedeur And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Simeon was Shelumiel the sonne of Zurishaddai And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Gad was Eliasaph the sonne of Deguel And the Kohathites journeyed bearing the Sanctuarie and they set up the Tabernacle against they came And the standard of the camp of the sons of Ephraim journeyed according to their armies and over his army was Elishama the son of Ammihud And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Manasses was Gamaliel the sonne of Pedahzur And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Benjamin was Abidan the son of Gideoni And the standard of the campe of the sons of Dan journeyed the rereward of all the camps throughout their armies and over his armie was Ahiezer the sonne of Ammishaddai And over the armie of the tribe of the sons of Aser was Pagiel the son of Ocran And over the armie of the tribe of the sonnes of Naphtali was Ahira the son of Enan These were the journeyings of the sons of Israel according to their armies when they journeyed And Moses said unto Hobab the son of Reguel the Midianite the father in law of Moses We are journeying unto the place of which Iehovah said I will give it unto you goe thou with us and we will doe thee good for Iehovah hath spoken good concerning Israel And he said unto him I will not goe but unto my land and unto my kinred I will goe And he said Leave us not I pray thee forasmuch as thou knowest our encamping in the wildernesse and thou maiest be to us for eyes And it shall be if thou wilt goe with us yea it shall be that that good wherewith Iehovah shall doe good unto us we also will doe good unto thee And they journeyed from the mountaine of Iehovah three daies journey and the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah journeyed before them the three daies journey to search out for them a rest And the cloud of Iehovah was over them by day when they journeyed out of the campe And it was when the Arke journeyed that Moses said Rise up Iehovah and let thine enemies be scattered and let them that hate thee flee from thy face And when it rested hee said Returne Iehovah unto the ten thousands thousands of Israel Annotations MAke unto thee After the constitution and order of the Church about the Lords San 〈…〉 ie and for their journeying towards Canaan here followeth the appointment of such publike instruments as were requisite for the congregation both when they journeyed and when they rested when they went to war or were in distresse and when they were in peace two trumpets a trumpet called Chatsotsrah was of metall a Cornet called Shophar whereof see Levit. 23. 24. was of horne both these were used after in Israel 2 Chron. 15. 14. Psalm 98. 6. Here at first were but two trumpets as Aaron had but two sons Priests Eleazar and Ithamar after as the Priests and businesse were increased so were the number of trumpets that in Solomons time there were 120. Priests sounding with trumpets 2 Chron. 5. 12. From which places compared the Hebrew canons shew that there never might be in the Sanctuarie at Gods publike worship there fewer than two trumpets nor moe than 120. Maimony in Cle hammikdash ch 3. sect 4. of silver which was the purest metall and fittest for sound fit also for signification for the word of God and lively graces of his spirit were figured by these trumpets as
gone farre from thee shall perish thou suppressest every one that goeth a whoring from thee And I to draw nigh to God is good for me I have set my hope for safety in the Lord Iehovih for to tell all thy workes Annotations THe third Booke to wit of Psalmes See the Note on Psal. 42. Vers. 1. of Asaph or to Asâ—ph who was both a Prophet and a singer see Psal. 50. 1. The like title is of the 10. Psalmes following These are for the most part complaints and meditations of the troubles of Gods people Vers. 2. almost or a very little lacked but my feet had swarved so after welnigh or almost nothing lacked but my steps had beene shed noting hereby his great danger to have fallen through his infirmity had not faith in God sustained him swarved or turned declined This and the next word slipped have a double reading in the Hebrew by the vowels they had swarâ—â—d they had slipped by the consonants it had swarved it had slipped meaning each of his feet and every of his steps to his utter ruine slipped out or been powred out to wit as water and so I had beene lost Vers. 3. envied or was jealous had envious zeale See Psal. 37. 1. Vers. 4. bands or knots that is paines sores diseases c. in their death or till their death meaning that they live long in pleasure dye at ease as is explained Iob 21. 13. They spend their daies iâ— wealth and suddenly they goe downe to the grave The Chaldee saith For they are not terrified or troubled for the day of their death but lusty or and fat is their fortitude their firme strength of body as Iob saith one dieth in his full strength bring in all ease and prosperity his breasts are full of milke his bones run full of marrow Iob 21. 23 24. Vers. 5. molestation of sory man that is such turmoile as other miserable men endure See the like phrase in 2 Sam. 7. 14. Aenosh and Adam are here the names of all wretched mankind See Psal. 8. 5. The Chaldee expoundeth it They labour not in the labour of men that study in the Law and with just men c. Vers. 6. compasseth c. or is a chaine to them and to him that is every of them as a collar that is hanged for an ornament about the necke And of this word Anak to hang a chaine that Giant Anak had his name whose children were called Anakims men great of stature proud and cruell See Numb 13. 23. 34. Ios. 15. 13 14. a garment a set habit or ornament finely fitted to the body such was the harlots habit Prov. 7. 10. Vers. 7. eyes standeth that is Each eye standeth or starteth out of the hole for satnesse In Chaldee The similitude of their faces is changed for satnesse So in Iob 15. 27. he hath covered his face with his fatnesse they passe the imaginations c. that is they exceed in prosperity above that they could imagine or thinke or they surpasse in wickednesse above that which mans heart can thinke according to that which here followeth and as in Ier. 5. 28. it is said they are waxen fat and shining they doe passe the words or deeds of the wicked Vers. 8. They doe corrupt or consume dissolve or make dissolute by their wicked speeches and by their oppression of men It may be understood of corrupting or making rotten with sinne themselves or others or consuming and wasting with oppression with maliciousnesse or in evill that is maliciously or malignantly from aloft that is loftily Or of the most High that is of God as in the next verse but the Chaldee expoundeth it of the highnesse of their heart Vers. 9. against Heavens that is against God and his Saints whom they blaspheme as it is written he opened his mouth unto blasphemie against God to blaspheme his name and his tabernacle and them that dwell in Heaven Rev. 13. 6. So elsewhere Heavens are used for God Dan. 4. 23. Lâ—k 15. 18. Vers. 10. his people Gods owne people are by this afflicted Therefore the Greeke saith my people the Psalmist speaking of his brethren as after of himselfe vers 13. hither to these thoughts and tentations which follow in the next verses a full the word cup or bason is here to be understood as strong for strong pawes Psal. 10. 9. See the note there By waters of a full cup are meant abundance of teares which they must drinke that is of afflictions and tentations which they suffer as in Psal. 80. 6. So the Chaldee explaineth it and teares as many waters shall flow from them wrung out to them or drunke sucked up by them as in Ps. 75. 9. Vers. 12. in tranquillity or quiet safe wealthy at ease Compare herewith Ier. 12. 1. 2. wealthy power abilitie by riches see Psal. 49. 7. Vers. 13. cleansed that is laboured to cleanse and purge by faith and continuall sanctification Acts 15. 9. 1 Ioh. 3. 3. otherwise who can say I have made mine heart cleane Pro. 20. 9. innocency or cleannesse see Psal. 26. 6. and 24. 4. Vers. 14. 〈◊〉 plagued or touched with afflictions punished which the wicked are not v. 5. my rebuke or blame to wit I beare the chastisement for my sinnes in the mornings that is every morning or early the like phrase is Psa. 101. 8. Iob 7. 18. Lam. 3. 23. Esa. 33. 2. Vers. 15. I will tell thus that is if these tentations prevaile against mee so that I should tell and declare for truth these my carnall thoughts Telling is often used for publishing and preaching to others See Psal. 2. 7. uâ—faithfully wrong or faithlesly transgresse against the generation of thy sonnes O God that is of thy people called the sons of God Deut. 14. 1. 1 Ioh. 3. 1. Vers. 17. prudently attend to or consider their latter end A like speech Moses useth Deu. 32. 29. V. 18. slippery places where they suddenly fall to perdition The Chaldee saith in darke places Vers. 19. wondrous desolation such as astonieth the beholders Such sudden strange desolation God brought on Babylon of old Ier. 51. 37. 41. and will againe Rev. 18. 10. 17. V. 20. As a dreame to wit so they are or so vanisheth their prosperity which when one awaketh is gone as is plainly set forth in Esa. 29. 7 8. So elsewhere it is said he shall flee away as a dreame not be found shal passe away as a vision of the night the eye which saw him shall doe so no more c. Iob 20. 8 9. The Chaldee explaineth it as the dreame of a drunken man thou raisest up to wit thy selfe that is risest up to punish them as Psal. 35. 23. or raisest up to wit them at the last day of judgement So the Chaldee Paraphrast turneth it saying in the day of the great judgement they shall rise up out of the house of the grave in wrath thou wilt despise their image The Greek saith in thy
citie thou wilt despise their image the Hebrew word baghnir being ambiguous In this sense compare herewith Eccles. 8. 10. despise their image or their shadow that is destroy their transitorie estate for man walketh in an image Ps. 39. 7. Or referring it to the last judgement their image may meane their corrupt sinfull state Ge. 5. 3. and the despising of it is their utter rejection for then they shall rise to sheme and contempt eternall Dan. 12. 2. Vers. 21. was levened or levâ—ned it selfe that is was vexed grieved swelled was sâ—wre as leven with my fretting griefe and anger I was pâ—â—â—ked or sharpned pricked my selfe that is â—â—lt sharpe paines to wit with my â—reâ—ting thoughts and desires Vers. 22. bruitish that is foolish sensâ—all like a brute beast not having the understanding of a man in me as is explained Pro. 30. 2. See also Psal. 49. 1â— as the beasts that is as one of them or a great beast Hebr. Behâ—mâ—th which is used for the vast Elephant Iâ—b 40. 10. The Greeke here turneth it beastiall or brutish Vers. 24. to glory or with glory that is gloriously honourably See 1 Tim. 3. 16. Phil. 3. 21. Heb. 2. 10. 1 Pet. 5. 1. 4. The Chaldee paraphraseth Thou wilt guide me with thy counsel in this world and after that the glorie is accomplished which thou hast said thou wilâ— bring upon me thou wilt receive me Vers. 25. whom have I or who is for me but thee to trust in or call upon delight not or take no pleasure in any person or thing Vers. 26. the Râ—cke that is the strength and hope the Greeke saith the God of my heart Vers. 27. gone farre that is the wicked who are here said to be farre from God and in Psal. 119. 150. are farre from his Law and therefore salvatition is farre from them Psal. 119. 155. as here they perish whereas the righteous are a people neere God Psal. 148. 14. that goeth a wâ—oring from thee that is goâ—th after idols departing from the true God as Hos. 1. 2. for idolatrie or breach of Gods covenant is often called whoredome or fornication â—er 3. 9. 20. Ezek. 23. 3 5. 7. c Psal. â—06 39. Vers. 28. to draw nigh so both the Greeke and Chaldee doe explaine the Hebrew phrase the drawing neere of God and thus it is also used in Isa. 58. 2. and is done by the faith of the Gospell Heb. 7. 19. Iehovâ—h or God see Psal. 68. 21. The Chaldee saith in the wâ—rd of God to tell that I may tell or declare as the Greek explaineth it PSAL. LXXIV The Prophet complaineth of the desolation of the Sanctuary 10 He moveth God to helpe in consideration of his power 18 of his repreachfull â—nemies of his children and of his Covenant An instructing Psalme of Asaph WHerefore O God hast thou cast us off to perpetuitie shall thine anger smoake against the sheep of thy pasture Remember thy congregatioÌ„ which thou hast purchased of old the rod of thine inheritance which thou hast redeemed this mount Sion wherin thou hast dwelt Lift up thy feet to the desolatioÌ„s of perpetuitie the enemy hath done evill to all things in the Sanctuary Thy distressers roare in the mids of thy synagogues they have set their signes for signes He was knowne as he lifted on high axes against the thicket of the wood And now the carved workes thereof all together they have beat down with beetle and mallets They have cast into the fire thy sanctuaries to the earth they have profaned the dwelling place of thy name They said in their heart let us make spoile of them altogether they have burned all the synagogues of God in the land We see not our signes there is not any Prophet more nor any with us that knoweth how long How long O God shall the distresser reproach shall the enemy blaspheme thy name to perpetuity Wherefore turnest thou away thine hand even thy right hand draw it out of the midst of thy bosome make a full end For God is my King from antiquity he worketh salvations in the midst of the earth Thou didst breake asunder the sea by thy strength didst breake in peeces the heads of the dragons in the waters Thou didst quite burst the heads of Livjathan didst give him for meat to the people that dwell in drie desarts Thou didst cleave the fountaine and the streame thou diddest dry up the rivers of strength The day is thine the night also is thine thou hast prepared the light and the Sunne Thou hast constituted all the borders of the earth the summer and the winter them hast thou formed Remember this the enemy reproacheth Iehovah and the foolish people blaspheme thy name Give not the soule of thy turtle-dove to the wilde company the company of thy poore afflicted forget not to perpetuity Have respect unto the covenant for full are the darknesses of the earth of the habitations of violent wrong Let not the oppressed return ashamed let the poore afflicted and needy praise thy name Rise up O God pleade thou thy plea remember thy reproach from the foole all the day Forget not the voice of thy distressers the tumultuous noise of them that rise up against thee ascendeth continually Annotations OF Asaph or to Asaph in Chaldee by the hands of Asaph see Psal. 50. 1. If Asaph who lived in Davids daies made this Psalme it was a prophesie of troubles to come If some other Prophet made it when calamities were on Israel then was it committed to Asaphs posterity the singers called by their fathers name as Aarons posterity are called Aaron 1 Chron. 12. 27. thine anger smoake or thy nose smoke that is burne as was threatned Deut. 29. 20. A manifestation of fore displeasure see Psal. 18. 9. and 80. 5. sheepe or flocke that is us thy people as Psal. 79. 13. The stocke comprehendeth sheepe and goats Lev. 1. 10. Vers. 2. purchased of old or bought of yâ—re when thou broughtest them out of Egypt Exod. 15. 16. or understand that thou hast purchased it hast redeemed c. the rod of thine inheritance that is Israel Ier. 10. 16. called elsewhere the line of Gods inheritance Deut. 32. 9. which he measured out for himselfe as land is meted with a rod or line It may also be read the scepter or the tribe of thine inheritance as Esa. 63. 17. for the Hebrew Shebet which properly is a rod or staffe is sometime a scepter Psal. 45. 7. sometime a tribe Psal. 78. 67. Vers. 3. Lift up thy feet or thy hammers that is thy strokes to stampe or beat downe the enemy unto perpetuall desolations Thus the feet are used to tread downe with Isa. 26. 6. and so the Greeke taketh it here changing the metaphor and translating it thy hands which are also instruments to strike downe with Or lift up thy feet that is Come quickly to see the perpetuall desolations which the enemy hath made hath done evill that is broken robbed burned